fair & rodeo - Douglas County Fair and Rodeo [PDF]

D O U G L A S CO U N T Y

FAIR & RODEO 2014 Competition Requirements & Regulations

August 7 - 10, 2014 DOUGLASCOUNTYFAIRANDRODEO.COM

TABLE OF CONTENTS DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO HOURS ........................................ 4 GENERAL GUEST CONDUCT ............................................................... 5 SPECIAL EVENTS AND ACTIVITIES ....................................................... 6 GENERAL COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS ............... 8 Introduction ........................................................................................ 8 General Competition Requirement .................................................... 9 Exhibitor and Participant Conduct .................................................... 10 Disputes ............................................................................................ 10 Determination of Violations ............................................................. 11 Rights of Appeal and Process of Appeal ........................................... 11 Protests............................................................................................. 12 Concessions and Advertising Privileges ............................................ 13 Bedding ............................................................................................. 13 Camping ............................................................................................ 13 Dogs .................................................................................................. 14 Motorized Utility Vehicles ................................................................ 14 On Grounds Parking and access........................................................ 14 HOMETOWN RODEO ....................................................................... 16 Department Provisions ..................................................................... 16 Eligibility ........................................................................................... 17 Premiums.......................................................................................... 17 Tie Down Roping ............................................................................... 18 Ladies Breakaway Roping ................................................................. 18 Team Roping General Rules .............................................................. 19 Darrel Bell Memorial Team Roping ............................................... 20 Family Team Roping...................................................................... 20 Children’s Goat Tail Untying ............................................................. 20 Children’s Goat Tying ........................................................................ 21 Barrel Racing ..................................................................................... 22 Pole Bending ..................................................................................... 23 Trailer Race ....................................................................................... 24 Ribbon Roping .................................................................................. 25 Steer Stopping .................................................................................. 26 QUEEN AND PRINCESS ROYALTY PROGRAM .................................... 28 Introduction ...................................................................................... 28 Competition Provisions..................................................................... 28 Eligibility ........................................................................................... 30 Entries ............................................................................................... 30 Effect of Entry ................................................................................... 30 Disputes ............................................................................................ 30 Determination of Violations ............................................................. 31 Rights of Appeal and Process of Appeal ........................................... 31 Protests............................................................................................. 31 Royalty Program Participation Agreement ....................................... 32 OPEN DIVISION GENERAL COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS ............................................................................. 34 Introduction ...................................................................................... 34 General Competition Requirements ................................................. 34 Entry Deadlines ................................................................................. 35 Check-In Time and Location.............................................................. 35 Premiums.......................................................................................... 36 Disputes ............................................................................................ 36 Determination of Violations ............................................................. 37 Rights of Appeal and Process of Appeal ........................................... 37 Protests............................................................................................. 37 OPEN DIVISION AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT A ............................... 38 Department Provisions ..................................................................... 38

Agriculture Exhibit Class ................................................................... 38 Apiary Division.................................................................................. 38 Corn Division .................................................................................... 38 Egg Division ...................................................................................... 39 Forage Crops .................................................................................... 39 Fruit Division .................................................................................... 39 Grains Division .................................................................................. 40 Vegetable Division ............................................................................ 40 Vine Crops ........................................................................................ 42 Herbs Division .................................................................................. 43 OPEN DIVISION WEEDS DEPARTMENT A-1 ....................................... 45 Department Provisions ..................................................................... 45 Educational Weed Poster ............................................................. 45 Noxious and Obvious Weeds ........................................................ 45 Premiums ......................................................................................... 46 OPEN DIVISION FLORICULTURE DEPARTMENT B............................... 47 Department Provisions ..................................................................... 47 Artistic Arrangements .................................................................. 47 Cut Flowers................................................................................... 48 Potted Plants ................................................................................ 49 Premiums ......................................................................................... 49 OPEN DIVISION FINE ARTS DEPARTMENT C ...................................... 50 Department Provisions ..................................................................... 50 Premiums ......................................................................................... 50 Fine Arts ....................................................................................... 51 Crafts ............................................................................................ 51 Clothes Painting............................................................................ 53 Photography ................................................................................. 53 Ceramics ....................................................................................... 54 OPEN DIVISION HOME ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT D ....................... 57 Department Provisions ..................................................................... 57 Premiums ......................................................................................... 57 Food Division ................................................................................ 57 Baked Goods and Quick Breads .................................................... 58 Yeast and Sourdough Breads Division .......................................... 58 Cake Division ................................................................................ 59 Cookie Division ............................................................................. 59 Pie Division ................................................................................... 59 Candy Division .............................................................................. 59 Youth Division .............................................................................. 60 Adult Food Preservation Awards Division .................................... 60 Youth Food Preservation Awards Division ................................... 61 Fruit Division ................................................................................ 61 Vegetables Division ...................................................................... 62 Relishes Division ........................................................................... 62 Pickle Division ............................................................................... 62 Butter Division .............................................................................. 62 Jam Division .................................................................................. 63 Jelly Division ................................................................................. 63 Preserve Division .......................................................................... 63 Preserve Division .......................................................................... 63 Miscellaneous Classes .................................................................. 64 Commissioners Cookie Jar ............................................................ 64 OPEN DIVISION HOME ARTS DEPARTMENT E ................................... 66 Department Provisions ..................................................................... 66 Premiums ......................................................................................... 66 Sewing .......................................................................................... 66 Crochet ......................................................................................... 67

Embroidery ................................................................................... 67 Needlework .................................................................................. 68 Knitting ......................................................................................... 68 Rugs .............................................................................................. 68 Miscellaneous ............................................................................... 68 OPEN DIVISION QUILTS DEPARTMENT F .......................................... 70 Department Provisions ..................................................................... 70 Premiums.......................................................................................... 71 Large Quilts ................................................................................... 71 Small Quilts ................................................................................... 72 Wall Hanging Quilts ...................................................................... 73 Group Quilts ................................................................................. 73 Miniature Quilts ............................................................................ 73 Quilted Clothing ............................................................................ 73 Novelty Quilts ............................................................................... 73 Quilted Accessories ...................................................................... 73 Art Quilts....................................................................................... 73 Youth Quilts .................................................................................. 73 OPEN DIVISION SENIOR CITIZENS DEPARTMENT G .......................... 74 Department Provisions ..................................................................... 74 Premiums.......................................................................................... 74 JUNIOR DIVISION COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS . 78 Introduction ...................................................................................... 78 General Competition Requirements ................................................. 78 Disputes ............................................................................................ 81 Determination Of Violations ............................................................. 81 Rights Of Appeal and Process Of Appeal .......................................... 81 Protests............................................................................................. 81 Trailer Parking ................................................................................... 81 Junior Division Exhibitor and Participant Parking ............................. 81 Junior Division Exhibitor ID ............................................................... 82 Junior Division Exhibitor Grounds Admission ................................... 82 JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS .......................................................................... 83 Introductory Provisions .................................................................... 83 Entry Deadlines ................................................................................. 83 General Project Competition Requirements..................................... 84 Junior Division General Projects Competition Eligibility ................... 84 Cooperation ...................................................................................... 84 Entries ............................................................................................... 84 Entry Limitations ............................................................................... 84 Entry and Entry Payment .................................................................. 84 Erroneous Entry ................................................................................ 85 Exhibit Check-In ................................................................................ 85 Exhibit Display Boards ...................................................................... 85 Exhibit Requirements ....................................................................... 86 Dress Code ........................................................................................ 86 Objectionable Exhibits ...................................................................... 86 Interpretation or Administration of Competition Requirements & Regulations ....................................................................................... 86 Interference ...................................................................................... 86 Release of Exhibits ............................................................................ 86 Display Board Guidelines .................................................................. 88 Animal Science .................................................................................. 89 101 Veterinary Science ................................................................. 89 102 Horseless Horse ..................................................................... 90 Biological Sciences ............................................................................ 91 201 Gardening .............................................................................. 91 203 Weeds .................................................................................... 92 Mechanical Sciences ......................................................................... 94

301 Bicycle.................................................................................... 94 302 Computers ............................................................................. 94 303 Electric ................................................................................... 97 306 Geospatial.............................................................................. 98 304 Model Rocketry ................................................................... 100 307 Power Of Wind .................................................................... 104 Robotics...................................................................................... 106 305 Small Engines ....................................................................... 109 Natural Resources .......................................................................... 112 401 Entomology ......................................................................... 112 402 Forestry ............................................................................... 115 403 Outdoor Adventures............................................................ 115 406 Range Management ............................................................ 116 404 Shooting Sports ................................................................... 116 405 Sportfishing ......................................................................... 119 407 Wildlife ................................................................................ 120 Communication, Art & Leisure Sciences ......................................... 122 501 Ceramics .............................................................................. 122 502 Global Citizenship ................................................................ 126 503 Leadership ........................................................................... 128 504 Leathercraft ......................................................................... 129 505 Photography ........................................................................ 133 508 Scrapbooking ....................................................................... 139 506 Woodworkiong .................................................................... 142 507 Visual Arts............................................................................ 143 714 Best Photo Contest .............................................................. 145 715 Robotics Challenge Division................................................. 145 700 Pocket Pets .......................................................................... 147 700 Self Determined................................................................... 147 700 Discovering 4-H ................................................................... 147 Junior Fashion Revue...................................................................... 148 Department Provisions ............................................................... 148 Eligiblity ...................................................................................... 148 Premiums ................................................................................... 148 Beginning Clothing ..................................................................... 149 Record Books.................................................................................. 151 Consumer Sciences......................................................................... 152 601 Cake Decorating .................................................................. 153 602 Child Development .............................................................. 163 603 Clothing Construction .......................................................... 167 604 Artistic Clothing ................................................................... 176 605 Consumer Savvy .................................................................. 179 606 Consumer Savvy .................................................................. 180 607 Consumer Savvy .................................................................. 181 Foods & Nutrition ........................................................................... 187 607 Food Core Projects .............................................................. 187 608 Breads.................................................................................. 189 609 Specialty Foods .................................................................... 192 610 Food Preservation ............................................................... 196 611 Heritage Arts ....................................................................... 200 Crochet ................................................................................... 200 Ethnic Fiber Arts ..................................................................... 201 Knitting ................................................................................... 202 Needle Arts ............................................................................. 203 Quilting ................................................................................... 203 Rub Making ............................................................................ 207 Spinning .................................................................................. 208 Weaving.................................................................................. 208 Macramé ................................................................................ 209 JUNIOR LIVESTOCK DIVISION COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS ............................................................................ 210 Introductory Provisions .................................................................. 210 Entry Deadlines .............................................................................. 210

Junior Livestock Competition Requirements .................................. 210 Junior Livestock Competition Eligibility .......................................... 210 Feed and Bedding ........................................................................... 211 Cooperation .................................................................................... 211 Junior Livestock Entries .................................................................. 211 Ownership ...................................................................................... 212 Official Identification Dates ............................................................ 212 Livestock Entry Limitations ............................................................. 212 Entry and Entry Payment ................................................................ 212 Erroneous Entry .............................................................................. 212 Animal Check-In .............................................................................. 213 Possession, Care and Showing ........................................................ 213 Junior Division Exhibitor Substitution for Emergency or Sickness .. 214 Dress Code ...................................................................................... 214 Unethically Fitted Livestock ............................................................ 214 Fitting of Animal ............................................................................. 214 MQA/PQA ....................................................................................... 215 Stalls, Tack Stalls, Pens and Tie Outs .............................................. 215 Barn Security & Restricted Area ..................................................... 215 Water .............................................................................................. 215 Weighing ......................................................................................... 216 Objectionable Exhibits .................................................................... 216 Participant Warranties of Sale Animals .......................................... 216 Interpretation or Administration of Competition Requirements & Regulations ..................................................................................... 216 Interference .................................................................................... 217 Testing and Fees ............................................................................. 217 Animal Carcass ................................................................................ 217 Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements Infraction .......... 217 Obligation to Sell ............................................................................ 217 Release of Livestock........................................................................ 217 JUNIOR LIVESTOCK SALE PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS..............219 Introductory Provisions .................................................................. 219 Required to Enter the Sale .......................................................... 219 Final Animal Disposition ............................................................. 219 Applicability of Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements219 Wholesome Meat Act ................................................................. 220 Wholesome Assurance Statement.............................................. 220 Pre-Sale Provisions, Standards and Requirements ......................... 221 Selection ..................................................................................... 221 State Fair Entry Substitution ....................................................... 221 Exhibitor Must Declare Animal to be Entered in the Sale ........... 222 Pre-Sale Activities ....................................................................... 222 Mandatory Exhibitor’s Pre-Sale Meeting .................................... 222 Sale Animal Photographs ............................................................ 222 Care and Provision of Sale Livestock........................................... 222 Testing ........................................................................................ 223 Sale Provisions, Requirements and Standards ................................ 223 Requirement to Sell .................................................................... 223 Exhibitor Substitutions................................................................ 223 Grooming and Alteration to Livestock ........................................ 223 Lame, Diseased or Sick Livestock ................................................ 224 Grooming and Dress of Exhibitors .............................................. 224 Sale Photographs ........................................................................ 224 Post Sale Provisions, Requirements and Standards ........................ 224 Animal Disposition ...................................................................... 224 Effect of Condemnation .............................................................. 225 Payment...................................................................................... 225 Contract to Buy ........................................................................... 226 Thank You Notes to Buyers and Buyers’ Groups ........................ 226 Discipline ........................................................................................ 226 Failure to Show in Sale................................................................ 226 Positive Drug Tests in Carcass, Tissue, or Samples ..................... 226

Result of Disqualification ............................................................ 226 JUNIOR POULTRY DEPARTMENT 13 ................................................ 228 Department Provisions ................................................................... 228 Eligibility ......................................................................................... 229 Animal Fitting and Care .................................................................. 230 Poultry Show .................................................................................. 230 Cages and Equipment ..................................................................... 230 Junior Livestock Sale....................................................................... 231 Premiums ....................................................................................... 231 Large Fowl Divisions ....................................................................... 231 Bantam Divisions ............................................................................ 236 Waterfowl Division ......................................................................... 242 Game Bird Division ......................................................................... 243 Turkey Division ............................................................................... 244 Production Poultry Division ............................................................ 244 Poultry Showmanship .................................................................... 246 Poultry Record Book....................................................................... 247 JUNIOR RABBIT DEPARTMENT 14 ................................................... 248 Department Provisions ................................................................... 248 Eligibility ......................................................................................... 249 Animal Grooming and Care ............................................................ 249 Show Table ..................................................................................... 250 Cages and Equipment ..................................................................... 250 Junior Livestock Sale....................................................................... 251 Premiums ....................................................................................... 251 Production Rabbits Division ........................................................... 251 Breed Show Rabbits Division .......................................................... 252 Meat / Commercial Rabbit Breeds ................................................. 253 Fancy Rabbit Breeds ....................................................................... 253 Pet Quality Classes ......................................................................... 254 Fur Classes ...................................................................................... 254 Rabbit Showmanship ...................................................................... 254 Rabbit Quiz Bowl Contest ............................................................... 255 Rabbit Record Book ........................................................................ 255 Rabbit Costume Contest................................................................. 255 Rabbit Barn Manager Award .......................................................... 255 Awards Ceremony .......................................................................... 255 JUNIOR HORSE DEPARTMENT 15 .................................................... 257 Department Provisions ................................................................... 257 Exhibitor Numbers ......................................................................... 258 Protective Headgear ....................................................................... 258 Eligibility ......................................................................................... 258 Animal Fitting and Care .................................................................. 259 Show Ring ....................................................................................... 260 Stalls and Tack ................................................................................ 261 Showmanship ................................................................................. 261 Highpoint ........................................................................................ 262 Premiums ....................................................................................... 263 Working Ranch Horse Show ........................................................... 264 Western Trail .................................................................................. 266 Western Horse Show ...................................................................... 267 Western Roping Competition ......................................................... 270 English Horse Show ........................................................................ 272 Gymkhana Competition ................................................................. 274 JUNIOR BEEF DEPARTMENT 16 ....................................................... 277 Department Provisions ................................................................... 277 Eligibility ......................................................................................... 278 Show Ring ....................................................................................... 279 Stalls and Tack ................................................................................ 279 Junior Livestock Sale....................................................................... 279

Premiums........................................................................................ 280 Market Beef Division ...................................................................... 280 Breeding Beef Division .................................................................... 281 Beef Showmanship Division............................................................ 282 Market Beef Carcass Contest .......................................................... 282 Beef Record Book Division .............................................................. 282 Supreme Beef Exhibitor Division .................................................... 282 Beef Fitting Contest ........................................................................ 283 Beef Herdsman Award .................................................................... 283 JUNIOR SHEEP DEPARTMENT 17 .....................................................286 Department Provisions ................................................................... 286 Eligibility ......................................................................................... 286 Animal Fitting and Care .................................................................. 287 Show Ring ....................................................................................... 288 Stalls and Tack ................................................................................ 288 Junior Livestock Sale ....................................................................... 288 Premiums........................................................................................ 289 Market Lamb Division ..................................................................... 289 Breeding Sheep Division ................................................................. 290 Sheep Showmanship Division ......................................................... 290 Market Lamb Ultrasound Evaluation Contest................................. 291 Sheep Record Book Division ........................................................... 291 Supreme Sheep Exhibitor Division .................................................. 291 Shepherd Award ............................................................................. 292 JUNIOR SWINE DEPARTMENT 18 ....................................................294 Department Provisions ................................................................... 294 Eligibility ......................................................................................... 295 Animal Fitting and Care .................................................................. 295 Show Ring ....................................................................................... 296 Stalls and Tack ................................................................................ 296 Junior Livestock Sale ....................................................................... 296 Premiums........................................................................................ 297 Market Swine Division .................................................................... 297 Swine Showmanship Division ......................................................... 298 Market Swine Ultrasound Evaluation Contest ................................ 298 Swine Record Book Division ........................................................... 298 Supreme Swine Exhibitor ................................................................ 299 Swine Herdsman Award ................................................................. 299 JUNIOR GOAT DEPARTMENT 19 .....................................................301 Department Provisions ................................................................... 301 Eligiblity .......................................................................................... 302 Animal Fitting and Care .................................................................. 302 Show Ring ....................................................................................... 303 Stalls and Tack ................................................................................ 303 Junior Livestock Sale ....................................................................... 304 Premiums........................................................................................ 304 Market Goat Division ...................................................................... 304 Boer/MeatType Breeding Goat Division ......................................... 305 Fiber Goat Division ......................................................................... 306 Pygmy Goat Division ....................................................................... 306 Dairy Goat Division ......................................................................... 307 Utility Goat Division ........................................................................ 308 Goat Showmanship Division ........................................................... 308 Market Goat Ultrasound Evaluation Contest.................................. 309 Goat Record Book Division ............................................................. 309 Supreme Goat Exhibitor ................................................................. 309 Goat Quick Draw Milkout Contest .................................................. 309 Goat Costume Contest.................................................................... 310 Goat Herdsman Award ................................................................... 310 JUNIOR DOG DEPARTMENT 22 .......................................................312

Department Rules .......................................................................... 312 Exhibitor Eligibility .......................................................................... 312 Dog Eligibility .................................................................................. 313 Animal Care .................................................................................... 314 Show Ring ....................................................................................... 314 Pens and Equipment ...................................................................... 314 Premiums ....................................................................................... 314 Dog Obedience Division ................................................................. 315 Dog Showmanship Division ............................................................ 320 Dog Record Book Division .............................................................. 322 JUNIOR SHEEP LEAD DEPARTMENT 24............................................ 324 Department Provisions ................................................................... 324 Eligibility ......................................................................................... 325 Animal Fitting and Care .................................................................. 325 Show Ring ....................................................................................... 326 Judging Standards .......................................................................... 326 Premiums ....................................................................................... 327 JUNIOR LLAMA/ALPACA DEPARTMENT 27 ..................................... 328 Department Provisions ................................................................... 328 Eligiblity .......................................................................................... 328 Animal Fitting And Care.................................................................. 329 Show Ring ....................................................................................... 329 Stalls And Tack................................................................................ 329 Premiums ....................................................................................... 330 Junior Division ................................................................................ 330 Open Division ................................................................................. 330 Llama/Alpaca Showmanship Division ............................................. 330 Obstacle Course ............................................................................. 331 Llama/Alpaca Record Book Division ............................................... 331 DOUGLAS COUNTY SHOOTING SPORTS COMPETITION ................... 332 Department Provisions ................................................................... 332 Eligibility ......................................................................................... 334 Scoring Guidelines .......................................................................... 334 Air Pistol ..................................................................................... 335 .22 Caliber Pistol ......................................................................... 335 Air Rifle ....................................................................................... 336 .22 Rifle ...................................................................................... 336 Archery ....................................................................................... 336 Muzzleloading ............................................................................ 337 Shotgun ...................................................................................... 337 Premiums ....................................................................................... 337 Air Pistol and .22 Pistol Competition .............................................. 338 Air Pistol 10-Meter Class ............................................................ 340 .22 Pistol (Semi-Automatic and Revolver Class) ......................... 341 Air Rifle and .22 Rifle Competition ................................................. 343 Air Rifle 25-Ft Utility Class .......................................................... 345 Air Rifle 10-M 4-Position Sporter Class....................................... 346 Air Rifle 10-M Precision 3-Position Class .................................... 347 Air Rifle 10-M Olympic Off-Hand Class ....................................... 348 .22 Caliber 50-Ft Hunt Class ....................................................... 349 .22 Caliber 50-Ft Hunt Scope Class ............................................. 350 .22 Calibber 50-Ft 4-Position Sporter Class ................................ 351 .22 Caliber 50-Ft International 3-Position Class ......................... 352 Archery Competition ...................................................................... 354 Compound Bow – Unlimited Class ............................................. 355 Compound Bow – Limited Class ................................................. 355 Compound Bow – Traditional Class ............................................ 356 Recurve Bow – Limited Class ...................................................... 356 Recurve Bow – Traditional Class................................................. 356 Muzzleloading Competition ........................................................... 358 Mussleloading – Traditional Class .............................................. 359

Muzzleloading – Open Class ....................................................... 360 Shotgun Competition ...................................................................... 362 Shotgun – 5-Stand Sporting Clays Class ...................................... 363 Shotgun – American Skeet Class ................................................. 364 Shotgun – Trap Class ................................................................... 365 OTHER JUNIOR DIVISION CONTESTS DEPARTMENT 30 ....................368 Department Provisions ................................................................... 368 Supreme Contest ............................................................................ 368 Master Showmanship ..................................................................... 369 Small Animal Round Robin.............................................................. 373

DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO HOURS Please visit our website www.DouglasCountyFairandRodeo.com for more details and schedule.

FAIR HOURS

THURSDAY, August 7 FRIDAY, August 8 SATURDAY, August 9 SUNDAY, August 10

CARNIVAL HOURS

THURSDAY, August 7 FRIDAY, August 8 SATURDAY, August 9 SUNDAY, August 10

EXPO HOURS

FRIDAY, August 8 SATURDAY, August 9 SUNDAY, August 10

4pm – 11pm 12pm – 11:30pm 10:30am – 11:30pm 8am – 6pm 4pm – 11pm 2pm – 11:30pm 12pm – 11:30pm 12pm – 6pm 12pm – 8pm 10:30am – 8pm 8am –6pm

OPEN DIVISION EXHIBITS DISPLAY OPEN EVENTS CENTER CONFERENCE ROOM THURSDAY, August 7 FRIDAY, August 8 SATURDAY, August 9 SUNDAY, August 10

4pm – 8pm 12pm – 8pm 10:30am – 8pm 9am – 4pm

4-H/FFA EXHIBITS and OPEN AGRICULTURE and FLORICULTURE EXHIBITS KIRK HALL WEDNESDAY, August 6 THURSDAY, August 7 FRIDAY, August 8 SATURDAY, August 9 SUNDAY, August 10

1pm – 7pm 10am –8pm 10am – 8pm 10:30am – 8pm 10am –4pm

LIVESTOCK BARN HOURS (OPEN TO THE PUBLIC) THURSDAY, August 7 FRIDAY, August 8 SATURDAY, August 9 SUNDAY, August 10

8am – 10:00pm 8am – 10:00pm 10:30am – 10:00pm 8am – 4pm

-4-

DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO GENERAL GUEST CONDUCT SMOKING Smoking is not allowed in any public buildings, or within 100’ of any building entrance.

PERSONAL MOTORIZED VEHICLES Personal golf carts, ATV’s, motorized scooters and bicycles are not allowed on the fairgrounds during the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo.

DOGS Dogs are not allowed on the Fairgrounds during the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo except for those dogs that are competing or performing during the Fair. Owners / Handlers must keep dogs under constant control and ARE NOT allowed into any livestock barns, Kirk Hall or the Events Center. Under the ADA regulations, assistance animals are allowed.

ALCOHOL Alcohol will be sold in 3 areas on the Fairgrounds during the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo: Events Center, Midway and Indoor Arena. Otherwise, alcohol cannot be consumed or carried anywhere else on the grounds.

FIREWORKS No fireworks are allowed.

FLYERS Flyers and/or sale bills may not be passed out in any areas of the Fairgrounds with the exception of within a paid vendor booth space. Placing flyers on automobiles is prohibited Parking vehicles for advertising purposes or sale of a vehicle is prohibited.

PHOTOS OR VIDEO Any public display of photos or video of any Douglas County Fair & Rodeo event, concert or rodeo for public dissemination without express written consent from the Douglas County Fair Management is strictly prohibited.

MISCELLANEOUS All guests, contestants and participants are subject to a search by security personnel.

-5-

DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO SPECIAL EVENT AND ACTIVITY INFORMATION Please visit our website www.DouglasCountyFairandRodeo.com for more details and schedule.

AMHA MINIATURE HORSE SHOW – FREE ADMISSION Saturday, August 2, 7am – West Warm Up Arena. AMHA Registered horses only. All AMHA rules will apply. Contact: Pat Tabert 303-841-9154 or Mary Lou Elder 970-484-8202.

OPEN MUTTON BUSTIN’ Entry Fee: $10.00 per child. Thursday, August 7 – Sunday, August 10 – See website for specific times. For more information visit www.douglascountyrairandrodeo.com Family Fun page.

XTREME BULL RIDING Thursday, August 7, 7pm – Indoor Arena. For more information or to buy tickets visit www.douglascountyrairandrodeo.com For more information on Xtreme Bull Riding visit http://prorodeo.com/prorodeo/tourscircuits/xtreme-bulls

CRICKET RACE – FREE TO ENTER Friday, August 8, 1:30pm. Registration, 1pm. – Kirk Hall. Ages: Juniors: 4-9 Years Old. Seniors: 10-14 Years Old. For more information visit www.douglascountyfairandrodeo.com Family Fun page.

PRCA RODEO Performances Friday, Saturday and Sunday – Outdoor Arena For more information or to buy tickets visit www.douglascountyrairandrodeo.com All Contestants must submit an entry form through the PRCA Entry Office in Colorado Springs.

ANTIQUE TRACTOR PULL Saturday, August 9, 11am-4:30pm – Indoor Arena Contact: Dennis Schubert, Superintendent 303-507-2968 or Andy Robinson 303-885-6772.

MOUNTED SHOOTING Saturday, August 9, 9am-1:30pm – Outdoor Arena

DUTCH OVEN COOK OFF Sunday, August 10, check in at 6am, judging at 1:30pm – Midway. For complete list of rules and contact visit www.cwbyupdutchovens.jimdo.com -6-

DRAFT HORSE PERFORMANCE SHOW Sunday, August 10, 10am-4pm – Indoor Arena. For more information visit www.coloradodrafthorseassn.org

STICK HORSE RODEO - FREE Sunday, August 10, 9am – Discovery Ranch Display Area. For more information visit our website: www.douglascountyfairandrodeo.com

BLINDMAN’S TRACTOR DRIVE Sunday, August 10, 10am – Outdoor Arena. For more information visit our website: www.douglascountyfairandrodeo.com

PIE EATING CONTEST Saturday, August 9, 12:00pm – Discovery Ranch Display Area; Sunday, August 10, 10am – Discovery Ranch Display Area For more information visit our website: www.douglascountyfairandrodeo.com

-7-

2014 DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO GENERAL COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS APPLIES TO ALL DIVISIONS, DEPARTMENTS AND COMPETITIONS

I. INTRODUCTION The following terms, conditions, requirements & regulations are general in nature. They apply to all departments and to all competitions at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Additional and specific competition requirements & regulations are set forth within each individual department’s competition requirements’ & regulations’ sections. Both general and specific competition requirements & regulations shall apply to all competitions unless specifically noted otherwise. Every exhibitor entering into any competition at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo shall comply with the competition requirements & regulations as set forth below and shall comply with any additional or specific requirements & regulations as set forth for each, individual competition. Submission of an entry to the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo expressly binds the exhibitor to all terms and conditions contained in any and all parts of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations Book. The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements and Regulations are layered to reduce duplication and increase clarity. A requirement or regulation that is closest to the actual competitive event may be more comprehensive. If there be a conflict or disparity between an upper level and lower level requirement or regulation, the requirement or regulation closest to the competitive event will preside. These Competition Requirements and Regulations apply specifically to the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. There may be additional Requirements, Regulations and or Rules that also must be fulfilled for other organizations that participate in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo such as the Douglas County 4-H and Douglas County FFA Program. The diagram below may help clarify this structure: General Competition Requirements & Regulations Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations Junior General Division Competition Requirements & Regulations

Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations

Department Competition Requirements & Regulations

Department Competition Requirements & Regulations

Open Division Competition Requirements & Regulations

Department Competition Requirements & Regulations

A. The Douglas County Fair Board does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, age, or other non-merit factors. B. SLEEPING IN LIVESTOCK AND HORSE BARNS IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. C. No fireworks are allowed. D. WARNING: Under Colorado Law, it is a crime to sabotage or tamper with, administer growth stimulation drug(s) to, substitute unauthorized animal(s) for, exhibition livestock, pursuant to Section 18-9-207, Colorado Revised Statutes. Penalties include up to eighteen (18) months in prison or a fine up to one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) and the name and photograph of any convicted person(s) to be available for publication in newspapers and trade journals. -8-

WARNING: Under Colorado Law, an equine professional is not liable for an injury to or the death of a participant in equine activities resulting from the inherent risks of equine activities, pursuant to Section 13–21–119, Colorado Revised Statutes. WARNING: Under Colorado Law, a llama professional is not liable for an injury to or the death of a participant in llama activities resulting from the inherent risks of llama activities, pursuant to Section 13-21-119, Colorado Revised Statutes. E. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Management shall include Fair Board Directors, Superintendents, Douglas County Facilities, Fleet & Emergency Support Services Director, Fairgrounds Manager, Fair Coordinator, Fairgrounds Administrative Staff, Fairgrounds Maintenance Staff, Douglas County Sheriff, CSU Director, CSU Agents, and CSU Administrative Staff. F. Program Leaders shall include the Douglas County 4-H Extension Agent and the Douglas County School District Vocational Agriculture Instructor. G. The current Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations Book will be posted on www.douglascountyfairandrodeo.com or www.douglascountyextension.org.

II. GENERAL COMPETITION REQUIREMENT: A. Open Competitions are open to the world except where otherwise specified. Junior Division Competitions are open to Douglas County 4-H and Douglas County FFA Members in Good Standing. B. The Douglas County Fair Board is not responsible for any loss, damage, or injury to any person or property while on the Douglas County grounds. C. An exhibitor acknowledges and agrees to abide by all Competition Requirements & Regulations when they sign their entry form for competition. D. Exhibitor hereby indemnifies the Douglas County Fair Board and Douglas County Fair Management from any and all legal proceedings in regard to a challenge to any competition requirement or regulation. E. Entries and entry forms: 1. All entries must be made on regulation forms, properly filled out, and accompanied by all fees whenever required. 2. Entry blanks and instructions for making entries are available upon request or may be found online at www.douglascountyextension.org. 3. No animal or article will be entitled to a place on the grounds until proper entry has been made. 4. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management assumes no responsibility for errors on the entry forms. F. Effect of entry: Every exhibitor expressly understands and agrees that an exhibitor’s completed entry form is their acceptance of all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations whether set forth in a general or a specific Requirement & Regulation. The exhibitor further agrees and understands that he/she will abide by the Competition Requirements & Regulations throughout the duration of their time at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Additionally, the exhibitor agrees and understands that failure to comply with the Competition Requirements & Regulations may subject him/her to penalties, including the loss of prize or award money and the return of any other non-monetary awards he/she may receive. -9-

G. The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the right to limit entries to facilities available and to cancel any department, division or class in which, in its judgment, the entries are insufficient to secure adequate competition. The Douglas County Fair Board further reserves the right to return entries in the event any competition or class is canceled. H. Exhibits must be stalled, penned displayed exhibited, etc., only in areas and locations assigned to the exhibitor by Douglas County Fair Management. I. Exhibits not in the area or location assigned to the exhibitor by will be removed by Douglas County Fair Management without notice and the exhibitor may be subject to disciplinary action per Section V of the DCFR CRR General Competition Requirements and Regulations. J. The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the right to vacate as ineligible for competition and order the removal of any entry that has been entered in violation of these general Competition Requirements & Regulations or of any specific Competition Requirement or Regulation. K. Exhibits may not be removed prior to the release time listed within each department. L. Every animal or article shall be entered and exhibited in the name of the bona fide owner. M. All premiums will be paid by check. Checks for the current year must be cashed within 90 days of the date on check. Any check not cashed will be void. No replacement checks shall be issued after 90 days. Un-cashed premium checks will be forfeited after 90 days of the date on check. Forfeited funds will be returned to the general funds of the Douglas County. 1. All Open Division Class premiums will be paid in cash. Premiums must be picked up by August 31, of the current year. Cash premiums that are not picked up by August 31, of the current year will be forfeited. Forfeited funds will be returned to the general funds of Douglas County.

III. EXHIBITOR AND PARTICIPANT CONDUCT A. The Douglas County Fair Board would like to convey the minimum expectations of Junior and adult participants at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Exhibitors and participants (parents and volunteers) must abide by stated requirements and regulations for all activities and events including, but not limited to: 1. Conduct themselves in a courteous, respectful manner; using appropriate language, exhibiting good sportsmanship and providing positive role models. 2. Adhere to program regulations & requirements, curfews, dress codes, policies and guidelines; 3. Abstain from illegal and immoral behavior; 4. Fully participate in scheduled activities; 5. Refrain from physical or emotional child abuse or neglect; 6. Apply regulations of safety to individuals, groups and property; and 7. Accept personal responsibility for behavior. 8. Consequences may include penalties as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

IV. DISPUTES: A. The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the final and absolute right to interpret the Competition Requirements and Regulations and to settle questions of interpretation. - 10 -

B. In the event that references to requirements, regulations, or rules external to the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Requirements or Regulations conflict with any Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Requirement or Regulation the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Requirement or Regulation shall preside.

V. DETERMINATION OF VIOLATIONS: A. The Department Superintendent where a violation of any competition term, Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirement or Regulation, or other applicable requirement or regulation is reported to have occurred prior to, during, or after judging shall make an initial determination as to whether a violation occurred. At no time will any exhibition, judging event, or other on-going event be delayed, stopped, or interrupted as a result of any allegation of wrong-doing reported to Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management or under investigation by Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management. B. The Department Superintendent shall, upon determining a violation has occurred, make a recommendation to the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management as to the appropriate penalty to impose upon the violating person(s). The penalties available are as follows: 1. The exhibitor in question is disqualified and forfeits all entry and other fees and all premiums, trophies, and awards from the department. 2. Any or all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo premiums, trophies, and awards won by exhibitor in any and all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo departments shall be withdrawn and required to be returned to the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. All entry and other fees are forfeited. 3. The exhibitor shall be barred from competition at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo for a determined period that may include a lifetime suspension from competition upon the concurrence of the Douglas County Fair Board. 4. The exhibit in question will not be sold in any sales at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. 5. In the case of an exhibit already sold at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo, the exhibitor shall refund and return all sale proceeds in excess of market value to the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. The Douglas County Fair Board, after conference with the Buyer, shall determine whether to donate the money to the Douglas County Fair Foundation or return the money to the Buyer. 6. The Douglas County Fair Board may impose any other penalty deemed appropriate.

VI. RIGHTS OF APPEAL AND PROCESS OF APPEAL A. The following processes and rights of appeal shall be followed for actions pertaining to competitions at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. B. Within 15 days of the point when the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management determines that a violation has occurred, the Douglas County Fair Board Chair will notify the exhibitor in writing of the violation and the facts that support the violation. Such notification must be mailed to the exhibitor’s address as recorded on their entry form. C. Such notification must also include a description of any penalty to be assessed. D. Within 15 days of receipt of written notification, the exhibitor may appeal the decision in writing to the Douglas County Fair Board. The written appeal must be delivered to the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management office at 500 Fairgrounds Drive, Castle Rock, CO 80104 within the 15 days. - 11 -

E. Any written appeal must include any facts relevant to support the appeal. F. Within 15 days of receipt of the written appeal, the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management or the Douglas County Fair Board Chair may rescind their initial determination. The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management or the Douglas County Fair Board Chair may subsequently make no further determination as to the reported violation. The exhibitor will have no further remedy available upon the rescission of the initial determination. G. Should the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management or the Douglas County Fair Board Chair take no action on the appeal within 15 days from the date of receipt in the office of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, the appeal must be presented at the next regularly scheduled Douglas County Fair Board meeting for the sole purpose of setting a date for a hearing on the appeal. The exhibitor will be notified in writing after the Douglas County Fair Board meeting of the date of the appeal. H. The Douglas County Fair Board shall appoint a hearing panel which will be comprised of the following: 1. The Vice-Chair of the Douglas County Fair Board, who shall serve as the presiding officer; 2. An individual with expertise in the particular competition; 3. The superintendent of the department the protest originated from; 4. Two Douglas County Fair Board Directors other than the Douglas County Fair Board Chair. 5. Within 15 days of the conclusion of the hearing, the presiding officer shall submit to the Douglas County Fair Board their findings and recommended final determination as to the alleged violation(s) and penalties, along with a copy of the exhibitor’s appeal. 6. Upon receiving the recommendation of the presiding officer at the next regularly scheduled Douglas County Fair Board meeting, the Douglas County Fair Board shall take action upon the recommendation and adopt a final determination at its next regularly scheduled meeting. The exhibitor will receive a copy of the Douglas County Fair Board’s adopted findings and final determination.

VII. PROTESTS: DECISIONS OF JUDGES ARE NOT ELIGIBLE FOR PROTEST A. Whenever any person believes that an exhibitor has engaged in any activity that violates the competition requirements or regulations of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo or engaged in any unethical activity during the course of a competition, such person has the opportunity to provide their allegations of wrong-doing to the Douglas County Fair Board for review. Any person making such a report must do so on a form provided by the Douglas County Fair Board and as set forth in the remainder of this paragraph. B. Any protest must be personally presented to the Department Superintendent (or Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management office), and to the Douglas County Fair Board Vice-Chair on a form that may be obtained at the office of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management. C. Any protest so submitted must be accompanied by a one hundred dollars ($100) bond. This bond may be returned if the Douglas County Fair Board Protest Committee determines that the facts described constitute a violation. A bond that is retained will be deposited in the Douglas County Fair Foundation general funds. - 12 -

D. Any protest must be presented within 24 hours of the occurrence of the alleged infraction for all livestock activities and prior to the official closing of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo for all other activities. In the event a protest is presented after judging has begun on the item or activity in question, the judging will proceed and the protest will be handled as if the protest had been presented following the judging. E. Any protest must be presented in writing and sworn to. The protest must state the name of the exhibitor who has allegedly committed a violation, the exhibit and class in question, the specific allegations giving rise for the protest, the facts that support the allegations, and the specific terms and conditions from the Competition Requirements & Regulations or elsewhere that govern the alleged misconduct. F. Within 15 days of receipt of any protest, the Douglas County Fair Board shall notify in writing the person(s) submitting the protest as to its determination of the validity of the protest and any actions taken as a result of upholding the protest. If the protest is denied, the notifications must state the reason or reasons for the denial. G. Upon receipt of a properly presented protest, the Douglas County Fair Board will appoint a committee consisting of the Vice-Chair, two Fair Board Directors, the Department Superintendent and one other disinterested, qualified person to review the protest and render a decision, which shall be considered final for purposes of appeal under these regulations. H. The person(s) submitting the protest will have the right to appeal consistent with the Due Process provisions set forth in RIGHTS OF APPEAL AND PROCESS OF APPEAL of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

VIII. CONCESSIONS AND ADVERTISING PRIVILEGES: A. All exhibits, concessions, or commercial privileges are at the sole discretion of Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management. Under no circumstances will any advertising matter be allowed to be placed upon buildings, trees, or other places on the grounds, or otherwise distributed, without management permission. Unauthorized advertising material may be immediately removed and disposed of, without recourse or notice.

IX. BEDDING: A. Unless otherwise stated in the Department Requirements & Regulations, only shavings may be used for animal bedding. B. All bedding, feed and equipment will be furnished by the exhibitor.

X. CAMPING: A. On-ground camping is limited to pre-paid reserved camping spots only. No camping or overnight stays are allowed in any parking lot or barn areas of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. B. Campers in violation of the Camping Registration Form will be immediately removed from the Douglas County Fairgrounds, at the owner’s expense. It may also result in a one-year suspension of camping privileges. C. Campers must be in place by 8pm Monday and remain in place for the duration of the Fair. During the animal check-in hours, access to the campers will be restricted. This will allow the livestock trailers to access their check-in areas without excessive congestion.

- 13 -

D. Removal of campers the final Sunday of Fair – must be done prior to 10am. All other campers must be removed by noon the day after Fair. E. No vehicles are allowed to park with the campers. Temporary permits will be issued to unload supplies need to add time. See on-grounds parking and access for specific details regarding temporary parking permits. F. All campers and trailers must be self-contained. No electric or water hook-up available.

XI. DOGS: A. Dogs are not allowed on the Fairgrounds during the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo with the following exceptions: 1. Service Animals 2. Dogs on leashes will be allowed in the camping and trailer parking areas only. For their safety, dogs should not be tethered to a camper. A self-contained kennel is required for dogs staying in the camping area. 3. Excessive barking or complaints of aggressive behavior will result in the dog being excused from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. Excused dogs must be immediately removed from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. 4. Dogs that are competing or performing during the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Owners / Handlers must keep dogs under constant control and dogs ARE NOT allowed into any livestock barns, Kirk Hall, or the Events Center.

XII. MOTORIZED UTILITY VEHICLES: A. NO personal golf carts or ATV’s nor bicycles will be allowed on the fairgrounds during the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo.

XIII. ON GROUNDS PARKING AND ACCESS: A. Parking on the grounds is by PERMIT ONLY. Permits are approved by Douglas County Fair Board. 1. Permits must be clearly displayed on the dash of the vehicle at all times. 2. Duplication of a Permit is prohibited. 3. Permitted vehicles must park in designated areas. B. Temporary grounds access is granted for temporary loading/unloading of items on the grounds. Vehicles given this access must not park on the roadway. These permits are a 15 minute pass and issued under the following conditions: 1. Unloading of food items in the camping area during designated times. a. Temporary grounds access permits for campers will only be issued Wednesday through Sunday before 10am. 2. Unloading of bulk food or water to livestock during designated times. 3. Unloading/loading of stage equipment or show event items. 4. Food Vendors may restock one hour before and one hour after the posted Fair hours. EXPO Vendors may restock one hour before and one hour after the EXPO hours.

- 14 -

C. Vehicles on grounds without a valid permit or not having the permit displayed on the dash are subject to being towed at the owner’s expense. No attempts will be made to contact the owner prior to it being towed. OFFICIAL ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER Douglas County Fair & Rodeo 500 Fairgrounds Drive Castle Rock, CO 80104 (720) 733-6900 DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO TICKET INFORMATION (720) 733-6941

- 15 -

DOUGLAS COUNTY HOMETOWN RODEO COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS Entries Accepted: July 28 – July 30, 8am – 4pm at Extension Office Final Order Posted: August 2, by 3pm Rodeo Start Time: August 2, at 4pm Monty Anderson John Adams Scott Candelaria Arlie Gordon Jack Orr Craig Sloan

Superintendent Rodeo Committee Rodeo Committee Rodeo Committee Rodeo Committee Rodeo Committee

All Events will be held in the Outdoor Arena I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must have read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. B. All Douglas County Hometown Rodeo participants must submit entry during entry dates and times listed above 1. No mail- in entries will be accepted. C. Entry fees and stock charges must be paid when entries are made at the Extension Office. D. Each Participant will be required to turn in a signed waiver. Any participant under 18 years of age must have a parent or guardian signed waiver. E. Age will be determined as of July 31 of current year. F. No draw out or substitutions of entries after entry deadline. G. Participants may only enter once per event, except for Team Roping (See Team Roping Event below). H. Western tack and attire is required for all contestants and events. 1. Ribbon Runners will be allowed to wear tennis shoes. 2. No ball caps allowed. I. A two minute time limit will apply to all events with the exception of the Trailer Race which will be five minutes. At the end of the time limit the announcer will advise time and contestant must exit arena. 1. Exceeding time limits—Failure to complete an event in the prescribed time limit (excluding penalties) set for that event will result in a disqualification from that event. Contestant must leave the arena immediately upon expiration of the time limit. 2. Not being mounted—a contestant must be mounted at the completion of his/her time in an event unless as an integral part of the competition, the contestant must be on foot as in tiedown roping or runner in ribbon roping. Failure to be mounted will result in disqualification

- 16 -

from that event. Falling off your horse in any event will result in a disqualification; you may not remount and continue. J. Final order of events will be posted prior to start of Hometown Rodeo (above) at the arena office. K. An electric eye will be used for appropriate events. L. Contestants must keep their horse under control at all times. M. Decisions of the Judges will be final. N. Abuse of stock. In any event, if in the opinion of the judge and/or arena director, a contestant abuses any stock, including the contestant’s own horse, that contestant may be disqualified from that event. A second or subsequent violation may result in disqualification from the entire rodeo. O. Not being ready when called—in all events, if the contestant is not ready to compete when called for; three calls made by the rodeo announcer, a contestant will be disqualified from that event. The contestant must start his/her run within sixty (60) seconds of being called. P. Illegal or improper equipment—a contestant will be disqualified from any event if that contestant uses or attempts to use illegal or improper equipment. Q. Running into electric eye or flagger—anyone who hits the electric eye or flagger will be disqualified from that event. R. Re-crossing start/finish line—in all timed events using a start/finish line, a contestant will be disqualified for re-crossing the start/finish line prior to finishing the prescribed pattern. I. Breaking patterns—a contestant will be disqualified for breaking the pattern in pole bending, barrel racing, flag racing or trail course events. S. In any roping event, throwing rope before horse’s chest has crossed the barrier line. T. In all breakaway ropings altering the original makeup of the string issued by the rodeo committee, i.e. thinning or stripping in any manner.

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Open to everyone B. Bob Thomas Scholarship Age Groups. Please see Bob Thomas Memorial Scholarship Policy for rules. 1. 9-under 2. 10-1410 - 13 3. 15 -1914 - 19

III. PREMIUMS A. All entry fees will be split: 1. 1st-40%, 2nd-30%, 3rd-20%, 4th-10% 2. Buckles will be awarded to 1st place. B. In case of tie, the jackpot money will be split evenly between the winners. Buckle will be given by toss of coin. C. All Around Award will be determined by total dollars won in two or more events. D. Winners will be paid as follows: - 17 -

1. Awarded Premiums will be mailed.

IV. EVENTS TIE DOWN ROPING A. General Requirements. Contestant must rope calf, dismount, throw calf by hand and cross and tie any three legs. To qualify as legal tie, there shall be at least one wrap around all three legs and a half-hitch. If calf is down when roper reaches it, the calf must be let up to his feet and be thrown by hand. If roper’s hand is on the calf when calf falls, calf is considered thrown by hand . Rope must hold calf until roper gets hand on calf. Three legs must remain crossed and tied from six seconds, as timed by the judge, from the time the rope horse takes his first step forward after the roper has remounted, until approved by the judge. Roper must not touch calf after signaling that he is finished until after the judge has completed his examination. Rope must remain slack until field judge approves the tie. Unless instructed to do so by the judge, roper will be disqualified for removing rope from calf after signaling for time, until the tie has been passed on by the field judge. In the event a contestant’s catch rope is off a calf after completion of tie, the six-second time period is to start when roper clears calf. Flag judge must watch calf during the six second period and will stop watch when a calf kicks free, using the time shown on the watch to determine whether calf was tied long enough to qualify. If tie becomes illegal by calf kicking, or calf gets to his feet before tie has been approved by the judge, the Roper will be marked “no time.” B. Two Loops Permitted. Two loops will be permitted, catch-as-catch- can, and should the roper miss with both, he must retire and will be marked “no time.” Roping the calf without releasing the loop from the hand is not permitted. If roper intends to use two loops, he must carry two ropes and must use second rope for second loop. If a second rope is used, the first rope must first be released from either the saddle or the calf. Violation of this Rule shall be a Class III Offense for mistreatment of animals. C. No Dragging of Calf. A neck rope must be used on the horse, and contestant must adjust rope and reins in a manner that will prevent horse from dragging calf. Contestant must receive no assistance of any kind from outside. If the horse drags the calf at least five feet, field judge may stop horse and the contestant will be disqualified. D. No Jerk Down. Intentional Jerk Down’s will result in the disqualification of the contestant. E. Fresh calves must be roped and tied no less than twice and no more than four times, under the supervision of the Tie down Roping Event Representative or his appointee. It is the responsibility of the stock contractor or Rodeo Committee, whoever supplies the calves, to ensure that the cattle are properly prepared.

LADIES’ BREAKAWAY ROPING A. Objective—the contestant must rope a calf from the back of a horse, and have the rope, which is tied to the saddle horn with a piece of string, break away from the saddle horn and do this in the fastest time possible. B. Equipment—the roper must use a standard catch rope with a white flag, a minimum of 24 inches in length and 2 inches in width tied to end of rope (no tail) and end of rope must be tied to saddle horn with a piece of string (#24 polycotton twine OR #18 nylon—150# test) furnished by the rodeo committee. C. The contestant will start from behind a barrier in the right hand box and will nod to the gate man to indicate when she is ready for the calf to be released. The calf will be given a pre-determined - 18 -

head start and beating or breaking the barrier will result in a 10-second penalty, and penalty will be documented by barrier judge. D. The roper must then chase after the calf. In order to be a legal catch, the loop must pass cleanly over the calf’s head. Once the loop has passed over the calf’s head, loop may draw up on any part of calf’s body behind the head. E. Time is to begin when the calf releases the barrier rope and ends when the field judge flags the rope breaking away from the saddle horn. Calf must break rope away from saddle horn— contestant would receive a no time should they break rope away from saddle horn themselves. F. Once the contestant has given up on their first loop and have started to compete on their second loop, if the first loop becomes a legal catch and breaks away, it WILL NOT be flagged as a time. The contestant will be flagged on their second loop. G. Disqualifications not covered in Rules above: 1. Breaking the string by hand rather than letting the calf pull the rope and break it away from the saddle horn. 2. Failure to release loop from hand before catching calf.

TEAM ROPING GENERAL RULES A. Each contestant will be allowed to carry only one rope. Only two loops per team shall be allowed (one loop at each end). Roping steers without turning loose the loop will be considered no catch. Roper must rope, dally and change direction of steer. Any heeler 50 years of age or older may tie hard and fast. B. All headers shall start from behind a barrier. A 10-second penalty will be added for breaking or beating a barrier. C. Field judge shall drop flag when steer is roped by its head and heels, and both horses are facing steer in line with ropes dallied and tight. Horses’ front feet must be on ground and ropers must be mounted for flag to drop. Steer must be standing up when roped by head and heels. D. Throwing Heel Loop. The direction of the steer’s body must be changed before the heel loop can be thrown. However, if the steer stops, it must only be moving forward for the heel loop to be legal. Any heel loop thrown before the completion of the initial switch will be considered a crossfire and no time will be recorded. E. Steer Roped by One Horn. If steer is roped by one horn, roper is not allowed to use his hands to remove loop or put loop over other horn or head. F. Heeler Roping Front Foot. If the heeler ropes a front foot or feet in the heel loop, this is a foul catch. Neither contestant may remove the front foot or feet from the loop by hand. However, should the front foot or feet come out of the heel loop by the time the field judge drops his flag, time will be official. G. Legal Head Catches. There will be only three legal head catches: 1. Around both horns. 2. Half a head. 3. Around the neck. H. Illegal Head Catches. The following shall be illegal head catches: - 19 -

1. If hondo passes over one horn and the loop over the other; 2. If loop crosses itself in a head catch. 3. If loop is in the steer’s mouth. I. Heel Catches. 1. Behind Both Shoulders. Any heel catch behind both shoulders is legal if rope goes up heels. 2. One Hind Foot. One hind foot receives a five-second fine. J. Inspection of Catches. Any questions as to catches in this contest will be decided by the judges. If a field judge tells the header to hold the steer so the field judge may inspect the head catch, and the header does not do so, the team may receive a “no-time”. K. Time Limit. There will be a 2 minute elapsed time limit in the team roping. A whistle indicating “no time” shall be blown by the timer at the end of the 2 minute span. This Rule shall not apply to legal catches completed in less than 2 minutes but which, due to a penalty, are recorded as having taken more than 2 minutes. L. Falling Steer. In the team roping, if in the opinion of the line judge, the animal falls before it crosses the scoreline, the contestants shall be entitled to a rerun on the original stock, provided that the contestants declare immediately. There will be no penalty added to the rerun if, in the opinion of the judge, the contestants did not deliberately beat the barrier and if the contestants declare immediately. If the originally drawn animal cannot be rerun, the contestants will run the extra (where an extra is available) or have a steer drawn according to the misdraw procedure.

DARREL BELL MEMORIAL OPEN TEAM ROPING A. Contestant may enter twice with a maximum of 60 teams.

FAMILY TEAM ROPING A. Participants may enter up to three (3) times with different family members. B. Family Team Roping must be immediate family members. 1. Father – son or daughter 2. Brother – sister 3. Grandfather – grandchild 4. Husband – wife 5. Aunt or uncle – Niece, nephew, or cousins

CHILDREN’S GOAT TAIL UNTYING A. Age Groups 1. 9 years and under. B. Objective—for the contestant to ride horseback across the start line, run to where a goat is tethered, remove a ribbon from the goat’s tail and do this in the shortest amount of time possible. C. Rules: 1. There will be a 2 minute time limit in this event. Goats must be uniform in size. - 20 -

2. Equipment—3-foot long soft rope for tethering goats with a metal snap affixed to each end. Stake with tether ring. Acceptable is a stake with an eye rolled into it and with a length of rope with a loop tied in one end and attached to the stake at the eye. All adjusted so that no part of the stake protrudes above the ground and just enough of the loop of the length of rope sticks above the ground so the tether rope may be snapped on to it. 3. Contestant must ride his/her horse across the start line, race to where the goat is tethered, dismount, catch the goat, remove the ribbon from the goat’s tail, and run back across the finish line, which will be located 10 feet from tether stake back in the direction of the start line. Contestant must finish cross line with ribbon in hand. 4. The goat will be tethered at a point 100 feet from the start line and held at the point furthest away from the starting line and facing the starting line and far enough away from fences or walls that there is room to reasonably compete. 5. The goat will be held by a goat handler facing the starting point until the start line flagger flags the start of the time. The contestant will then release the goat and step back out of the way. The committee along with the goat holder should have a second individual to help stop and catch contestant’s horse. Contestant’s safety is top priority. 6. Time runs from the time the start line flagger drops his/her flag starting the time until the judge drops his/her flag as the contestant crosses finish line. D. Disqualifications not covered in previous Rules: 1. The horse makes contact with the goat. 2. Undue roughness in handling the goat. 3. Crossing the finish line without the ribbon in hand.

CHILDREN’S GOAT TYING A. Age Groups 1. 10-13, 14-19, 20 and over B. Objective—for the contestant to ride horseback across the start line, run to where a goat is tethered, dismount, catch, throw and tie any three legs and do this in the shortest amount of time possible. C. There will be a 2 minute time limit in this event. Goats must be uniform. D. Equipment—10-foot long soft rope for tethering goats with a metal snap affixed to each end. Stake with tether ring. Acceptable is a stake with an eye rolled into it and with a length of rope with a loop tied in one end and attached to the stake at the eye. All adjusted so that no part of the stake protrudes above the ground and just enough of the loop of the length of rope sticks above the ground so the tether rope may be snapped on to it. Goat thong or pigging string to be used by the contestant to tie the goat’s legs together. No metal rings or wire allowed on or in thong. Thong may be leather, nylon, grass, rope or a combination of materials. E. Contestant must ride his/her horse across the start line, race to where the goat is tethered, dismount, catch the goat, tie the goat and signal that his/her tie is complete by raising his/her hands in the air. The goat must be tied by stringing one (1) leg first then crossing and tying any three (3) legs. There must be at least one (1) wrap around all three (3) legs and finished with a - 21 -

half hitch or “hooey”. The contestant then must step back away from the goat at least three (3) feet. F. The goat will be tethered at a point 100 feet from the start line and held at the point furthest away from the starting line and facing the starting line and far enough away from fences or walls that there is room to reasonably compete. G. The goat will be held by a goat handler facing the starting point until the start line flagger flags the start of the time. The contestant will then release the goat and step back out of the way. H. If the goat is down or on its knees when the contestant reaches it, the goat must be let up or lifted up high enough to be given the opportunity to regain its feet. Then the contestant may throw and tie the goat. I. Time runs from the time the start time flagger drops his/her flag starting the run until the judge drops his/her flag as the contestant signals tie complete. J. Penalties: A 5-second penalty if horse crosses the tether between when the time starts and times ends. K. Disqualifications not covered in previous Rules: 1. The horse makes contact with the goat. 2. Undue roughness in throwing or handling the goat. 3. Tie not holding or legs not remaining crossed for 6-seconds. 4. Touching goat or tie with hands after signaling completion of tie.

BARREL RACING A. Age Groups 1. 9 and under, 10-13, 14-19, 20 and over B. Objective—the contestant shall race her horse through a cloverleaf barrel pattern and do so in the quickest time possible. C. There will be a 30-second 2 minute limit in this event. D. Equipment—55 gallon barrels must be used. It is highly recommended that plastic safety barrels be used. Barrels must be closed on each end, no open end(s) on barrels will be allowed. E. Pattern—shall be a cloverleaf pattern with barrels positioned in a triangular fashion in the arena. F. Measurements—a full pattern will be the following measurements and should be used when arena conditions allow: 75 feet from arena fence to the start/finish line. 60 feet from the start/finish line to a line drawn between the first and second barrel and 90 feet between the first and second barrel and 105 feet from each the first and second barrel to the third barrel. No barrel may be closer than 20 feet from any fence or wall. G. When arena conditions do not allow a full pattern to be used, the pattern may be shortened as necessary provided that it remains the same throughout the rodeo. It is mandatory that the 20 foot from any fence or wall safety zone be maintained even with a reduced pattern size.

- 22 -

H. Diagram of barrel pattern.

1. The contestant will enter the arena, race across the start/finish line and to either the left or right barrel. If the right barrel is used as the first barrel, the contestant will make a right hand turn around that first barrel and then proceed to the second barrel. The contestant will make a left hand turn around the second barrel and then race to the third barrel. The contestant will make a left hand turn around the third barrel and then race back across the start/finish line. The opposite will occur if the contestant chooses to go to the left barrel first. 2. Knocking over a barrel will result in a 5-second penalty being assessed. 3. If a barrel is knocked down, and then stands back up, it is still considered knocked down and the 5-second penalty will be assessed. 4. The contestant may reach down and touch a barrel in order to keep from falling over if the contestant chooses to and is able to do so. 5. If a barrel falls after the contestant crosses the finish line, it will be considered a qualified run and no penalty will be assessed. 6. The committee is encouraged and it is strongly recommended that the barrel pattern be raked at even intervals.

POLE BENDING A. Age Groups 1. 9 and under, 10-13, 14-19 B. Objective—the contestant must run their horse through the pole bending pattern in the shortest time possible. C. There will be a 2 minute time limit in this event. D. Equipment—shall consist of six (6) bases, each capable of holding upright a 6 foot tall pole that will fall if hit by a competitor. Strongly recommended is use of commercially available pole bending bases and plastic PVC pipe. In no case may metal or wood poles be used. E. Set up—the course shall consist of six (6) poles set in a straight line, the first pole being set 21 feet from the start/finish line. Each pole after that shall be set 21 feet apart. No pole may be closer than 20 feet from any fence or wall. It is mandatory that the pattern be staked so that the poles will be set in the same spot for the duration of the rodeo. F. Raking the pattern is strongly suggested at even intervals.

- 23 -

G. The contestant must cross the start/finish line and may start on either side of the pattern it is the contestant’s choice. The contestant must race down alongside the poles and upon reaching the sixth or end pole they must turn around that pole. The contestant then must weave back through the poles toward the sixth pole. Upon reaching the sixth pole, they must turn around this pole and then race alongside the poles back to and cross the start/finish line. H. Penalties—the rider will be assessed a 5-second penalty for each pole the contestant knocks down. The contestant may touch the pole by hand to keep it from falling if they choose to and is able to do so and no penalty will assess for touching the poles. I. If a pole is knocked down, and then stands back up, it is still considered knocked down and the 5-second penalty will be assessed. J. Diagram of pattern:

TRAILER/COWHIDE RACE A. The trailer race is a timed event with a two-person team consisting of a horse rider and a hide rider. B. Each team shall provide their own truck, horse trailer, horse, saddle and bridle. The cow hides and ropes for pulling the cowhides will be provided by the Rodeo Committee. 1. Bridle shall consist of at least a headstall with a curb or snaffle bit, or a mechanical hackamore with reins. 2. The saddle must be a western saddle with horn and have at least one cinch to be fastened to the dee rings on each side of the saddle with a leather or nylon latigo without quick connection buckles or devices. The rings on the cinch may have tongues for securing the latigos. 3. Each saddle must have a breast collar. C. The trailer race will begin with the horse rider and the hide rider seated in their truck with the headlights turned off. The horse is to be inside the trailer wearing only a halter and lead rope. The cowhide and attached rope will be positioned behind each trailer by the Rodeo Committee. The saddle, blanket and bridle will be completely inside the bed of the truck. D. Upon the announcer starting the race, the horse rider and hide rider are to exit their truck, remove the saddle and bridle from the rear of the truck, and remove the horse from the trailer. The contestants then saddle and bridle the horse. E. The horse rider will mount the horse and the hide rider will then hand the rope attached to the cowhide to the horse rider. The hide rider will then lie on the cowhide. F. The horse rider will then drag the cowhide and the hide rider counter clockwise around the markers at each end of the arena and return to the point at which they started directly behind their own trailer. - 24 -

G. Upon completion of one lap around the arena the contestants will dismount and the team will unsaddle and unbridle their horse. The team will then halter and load the horse into the trailer, lose and latch the trailer gate, return the saddle and tack completely inside the bed of the truck and enter the truck. Time will end when both team members are in their truck, truck doors are closed, and the headlights are turned on. H. Three judges will be strategically placed in the arena to monitor the adherence of the rules and to ensure wellbeing of the contestants and animals. Judges can flag a team out at their discretion any time during the event. I. The team with the fastest time will be announced as the winners.

DALLY RIBBON ROPING A. Objective – this is a two (2) member team event. Each team may consist of either one (1) boy and one (1) girl, two (2) boys or two (2) girls. In this event there will be a runner and a roper. The roper is required to rope to the calf, dally around the saddle horn and hold the calf while the runner removes a ribbon from the calf’s tail and carries that ribbon across the barrier line of the box the roper left from and to do this in the shortest time possible. B. Rules. 1. There will be a 60-second time limit in this event. 2. The roping box and barrier are to be used as in the other roping events. 3. The ribbon for the calf’s tail is to be a uniformly colored unbreakable ribbon, 1 inch wide and 12 inches long. Tied to the calf’s tail with a rubber band that is strong enough to hold the ribbon in place but weak enough to break easily when grabbed by a contestant. Suggested is #12 rubber band. 4. The roper is to start from the right hand box as you face the arena. 5. 10-second penalty for breaking the barrier and will be documented by the line judge. 6. The runner may wait anywhere in the arena he/she chooses. 7. Roper must rope the calf then dally around the saddle horn ribbon from calf’s tail. Catch as catch can is a legal catch. 8. Runner must remove the ribbon from the calf’s tail and carry the ribbon back to the box the roper left from. Time will run from the time the calf releases the barrier rope until the barrier judge flags the runner crossing the barrier line. 9. The roper may carry only one (1) rope but may rebuild one (1) loop if no catch is made with the first loop. Only two (2) loops total allowed. 10. If the ribbon comes off the calf’s tail after the roper has made his/her catch, the roper must dally off and hold the calf; however, the runner must go to where the ribbon came off, pick it up and then carry it back across the barrier line. Roper must hold dally until the runner has picked up the ribbon. C. Disqualifications in addition to those in Article 1: 1. Failure to complete and hold a dally. 2. Dropping or losing rope. 3. Runner touching rope or calf before roper is dallied. - 25 -

4. Roper dragging calf to runner. When roper makes a catch; he/she must dally off and wait for the runner. 5. Runner crossing barrier line without ribbon. D. Re-runs in addition to those listed in Article II. E. If the ribbon comes off the calf’s tail prior to the roper making the catch or if the ribbon does not get put on the calf’s tail to begin with, re-run is granted with same calf back.

STEER STOPPING A. A timed event started with an electric eye. B. Roper must use head box. C. A 10 second penalty will be added for a broken barrier. D. The steer must be roped with a legal head catch 1. Both horns 2. Full head 3. Half head with one horn All other catches will be disqualified with a no time. E. After roping the steer, roper must dally to saddle horn and stop the steer. F. The steer and horse must be facing - both stopped with front feet on the ground to be flagged. G. Only one loop allowed with open gate. H. The decision of the judges will be final.

Thank you! 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. Hometown Rodeo Awards Award Name

Donated by

D.C. Rodeo - Combination Trailer-Cowhide Race

*2* Ranch

D.C. Rodeo Goat Tying (10-13)

24hourflex.com

D.C. Rodeo Pole Bending (11-18)

24hourflex.com

D.C. Steer Stopping

24hourflex.com

Darrel Bell Memorial Team Roping

Bob Massey Caps Inc.

Darrel Bell Memorial Team Roping

Bonnie Bell & Family

D.C. Ladies' Breakaway Roping

Cap Bell Family - 26 -

Award Name

Donated by

D.C. Ladies' Breakaway Roping

Cap Bell Family

D.C. Ribbon Roping (Man & Woman Team)

Carson Insurance Services

Darrel Bell Memorial Team Roping

Castle Rock Contractors

D.C. Barrel Racing (11-18)

Kathy Gaughan

D.C. Hometown Rodeo Goat Tail Untying (9 & under)

Kids & Horses

D.C. Pole Bending (10 & under)

Kids & Horses

D.C. Hometown Rodeo Goat Tying (14-18)

LaMil Connections, Inc.

D.C. Hometown Rodeo Goat Tying (19 & over)

LaMil Connections, Inc.

D.C. Family Team Roping (Immediate Family Only)

Littleton Equine Medical Center

D.C. Hometown Rodeo Combination Trailer/Cowhide Race

Melissa Bringhurst

D.C. Barrel Racing (19 & over)

Mrs. Bonnie Bell

D.C. Ribbon Roping (Man & Woman Team)

Riata West

D.C. Tie Down Roping

Rowan & Marilyn Tyson

D.C. Barrel Racing (10 & under)

Where Food Comes From - IMI Global

- 27 -

2014 DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO QUEEN and PRINCESS ROYALTY PROGRAM COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS Entry Deadline: July 14, 9pm Entry Location: Fairgrounds Office

Judging: August 1, 12pm Royalty Crowning: August 2, 4pm

Mail or Deliver Entries to: Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Royalty Program 500 Fairgrounds Drive Castle Rock, CO 80104 Roxann Harris Debbie Mills

Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

303-549-0883 720-231-5657

COMPETITION WILL BE IN THE OUTDOOR ARENA JUDGING IS OPEN TO PUBLIC

I. INTRODUCTION The following terms, conditions, and requirements apply to the Royalty program and contest. These requirements and regulations do not supersede or negate the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. All contestants must be familiar with all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements and Regulations. Additional and specific competition requirements and regulations are set forth below and in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Queen and Princess Royalty Agreement. Both general and specific competition requirements and regulations shall apply to competition and program unless specifically noted otherwise. Every contestant entering into any competition at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo shall comply with the Competition Requirements and Regulations as set forth below and shall comply with any additional or specific requirements or regulations as set forth for each, individual competition. Submission of an entry to the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo expressly binds the contestant to all terms and conditions contained in any and all parts of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations. If there are any questions this competition or the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Royalty Program please contact either the Superintendent or Assistant Superintendent.

I. COMPETITION PROVISIONS A. Contestants selected for the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Royalty Program must make appearances and represent the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo and the Douglas County Fair Board as requested until the end of next year’s Fair. 1. Selected contestants who fail to appear or participate in required appearances or events may be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

- 28 -

B. Any horse may be inspected at any time for general health by Douglas County Fair Management. Any horse showing evidence of infectious, contagious or communicable diseases will be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds. C. Contestants are warned that any act of discourtesy or disobedience to the Officials on the part of the owner, groom, driver or rider, of any horse on exhibition will disqualify the contestant and the contestant will be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. D. No contestant or parent(s) of the contestant shall try to influence the judges, or in any way hinder the progress of judging the contest. Any person who is discourteous to the Directors, Judges, or officials or who attempts to influence of hinder the judging of this contest may be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. THE JUDGES DECISIONS ARE FINAL! E. No stallions will are allowed in this competition or program. F. Only contestants are permitted to ride or school the horse on the Douglas County Fairgrounds. 1. Anyone not listed as the Contestant on the entry form must receive prior written permission from Douglas County Fair Management to ride a horse other than their own on the Douglas County Fairgrounds. Permission must be granted immediately prior to the riding or schooling. G. In the HORSEMANSHIP event of the contest, contestants will be required to control their horse one handed, REGARDLESS of the bit used (i.e. snaffle bit, hackamore, or western curb, etc.) or age of horse. 1. If a contestant chooses to ride two handed, it will be the judge’s discretion to deduct points. H. At the discretion of Douglas County Fair Management, any horse that cannot be adequately controlled by the contestant will be excused from the show ring and/or the Fairgrounds. Safety and courtesy to all riders will be stressed. A horse is considered as being sufficiently out of control at any time the contestant is unable to manage the animal after a reasonable corrective action or time. I. If a selected Contestant/Royalty Member should fail to abide by the following requirements at any time either prior to or during her reign, she may be required to relinquish her position at the discretion of the Douglas County Fair Board and may be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. 1. Contestants cannot be married and must remain unmarried during their reign. 2. If the selected Queen and/or Princess should choose to marry during their reign, they must relinquish their position. 3. They may not cohabitate with any significant other during their reign. 4. They must not be, nor ever have been pregnant. J. Contestants will be judged on: Horsemanship: Personality:

Queen 60% 40%

Princess 50% 50%

- 29 -

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Contestants must reside in Douglas County, Colorado. B. Only females are eligible for this competition. C. Age Requirements 1. Queen Contestants must be between the ages of 16 and 22 on the day of the contest. 2. Princess Contestants must be between the ages of 9 and 15 on the day of the contest.

III. ENTRIES A. Entries must be received by the Superintendent or Fairgrounds office before the Entry Deadline. LATE ENTRIES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. B. Contestants under the age of 21 must have a parent or guardian’s written consent. C. All entries must be made on regulation forms, properly filled out, and accompanied by all required agreements and documentation including: 1. Proof of ownership or a lease signed by the owner of the horse to be used for the contest and program. 2. A color photo of the horse to be used for the contest and program. 3. A signed Waiver of Liability. 4. A signed Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Royalty Program Participation Agreement. a. If Contestant/Royalty Member is under 21 years of age, Parent or Legal Guardian must also sign. D. The contestant’s or the minor contestant’s parent/guardian’s signing the competition entry form(s) certifies that he or she has read and has been advised of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements and Regulations, Queen and Princess Competition Requirements & Regulations, and special Department or Division Competition Requirements & Regulations. E. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Management assumes no responsibility for errors on the entry forms. F. EFFECT OF ENTRY: Every contestant expressly understands and agrees that a contestant’s completed entry form is her acceptance of all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements and Regulations whether set forth in a general or a specific requirement or regulation. The contestant further agrees and understands that she will abide by the Royalty Program and Competition Requirements and Regulations throughout the duration of her time at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Additionally, the contestant agrees and understands that failure to comply with the Royalty Program or Competition Requirements and Regulations may subject her to penalties, including the loss of prize or award money and the return of any other non-monetary awards she may receive.

IV. DISPUTES: A. The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the final and absolute right to interpret all the Competition Requirements and Regulations and to settle questions of interpretation.

- 30 -

V. DETERMINATION OF VIOLATIONS: A. The Department Superintendent shall make an initial determination as to whether a violation occurred per Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

VI. RIGHTS OF APPEAL AND PROCESS OF APPEAL A. Any Contestant who has received a penalty as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations is entitled to appeal the decision as set forth in Section VI of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

VII. PROTESTS: A. Whenever any person believes that a contestant has engaged in any activity that violates the competition requirements or regulations of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo or engaged in any unethical activity during the course of a competition, such person has the opportunity to provide his or her allegations of wrong-doing to the Douglas County Fair Board for review as set forth in Section VII of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

- 31 -

2014 DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO ROYALTY PROGRAM PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT A. Queen, Queen Attendant, Princess and/or Princess Attendant (“Royalty Member”) is a resident of Douglas County, Colorado. B. Royalty Members must be single females, never have been married, and remain unmarried during their reign. They may not cohabitate with any significant other during their reign. They must not be, nor ever have been pregnant. If a selected Royalty Member should fail to abide by these conditions at any time either prior to or during her reign, she may be required to relinquish her position at the discretion of the Douglas County Fair Board. C. Appearances outside the Douglas County Fair and Rodeo include but are not limited to: 1. Queen and Queen Attendant: a. Must be available to appear at required appearances when called upon. b. Queen and Queen Attendant may appear and participate in other fairs, rodeos, or other community events during their reign but not as representatives of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo without the express consent of the Douglas County Fair Board. c. Though costs will be reimbursed, the Queen and the Queen Attendant must provide their own transportation, for themselves and their horses, when making required appearances. d. The Queen and Queen Attendant must assist in fundraisers, meetings, practices and various community service events throughout their year. 2. Princess and Princess Attendant: a. Must be available to appear at required appearances when called upon. b. Princess and Princess Attendant may appear and participate in other fairs and rodeos as well as additional community service events during their reign but not as representatives of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo without the express consent of the Douglas County Fair Board. c. Though costs will be reimbursed, the Princess and Princess Attendant must provide their own transportation, for themselves and their horses, when making required appearances. d. The princess and her attendant will participate in fundraiser events, meetings, practices held accordingly, and various community service events throughout their year. 3. Required appearances include but are not limited to: a. Queen and Queen Attendant: Community service events, parades, horse shows, livestock shows, livestock sale, all rodeo performances, and any other events at the next year’s Douglas County Fair and Rodeo and/or as Douglas County Fair Board Directors deem appropriate throughout their year. b. Princess and Princess Attendant: Douglas County Fair and Rodeo events held during the next year’s Douglas County Fair and Rodeo, including but not limited to the parade, livestock sale, all rodeo performances and other community service events throughout their year. D. Failure to appear or participate in any of the required appearances or events will result in the Royalty Member relinquishing her position. All awards, prizes and education funds that have been received through their position shall be immediately returned to the committee. In the event a position is relinquished, the committee may select a successor who will be entitled to receive such awards, prizes and education funds, as determined by the committee.

- 32 -

E. As a representative of the Douglas County Fair and Rodeo, Royalty Members shall dress appropriately, in western attire with crown (if applicable) and banner at all required appearances and events. The Royalty Member and her horse shall be neat and well groomed. Inappropriate attire and/or grooming will be immediately corrected if required by the committee. Fighting, loud, disruptive, and other inappropriate behavior, while representing the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo, will not be tolerated and may result in relinquishment of title, at the discretion of the County Fair Board. F. Royalty Members are responsible for the care and maintenance of the chaps (as applicable), leather horse drapes, nylon horse drapes and vehicle magnets. In the event of loss or damage to any of the above, the Royalty Member will be responsible for reimbursement and/or replacement, as appropriate and determined by the committee. G. Royalty Members will receive mileage reimbursement for necessary travel of official appearances at the current IRS rate from the Douglas County Fair and Rodeo. This reimbursement will be in lieu of actual expenses and will not exceed $125 per person annually or current IRS rate. H. Royalty Members shall NOT swear, smoke, drink alcohol or use tobacco products, with or without royalty attire, while representing the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Failure to comply with this rule may result in relinquishment of title, at the discretion of the Douglas County Fair Board. I. Anger, aggression and/or abuse displayed to your horse will not be tolerated. Failure to comply with this regulation may result in relinquishment of title, at the discretion of the Douglas County Fair Board. J. Royalty Members shall NOT solicit donations or gifts such as clothing, belt buckles, trophies, etc., unless expressly authorized by the Douglas County Fair Board. K. Royalty Members will not be allowed to hold more than one royalty title during this reign. L. The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Royalty Program is NOT affiliated with the Colorado State University Extension Office or the Colorado State 4-H program, nor does the Royalty Program follow 4-H rules or guidelines. M. Failure to comply with any portion of the rules or agreement may result in loss of title and all awards. By signing below I agree to the following: (a) I have received, read, understand, and agree to all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Royalty Competition Requirements & Regulations and the Royalty Participation Agreement; (b) I have asked and received answers to any questions I may have related to the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Royalty Competition Requirements & Regulations, the Royalty Participation Agreement, and the waiver of liability/assumption of risk agreement; (c) I agree to adhere to all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Royalty Competition Requirements & Regulations and the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Royalty Agreement; (d) If I fail to adhere to the any of the above, I may relinquish any title and benefits received; (e) I HAVE READ, UNDERSTAND, AND AGREED TO THE RELEASE AND WAIVER OF LIABILITY AND ASSUMPTION OF RISK AGREEMENT; Contestant/Royalty Member Name: Signature:

Date:

Parent/Legal Guardian Name: Signature:

Date:

If Contestant/Royalty Member is under 21 years of age, Parent or Legal Guardian must also sign.

- 33 -

2014 DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO OPEN DIVISION GENERAL COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS APPLIES TO DEPARTMENT A-G AND ARE IN ADDITION TO ANY DEPARTMENT, DIVISION AND CLASS REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS

I. INTRODUCTION The following terms, conditions, and requirements apply to all Open Division Departments and to all Open Competitions at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. These rules do not supersede or negate the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. All exhibitors must be familiar with all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements and Regulations. Additional and specific competition requirements and regulations are set forth within each individual Department’s Competition Requirements’ and Regulations’ sections. Both general and specific competition requirements and regulations shall apply to all competitions unless specifically noted otherwise. Every exhibitor entering into any competition at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo shall comply with the Competition Requirements and Regulations as set forth below and shall comply with any additional or specific requirements or regulations as set forth for each, individual competition. Submission of an entry to the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo expressly binds the exhibitor to all terms and conditions contained in any and all parts of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations.

II. GENERAL COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS: A. EXHIBITOR CLASSIFICATION: 1. The amateur/professional definition is applied to the department/section of classes being entered. A person may be both an amateur and a professional, but not in the same department (example: An exhibitor can be a professional photographer but an amateur baker). a. AMATEUR – A person who engages in a pursuit, study or science as a pastime rather than a profession. b. PROFESSIONAL – Professionals are not eligible for Best of Show awards. (1) a person with professional training; or (2) instructors; or (3) a person who participates for gain or livelihood in an activity or field of endeavor often engaged in by amateurs; or (4) a person who pursues this activity as a full time occupation.

2. Age classification is determined as of August 1 of the current year. School grade classification is determined by the last grade completed as of August 1 of the current year. a. Junior – 18 years & under as of August 1 of current year. - 34 -

b. Open – 19 years & over as of August 1 of current year. c. Senior Citizen – 55 years & over as of August 1 of the current year. B. Open Division Competition Eligibility: 1. ELIGIBILITY: Open Show Competition is open to the world. a. Junior exhibitors may choose to be classified as Junior or Open for any entry in the Open Division. b. Articles or Items that have been exhibited in the Open Division at a previous Douglas County Fair & Rodeo are not eligible for competition at the current Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. (1) Junior Division Exhibitors who are Members in Good Standing may enter exhibits in the Open Division that competed in the Junior Division of last year’s Douglas County Fair & Rodeo.

c. The exhibitor’s or the minor exhibitor’s parent/guardian’s signature is required to certify that the entry is the exclusive work of the exhibitor. d. The exhibitor’s or the minor exhibitor’s parent/guardian’s signing the competition entry form(s) certifies that he or she has read and has been advised of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements and Regulations, Open Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, and special Department or Division Competition Requirements & Regulations. e. Exhibitor signature certifies he or she has observed and agrees to Competition Requirements & Regulations regarding sabotage, tampering, prohibited substance, unethical fitting and agrees to observe and abide by all Competition Requirements and Regulations. C. Entries and Entry Forms: 1. LATE ENTRIES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 2. Exhibitors are limited to one (1) entry per class, unless stated otherwise in the specific Department Requirements & Regulations. 3. An exhibitor number will be assigned to each Exhibitor. This exhibitor number is to be used when entering all Open Class Departments. The exhibitor number must be on every entry form. 4. For your convenience, entry forms may be completed in advance and are available at the Douglas County Extension Office. 5. Advance entries are NOT required for all Open Division classes. Entry forms and instructions will be available at the Check-In time and location. All entries must be received by the deadline listed below. 6. Open Division Entry Deadlines and Check-In Time and Location: a. Agriculture Dept.

Thursday, August 7, 2014

7:00am-11:00am

Kirk Hall

b. Floriculture Dept.

Thursday, August 7 2014

7:00am-11:00am

Kirk Hall

Sunday, August 3, 2014

12:00pm-4:00pm

Events Center

d. Home Economics Dept. Sunday, August 3, 2014

12:00pm-4:00pm

Events Center

Sunday, August 3, 2014

12:00pm-4:00pm

Events Center

c. Fine Arts Dept. e. Home Arts Dept.

- 35 -

f. Quilts Dept.

Sunday, August 3, 2014

12:00pm-4:00pm

Events Center

g. Senior Citizens Dept.

Sunday, August 3, 2014

12:00pm-4:00pm

Events Center

7. All entries must be made on regulation forms, properly filled out, and accompanied by all fees whenever required. 8. No animal or article will be entitled to a place on the grounds until proper entry has been made. 9. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Management assumes no responsibility for errors on the entry forms. D. EFFECT OF ENTRY: Every exhibitor expressly understands and agrees that an exhibitor’s completed entry form is his/her acceptance of all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements and Regulations whether set forth in a general or a specific requirement or regulation. The exhibitor further agrees and understands that he/she will abide by the Competition Requirements and Regulations throughout the duration of his/her time at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Additionally, the exhibitor agrees and understands that failure to comply with the Competition Requirements and Regulations may subject him/her to penalties, including the loss of prize or award money and the return of any other non-monetary awards he/she may receive. E. Superintendents and Judges may add, combine or divide classes as necessary. 1. In all classes entries will be judged and awarded on merit. F. The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the right to limit entries to facilities available and to cancel any department, division or class in which, in its judgment, the entries are insufficient to secure adequate competition. The Douglas County Fair Board further reserves the right to return entries in the event any competition or class is canceled. G. The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the right to vacate as ineligible for competition and order the removal of any entry that has been entered in violation of these General Competition Requirements and Regulations or of any specific competition requirement or regulation. H. Exhibits may not be removed prior to the release time listed within each department. I. Every animal or article shall be entered and exhibited in the name of the bona fide owner. J. Douglas County Fair Board does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, age, or other non-merit factors. K. UNCLAIMED EXHIBITS: Unclaimed exhibits will only be held until August 31 of the current year at the Douglas County Extension Office, 410 Fairgrounds Road, Castle Rock, CO 80104.

1. After this deadline any unclaimed exhibits will be disposed of, and any unclaimed premium

money will be forfeited and returned to the general funds of the Douglas County Fair Board.

III. PREMIUMS 1. All Open Division premiums will be paid in cash. Cash premiums must be picked up by August 31 of the current year. Cash premiums that are not picked up by August 31 of the current year will be forfeited. Forfeited funds will be returned to the general funds of the Douglas County Fair.

IV. DISPUTES: A. The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the final and absolute right to interpret all the Competition Requirements and Regulations and to settle questions of interpretation. - 36 -

V. DETERMINATION OF VIOLATIONS: A. The Department Superintendent shall make an initial determination as to whether a violation occurred per Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

VI. RIGHTS OF APPEAL AND PROCESS OF APPEAL A. Any Exhibitor who has received a penalty as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations is entitled to appeal the decision as set forth in Section VI of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

VII. PROTESTS: A. Whenever any person believes that an exhibitor has engaged in any activity that violates the competition requirements or regulations of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo or engaged in any unethical activity during the course of a competition, such person has the opportunity to provide his or her allegations of wrong-doing to the Douglas County Fair Board for review as set forth in Section VII of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

- 37 -

OPEN DIVISION AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT A Entry Time: August 7, 7 – 11am Entry Location: Kirk Hall Jacki Hein Christine Otto Leslie Hopkins Tracy Laimit

Judging: Release:

August 7, 1pm August 10, 4 – 5:30pm

Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

ALL EXHIBITS ARE IN KIRK HALL JUDGING IS OPEN TO PUBLIC

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Open Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements or Regulations.

II. DIVISIONS AGRICULTURE EXHIBIT CLASS 1 DIVISION I. Exhibits must be entered on Styrofoam or heavy paper plates. J. Class 1: 1. May be arranged by an individual, organization or community. Exhibit must contain at least 5 varieties from classes 2-71 (except 21 and 53). Attractiveness to be considered. Exhibits must be in Kirk Hall by 11am Thursday, August 7th. Exhibitor must furnish props and tables.

APIARY DIVISION A. Honey-One jar, no debris or pollen. Judges will taste for freshness and quality. Class Class Name Description 2 Apiary Comb Honey, 1 pound 3 Apiary Strained Honey 1 pound

CORN DIVISION Class Class Name 4 Corn Field Corn – 6 ears 5 Corn Sweet Corn – 6 ears

- 38 -

Description

EGG DIVISION A. Display in cartons. When cracked, egg white should not run, yolk should be high with no blood spots. A deep golden yellow yolk is preferred to a light yellow yolk. Class 6 7 8 9 10

Class Name Eggs (Display in Carton) Eggs (Display in Carton) Eggs (Display in Carton) Eggs (Display in Carton) Eggs (Display in Carton)

Description Brown Eggs – 6 White Eggs – 6 Any Other Color – 6 Duck Eggs – 6 Green Eggs – 6

FORAGE CROPS DIVISION A. Display in bundles the size as indicated. Corn stalks should show some buttress roots. Class 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Class Name Forage Crops Forage Crops Forage Crops Forage Crops Forage Crops Forage Crops Forage Crops Forage Crops Forage Crops Forage Crops

21

Forage Crops

Description Alfalfa Bundle – 3” diameter Clover bundle – 3” diameter Field Corn – 6 stalks (no hybrids) Hybrid Corn – 6 stalks Smooth Brome Grass Bundle – 3” diameter Hay Mixture Bundle – 6” diameter Timothy Bundle – 3” Crested Wheat Bundle – 3” diameter Intermediate Wheat Bundle – 3” diameter Tall Wheat Bundle – 3” diameter Best Display of Economically Valuable Grasses – 8 Varieties of Bundles Mounted on 4’X4’ Board

FRUIT DIVISION A. Apples or Crabapples 1. Show with stems attached. Fruit should be mature as indicated by their aroma and color. Fruits should be uniform and without blemishes. Remove leaves. B. Chokecherries 1. Color should be deep, dark purplish-red. Color, uniformity and proper maturity are critical factors. C. Raspberries 1. Show with stems and calyx segments. Fruits should not be exhibited without hulls. Collapsed fruit and dispersing aggregates are signs of over maturity. D. Strawberries 1. Should be mature, uniform and exhibited with caps. E. Rhubarb 1. Stalks should be uniform in size and color. Stalks should be pulled, not cut, from the plant. Leaf should be trimmed to show one inch of leaf at the end of each stalk. - 39 -

Class Class Name 22 Fruits 23 Fruits 24 Fruits 25 Fruits 26 Fruits 27 Fruits 28 Fruits

Description Apples – 3 of any variety Crab Apples – 10 Chokecherries – ½ pint Raspberries – ½ pint Strawberries – ½ pint Rhubarb – 6 stalks Any other variety – ½ pint

GRAINS DIVISION Class Class Name 29 Grains 30 Grains 31 Grains 32 Grains

Description Barley – sheaf 3” diameter Oats – sheaf 3” diameter Wheat – sheaf 3” diameter Any other – sheaf 3” diameter

VEGETABLE DIVISION A. Green or Yellow Snap Beans 1. Pods should be well-formed, tender, firm and should snap when broken. Color should be bright, seeds should be small, and the flesh should not have any voids. Pods should be uniform in-shape and size with ½” of stem attached. B. Table Beets 1. Should have 1” petioles. Beet should be tender, smooth, free of side roots, have a small crown, and should be rounded, symmetrical and uniform. The root should not be removed. Size from 1” to 3.5” diameter. C. Broccoli 1. Stems are 6” and the head at least 3” in diameter. Stem should be solid and loose leaves removed. Head should be compact and dark green with tight uniform buds of medium size. No yellow color. Over maturity, looseness in head and damage to buds are to be avoided. D. Cabbage 1. Heads should be firm and solid with 2 to 3 wrapper leaves per head and small mid-veins, tightly formed. Stems should be cut ¼” below the head. E. Carrots 1. Should have 1” petioles remaining. Carrots should be small cored, straight, crisp and have deep color. The root should be clean and free of side roots. The skin should be smooth, the roots uniform and true to size and shape for variety. Avoid large crowns and green shoulders. F. Peas 1. ½ pound of podded peas with ½” stems attached. Select pods that are bright green and fully filled with well-sized but tender peas. Pods should be plump and firm and seeds sweet and tender. - 40 -

G. Cauliflower 1. One head at least 4” in diameter with 4 to 6 leaves to protect curd. Trim outer leaves slightly above head. The curd should be pure white, smooth and compact. Avoid over maturity and openness. Stem should be trimmed ½” below the last remaining leaf. H. Garlic 1. Uniform, well-shaped and full sized. Brush off dirt, do not wash. Do not remove sheath. Cut off roots. Bulbs should have small well-dried necks. I. Dry Onions 1. Display with 2” to 3” of stem attached. Select uniform, solid, well-cured mature onions with intact dry skins and well-dried, tight necks. Harvest early and air dry thoroughly. Do not remove outer scales. Do not wash. J. Green Onions 1. ½” to 1” in diameter, clean purple of white color, with dark green tops about 6” long. Remove loose skin, cut tops to 4” to 5” above white shank. The shanks should be long, straight and the bulb not enlarged. Peel only one outer wrapper. OK to wash. Trim roots to ½”. K. Potatoes 1. Russet: 2” to 4” in diameter. 2. Red: Firm, plump and no damage spots. Potatoes should be uniform with shallow eyes, and smooth surface. Brush off dirt with soft brush. Do not wash. L. Tomatoes (green) 1. Should be uniform, firm and “mature green” with a slight pinkish color preferred to being green. Should be soil-free, but not washed or polished. M. Tomatoes (ripe) 1. Fruit should be uniform in size and color, firm and mature. The interior bright & meaty with green gel around seeds. Tomatoes should be true to variety in size, shape and color. The skins should be smooth and without growth cracks. Should be soil-free, but not washed or polished. N. Eggplant 1. Fruit should retain calyx cap and ½” of stem. A good quality eggplant is firm, heavy in relation to size, with a uniform color and small blossom scars. Should not be washed, but it should be cleaned with a soft cloth. O. Turnips 1. Should be smooth with firm flesh, have a small crown, be free of side roots, round, crisp, and a color pattern typical of variety. They should be 2” to 2.5” in diameter with 1” petioles. The taproot should be untrimmed.

- 41 -

P. Pepper 1. ½” of stem should be attached. Fruit should be clean and firm with dark color (red, green or yellow) and without blemishes. The peppers should be of uniform size, color and number of lobes. Q. Vegetable Art 1. Use your creativity to come up with anything of your own choice using vegetables as your medium! Class Class Name 33 Vegetables 34 Vegetables 35 Vegetables 36 Vegetables 37 Vegetables 38 Vegetables 39 Vegetables 40 Vegetables 41 Vegetables 42 Vegetables 43 Vegetables 44 Vegetables 45 Vegetables 46 Vegetables 47 Vegetables 48 Vegetables 49 Vegetables 50 Vegetables 51 Vegetables 52 Vegetables 53 Vegetables 54 Vegetables 55 Vegetables 56 Vegetables

Description Green Snap Beans – ½ pound Yellow Snap Beans – ½ pound Snap Beans – any other variety Table Beets – 3 Broccoli – 1 head Cabbage – 1 head Carrots – 6 Peas – 1/2 pound Cauliflower – 1 head Garlic – 3 Dry Onions – 3 Green Onions – 6 Potatoes – 3 Tomatoes – 3 Green Tomatoes – 3 Ripe Cherry Tomatoes – 6 Eggplant – 1 Table Turnips – 3 Peppers – 3 mild Peppers – 3 hot Radishes – 6 Any other vegetables Vegetable Art Lettuce

VINE CROP DVISION A. Cucumbers 1. Straight, uniform size and color typical of variety. Fruit should be crisp, firm and free of insect or mechanical damage. Trim stem to 5”. Wipe with soft cloth to clean. 2. Slicers: 6” to 10” in length, not to exceed 2.5” in diameter. Color should be dark green with no mature seeds. 3. Pickling: 2” to 4” in length, with straight even spines.

- 42 -

B. Field or Pie Pumpkins 1. Pumpkins should have a thick flesh and be heavy for size. Stem must be attached. Fruit should be smooth and mature, showing no green color. The skins should be resistant to thumbnail puncture. Wipe and polish with a soft cloth. C. Squash, Zucchini or Summer 1. Zucchini should be 6” to 9” long, yellow or straight neck should be 5” to 6” long and scalloped or patty pan 3” to 4” in diameter. Each entry should have 1/2” of stem attached, with the skin tender and seeds immature and edible. Flesh should be solid, light colored, and free of voids. D. Squash, Winter 1. Should be mature and have stems attached. Skin should be hard and soil free. Class Class Name 57 Vine Crops 58 Vine Crops 59 Vine Crops 60 Vine Crops 61 Vine Crops 62 Vine Crops 63 Vine Crops 64 Vine Crops 65 Vine Crops 66 Vine Crops 67 Vine Crops

Description Pickling Cucumbers – 4 Slicing Cucumbers – 3 Field Pumpkins – 1 Pie Pumpkins – 1 Zucchini Squash – 3 Largest Zucchini – 1 Acorn Squash – 1 Hubbard Squash – 1 Spaghetti Squash – 1 Yellow Squash – 1 Other Summer Squash – 3

HERBS DIVISION A. Select sprigs with leaves that are clean and free of blemishes. Best flavor is found in the “bursting bud” stage with flower buds that are on the verge of opening. B. Dill - Select large mature heads with green seeds “going” brown. Cut seed heads with 10” to 12” stems. Class Class Name 69 Herbs 70 Herbs 71 Herbs 72 Herbs 73 Herbs 74 Herbs 75 Herbs 76 Herbs 77 Herbs 78 Herbs 79 Herbs 80 Herbs 81 Herbs

Description Basil – 3 sprigs Mint – 3 sprigs Chives Oregano Sage – 3 sprigs Thyme Marjoram Flat Leaf Parsley – 3 sprigs Curly Leaf Parsley – 3 sprigs Rosemary Tarragon Cilantro Any other herb - 43 -

BEST DISPLAY HERBS - CLASSES 82 AND 83 A. Herbs used in displays must be grown by entrant. Herbs must have at least 6 varieties (dried or fresh) mounted on 2’ X 2’ display board. Class Class Name 82 Herbs Culinary Herbs 83 Herbs Medicinal Herbs

- 44 -

Description

OPEN DIVISION WEEDS DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT A-1 ALL EXHIBITS ARE IN KIRK HALL JUDGING IS OPEN TO PUBLIC

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Open Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements or Regulations. B. Contest open to any group or individuals. A suggested display board for all classes will have a minimum dimension of 30” X 36” and made of foam core poster board. All displayed plant specimens must have scientific name. C. Tables and/or easels must be furnished by the exhibitor. D. First place exhibit of each class will be on loan to Douglas County Weed Control for display purposes for one year.

CLASS 1 EDUCATIONAL WEED POSTER A. Main topics of the participant’s choice from the regional weed forage list to be shown, such as history of chosen weeds, economic considerations of weeds, weed control, etc. Photographs may be used to highlight the entry. Displays by Jonathan Rife at the Extension Building and the weed office foyer are examples of this type of display. The Regional Weed Free Forage List is available at the Extension Office and the Weed Inspector’s Office. Six weeds should be highlighted.

CLASS 2 NOXIOUS AND OBNOXIOUS WEEDS – DEPARTMENT A-1 A. Place dry pressed specimens in proper balance on poster board. Be sure all parts can be clearly seen. A plant specimen is most attractive on a white surface. B. Press the specimen securely against the mount with small weights. These will insure contact with the plant and paper at each point that glue is used. Half-inch bolts and nuts or heavy washers will do very well. C. Place numerous drops of glue across the specimen. Drops of glue should also hold the roots in place; a heavy drop is necessary at the crown of the plant and numerous drops across the stems. Leaves and flowers should be held in place by spots of glue or by a border trim. D. Fill out identification label. It should be in the lower right hand corner labeled as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Common Name of Weed Scientific Name Collection Site Life Cycle Time of Bloom Exhibitor Name - 45 -

7. Address 8. Date Collected 9. How controlled (by re-seeding, tillage, mowing, bio-agents, herbicides, other)

II. PREMIUMS A. Class 1 1. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 3rd place only 2. PREMIUMS: 1st-$12, 2nd-$9, 3rd-$6 3. Rosette: Champion B. Classes 2-20 and 22-81 1. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 3rd place only 2. PREMIUMS: 1st-$4, 2nd-$3, 3rd-$2 C. Class 21 1. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 3rd place only 2. PREMIUMS: 1st-$8, 2nd-$6 3rd-$4 3. Rosette: Champion Classes 21 D. Class 82 and 83 1. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 3rd place only 2. PREMIUMS: 1st-$5, 2nd-$3 3rd-$2 3. Rosette: Champion Classes 82 and 83 E. Class 1 and 2 – Department A-1 1. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 3rd place only 2. PREMIUMS: 1st-$30, 2nd-$20 3rd-$10 3. Rosette: Overall Display – Weeds Class 1

- 46 -

OPEN DIVISION FLORICULTURE DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT B Entry Time: August 7, 7 – 11am Entry Location: Kirk Hall Kate Kator Mary Kay Bevis Amanda Gohl

Judging: Release:

August 7, 8 – 1pm August 10, 4 – 5:30pm

Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

ALL EXHIBITS ARE IN KIRK HALL JUDGING OPEN TO PUBLIC

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with, and comply with, the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Open Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements or Regulations. B. Plants and other previous exhibits are not eligible for competition in consecutive years. C. Commercial exhibits and commercially grown flowers will not be eligible. D. Designations: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

S – Small – under 4” L – Large – over 4” Spray – 1 stem with 2 or more open flowers Overall size – means in all directions, otherwise indicated. Containers are furnished for small cut flower entries.

II. DIVISION ARTISTIC ARRANGEMENTS Class 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Description Miniature Arrangement under 3” tall overall Table Arrangement under 10” tall overall Small Vertical Arrangement under 12” tall or 6” wide Large Vertical Arrangement over 12” tall or 8” wide Small Horizontal Arrangement under 6” tall or 12” wide Large Horizontal Arrangement over 8” tall or 12” wide Hanging Horizontal Arrangement All White Arrangement All Green Arrangement Douglas County Native Plants Terrarium

- 47 -

CUT FLOWERS Class 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

Description Aster – 3 Bachelor’s Buttons – 3 Bellflower – 3 Blanket Flower – 3 Calendulas – 3 Chrysanthemums – 3 Cockscomb – 3 Columbine – 3 Coneflower – 3 Coreopsis – 3 Cosmos – 3 Dahlia small – 1 Dahlia large – 1 Daisy white – 3 Daisy any other – 3 Daylily – 1 spray Delphinium – 1 Gladiolus miniature – 1 Gladiola any color – 1 Larkspur – 3 Lily – 1 Marigold small – 3 Marigold large – 3 Nasturtium – 3 Nicotiana – 3 Pansy – 3 Penstemon – 3 Petunia – 3 Phlox – 1 Pinks (Dianthus) – 3 Poppy – 3 Rose miniature – 1 Rose any other – 1 Rudebekia annual – 3 Rudebekia perennial – 3 Snapdragons – 3 Sun Flower large – 1 spray Sun Flower small – 3 Violets – 3 Wild Flower – 3 Yarrow – 3 Zinnias large – 3 Zinnias small – 3 Any other annual – 3 - 48 -

Class Description 56 Any other perennial – 3

FOR CHILDREN 12 AND UNDER ONLY Class Description 57 The Biggest Bloom – 1 58 The Smallest Bloom – 1

POTTED PLANTS Class 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76

Description African Violets Geraniums Tuberous Begonias Small Houseplant in Bloom – under 12” tall overall Large Houseplant in Bloom – over 12” tall overall Small Non-Blooming Houseplant – under 12” tall overall Large Non-Blooming Houseplant – over 12” tall overall Fern/Fernlike Mixed Interior – Succulent/ Cactus Combo Cactus Succulent Bonsai Orchids Terrariums Outdoor Annual Planter, 3 or more varieties of plants Vining Houseplant – Trellised Vining Houseplant – Hanging Annual Hanging Basket (indoor or outdoor)

III. PREMIUMS A. All Classes 1. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 3rd place only 2. PREMIUMS: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2 3rd-$1

- 49 -

OPEN DIVISION FINE ARTS DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT C Entry Time: August 3, 12 – 4pm Entry Location: Events Center

Judging: Release:

August 4, 9am August 10, 4 – 5:30pm

Pat Salazar Sue Evans Mary Lou Brandebery

Head Superintendent Fine Arts Superintendent Fine Arts Assistant Superintendent

Mary Lloyd

Crafts Superintendent

Rosie Houston Sarah Brock

Photography Superintendent Photography Assistant Superintendent

Mary Lloyd

Ceramics Superintendent

ALL EXHIBITS ARE IN THE EVENTS CENTER CONFERENCE ROOM JUDGING CLOSED TO PUBLIC

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Open Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements or Regulations. B. Exhibitors are allowed 2 entries per class in the Department. C. For more information call: 720-733-6929.

II. PREMIUMS A. All Classes 1. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 4th place only 2. Junior Premiums: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2 3rd-$1 3. Open Premiums: 1st-$4, 2nd-$3 3rd-$2

- 50 -

III. DIVISIONS FINE ARTS DIVISION A. Definition: drawings, paintings, etc. 1. IMPORTANT: Drawings, paintings, sketches, collages, etc. must be in a frame or matted. 2. Art not suitable for hanging will not be accepted. 3. Art must have adequate hangers B. Fine Arts will be judged on technique, composition, color theory, originality and overall presentation.

OPEN FINE ARTS DIVISION CLASSES Class 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Description Acrylic – (R) Drawings – Pencil Drawings – Color Mixed Drawings – Pen and Ink Mixed Media Pastels Oil – Animal Oil – Miscellaneous Sculpture – Free-Form Sculpture – 3 Dimensional Sculpture – Welded Water Color Wildlife – Any Media

JUNIOR FINE ARTS DIVISION CLASSES Class 50 51 52 53

Description Grades Kindergarten – 3rd Grades 4th – 6th Grades 7th – 9th Grades 10th – 12th

CRAFTS DIVISION A. Definition: Woodworking, Ceramics, etc. 1. (R) Representational: recognizable subject matter or abstract. 2. (NR) Non-Representational: non-recognizable or non-objective. 3. Commercial kits will be grouped together and judged on skill, not creativity. 4. Scrapbooking: 1-2 pages only.

- 51 -

OPEN CRAFTS DIVISION CLASSES Class 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333

Description Decorative Craft – Kit Decorative Craft Original Design Decorative Wall Hanging Kit Decorative Wall Hanging Original Design Jewelry – Silver/Metal Jewelry – Bead Jewelry – Other Beading – Off loom bead weaving jewelry, original design (peyote, herringbone, right angle weave, done with needle and thread) Beading – Off loom weaving jewelry – kit /pattern (peyote, herringbone, right angle weave, done with needle and thread) Beading – Loomed Beading – Off Loom 3D, Other (shaped peyote) Beading – Stringing Beading – Wire & Beads (crochet, knitting, etc.) Macrame Leathercraft – Kit Leathercraft – Original design Woodcraft – Kit Woodcraft – Original design Miscellaneous – Original design Holiday Crafts – Kit Holiday Crafts – Original design Stained Glass Dolls – Original design Dolls Decorative Painting Rosemaling Clothes Painting Miniatures Basketry Southwest Exhibit of Collectibles Metal Work Scrapbooking Furniture Refinishing

JUNIOR CRAFTS DIVISION CLASSES Class 350 351 352 353

Description

Grades Kindergarten – 3 Grades 4th – 6th Grades 7th – 9th Grades 10th – 12th

rd

- 52 -

JUNIOR CLOTHES PAINTING DIVISION CLASSES Class 354 355 356 357

Description Grades Kindergarten – 3rd Grades 4th – 6th Grades 7th – 9th Grades 10th – 12th

PHOTOGRAPHY DIVISION Viewer’s Choice Ballots Due: August 9, 6pm A. Photo must be mounted on a black mat or paper only and suitable for hanging without additional frame. B. Overall size limit 11” x 14” black mat only. C. Prints may be 5” x 7” & 8” x 10”. D. Single picture entries only except for multi-print class. E. All photos entered in Douglas County Fair Class #262 become the property of Douglas County/Douglas County Fair Board and will not be returned. No exceptions. By entering the contest, entrants grant The Douglas County Fair a royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual, nonexclusive license to display, distribute reproduce and create derivative works of the entries, in whole or in part, in any media now existing or subsequently developed, for any educational, promotional, publicity, exhibition, archival, scholarly, and all other standard Douglas County Fair purposes. Any photograph reproduced will include a photographer credit as feasible. The Douglas County Fair will not be required to pay any additional consideration or seek any additional approval in connection with such uses. For a photo in which a person is recognizable, you must secure a model release from the subject or, in the case of a minor, the subject’s parent or guardian and provide it to the Douglas County Fair upon request.

OPEN PHOITOGRAPHY DIVISION CLASSES Class 200 201 202 203 204 205 210 211 212 213 220 221 222 223 224 225

Description Portraits of People over 60 Portraits of People 41-60 Portraits of People 21-40 Portraits of People 5-20 Portraits of People Infant-4 Portraits of People (Group) Animals – Personalities Animals – Domestic Animals – Wild Animals – Farm Nature – Mountain Nature – Oceans Nature – Deserts Nature – Waterfalls Nature – Sunsets Nature – Miscellaneous - 53 -

Class 226 227 230 231 232 233 234 240 241 242 243 250 251 252 253 260 261 262 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280

Description Clouds Astronomy Sports – Fall Sports – Winter Sports – Spring Sports – Summer Sports – Water Flowers Bugs Architecture – Man Made Planes, Trains, Autos Fireworks Patriotic News – Events Other Douglas County – Distinct Landmarks Famous Landmarks Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Photo Macro Still Life Black and White Panorama Monochromatic Tones – Color Action Photo – Peak of Action Digital (Altered) – Inc. Hand Painted Multi-Prints on Theme Story Telling – A Succession of Photos on One Theme Lightning Isolated Color, Black & White Photo with One Color Element

JUNIOR PHOTOGRAPHY DIVISION CLASSES Class 290 291 292 293

Description Grades Kindergarten – 3rd Grades 4th – 6th Grades 7th – 9th Grades 10th – 12th

CERAMICS DIVISION A. Greenware or Earthenware, Porcelain and Stoneware and Pottery entries must be cleaned and finished by Exhibitor only. B. The bottom of the Earthenware ceramic entry must be finished. 1. The bottom constitutes the flat portion plus the lip of the bottom.

- 54 -

2. If the bottom is not finished or if felt is attached to the bottom, the entry will be disqualified. C. Any piece that has been from the bisque (purchased from any retail outlet) stage and not finished by the entrant (glazed, etc.) cannot be entered in the ceramic department.

OPEN CERAMIC CLASSES Class 79 80 81 82 83 84

Description China Porcelain Pottery Clay – Thrown Pottery Clay – Hand Built Pottery Clay Combination Thrown and Hand Built, High Fire Stoneware – High Fire

OPEN EARTHENWARE CERAMICS CLASSES Class 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113

Description Stains Opaque Stains – Antiqued Drybrushing Underglazes Underglaze Antiqued Glazes Texture Glazes No-Fire Textures Decals – Fired Overglaze Gold Overglaze White Gold Overglaze Mother of Pearl Chalking Airbrushing Technique Combination Fired Only Technique Combination Fired and Non-Fired Crystal Glazes Satin Glazes Metallic Glazes Technique Combination Non-Fired Only Earthenware Clay-Thrown Earthenware Clay Hand Built Greenware Adaption Original Design – Any Technique Majolica Stains – Translucent Brushstrokes – Any Technique Stains – Pearl Crackle Glaze - 55 -

Class 114 Raku 115 Horse Hair 116 Metallic Stains

Description

JUNIOR CERAMICS DIVISION CLASSES Class 117 118 119 120

rd

Description

Grades K – 3 Grades 4th – 6th Grades 7th – 9th Grades 10th – 12th

- 56 -

OPEN DIVISION HOME ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT D Entry Time: Entry Location:

August 3, 12 – 4pm Events Center

Pat Salazar Jeanne Lee Ginger Brinkhaus

Judging: Release:

August 4, 5 – 9am August 10, 4 – 5:30pm

Head Superintendent Baking Superintendent Canning Superintendent

ALL EXHIBITS ARE IN THE EVENTS CENTER CONFERENCE ROOM JUDGING CLOSED TO PUBLIC

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Open Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements or Regulations. B. Exhibitors are allowed 2 entries per class in the Department. C. For more information call: 720-733-6929.

II. PREMIUMS A. All Classes 1. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 4th place only 2. Junior Premiums: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2 3rd-$1 3. Open Premiums: 1st-$4, 2nd-$3 3rd-$2

III. DIVISIONS FOOD DIVISION A. No pumpkin, custard or cream pies, no cheesecake. B. Items will not be accepted unless container is disposable. Food exhibits must be on disposable foil or paper plates. Cakes must be displayed on flat, covered cardboard. C. Baked goods will be sold. Money will be used for Fair Awards. D. All canned products must be in canning jars (Ball, Kerr, Mason). Professionals may use USDA approved jars and lids with jar manufacturer listed on label. NOTE: Only products canned in Ball & Kerr jars are eligible for the Ball Awards. E. Jams, jellies, preserves and pickles must be in commercial jars and be processed.

- 57 -

F. All canned products, jams, jellies and preserves must have a firmly attached label with the following information: Name of Product: Type of Pack (hot or cold): Method of Processing (water bath/pressure): Date of Canning: Altitude: Processing Time: P.S.I. (Pounds per square inch for pressure canning): G. Remove rings from jars (Except butters, jams, jellies, pickles, relishes and preserves). H. Judges will not open canned items except relishes, pickles, butters, jams, jellies and preserves. I. USDA Standards will be the basis for judging. (Available at CSU Extension Office).

OPEN BAKED GOODS AND QUICK BREADS DIVISION CLASSES Class 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Description Biscuits – 6 Fruit Nut Bread – 1 loaf Nut Bread – 1 loaf Muffins – 6 Squash Bread – 1 loaf Coffee Cake – 1 Corn Bread Muffins – 6 Tortillas – 6 Miscellaneous Gluten Free

OPEN YEAST AND SOURDOUGH BREADS DIVISION CLASSES Class 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Description White Bread – 1 loaf Whole Wheat Bread – 1 loaf Multi-Grain Bread – 1 loaf Rye Bread – 1 loaf Dinner Rolls – 6 Batter Bread – 1 loaf Sweet Rolls – 6 Raised Doughnuts – 6 Holiday Breads – 1 loaf Home Ground Grain Breads – 1 loaf Miscellaneous – 6 rolls or 1 loaf Gluten Free – 1 loaf

- 58 -

OPEN CAKE DIVISION CLASSES Class 30 31 32 35 36 37

Description Unfrosted Cake Frosted Cake Bundt Cake Brownies – 6 Miscellaneous Gluten Free

OPEN COOKIE DIVISION CLASSES Class 40 41 42 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53

Description Rolled – 6 Molded, Shaped or Tea – 6 Drop – 6 Bar – 6 Chocolate Chip – 6 Refrigerator – 6 Peanut Butter – 6 Oatmeal – 6 Pressed Cookies – 6 No Bake – 6 Miscellaneous – 6 Nutritional – 6 Gluten Free – 6

OPEN PIE DIVISION CLASSES Class 60 61 62 63 64 65 66

Description Apple Cherry Peach Rhubarb Berry Miscellaneous Gluten Free

OPEN CANDY DIVISION CLASSES Class 70 71 72 73 74 75 76

Description Fudge – 6 Divinity – 6 Mints – 6 Brittles – 6 No Cook – 6 Miscellaneous – 6 Gluten Free – 6

- 59 -

JUNIOR DIVISION CLASSES Class 80 81 82 83

rd

Description

Grades K – 3 Grades 4th – 6th Grades 7th – 9th Grades 10th – 12th

ADULT FOOD PRESERVATION AWARDS DIVISION PRESENTED BY: BALL & KERR HOME CANNING

A. Jarden Home Brands, marketers of Ball ® and Kerr® Fresh Preserving Products is proud to recognize today’s fresh preserving (canning) enthusiasts. First and Second Place Awards will be given to individuals judged as the best in designated categories. B. A panel of judges will select the two best entries for Fruit, Vegetable, Pickle, and Soft Spread categories. Entries must be preserved in Ball® Jars sealed with Ball® Lids and Bands, or Ball® Collection Elite® Jars sealed with Collection Elite® Lids and Bands, Ball® Heritage Collection Jars sealed with Ball® Lids and Bands, or preserved in Kerr® Jars sealed with Kerr® Lids and Bands. In addition, soft spread entries must be prepared using Ball® Pectin: Classic, Low or No-Sugar Needed or Liquid. C. Entries designated First Place from each category will receive: 1. Two (2) Five-Dollar ($5) Coupons for Ball® or Kerr® Fresh Preserving Products and 2. One (1) Free (up to $5 value) Coupon for Ball® Pectin. D. Entries designated Second Place from each category will receive: 1. One (1) Five-Dollar ($5) Coupon for Ball® or Kerr® Fresh Preserving Products and 2. One (1) Free (up to $5 value) Coupon for Ball® Pectin.

- 60 -

JUNIOR FOOD PRESERVATION AWARDS DIVISION PRESENTED BY: BALL & KERR HOME CANNING

In recognition of youth who excel in the art of fresh preserving (canning), Jarden Home Brands, marketers of the Ball® and Kerr® Fresh Preserving Products will present First Place Awards in designated categories. A panel of judges will select the best entry in each category for Fruit, Vegetable, Pickle, and Soft Spread. Entries must be preserved in Ball® Jars sealed with Ball® Lids and Bands or Ball® Collection Elite® Jars sealed with Collection Elite® Lids and Bands, Ball® Heritage Collection Jars sealed with Ball® Lids and Bands, or preserved in Kerr® Jars sealed with Kerr® Lids and Bands. In addition, soft spread entries must be prepared using Ball® Pectin: Classic, Low or No-Sugar Needed or Liquid. A. The best entry from each category will receive: 1. One (1) Five-Dollar ($5) Coupon for Ball® or Kerr® Fresh Preserving Products and 2. One (1) Free (up to $5 value) Coupon for Ball® Pectin.

OPEN FRUIT DIVISION CLASSES Class 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111

Description Apples Cherries – Sweet Cherries – Sour Rhubarb Peaches Pears Plums Apricots Berries Fruit Mix Apple Sauce Miscellaneous

- 61 -

OPEN VEGETABLES DIVISION CLASSES Class 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130

Description Green Beans Wax Beans Beets Carrots Corn Mixed Vegetables Tomatoes Tomato Juice Stewed Tomatoes Peas Miscellaneous

OPEN RELISHES DIVISION CLASSES Class 140 141 142 143 144 145 146

Description Corn Relish Chili Sauce Piccalilli Hot Pepper Sauce Zucchini Salsa Miscellaneous

OPEN PICKLE DIVISION CLASSES Class 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160

Description Beet Dill Sweet Sour Bread and Butter Watermelon Dilled Beans Zucchini Mixed Vegetable Fruit Miscellaneous

OPEN BUTTER DIVISION CLASSES A. Made from fruit pulp cooked with sugar until thickened to a spreadable consistency. Class 170 171 172 173

Description Apple Butter Peach Butter Plum Butter Miscellaneous Butters - 62 -

OPEN JAM DIVISION CLASSES A. (Less firm than Jelly, but will hold its shape. Made from crushed or chopped fruits and sugar). Class 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188

Description Apricot Jam Peach Jam Plum Jam Raspberry Jam Strawberry Jam Berry Jam Cherry Jam Rhubarb Jam Miscellaneous Jam

OPEN JELLY DIVISION CLASSES A. Semi-solid mix of fruit juice and sugar that is clear and firm enough to hold its shape. Class 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199

Description Apple Jelly Chokecherry Jelly Cherry Jelly Chokecherry Jelly Mix Grape Jelly Plum Jelly Berry Jelly Rhubarb Jelly Mix Rhubarb Jelly Miscellaneous Jelly

OPEN PRESERVE DIVISION CLASSES A. Made of small, whole fruits or uniform size pieces of fruits in clear, thick, slightly jellied syrup. Class 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207

Description Apricot Preserves Cherry Preserves Peach Preserves Plum Preserves Strawberry Preserves Tomato Preserves Rhubarb Preserves Miscellaneous Preserves

OPEN MARMALADE DIVISION CLASSES B. Small transparent pieces of fruit and peel in soft jelly. Conserves: Similar to jam, but always a mixture of fruit and usually has nuts and sometimes raisins. Class 210 Orange Marmalade

Description - 63 -

Class Description 211 Miscellaneous Marmalade 212 Miscellaneous Conserve

OPEN MISCELLANEOUS DIVISION CLASSES Class 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229

Description Noodles – Dry Shaped Pasta Dried Fruit Dried Vegetables Fruit Leather Vinegar – 1 Jar Dried Herbs – 3 Miscellaneous Dried Soups Dried Meat

JUNIOR DIVISION CLASSES Class 230 231 232 233

rd

Description

Grades K – 3 Grades 4th – 6th Grades 7th – 9th Grades 10th – 12th

COMMISSIONERS’ COOKIE JAR DIVISION A. Presented before the Junior Livestock Sale. B. This exhibit is a container of assorted cookies made by one or more people from at least 4 different recipes. C. The container must be filled and contain at least 4 kinds of different cookies individually wrapped. D. Exhibitor must place one cookie of each kind on a small plate to accompany the exhibit so that the Judge does not need to open the container. E. Container must be wide-mouthed of approximately one gallon or 64 ounce capacity and must be decorated as desired by exhibitor. F. No commercially decorated cookie jars will be accepted. G. Cookies will count as 75% of score and decorated container 25% of score.

IV. PREMIUMS A. Junior Cookie Jar Premiums: 1st-$8, 2nd-$6 3rd-$4, 4th-$2 B. Open Cookie Jar Premiums: 1st-$16, 2nd-$12 3rd-$8, 4th-$4 Class 240 Junior Cookie Jar

Description

- 64 -

Class 241 Open Cookie Jar

Description

- 65 -

OPEN DIVISION HOME ARTS DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT E Entry Time: August 3, 12 – 4pm Entry Location: Events Center

Judging: Release:

August 4, 9am August 10, 4 – 5:30pm

Pat Salazar

Head Superintendent

Linda Jefferies Karen Mathis

Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

All Exhibits are in the Events Center Conference Room Judging Closed to Public A. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Open Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements or Regulations. B. Exhibitors are allowed 2 entries per class in the Department. C. The Best of Show Lace 1. Definition of Lace: a bunch of holes surrounded by thread. 2. Will be chosen from classes 23, 24, 25, 130 and 131. D. For more information call: 720-733-6929.

V. PREMIUMS A. All Classes 1. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 4th place only 2. Junior Premiums: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2 3rd-$1 3. Open Premiums: 1st-$4, 2nd-$3 3rd-$2

VI. DIVISION PROVISIONS OPEN SEWING DIVISION CLASSES Class 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Description Clothing Children’s Clothing Fashion Accessories Toys Aprons Recycled Item Costumes - 66 -

Class 8 Miscellaneous 9 Wall Hanging 10 Kitchen Accessories

Description

OPEN CROCHET DIVISION CLASSES Class 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Description Afghans Afghans Baby Slippers or Socks Buffet Scarves Doilies Under 14” Doilies Over 14” Dresses Kitchen Accessories Pillows Toys 3-Piece Baby Set Poncho or Shawl Man’s Sweater Woman’s Sweater Child’s Sweater Hat Gloves or Mittens Tablecloth Scarves Dolls Holiday Miscellaneous Baby

OPEN EMBROIDERY DIVISION CLASSES Class 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62

Description Kitchen Accessories Pillow Cases – Pair Pillow – Decorative Crewel, Pillow, Needle Case or other item (afghan rare) Crewel – Picture Under 8” Crewel – Picture Over 8” Beading – Surface (attach to fabric) Beading – Necklaces Beading – Bags Ribbon Embroidery Hand Embroidery Machine Embroidery Miscellaneous - 67 -

OPEN NEEDLEWORK DIVISION CLASSES Class 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85

Description Pillow – can have 1 or more counted techniques Cross Stitch – Counted Under 4” Cross Stitch – Counted Under 8” Cross Stitch – Counted Over 8” Cross Stitch – Stamped Under 4” Cross Stitch – Stamped Under 8” Cross Stitch – Stamped Over 8” Needlepoint – Under 4” Needlepoint – Under 8” Needlepoint – Over 8” Miscellaneous

OPEN KNITTING DIVISION CLASSES Class 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112

Description Afghans Afghans – Baby 3-Piece Baby Set Ponchos or Shawls Man’s Sweater Woman’s Sweater Child’s Sweater Hats Gloves or Mittens Scarves Slippers or Socks Dresses Miscellaneous

OPEN RUGS DIVISION CLASSES Class 120 121 122 123 124 125

Description Braided Latch Hook Punch Knitted Crochet Hooked

OPEN MISCELLANEOUS DIVISION CLASSES Class 130 131 132 133

Description Tatting – Any Lace – Any Weaving – Dolls and Holiday Felting - 68 -

JUNIOR HOME ARTS DIVISION CLASSES Class 150 151 152 153

rd

Description

Grades K – 3 Grades 4th – 6th Grades 7th – 9th Grades 10th – 12th

- 69 -

OPEN DIVISION QUILTS DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT F Entry Time: Entry Location: Viewer’s Choice Ballots Due:

August 3, 12 – 4pm Events Center August, 10 – 6pm

Pat Salazar Francine McHenry Ginny Rafferty Kathy Malott

Judging: Release:

August 4, 9am August 10, 4 – 5:30pm

Head Superintendent Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

All Exhibits are in the Events Center Conference Room Judging Open to Public I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Open Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements or Regulations. B. Exhibitors are allowed 2 entries per class in the Department. C. First time entries must be identified on the entry tag. D. Quilt: 1. Three Layers – top, batting, backing. 2. Held together by quilting stitches through all three layers. E. Quilt Classifications: 1. Large Quilts: Those that have a total perimeter measurement of 280” or larger. 2. Small Quilts: Those that have a total perimeter measurement of less than 280”. 3. Hand Quilted: Quilts that are 75% hand quilted. Hand quilted quilts may include some machine quilting. 4. Machine Quilted: Quilts that are 75% machine quilted. Machine quilts may include some hand quilting. 5. Mostly Pieced: At least 75% of the surface of the quilt top is pieced by hand or machine. 6. Mostly Appliquéd: At least 75% of the surface of the quilt top consists of appliquéd motifs applied by either hand or machine. 7. Mixed/Other Surface Techniques: Any quilt top that consists of a fairly equal combination of piecing and appliqué or those that consist of one or more other surface techniques such as - 70 -

hand embroidery, machine embroidery, fabric paint, embellishments, photo transfers, whole cloth, etc. 8. Miniature Quilts: Quilts that are miniature representations of full size quilts. Maximum perimeter measurement must be 96” or less. All surface techniques, quilting and finishing should be miniature in scale. 9. Novelty Quilts: Bed covers that do not have any quilting stitches or traditional top techniques such as piecing and appliqué. Biscuit Quilts, Cathedral Window, Crazy Quilts (if not quilted), and Yo-Yo’s would fall in this category. 10. Tied or Tacked Quilt: Three layers (top, batting, and backing) held together by ties, tacking, etc. through all three layers. 11. Group Quilts: Combined efforts of two or more persons. At least one person must still be living. 12. Junior Quilts: If 75% or more of a quilt is made by a Junior (age 18 or under) in collaboration with an adult, it may be entered in the Junior Quilts Division. 13. Art Quilt: Original design only. F. Quilt entries must be submitted by the quilter or with the written consent of the quilt maker. G. Articles should be clean and free of odors and pet hair. H. Please cover name labels attached to quilts. I. For more information call: 720-733-6929.

II. PREMIUMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 4th place only 1. Junior Premiums: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2 3rd-$1 2. Open Premiums: 1st-$4, 2nd-$3 3rd-$2

III. DIVISIONS A – OPEN LARGE QUILTS – MOSTLY PIECED Class 1 2 3 4

Description Hand Quilted Home Machine – Quilted by Exhibitor Machine Quilted by Exhibitor on Long Arm Machine Machine Quilted – Not by Exhibitor

B – OPEN LARGE QUILTS – HAND APPLIQUE Class 1 2 3 4

Description Hand Quilted Home Machine Quilted by Exhibitor Machine Quilted by Exhibitor on Long Arm Machine Machine Quilted – Not by Exhibitor

- 71 -

C – OPEN LARGE QUILTS – MOSTLY MACHINE APPLIQUE Class 1 2 3 4

Description Hand Quilted Home Machine Quilted by Exhibitor Machine Quilted by Exhibitor on Long Arm Machine Machine Quilted – Not by Exhibitor

D – OPEN LARGE QUILTS – MIXED/OTHER SURFACE TECHNIQUES (INCLUDES MACHINE EMBROIDERY) Class 1 2 3 4

Description Hand Quilted Home Machine Quilted by Exhibitor Machine Quilted by Exhibitor on Long Arm Machine Machine Quilted – Not by Exhibitor

E – OPEN SMALL QUILTS – MOSTLY PIECED Class 1 2 3 4

Description Hand Quilted Home Machine Quilted by Exhibitor Machine Quilted by Exhibitor on Long Arm Machine Machine Quilted – Not by Exhibitor

F – OPEN SMALL QUILTS – HAND APPLIQUE Class 1 2 3 4

Description Hand Quilted Home Machine Quilted by Exhibitor Machine Quilted by Exhibitor on Long Arm Machine Machine Quilted – Not by Exhibitor

G – OPEN SMALL QUILTS – MOSTLY MACHINE APPLIQUE Class 1 2 3 4

Description Hand Quilted Home Machine Quilted by Exhibitor Machine Quilted by Exhibitor on Long Arm Machine Machine Quilted – Not by Exhibitor

H – OPEN SMALL QUILTS – MIXED/OTHER SURFACE TECHNIQUES (INCLUDES MACHINE EMBROIDERY) Class 1 2 3 4

Description Hand Quilted Home Machine Quilted by Exhibitor Machine Quilted by Exhibitor on Long Arm Machine Machine Quilted – Not by Exhibitor - 72 -

I – OPEN WALL HANGING QUILTS Class Description 1 Mostly Pieced 2 Mostly Applique 3 Mixed/Other Surface Techniques

J – OPEN GROUP QUILT (3 OR MORE PEOPLE) Class Description 1 Large or small hand or machine quilted. Any technique s

K – OPEN MINIATURE QUILTS Class Description 1 Hand or machine quilted. Any technique

L – OPEN QUILTED CLOTHING Class Description 1 Hand or machine quilted. Any surface technique

M – OPEN NOVELTY QUILTS Class Description 1 Biscuit Quilts, Cathedral Window, Crazy Quilts, (if not quilted) and Yo-Yo’s 2 Tied or Tacked Quilts

N – OPEN QUILTED ACCESSORIES HOUSEHOLD ITEMS Class Description 1 Pillows, place mats, table runners, Christmas tree skirts, etc.

O – OPEN ART QUILTS – ORIGINAL DESIGN ONLY P – JUNIOR QUILTS Class 1 2 3 4

Description Hand Quilted, Any Surface Technique Machine Quilted, Any Surface Technique Tied or Tacked Any Surface Technique Group Quilts (3 or More Junior)

- 73 -

OPEN DIVISION SENIOR CITIZENS DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT G Entry Time: Entry Location:

August 3, 12 – 4pm Events Center

Judging: Release:

Pat Salazar Kathy Reynolds Jackie Friesen

August 4, 9am August 10, 4 – 5:30pm

Head Superintendent Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

All Exhibits are in the Events Center Conference Room Judging Closed to Public I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Open Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements or Regulations. B. Exhibitors are allowed 2 entries per class in the Department. C. Age 55 and up. D. For more information call: 720-733-6929.

II. PREMIUMS All Classes Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 4th place only Premiums: 1st-$4, 2nd-$3 3rd-$2

III. CLASSES Class 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Description Afghans – Knitted Afghans – Crocheted Sewing Crochet Knit Counted Cross Stitch Embroidery Doilies Quilts – Hand Quilted Quilts – Machine Quilted Quilts – Tied or Tacked Quilted Items Felting - 74 -

Class 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

Description Rugs Artwork – Watercolor Artwork – Oil Artwork – Other Tole Painting Textile Painting Decorated Clothing Crafts Jewelry Beading Toys Baskets Ceramics Holiday Photography Woodworking Metal Work Recycled Miscellaneous

Thank you! 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. Open Division Awards Award Name

Donated by

Best of Show – Crochet

A Knitted Peace

Best of Show Most Unique Vegetable

Auto Alley

Best of Show – Embroidery

Blue Ribbon Bunny Breads & Baskets

Best of Show- Knitting

Blue Ribbon Bunny Breads & Baskets

Jr. Best of Show – Needlework

Blue Ribbon Bunny Breads & Baskets

Sr. Best of Show – Sewing

Blue Ribbon Bunny Breads & Baskets

Junior Crafts – Best of Show

Braveheart Samoyeds

Ceramics - Best of Show Sr.

Broken Arrow Z Ranch

Open Crafts - Best of Show

Broken Arrow Z Ranch

Open Fine Arts - Best of Show

Broken Arrow Z Ranch - 75 -

Award Name

Donated by

Best of Category – Art Quilt

Rocky Mountain Quilt Museum

Best of Category – Mostly Pieced Quilt

Rampart Landscape & Arbor Serv.

Best of Category - Large Quilt

Bud Elkins Family

Best of Category - Hand Quilted

Castle Rock Quilt Club

Best of Show - Open Quilts

Castle Rock Quilt Club

Best of Show Quilt – Jr.

Castle Rock Quilt Club

Best of Show Craft – Sr.

Castle Rock Senior Center

Sr. Oldest Exhibitor

Castle Rock Senior Center

CQC Judge's Choice 1st Time Show Entry - Open Class

Colorado Quilting Council

Sr. Best of Show - Quilt

Creative Needle

Commissioner's Cookie Jar

D.C. Commissioners

Sr. Best of Show – Canning & Preserving

D.C. Fair Bake Sale

Sr.Most Unique Recycled Item

D.C. Fair Bake Sale

Sr. Baking Award (most Blue Ribbons)

D.C. Fair Bake Sale

Jr. Baking Award (most Blue Ribbons)

D.C. Fair Bake Sale

Most Flower Entries

D.C. Master Gardeners

Weed Class II: 1st Place

D.C. Master Gardeners

Weeds Class I: 2nd place

D.C. Master Gardeners

Weeds Class II: 2nd place

D.C. Master Gardeners

Sr. (55 & over) Best of Show – Agriculture

D.C. Nat. Resources Conservation Dist.

Best Display of Herbs

Gloria Macy

Best of Show – Herb

Dave & Michelle Delhougne

Best Quality Fruit

Dave & Michelle Delhougne

Jr. Best of Show Ag

Ellie Landry

Weeds Class I: 1st place

F4 Enterprises Inc

Weeds Class II: 3rd Place

F4 Enterprises Inc

Best of Category - Small Quilt

Fabric Expressions

Jr. Best of Show – Canning & Preserving

Ginger Brinkkhaus

Sr. Best of Show – Needlework

Holly’s Quilt Cabin

Best of Show Jr.

Kate Kator - 76 -

Award Name

Donated by

Best of Show Sr.

Kate Kator

Most Ribbons Won

Kate Kator

Jr. (16 & under) Best of Show - Agriculture

Lindsey Serrell

Best of Most Award Vegetables

Margaret Larsen

Most Ag entries for entrant over 65 years of age

Meryl Stovall Memorial

Open Class: Most Interesting Blooming Houseplant

Parker Ext. Homemakers Club

Jr. Fine Arts - Best of Show

Titan RV Storage

Photography - Best of Show

Titan RV Storage

Sr. Best of Show - Crocheted Item

Titan RV Storage

Sr. Best of Show - Knitted Item

Titan RV Storage

Sr. Best of Show - Yeast Baking Award

Titan RV Storage

Best of Show – Afghan

Woodrick Family

Ceramics - Best of Show Jr.

Woodrick Family

Jr. Photography - Best of Show

Woodrick Family

Most Fragrant Entry

Woodrick Family

Most Agriculture Entries – Under 65

D.C. Master Gardeners

Sr. Most Entries

Parker Senior Center

- 77 -

2014 DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO JUNIOR DIVISION COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS

APPLIES TO DEPARTMENT 1-30 AND ARE IN ADDITION TO ANY DEPARTMENT, DIVISION AND CLASS REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS

I. INTRODUCTION The following terms, conditions, and Requirements & Regulations apply to all Junior Division Departments and to all Junior Division Competitions at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. These Requirements & Regulations do not supersede or negate the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Regulations & Requirements. All Junior Division Exhibitors must be familiar with all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations. Additional and specific Competition Requirements & Regulations are set forth within each individual Department’s Competition Requirements’ & Regulations’ sections. Both general and specific Competition Requirements & Regulations shall apply to all competitions unless specifically noted otherwise. Every Junior Division Exhibitor entering into any competition at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo shall comply with the competition requirements & regulations as set forth below and shall comply with any additional or specific requirements & regulations as set forth for each, individual competition. Submission of an entry to the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo expressly binds the Junior Division Exhibitor to all terms and conditions contained in any and all parts of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations Book.

II. GENERAL COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS: A. EXHIBITOR CLASSIFICATION: Age Classifications are determined as of December 31st of previous year. 1. CLOVERBUD – 5-7 years old. a. 4-H Cloverbuds CANNOT exhibit animals. 4-H Cloverbuds may participate in the Primary Fair and display one exhibit in Kirk Hall. 2. JUNIOR – 8-10 years old. 3. INTERMEDIATE – 11-13 years old. 4. SENIOR – 14-18 years old. B. Junior Division competition eligibility 1. Junior Division Exhibitors must be residents of the State of Colorado. 2. ELIGIBILITY: Junior Division Competition is open to any Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA Member in Good Standing for the current year that is not over 18 years old as of December 31st of the previous year. a. Record books are part of the 4-H and FFA project. Junior Division Exhibitors must complete ALL the requirements of the project, as defined by the 4-H or FFA program, to be a Member in Good Standing. - 78 -

3. At the discretion of the 4-H and/or FFA Program Leader, Junior Division Exhibitors who are NOT Members in Good Standing will not be eligible to compete in any Junior Division class at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo or participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. 4. Junior Division Exhibitors must be bona fide members of, and enrolled in, a Douglas County 4-H Club or Douglas County FFA Chapter and must be active in the project they are exhibiting. 5. 4-H exhibitors must be bona fide members of the Douglas County 4-H program and who are not under 8 years of age and not over 18 years old as of December 31st of the previous year to be eligible to compete. a. 4-H Cloverbuds are not eligible to exhibit livestock. 6. FFA exhibitors must be bona fide members of, and enrolled in the Douglas County Vocational Agriculture High School program and who are not over 18 years old as of December 31st of the previous year to be eligible to compete. 7. Junior Division Exhibitors must have met all the individual 4-H or FFA program Requirements. 8. For 4-H exhibitors, the Douglas County Extension Agent must sign a separate form, confirming the following: a. The Junior Division Exhibitor’s entry is a bona fide project of Douglas County’s 4-H program; b. The Junior Division Exhibitor is a Member in Good Standing of Douglas County’s 4-H program; and (1) Member in Good Standing status can be revoked at any time during Fair if the Junior Division Exhibitor does not fulfill any program requirements necessary during Fair;

c. If the entry is for a Junior Division General Project Department, the Junior Division Exhibitor has fulfilled all project requirements; d. If the entry is for a Junior Livestock Division Department, the animal entered is owned and has been in the continuous possession of the named Junior Division Exhibitor; and e. The Junior Division Exhibitor has met all Douglas County 4-H Program requirements. 9. For FFA exhibitors, the Douglas County Vocational Agriculture Instructor must sign a separate form, confirming the following: a. The entry is a bona fide project of Douglas County’s FFA program; b. The Junior Division Exhibitor is a Member in Good Standing and (1) Member in Good Standing status can be revoked at any time during Fair if the Junior Division Exhibitor does not fulfill any program requirements & regulations necessary during Fair;

c. If the entry is for a Junior Division General Project Department, the Junior Division Exhibitor has fulfilled all project requirements; d. If the entry is for a Junior Livestock Division Department, the animal entered is owned and has been in the continuous possession of the named Junior Division Exhibitor; and e. The Junior Division Exhibitor has met all Douglas County FFA Program requirements. 10. The Junior Division Exhibitor’s or the minor Junior Division Exhibitor’s parent/guardian’s signature is required to certify that the entry is a bona fide, enrolled project of Douglas County’s 4-H or FFA program. - 79 -

11. The Junior Division Exhibitor’s or the minor Junior Division Exhibitor’s parent/guardian’s signing the competition entry form(s) certifies that he or she has read and has been advised of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Department or Division Competition Requirements & Regulations. 12. Junior Division Exhibitor signature certifies he or she has observed and agrees to Competition Requirements & Regulations regarding sabotage, tampering, prohibited substance, unethical fitting and agrees to observe and abide by all Competition Requirements & Regulations. C. Entries and entry forms: 1. LATE ENTRIES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 2. Advance entries are required for all Junior Division classes. Entry forms will be available on the website: www.douglascountyextension.org or at the Douglas County Extension Office. All entries must be received by Club Leaders by the deadline listed below. 3. Junior Division Entry Deadlines: a. Junior Division General Projects and Home Economics: Tuesday, June 11, 2014 b. Junior Division General Projects, Dog Department: Tuesday, July 8, 2014 c. Junior Division General Projects, Shooting Sports: Tuesday, June 11, 2014 d. Junior Livestock Division: Tuesday, July 8 2014 e. Junior Livestock Division, Horse Department: Tuesday, July 8, 2014 f. Junior Livestock Division, Poultry Department: Sunday, July 6, 2014 Sunday, July 29 g. Junior Livestock Division, Rabbit Department: Sunday, July 6, 2014 Sunday, July 29 4. All entries must be made on regulation forms, properly filled out, and accompanied by all fees whenever required. 5. Entry blanks and instructions for making entries are available upon request or may be found online at www.douglascountyextension.org 6. No animal or article will be entitled to a place on the grounds until proper entry has been made. 7. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Management assumes no responsibility for errors on the entry forms. D. EFFECT OF ENTRY: Every Junior Division Exhibitor expressly understands and agrees that an Junior Division Exhibitor’s completed entry form is their acceptance of all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements & Regulations whether set forth in a general or a specific requirement or regulation. The Junior Division Exhibitor further agrees and understands that he/she will abide by the Competition Requirements & Regulations throughout the duration of their time at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Additionally, the Junior Division Exhibitor agrees and understands that failure to comply with the Competition Requirements & Regulations may subject him/her to penalties,

- 80 -

including the loss of prize or award money, any sale proceeds and the return of any other nonmonetary awards he/she may receive. E. The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the right to limit entries to facilities available and to cancel any department, division or class in which, in its judgment, the entries are insufficient to secure adequate competition. The Douglas County Fair Board further reserves the right to return entries in the event any competition or class is canceled. F. The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the right to vacate as ineligible for competition and order the removal of any entry that has been entered in violation of these Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations or of any specific Competition Requirements or Regulation. G. Exhibits may not be removed prior to the release time listed within each department. H. Every animal or article shall be entered and exhibited in the name of the bona fide owner. I. A check will be mailed for all awarded premiums. Checks for the current year must be cashed within 90 days of the date on check. Any check not cashed will be void. No replacement checks shall be issued after 90 days. Uncashed premium checks will be forfeited after 90 days of the date on check. Forfeited funds will be returned to the general funds of Douglas County.

III. DISPUTES: The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the final and absolute right to interpret all the competition requirements & regulations and to settle questions of interpretation.

IV. DETERMINATION OF VIOLATIONS: The Department Superintendent shall make an initial determination as to whether a violation occurred per Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

V. RIGHTS OF APPEAL AND PROCESS OF APPEAL Any Junior Division Exhibitor who has received a penalty as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition is entitled to appeal the decision as set forth in Section VI of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements.

VI. PROTESTS: Whenever any person believes that a Junior Division Exhibitor has engaged in any activity that violates the Competition Requirements & Regulations of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo or engaged in any unethical activity during the course of a competition, such person has the opportunity to provide their allegations of wrong-doing to the Douglas County Fair Board for review as set forth in Section VII of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements.

VII. TRAILER PARKING A. Livestock trailers may be parked and unhooked in the designated trailer parking area. B. Temporary livestock trailer parking outside of the Junior Division parking lot is allowed during animal check-in day only. These trailers must be removed at the end of check-in day.

VIII. JUNIOR DIVISION EXHIBITOR AND PARTICIPANT PARKING A. Junior Division Exhibitor parking Saturday through Wednesday is in parking lot 1. - 81 -

B. Junior Division Exhibitor parking Thursday through Sunday will be limited to a designated area of parking lot 1. This area is clearly marked as Junior Division parking. Each family of a Junior Division Exhibitor will receive one parking pass. Parking in this lot a first-come first-served basis. There are no reservations for this lot. When this lot is full, additional vehicles must be parked in general parking. C. Vehicles are not permitted to block other vehicles from being able to leave. D. Vehicles are not allowed to block or restrict access to the roadway leading to the Junior Division Exhibitor gates. This is a designated Fire Lane for emergency vehicles access during the fair.

IX. JUNIOR DIVISION EXHIBITOR ID A. All Junior Division Exhibitors must have the current Junior Division Exhibitor ID on them at all times and present it to Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Management or security personnel on request. 1. Failure to present the Junior Division Exhibitor ID on request may result in the Junior Division Exhibitor being escorted off the Fairgrounds. 2. Only current Junior Division Exhibitor IDs will be accepted. Lost Junior Division Exhibitor IDs must be reported immediately to Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Management. 3. Junior Division Exhibitor ID days will be announced. To reduce wait times, scheduled appointments are encouraged.

X. JUNIOR DIVISION EXHIBITOR GROUNDS ADMISSION A. Discount prices will be available for Douglas County 4-H and Douglas County FFA families. A wristband can also be purchased with entry forms. This wristband will admit bearer onto the grounds.

- 82 -

2014 DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS APPLIES TO DEPARTMENT 1-12, 20-21 & 23-26 Entries Due: Exhibit Day:

June 11 August 2, 9am Mary Parenti

Exhibit Release:

August 10, 4pm

Superintendent

All exhibits will be in Kirk Hall I. INTRODUCTORY PROVISIONS A. All Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Projects Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements and Regulations will govern all Junior Division General Project competition events at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. See individual Junior Division General Project Departments for specific or special Competition Requirements & Regulations. B. Copies of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations and all abovementioned Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations are available in the Douglas County Extension Office and on the website www.douglascountyfairandrodeo.com or www.douglascountyextension.org C. LATE ENTRIES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. D. ENTRY DEADLINES: See Individual Departments for details: 1. JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS: Tuesday, June 11, 2014; 2. JUNIOR DIVISION HOME ECONOMICS: Tuesday, June 11, 2014; 3. JUNIOR DIVISION SHOOTING SPORTS: Tuesday, June 11, 2014; 4. JUNIOR DIVISION DOG: Tuesday, July 8, 2014. E. Applicability of these Junior Division General Projects Competition Requirements & Regulations: These requirements and regulations are specific to the Junior Division General Projects Competition. These Requirements & Regulations do not supersede or negate the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations or the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations. All Junior Division Exhibitors must be familiar with all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations. Additional requirements and regulations for various general project shows, competitions, and classes supplement these regulations and requirements. F. The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the right to limit entries to facilities available and to cancel any department, division or class in which, in its judgment, the entries are insufficient to secure adequate competition. The Douglas County Fair Board further reserves the right to return entries in the event any competition or class is canceled. - 83 -

G. The Douglas County Fair Board reserves the right to vacate as ineligible for competition and order the removal of any entry that has been entered in violation of these Junior Division General Project Competition Requirements & Regulations or of any specific competition requirement or regulation. H. Exhibits of unusual size or shape may not be on public display or may be displayed in an area that is different from other Junior Division General Project exhibit displays. All exhibits will be displayed unless there is a safety, health or space issue. I. The American System will be used to rank Junior Division General Project exhibits. This system uses standards and the fulfillment of exhibit requirements to rank the exhibits. It also uses the idea of competition among exhibitors to establish ranking.

II. JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS A. JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS COMPETITION ELIGIBILITY 1. For 4-H exhibitors, the Douglas County Extension Agent must sign a separate form, confirming the following: a. The Junior Division Exhibitor has met all Douglas County 4-H Program Requirements & Regulations. 2. For FFA exhibitors, the Douglas County Vocational Agriculture Instructor must sign a separate form, confirming the following: a. The Junior Division Exhibitor has met all Douglas County FFA Program Requirements & Regulations. 3. Junior Division Exhibitor’s signature certifies he or she has observed and agrees to competition requirements and regulations regarding sabotage and tampering, and agrees to observe and abide by all competition requirements and regulations. B. COOPERATION: All Junior Division Exhibitors and their associates are asked to cooperate with all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo officials including office clerks, ground admission, security, and parking personnel while on the Douglas County Fair’s grounds. C. JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECT ENTRIES: Every entry must be the Junior Division Exhibitor’s own original work with all sources cited. Plagiarism will not be tolerated and will subject the Junior Division Exhibitor to immediate disqualification, loss of Member in Good Standing status and subject the Junior Division Exhibitor to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. D. JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECT ENTRY LIMITATIONS: A Junior Division Exhibitor may enter for competition as many general project entries as he or she wishes within the entry limitations of each individual Junior Division General Project department. E. ENTRY AND ENTRY PAYMENT: A completed entry will include the following, and incomplete entries will be returned to the Junior Division Exhibitor: 1. One completed Junior Division Exhibitor’s entry checklist for each Junior Division Exhibitor; 2. One completed entry form for each department; 3. Payment of all fees.

- 84 -

Check your individual department for any special additional documents your department requires. Any entry that does not contain all of the above-referenced information will be incomplete and held until all required information is received in the Douglas County Extension Office. F. ERRONEOUS ENTRY: Participants are responsible for their own errors in preparation of entries. Entry forms must be completely filled out in accordance with instructions and signed by appropriate parties. By submitting application for entry, participant acknowledges he or she has read the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Show Agreement of Responsibility and Liability, Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Projects Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements or Regulations, the National Show Ring Code of Ethics and agree to observe and abide by these Competition Requirements & Regulations. G. EXHIBIT CHECK-IN: 1. All exhibits must be checked in at Exhibit Day. 2. Junior Division General Project exhibits are classified as either Project Only or Project and Interview. a. Project and Interview exhibits are judged on the merit of the exhibit and the Exhibitor will interview with the judge at exhibit day to demonstrate knowledge and skills learned through the project. b. Project Only exhibits are only judged only on the merit of the exhibit. These projects must be entered by 9am on Exhibit Day. Interviews are not judged, but offer the 4-H Member a chance to respond to judges questions and to develop life skills. c. Project Only Members may submit an optional one page cover sheet with their exhibit explaining any details about their project. H. EXHIBIT DISPLAY BOARDS: Display boards are a great way to exhibit information about the project. Make yours stand out by highlighting the main points of your project in a fun, interesting way. 1. Display Boards must measure 48 inches wide x 36 inches tall. 2. Display Boards must have a label on the back side, upper right-hand corner with the following information: a. b. c. d.

Douglas County Exhibitor Name Project Area Class Information

3. A 4-H Record Book must accompany the Exhibit Display Board. a. Record Books must have a label similar to the above Display Board Label placed on the upper-right hand corner of the front cover. b. Unless specified otherwise in the Junior Division General Project Department, Division or Class Requirements & Regulations, the 4-H Record Book pages must be secured in a prong style binder or the 4-H Record Book Cover. Slide type binders may not be used. - 85 -

(1) Unless specified the use of 3-Ring Binders or Notebooks, or Slide type binders may subject the exhibit to disqualification.

I. EXHIBIT REQUIREMENTS: Exhibits must meet all the requirements of the Department, Division, Class and Unit to be eligible for a Blue Work Award. Exhibits that do not merit a Blue Work Award are not eligible to compete for Champion Awards and may not be eligible for competition at the Colorado State Fair. 1. Exhibits will earn Work Awards based on the merit of the exhibit. Exhibit Judges may disqualify an exhibit based on the quality of work. 2. Premiums and Special Awards will be based on the Judges’ decisions on Exhibit Day. J. DRESS CODE: All Junior Division General Project Exhibitors are required to wear appropriate attire when competing. Shorts, tank tops, low-cut shirts, shear blouses, flip flops, t-shirts, shirts with inappropriate messages or logos, ball caps, hats, or bare midriffs are not acceptable attire and shall not be worn during any competitive event. Recommended dress is as follows: long- or shortsleeved, button-down shirt or blouse, clean jeans or slacks with belt, or clean skirts. Hard-soled, closed-toe shoes or boots are recommended to protect the feet. Douglas County Fair Management may refuse anyone improperly dressed entry into the competition area until said Junior Division Exhibitor is properly dressed. K. OBJECTIONABLE EXHIBITS: The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Management reserves the right to exclude from the grounds, any exhibit, animal, or entry that may be falsely entered, those deemed undesirable or objectionable, without assigning a reason therefore. Person or persons, who violate any of the Competition Requirements & Regulations herein, may be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. L. INTERPRETATION OR ADMINISTRATION OF COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS: The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Management reserves to itself the final and absolute right to interpret these Competition Requirements & Regulations and to fairly and impartially settle and determine all matters, questions, and differences in regard thereto, or otherwise arising out of or connected with or incident to the show, and the right to amend or add to these Competition Requirements & Regulations as its judgment may determine. The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Management reserves the right to cancel events or change scheduling if deemed necessary. Specific or special competition requirements and regulations or conditions are published in each department where necessary. M. INTERFERENCE: No person may act as a judge in any Department in which he or she has or may have any interest with a Junior Division Exhibitor, agent or employee of a Junior Division Exhibitor, and if such case arise, the Douglas County Fair Management may remove such judge or substitute another judge temporarily. N. RELEASE OF EXHIBITS: The release time for all general project exhibits is 4:00 p.m. on the final Sunday of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Any Junior Division Exhibitor who leaves early will automatically forfeit all awards and premiums earned at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo and be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, which discipline may include barring the Junior Division Exhibitor from showing any type of exhibit on the grounds at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo is entitled to report any and all competition requirement and regulation infractions to the North American Livestock Show and Rodeo Managers Association. - 86 -

1. Any exhibit released for a special Douglas County Fair & Rodeo activity must be returned for display immediately after the special activity.

- 87 -

DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECT EXHIBIT DISPLAY BOARD GUIDELINES Display boards are great ways to share information, but when viewers walk by, they spend only 60-90 seconds looking at each display board. Make yours stand out by highlighting the main points of your project in a fun, interesting way.

Follow these guidelines to create a display board for the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo.

SHAPE

TEXT

Design your exhibit so information fits on the display. Remember, you have 1 large surface, and 2 smaller side wings.

Make sure that all the text on your display is easy to read. Use a large font for the title, and smaller fonts for the headings and body text. Text must be readable from 3-5 feet away. Use large bold letters. Dark letters on a light background work best.

SPACE Your display should only discuss one main topic. This will help it look neat and uncrowded

ATTACHMENTS

SIZE

When attaching pictures or objects to your board make sure they are secure. Use glue for pictures and paper, and consider wires, zip ties or staples to attach bulkier items. Do not attach items that are so heavy that your board can’t stand or fold.

Display boards for the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must measure 4’ wide x 3’ tall. They should be made of lightweight cardboard, but not poster board. Pre-cut boards are available at most craft and shopping centers. No part of your display may extend beyond these boundaries.

DISPLAY BOARDS Your e-record book must accompany your display board. You may use prong style binders or the 4-H Record Book Cover to keep the pages securely inside. You MAY NOT use slider-type binders. Unless specifically stated in the Junior Division General Project Department, Division or Class, 3-Ring Binders or Notebooks will not be permitted and may subject the entry to disqualification. Please place a label with the following information in the upper right-hand corner of the e-record book front cover, and on the upper right-hand corner of the display board or poster: Douglas County, Your Name, Project Area, and Class Information

- 88 -

JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS ANIMAL SCIENCE Entries Due: Release:

June 11 August 10, 4pm

Judging:

August 2

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Projects Competition Requirements & Regulations and any special Department, Division, Class or Unit Competition Requirement or Regulation. B. Exhibit must consist of project manual with appropriate sections completed, e-Record and other attachments related to activities presented in a secure binder. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of information completed in the manual and e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

II. PREMIUMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$2, 2nd-$1.50, 3rd-$1.25, 4th-$1

III. DIVISIONS VETERINARY SCIENCE DIVISION 101 Class Description 001 Unit 1 – From Airedales to Zebras – Junior 002 Unit 1 – From Airedales to Zebras – Intermediate 003 Unit 1 – From Airedales to Zebras – Senior 004 Unit 2 – All Systems Go – Junior 005 Unit 2 – All Systems Go – Intermediate 006 Unit 2 – All Systems Go – Senior 007 Unit 3 – On the Cutting Edge – Junior 008 Unit 3 – On the Cutting Edge – Intermediate 009 Unit 3 – On the Cutting Edge – Senior All exhibits will consist of the following: A. A (Cooperative Curriculum System, CCS—From Airedales to Zebras or All Systems Go or On The Cutting Edge) project manual and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook, including these items: manual with appropriate sections completed, e-Record and other attachments related to activities in the manual. Do a minimum of seven activities, any combination of activities, and booster shots. These units may be completed in three years. Note: List the day, month and year for the date of completed activities/booster shots on page 4 of the manual. - 89 -

B. A display board illustrating a topic investigated during the project year. The standardized display board size of 4’x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of information completed in the manual and e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

HORSELESS HORSE DIVISION 102 Class 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021

Description Unit 1 – Junior Unit 1 – Intermediate Unit 1 – Senior Unit 2 – Junior Unit 2 – Intermediate Unit 2 – Senior Unit 3 – Junior Unit 3 – Intermediate Unit 3 – Senior Unit 4 – Junior Unit 4 – Intermediate Unit 4 – Senior

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. A completed Horseless Horse Unit Manual and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. A display board illustrating a topic investigated during the project year. The standardized display board size of 4’x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C.

Project will be evaluated on the quality of information completed in the manual and e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

- 90 -

JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENT Entries Due: Release:

DEPARTMENT 2

June 11 August 10, 4pm

Judging:

August 2

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Projects Competition Requirements & Regulations and any special Department, Division, Class or Unit Competition Requirement or Regulation. B. Project will be evaluated on the quality of information completed in the manual and e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent). C. The gardening project focuses on activities related to vegetable gardening: planning, planting, experimenting, understanding soils, seeds, insects, plant care, harvesting, processing, exploring careers, etc.

II. PREMIUMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$2, 2nd-$1.50, 3rd-$1.25, 4th-$1

III. DIVISIONS GARDENING DIVISION 201 Class 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109

Description Unit 1 – See Them Sprout – Junior Unit 1 – See Them Sprout – Intermediate Unit 1 – See Them Sprout – Senior Unit 2 – Let’s Get Growing – Junior Unit 2 – Let’s Get Growing – Intermediate Unit 2 – Let’s Get Growing – Senior Unit 3 – Take Your Pick – Junior Unit 3 – Take Your Pick – Intermediate Unit 3 – Take Your Pick – Senior Unit 4 – Growing Profits – Senior Advanced

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. A gardening project manual and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook, including these items: manual with appropriate sections completed, e-Record and other drawings or attachments related to activities in the manual. B. A display board illustrating a topic investigated during the project year. The standardized display board size of 4’x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. - 91 -

C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of information completed in the manual and e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

WEEDS DIVISION 203 UNIT 1 - COLLECTION AND IDENTIFICATION Class Description 110 Unit 1 – Collection and Identification – Junior 111 Unit 1 – Collection and Identification – Intermediate 112 Unit 1 – Collection and Identification – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and manual with completed Weed Project Log on page 12 presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Home-made plant press. C. A collection of 15 plants specimens from any of the lists in Appendix A. Include part of the root, stem, leaves and flowers. Mounted on 11 ½” x 16 ½” cardboard, properly labeled, dated and classified according to common and scientific name. Mounts are to be bound together in book fashion. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of information completed in manual and e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - GROWING HABITS AND CONTROL Class Description 113 Unit 2 – Growing Habits and Control – Junior 114 Unit 2 – Growing Habits and Control – Intermediate 115 Unit 2 – Growing Habits and Control – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Your completed manual and e-Record, including present and previous weed project log on page 10 of the manual, weed control and completed map presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Present only your current year’s collection of at least 10 new weeds, mounted on 11 ½” x 16 ½” cardboard, properly labeled, dated and classified. Mounts are to be bound together in book fashion. C. Project will be evaluated on quality of information completed in manual and e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - NOXIOUS WEED CONTROL Class Description 116 Unit 3 – Noxious Weed Control – Junior 117 Unit 3 – Noxious Weed Control – Intermediate 118 Unit 3 – Noxious Weed Control – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Your completed manual and e-Record, including present and previous weed project log on page 10 of the manual plus report on three herbicides and weed control presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. - 92 -

B. Present your current year’s weed collection, including at least five noxious and five poisonous weeds, mounted, properly identified and dated. Mounts are to be bound together in book fashion.

C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of information completed in manual and e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNT 4 - ADVANCED WEEDS Class Description 119 Unit 4 – Advanced Weeds – Junior 120 Unit 4 – Advanced Weeds – Intermediate 121 Unit 4 – Advanced Weeds – Senior Exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Weeds Unit 4 e-Record with emphasis on your accomplishments in your story presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the Weeds Unit 4 e-Record: 1. Written description of your project. a. b. c. d.

goals plans accomplishments evaluations

C. Exhibit as appropriate for your advanced project. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of information in the e-Record (25 percent) and the quality of exhibit (75 percent).

- 93 -

JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS MECHANICAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENT Entries Due: Release:

DEPARTMENT 3

June 11 August 10, 4pm

Judging:

August 2

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Projects Competition Requirements & Regulations and any special Department, Division, Class or Unit Competition Requirement or Regulation. B. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and the quality of exhibit (75 percent).

IV. PREMIUMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$2, 2nd-$1.50, 3rd-$1.25, 4th-$1

V. DIVISIONS BICYCLE DIVISION 301 Class 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207

Description Unit 1 – Bicycling For Fun– Junior Unit 1 – Bicycling For Fun – Intermediate Unit 1 – Bicycling For Fun – Senior Unit 2 – Wheels in Motion – Junior Unit 2 – Wheels in Motion – Intermediate Unit 2 – Wheels in Motion – Senior Unit 3 – Bicycle – Self Determined – Intermediate Unit 3 – Bicycle – Self Determined – Senior

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed project manual and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. A display board illustrating a topic investigated during the project year. The standardized display board size of 4’x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and the quality of exhibit (75 percent).

COMPUTERS DIVISION 302 A. 4-H Members may stay in a unit for more than one year; however the exhibit has to be different each year. - 94 -

B. DO NOT include computer disks or other media that may be damaged or rendered inoperable due to the transport of the project or the display process. C. Not all judging locations will have computer or internet resources available. Display items must be self-contained and capable of being judged “as is”. For example: Sample printouts of code developed, multimedia projects created or Web pages/sites developed. NO three-dimensional displays will be accepted.

UNIT 1 - NEWBIE KNOW-HOW Class Description 208 Unit 1 – Newbie Know-How – Junior 209 Unit 1 – Newbie Know-How – Intermediate 210 Unit 1 – Newbie Know-How – Senior All exhibits will consist of the following: A. One sturdy binder/notebook that contains the project manual or copy of page 5-- Achievement Program Requirements with explored areas completed (page 5 of manual) for Units: Newbie Know-How, Inside the Box, Peer to Teens Teaching Technology only) and completed e-Record. For Computers in the 21st Century a completed e-record is required. B. A display board illustrating a topic learned as a part of the 4-H project. Potential display ideas can be found in the Expand Your Memory in the manual for Newbie Know-How, Inside the Box, P2P-Peer to Peer and Teens Teaching Tech. For Computers in the 21st Century display ideas may be but not limited to: application design, operation and development, development and personalization of operating systems (such as Linux), advanced programming language use and writing code to perform tasks, utilization of social networking with considerations of professionalism, researching careers that utilize computer skills (such as online marketing, computer programming, etc.), advanced web design and development, working with SMART devices, game developments and many other areas. The standardized display board size of 4’x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. All items must be attached to display boards. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - INSIDE THE BOX Class Description 211 Unit 2 – Inside the Box– Junior 212 Unit 2 – Inside the Box – Intermediate 213 Unit 2 – Inside the Box – Senior All exhibits will consist of the following: A. One sturdy binder that contains the project manual or a copy of page 5 Achievement Program Requirements with explored areas completed (page 5 of manual) and completed e-Record. B. A display board illustrating a topic from the Expand Your Memory in the manual. The standardized display board size of 4’x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. All items must be attached to display boards.

- 95 -

C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - P2P – PEER TO PEER Class Description 214 Unit 3 – P2P – Peer to Peer - Intermediate 215 Unit 3 – P2P – Peer to Peer - Senior All exhibits will consist of the following: A. One sturdy binder/notebook that contains the project manual or copy of page 5—Achievement Program Requirements with explored areas completed (page 5 of manual) and completed eRecord. B. A display board illustrating a topic from the Expand Your Memory in the manual. The standardized display board size of 4’x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. All items must be attached to display boards are allowed. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 – COMPUTERS IN THE 21ST CENTURY Class Description 216 Unit 4 – Computers in the 21st Century - Intermediate 217 Unit 4 – Computers in the 21st Century – Senior All exhibits will consist of the following: A. One sturdy binder/notebook completed e-Record. B. A display board illustrating a topic learned as a part of the 4-H project. Potential display ideas can be found in the Expand Your Memory in the manual for Newbie Know-How, Inside the Box, P2P-Peer to Peer and Teens Teaching Tech. For Computers in the 21st Century display ideas may be but not limited to: application design, operation and development, development and personalization of operating systems (such as Linux), advanced programming language use and writing code to perform tasks, utilization of social networking with considerations of professionalism, researching careers that utilize computer skills (such as online marketing, computer programming, etc.), advanced web design and development, working with SMART devices, game developments and many other areas. C. The standardized display board size of 4’x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. All items must be attached to display boards. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 5 - TEENS TEACHING TECH Class Description 218 Unit 5 – Teens Teaching Tech – Senior All exhibits will consist of the following: A. One sturdy binder/notebook completed e-Record. - 96 -

B. A display board illustrating a topic from the Expand Your Memory in the manual. The standardized display board size of 4’x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. All items must be attached to display boards. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

ELECTRIC DIVISION 303 UNIT 1 - MAGIC OF ELECTRICITY Class Description 219 Unit 1 – Magic of Electricity – Junior 220 Unit 1 – Magic of Electricity – Intermediate 221 Unit 1 – Magic of Electricity – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed 4-H Electric project book and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One article or display board that you have made as a part of this unit of study. (Example: homemade flashlight, simple switch, circuit with two batteries and one light bulb, compass, electromagnet, galvanometer, electric motor, etc.) The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - INVESTIGATING ELECTRICITY Class Description 222 Unit 2 – Investigating Electricity – Junior 223 Unit 2 – Investigating Electricity – Intermediate 224 Unit 2 – Investigating Electricity – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed 4-H Electric project book and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One article or display board that you have made as a part of this unit of study. (Example: circuit diagrams with explanation, series circuit, parallel circuit, momentary switch, three-way switch, soldered connection, rocket launcher, burglar alarm, etc.). The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - WIRED FOR POWER Class Description 225 Unit 3 – Wired for Power – Junior 226 Unit 3 – Wired for Power – Intermediate 227 Unit 3 – Wired for Power – Senior

- 97 -

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed 4-H Electric project book and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One article or display board that you have made as a part of this unit of study. Example: electrical tool and supply kit, display of symbols on wires and cables and their meanings, display of light bulbs and the jobs they do best, display board on how to read an appliance name tag, chart showing the electrical usage of appliances, display board on how to replace a switch, etc. C. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board.

UNIT 4 - ENTERING ELECTRONICS Class Description 228 Unit 4 – Entering Electronics – Senior Advanced Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed 4-H Electric project manual and e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. One article or display board which you made as a part of this unit of study. (Example: display of electronic parts, diode, transistor, light-emitting diode (LED), LED flasher photocell alarm, light meter, silicon-controlled rectifier (SCR) intruder alarm, 6-8 watt amplifier with integrated circuit, etc.). The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

GEOSPATIAL DIVISION 306 UNT 1 - SETTING OUT Class Description 229 Unit 1 – Setting Out – Junior 230 Unit 1 – Setting Out – Intermediate 231 Unit 1 – Setting Out – Senior 4-H Members can exhibit both as an individual and/or as part of a group. The exhibits need to be different—one exhibit for the individual and a different topic exhibit for the group. Exhibit will consist of the following two options: A. Completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Using the ‘Take Me on a Tour’ activity, create a display and map showing four to six tour sites, geo-tools used to create the map, positional data for the sites, and information about the selected sites. OR B. Using information from the “What Are Geographical Tools?” activity, prepare an exhibit showing and describing ten mapping tools. Explain how the mapping tools are used and why maps are important. C. Posters/Maps must be presented on display board. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. Exhibitors are encouraged to laminate all posters/maps or cover them with clear plastic film. - 98 -

D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - ON THE TRAIL Class Description 232 Unit 2 – On the Trail – Junior 233 Unit 2 – On the Trail – Intermediate 234 Unit 2 – On the Trail – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Using the table from the “Take Me on a Tour” activity from Level 1, create a map showing recreational, historical or public service sites in your community. Determine if there is a need for additional community resources. Make written suggestions for what resources should be added and where they should be located on your map. C. Posters/Maps must be presented on display board. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. D. Exhibitors are encouraged to laminate all posters/maps or cover them with clear plastic film. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - REACHING YOUR DESTINATION Class Description 235 Unit 3 – Reaching Your Destination – Junior 236 Unit 3 – Reaching Your Destination – Intermediate 237 Unit 3 – Reaching Your Destination – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Create a computer-generated map with layered data that provides information on a community need. Explain how the need was identified; how you gathered information; and your recommendations on how to solve the need. Use the template from “Take Me on a Tour” activity from Level 1, to gather data for the map. C. Posters/Maps must be presented on display board. Standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. Exhibitors are encouraged to laminate all posters/maps or cover them with clear plastic film. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - GROUP PROJECT (DEVELOPED BY TWO OR MORE MEMBERS) Class Description 238 Unit 4 – Group Project – Junior 239 Unit 4 – Group Project – Intermediate 240 Unit 4 – Group Project – Senior

- 99 -

Exhibit will consist of the following: E. At least a one page story about the project including these items: purpose of map, goals, plan, accomplishments, evaluation, and how each person on the team contributed to the project. F. Hand drawn or computer generated map (map can be either informational or directional). G. Posters/Maps must be presented on display board. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. Exhibitors are encouraged to laminate all posters/maps or cover them with clear plastic film. H. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed as requested and quality of exhibit (100 percent).

MODEL ROCKETRY DIVISION 304 FOR ALL UNITS – Please read specific rules for your unit. A. Rocket exhibits must relate to the skill level for the unit entered. Units 1-4 should include the color picture of the rocket and skill level title from the rocket kit package as part of their record book. All project material must be organized and secured in a sturdy binder. Unit 6 must have a copy of plans or blueprints including instructions “step by step” to build the rocket. B. Fins must be balsa wood (balsa, basswood, plywood, etc.) and finished with paint in classes indicated. No plastic fins for Units 1-3. C. Fins of plastic or other materials must be exhibited in Units 4 and 6. D. Unit 4 members may build Skill Level 4 and Skill Level 5 rocket kits. E. Rockets are to be displayed and held vertically by a substantial rod or support no taller than the rocket on a stationary base appropriate to the size of the rocket not to exceed 12”x12”x1” thick. Only the rocket will be judged. Do not decorate the base. No triangular stands can be used for displaying the rocket. F. Do not include live or expended engines in the rocket exhibited. G. If rocket is damaged in launching, it can still be judged for quality of construction, e-Record and pictures. H. Display rockets cannot be used for Rocket Fly Day competition at the Colorado State Fair. I. No launching pads should be used for displaying the rockets. J. All rockets must be exhibited upright.

UNIT 1 - INTRODUCTION TO ROCKETRY (BALSA OR BASSWOOD FINS ONLY) Class Description 241 Unit 1 – Introduction to Rocketry – Junior 242 Unit 1 – Introduction to Rocketry – Intermediate 243 Unit 1 – Introduction to Rocketry – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Model Rocketry e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. On the Model Rocketry page enter the rockets you built in this unit. Include the following information: 1. List rockets with skill levels built this year - 100 -

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Listing of “payloads” launched in this project Exhibit Model Name Skill level Rocket is from: Stock Kit, Modified Kit or Self designed and built Rocket Power is: Single stage, multi-stage or cluster Fuselage type is: Single tube, Glider rear engine, glider front engine or glider canard Engine Code Label Color Type of recovery system

C. If the rocket was launched provide the following information on the Model Rocket page: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Number of times successfully launched: Kind of launch pad used Kind of electrical system used Tracking method used Observer’s distance from rocket Angle achieved Altitude achieved Any special problems before, during and after launching What did you do to overcome the problems you encountered

D. One rocket personally built or other display related to work done at Skill Level 1. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - BASIC MODEL ROCKETRY (BALSA OR BASSWOOD FINS ONLY) Class Description 244 Unit 2 – Basic Model Rocketry – Junior 245 Unit 2 – Basic Model Rocketry – Intermediate 246 Unit 2 – Basic Model Rocketry – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Model Rocketry e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. On the Model Rocketry page enter the rockets you built in this unit. Include the following information: 1. List rockets with skill levels built this year 2. Listing of “payloads” launched in this project 3. Exhibit Model Name 4. Skill level 5. Rocket is from: Stock Kit, Modified Kit or Self designed and built 6. Rocket Power is: Single stage, multi-stage or cluster 7. Fuselage type is: Single tube, Glider rear engine, glider front engine or glider canard 8. Engine Code 9. Label Color 10. Type of recovery system C. If the rocket was launched provide the following information on the Model Rocketry page. 1. Number of times successfully launched - 101 -

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Kind of launch pad used Kind of electrical system used Tracking method used Observer’s distance from rocket Angle achieved Altitude achieved Any special problems before, during and after launching What did you do to overcome the problems you encountered One rocket personally built or display related to work done at Skill Level II

D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - INTERMEDIATE MODEL ROCKETRY (WOOD FINS ONLY) Class Description 247 Unit 3 – Intermediate Model Rocketry – Junior 248 Unit 3 – Intermediate Model Rocketry – Intermediate 249 Unit 3 – Intermediate Model Rocketry – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Model Rocketry e-Record with completed questions in manual pages 31-35 presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. On the Model Rocketry page enter the rockets you built in this unit. Include the following information: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

List rockets with skill levels built this year Listing of “payloads” launched in this project Exhibit Model Name Skill level Rocket is from: Stock Kit, Modified Kit or Self designed and built Rocket Power is: Single stage, multi-stage or cluster Fuselage type is: Single tube, Glider rear engine, glider front engine or glider canard Engine code Label color Type of recovery system

C. If the rocket was launched provide the following information on the Model Rocketry page. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Number of times successfully launched Kind of launch pad used Kind of electrical system used Tracking method used Observer’s distance from rocket Angle achieved Altitude achieved Any special problems before, during and after launching What did you do to overcome the problems you encountered

D. One rocket personally built in unit or display related to work done at Skill Level III. - 102 -

E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - ADVANCED MODEL ROCKETRY (FINISHED FINS OF ANY TYPE) Class Description 250 Unit 4 – Advanced Model Rocketry – Junior 251 Unit 4 – Advanced Model Rocketry – Intermediate 252 Unit 4 – Advanced Model Rocketry – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Model Rocketry e-Record with completed questions in manual pages 14-18 presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. On the Model Rocketry page enter the rockets you built in this unit. Include the following information: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

List rockets with skill levels built this year Listing of “payloads” launched in this project Exhibit Model Name Skill level Rocket is from: Stock Kit, Modified Kit or Self designed and built Rocket Power is: Single stage, multi-stage or cluster Fuselage type is: Single tube, Glider rear engine, glider front engine or glider canard Engine code Label color Type of recovery system

C. If the rocket was launched provide the following information on the Model Rocketry page. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Number of times successfully launched Kind of launch pad used Kind of electrical system used Tracking method used Observer’s distance from rocket Angle achieved Altitude achieved Any special problems before, during and after launching What did you do to overcome the problems you encountered

D. One rocket personally built in unit or display related to work done in Skill Level IV. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 6 - DESIGNER MODEL ROCKETRY (FINISHED FINS OF ANY TYPE) Class Description 253 Unit 6 – Designer Model Rocketry – Junior 254 Unit 6 – Designer Model Rocketry – Intermediate 255 Unit 6 – Designer Model Rocketry – Senior

- 103 -

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Model Rocketry e-Record with design worksheets and completed questions in manual on pages 35-39, presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include a copy of the plans or blueprints on how to build the rocket. B. On the Model Rocketry page enter the rockets you built in this unit. Include the following information: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

List rockets with skill levels built this year Listing of “payloads” launched in this project Exhibit Model Name Skill level Rocket is from: Stock Kit, Modified Kit or Self designed and built Rocket Power is: Single stage, multi-stage or cluster Fuselage type is: Single tube, Glider rear engine, glider front engine or glider canard Engine code Label color Type of recovery system

C. If the rocket was launched provide the following information on the Model Rocketry page. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Number of times successfully launched Kind of launch pad used Kind of electrical system used Tracking method used Observer’s distance from rocket Angle achieved Altitude achieved Any special problems before, during and after launching What did you do to overcome the problems you encountered

D. One rocket personally designed, built (no kits) and used in unit or display related to work done. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

POWER OF WIND DIVISION 307 A. The exhibit must be able to go through a standardized door (approximately 31” x 80” and approximately not taller than 8’ high). If the exhibit exceeds these dimensions, please contact the Douglas County Extension Office prior to entering the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo.

UNIT 1 - WIND POWERED VEHICLE Class Description 256 Unit 1 – Wind Powered Vehicle – Junior 257 Unit 1 – Wind Powered Vehicle – Intermediate 258 Unit 1 – Wind Powered Vehicle – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. A wind powered vehicle that has been designed, built and tested by the 4-H member. - 104 -

C. Attach a self-explanatory single side sheet of paper to the exhibit, explaining the power of wind vehicle (large enough to read). D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - WIND POWERED MACHINE Class Description 259 Unit 2 – Wind Powered Machine – Junior 260 Unit 2 – Wind Powered Machine – Intermediate 261 Unit 2 – Wind Powered Machine – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. A wind powered machine that has been designed, built and tested by the 4-H member. C. Attach a self-explanatory single side sheet of paper to the exhibit, explaining the power of wind machine (large enough to read). D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - WIND SCULPTURE Class Description 262 Unit 3 – Wind Sculpture – Junior 263 Unit 3 – Wind Sculpture – Intermediate 264 Unit 3 – Wind Sculpture – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. A wind powered sculpture that has been designed, built and tested by the 4-H member. C. Attach a self-explanatory single side sheet of paper to the exhibit, explaining the power of wind sculpture (large enough to read). D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - OTHER POWER OF WIND Class Description 265 Unit 4 – Other Power of Wind – Junior 266 Unit 4 – Other Power of Wind – Intermediate 267 Unit 4 – Other Power of Wind – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A Completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. A wind powered other that has been designed, built and tested by the 4-H member. C. Attach a self-explanatory single side sheet of paper to the exhibit, explaining the power of wind other (large enough to read). - 105 -

D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

GROUP POWER OF WIND (DEVELOPED BY TWO OR MORE MEMBERS) Class Description 268 Group Power of Wind – Junior 269 Group Power of Wind – Intermediate 270 Group Power of Wind – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. At least a one page story about the project including these items: purpose of design, goals, plan, accomplishments, evaluation, and how each person on the team contributed to the project. B. A wind powered vehicle, machine or sculpture C. Attach a self-explanatory single side sheet of paper to the exhibit, explaining what you designed (large enough to read). D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed and quality of exhibit (100 percent).

ROBOTICS DIVISION FOR ALL UNITS: A. Robotics Platforms is just a fancy way to say robotics kits or robotics materials. Some types of commercial kits or platform include NXT, TETRIX, CEENBot, and VEX. B. Robotic Notebook v. Robotic Supplement—Junk Drawer Robotics and Platform Robotics come with Junior notebooks which are much like a workbook. These notebooks lead Junior through the activities in the unit and are optional. FIRST and BEST Robotics often require Junior to complete a robotics notebook along with their robot for competition. Robotics notebooks for FIRST and BEST are not required to be exhibited with the 4-H project. What is required is the Robotics Supplement. The robotics supplement is designed for Junior to describe in detail one robotics or engineering concept that they learned throughout the year. C. The Robotics Supplement is an application and can be accessed through the Android or the Apple Marketplace. If you do not have access to a smart phone or tablet device, the robotics supplement is also available in hard copy or in the Robotic e-record. D. For more information about FIRST Robotics organization check out: www.usfirst.org. E. For more information about the BEST Robotics organization check out: www.bestinc.org. F. OR –this means that the member can choose between the two items. The member can either exhibit an article or he/she can make a display board but not both.)

UNIT 1 – JUNK DRAWER ROBOTICS – GIVE ROBOTICS A HAND Class Description 271 Unit 1 – Give Robotics A Hand - Junior 272 Unit 1 – Give Robotics A Hand - Intermediate 273 Unit 1 – Give Robotics A Hand - Senior

- 106 -

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy binder/notebook that contains the completed 4-H Robotics e-Record. B. One article or display board which you have made as a part of this unit of study. (Example: marshmallow catapult, robotic arm, robotic gripper, et al.) The standardize display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 – JUNK DRAWER ROBOTICS – ROBOTICS ON THE MOVE Class Description 274 Unit 2 – Robotics On The Move - Junior 275 Unit 2 – Robotics On The Move - Intermediate 276 Unit 2 – Robotics On The Move - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy binder/notebook that contains the completed 4-H Robotic e-Record. B. One article or display board which you have made as a part of this unit of study. (Example: clipmobile, can-can robot, gear train, es-car-go, sea hunt, et al.) The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 – JUNK DRAWER ROBOTICS - MECHATRONICS Class Description 277 Unit 3 - Mechatronics - Junior 278 Unit 3 - Mechatronics - Intermediate 279 Unit 3 - Mechatronics - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy binder/notebook that contains the completed 4-H Robotic e-Record. B. One article or display board which you have made as a part of this unit of study. (Example: forward and reverse, wall follower, breadboard, say what?, build your robot, et al.) The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 – ROBOTIC PLATFORMS – LEVEL 1 Class Description 280 Unit 4 - Platforms – Level 1 - Junior 281 Unit 4 - Platforms – Level 1 - Intermediate 282 Unit 4 - Platforms – Level 1 - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy binder/notebook that contains the completed 4-H Robotic e-Record.

- 107 -

B. One display board which you have made as a part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 5 – ROBOTIC PLATFORMS – LEVEL 2 Class Description 283 Unit 5 - Platforms – Level 2 - Junior 284 Unit 5 - Platforms – Level 2 - Intermediate 285 Unit 5 - Platforms – Level 2 - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy binder/notebook that contains the completed 4-H Robotic e-Record. B. One display board which you have made as a part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 6 – ROBOTIC PLATFORMS – LEVEL 3 Class Description 286 Unit 6 - Platforms – Level 3 - Junior 287 Unit 6 - Platforms – Level 3 - Intermediate 288 Unit 6 - Platforms – Level 3 - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy binder/notebook that contains the completed 4-H Robotic e-Record. B. One display board which you have made as a part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 7 – FIRST LEGO LEAGUE (FLL) Class Description 289 Unit 7 - FLL - Junior 290 Unit 7 - FLL - Intermediate 291 Unit 7 - FLL - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy binder/notebook that contains the completed 4-H Robotic e-Record. B. One display board which you have made as a part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

- 108 -

UNIT 8 – FIRST TECH CHALLENGE (FTC) Class Description 292 Unit 8 - FTC - Junior 293 Unit 8 - FTC - Intermediate 294 Unit 8 - FTC - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: D. A sturdy binder/notebook that contains the completed 4-H Robotic e-Record. E. One display board which you have made as a part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 9 – FIRST ROBOTICS COMPETITION (FRC) Class Description 295 Unit 9 - FRC - Junior 296 Unit 9 - FRC - Intermediate 297 Unit 9 - FRC - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: G. A sturdy binder/notebook that contains the completed 4-H Robotic e-Record. H. One display board which you have made as a part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. I. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 10 – BEST ROBOTICS Class Description 298 Unit 10 - BEST - Junior 299 Unit 10 - BEST - Intermediate 300 Unit 10 - BEST - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: J. A sturdy binder/notebook that contains the completed 4-H Robotic e-Record. K. One display board which you have made as a part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. L. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

SMALL ENGINES DIVISION 305 UNIT 1 - CRANK IT UP Class Description 301 Unit 1 – Crank It Up - Junior 302 Unit 1 – Crank It Up - Intermediate 303 Unit 1 – Crank It Up - Senior - 109 -

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Small Engines manual and e-Record presented in a secure binder including appropriate sections in the manual completed and other items such as diagrams, drawings, photographs or attachments related to activities in the manual. B. Exhibit may be a display board or a stand-alone item such as; air and fuel systems, the electrical systems, a diagram of the engine block, etc. A display board on any topic from the small engines manual. You may use diagrams, drawings and photographs. Label and use captions to make your display as educational as possible. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - WARM IT UP Class Description 304 Unit 2 – Warm It Up - Junior 305 Unit 2 – Warm It Up - Intermediate 306 Unit 2 – Warm It Up - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Small Engines manual and e-Record presented in a secure binder including appropriate sections in the manual completed and other items such as diagrams, drawings, photographs or attachments related to activities in the manual. B. Exhibit may be a display board or a stand-alone item such as; air and fuel systems, the electrical systems, a diagram of the engine block, etc. A display board on any topic from the Small Engines manual. You may use diagrams, drawings and photographs. Label and use captions to make your display as educational as possible. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - TUNE IT UP Class Description 307 Unit 3 – Tune It Up - Junior 308 Unit 3 – Tune It Up - Intermediate 309 Unit 3 – Tune It Up - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Small Engines manual and e-Record presented in a secure binder including appropriate sections in the manual completed and other items such as diagrams, drawings, photographs or attachments related to activities in the manual. B. Exhibit may be a display board or a stand-alone item such as; air and fuel systems, the electrical systems, a diagram of the engine block, etc. A display board on any topic from the Small Engine manual. You may use pictures or any records you kept to provide evidence of your accomplishments and what you have learned. Label and use captions to make your display as educational as possible. The standardized display board size of 4’x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. - 110 -

C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - ADVANCED SMALL ENGINES Class Description 310 Unit 4 – Advanced Small Engines - Junior 311 Unit 4 – Advanced Small Engines - Intermediate 312 Unit 4 – Advanced Small Engines - Senior This unit can be used for any type of engines (tractor, car, etc.) Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Small Engine Unit 4 e-Record with emphasis on your accomplishments in your story presented in a secure binder. B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the Small Engine Unit 4 e-Record: 1. Written description of your project: a. Goals b. Plans c. Accomplishments d. Evaluation C. Exhibit may be a display board or a stand-alone item such as; air and fuel systems, the electrical systems, a diagram of the engine block, etc. A display board on any topic related to Engines. You may use diagrams, drawings, charts and photographs. Label and use captions to make your display as educational as possible. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-record and written description (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent). A display board on any topic related to Engines. You may use diagrams, drawings, charts and photographs. Label and use captions to make your display as educational as possible. The standardized display board is to be used.

- 111 -

JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT Entries Due: Release:

DEPARTMENT 4

June 11 August 10, 4pm

Judging:

August 2

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Projects Competition Requirements & Regulations and any special Department, Division, Class or Unit Competition Requirement or Regulation.

II. PREMUIMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$2, 2nd-$1.50, 3rd-$1.25, 4th-$1

III. DIVISIONS ENTOMOLOGY DIVISION 401 FOR ALL UNITS: A. Entomology Workbook Required. B. Older members may start with Unit 2. C. Each year 4-H members build on their collection by adding new insects as required for that particular unit. Refer to the exhibit requirements for the number of insects to collect for that unit. D. Acceptable sizes of handmade Entomology Display Boxes taken from the manual and kit: 1. 12"W x 16"L x 3" deep 2. 12"W x 18"L x 3½" deep 3. 18"W x 24"L x 3½" deep E. Glass tops on entomology display cases should slide to the top or side of the case to prevent them from slipping out and breaking when placed on display. F. Commercially available display cases are acceptable. G. On Units 2 through 7, records must include date and location where insects were collected. Place this information on labels attached to insect pins.

UNIT 1 - LET’S LEARN ABOUT INSECTS Class Description 400 Unit 1 – Let’s Learn About Insects- Junior 401 Unit 1 – Let’s Learn About Insects - Intermediate 402 Unit 1 – Let’s Learn About Insects - Senior

- 112 -

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a secure binder. B. Insect collection--display no fewer than 10 and no more than 35 adult insects in at least 3 different correctly labeled orders. Display boxes should be approximately 12” x 16” x 3”. Regular insect pins are required. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the workbook and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - LEARN MORE ABOUT INSECTS Class Description 403 Unit 2 – Learn More About Insects- Junior 404 Unit 2 – Learn More About Insects - Intermediate 405 Unit 2 – Learn More About Insects - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a secure binder. B. Insect collection--display no fewer than 25 and no more than 75 adult insects in at least six different orders. Standard-sized display boxes with removable glass covers are required. Regular insect pins are required. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the workbook and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - INSECT HABITS AND CONTROL Class Description 406 Unit 3 – Insect Habits and Control - Junior 407 Unit 3 – Insect Habits and Control - Intermediate 408 Unit 3 – Insect Habits and Control - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a secure binder. B. Insect collection--display no fewer than 75 and no more than 150 insects including a representative from at least nine different orders, correctly labeled (one order developed in water). Include a special collection of eight different insects, as stated in Unit 3 workbook. Standard-sized display boxes with removable glass covers are required. Regular insect pins are required. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the workbook and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - INSECT IDENTIFICATION AND COMMUNITY PROJECTS Class Description 409 Unit 4 – Insect Identification and Community Projects - Junior 410 Unit 4 – Insect Identification and Community Projects - Intermediate 411 Unit 4 – Insect Identification and Community Projects - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a secure binder. - 113 -

B. Insect collection display no fewer than 100 and no more than 250 insects in 10 different, correctly labeled orders. Standard-sized display boxes with removable glass covers are required. Regular insect pins are required. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the workbook and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 5 - IMMATURE INSECTS AND LIFE STAGES Class Description 412 Unit 5 – Immature Insects and Life Stages - Junior 413 Unit 5 – Immature Insects and Life Stages - Intermediate 414 Unit 5 – Immature Insects and Life Stages - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a secure binder. B. Display your regular insect collection. C. Display a collection of at least 10 larvae or immature insects in vials of rubbing alcohol or similar preservation. D. Display a special collection that is different from the one in Unit 3, including at least 10 insects. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the workbook and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 6 - EXPLORING WITH INSECTS Class Description 415 Unit 6 – Exploring with Insects - Junior 416 Unit 6 – Exploring with Insects - Intermediate 417 Unit 6 – Exploring with Insects - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a secure binder. B. Report on at least three special activities and include them in the e-Record before the story. C. Insect collection display no fewer than 50 insects from a single insect order with no more than three specimens of the same insect. Standard-sized display boxes with removable glass covers are required. Regular insect pins are required. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the workbook and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 7 - EXPLORING WITH INSECTS ADVANCED Class Description 418 Unit 7 – Exploring with Insects Advanced - Junior 419 Unit 7 – Exploring with Insects Advanced - Intermediate 420 Unit 7 – Exploring with Insects Advanced - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a secure binder. - 114 -

B. A display board representing some phase of special project work. This could include a chart or special equipment used or developed. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the workbook and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

FORESTRY DIVISION 402 FOR ALL UNITS: List day, month and year for the date of completed activities on page 4. Class 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429

Description Unit 1 – Follow the Path - Junior Unit 1 – Follow the Path - Intermediate Unit 1 – Follow the Path - Senior Unit 2 – Reach for the Canopy – Junior Unit 2 – Reach for the Canopy – Intermediate Unit 2 – Reach for the Canopy – Senior Unit 3 – Explore the Deep Woods – Junior Unit 3 – Explore the Deep Woods – Intermediate Unit 3 – Explore the Deep Woods - Senior

Exhibits will consist of the following for all units: A. A completed manual and e-Record presented in a secure binder including these items: appropriate sections in the manual completed, e-Record and other drawings or attachments related to activities in the manual. B. A display board displaying information related to the activities in the project manual. The standardized display board is to be used. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent). D. There is a Forestry Helper’s Guide that contains forestry group activities. Available at CSU Extension Office.

OUTDOOR ADVENTURES DIVISION 403 FOR ALL UNITS: List day, month and year for the date of completed activities on page 4. Class 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438

Description Unit 1 – Hiking Trails - Junior Unit 1 – Hiking Trails - Intermediate Unit 1 – Hiking Trails - Senior Unit 2 – Camping Adventures – Junior Unit 2 – Camping Adventures – Intermediate Unit 2 – Camping Adventures – Senior Unit 3 – Backpacking Expeditions – Junior Unit 3 – Backpacking Expeditions – Intermediate Unit 3 – Backpacking Expeditions - Senior

- 115 -

Exhibits will consist of the following for all units: A. A completed manual and e-Record presented in a secure binder including appropriate sections and other items or attachments related to the activities in the manual. B. A display board illustrating a topic investigated during the project year. You may use diagrams, drawings, charts and photographs. Label and use captions to make your display as educational as possible. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent)

RANGE MANAGEMENT DIVISION 406

Class Description 439 Range Management - Junior 440 Range Management - Intermediate 441 Range Management - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following for all units: A. A completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. A display board directly related to work done by the member in the project. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

SHOOTING SPORTS DIVISION 404 FOR ALL UNITS: A. Shooting Sports Inventory is required. B. Discipline Log Record is required for the discipline you are exhibiting. Discipline log records should be completed for all projects enrolled in. Example: If you are exhibiting Archery, then the Archery Log is required. If you are enrolled in Shotgun and Muzzleloading, then fill out a Shotgun Log Record and a Muzzleloading Log Record. C. Project Exhibit Rules: 1. There is a specific discipline e-Record that contains the inventory sheet and the discipline log record that is required for this project. 2. Display should illustrate a chosen aspect of skill areas. This is separate from the statewide State Fair Shooting Sports Event listed under Special Events. The standardized display board size 4’ X 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. 3. Exhibitor may enter only one exhibit for shooting sports. No live ammo, broadheads, knives or functional firearms are allowed to be displayed. 4. Exhibits which address more than one discipline area or skill or knowledge not readily categorized in a particular existing 4-H shooting discipline should be entered in miscellaneous. - 116 -

5. Do not use the word weapon when creating your display. Make sure that there are no safety violations in your display. (Example: no earplugs, no safety glasses on a photo of a Junior firing his/her gun). Class 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465

Description Archery - Junior Archery - Intermediate Archery - Senior Air Rifle – Junior Air Rifle – Intermediate Air Rifle – Senior Shotgun – Junior Shotgun – Intermediate Shotgun – Senior .22 Rifle – Junior .22 Rifle– Intermediate .22 Rifle – Senior Muzzleloading – Junior Muzzleloading – Intermediate Muzzleloading – Senior Air Pistol – Junior Air Pistol – Intermediate Air Pistol – Senior Outdoor Skills – Junior Outdoor Skills – Intermediate Outdoor Skills – Senior Miscellaneous – Junior Miscellaneous – Intermediate Miscellaneous – Senior

Exhibits will consist of the following: A. A completed specific e-Record for the discipline exhibited presented in a secure binder. B. A Shooting Sports Inventory Record is required. It can be found at: http://www.colorado4h.org/project_resources/erecords/index.php/ C. A Discipline Record Score Sheet is required. It can be found at: http://www.colorado4h.org/project_resources/erecords/index.php/ D. Display items illustrating something learned in the project this year. Exhibits may be a display board or a stand-alone item, such as gun stock, decoy, etc. Displays items are to be entered in specific discipline that the exhibit relates to (i.e. .22, air rifle, shotgun, etc.) The standardized display board 4’ X 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included in front of the display board. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

- 117 -

STAND-ALONE CLASSES Class 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486

Description Archery Stand-Alone – Junior Archery Stand-Alone – Intermediate Archery Stand-Alone – Senior Air Rifle Stand-Alone – Junior Air Rifle Stand-Alone – Intermediate Air Rifle Stand-Alone– Senior Shotgun Stand-Alone – Junior Shotgun Stand Alone – Intermediate Shotgun Stand-Alone – Senior Air Pistol – Junior Air Pistol – Intermediate Air Pistol – Senior .22 Stand-Alone – Junior .22 Stand-Alone – Intermediate .22 Stand Alone – Senior Outdoor Skills – Junior Outdoor Skills – Intermediate Outdoor Skills – Senior Muzzleloading Stand-Alone – Junior Muzzleloading Stand-Alone – Intermediate Muzzleloading Stand Alone – Senior

Exhibits will consist of the following: F. A completed specific e-Record for the discipline exhibited presented in a secure binder. G. Specific discipline e-Record is required. It can be found at: http://www.colorado4h.org/project_resources/erecords/index.php/ H. A Discipline Record Score Sheet is required. It can be found at: http://www.colorado4h.org/project_resources/erecords/index.php/ I. Exhibits may be a display board or a stand-alone item, such as gun stock, decoy, etc. Displays items are illustrating something learned in the project this year. The standardized display board 4’ X 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included in front of the display board. J. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

- 118 -

SPORTFISHING DIVISION 405 FOR ALL UNITS: A. Exhibits may include stand-alone items such as hand-wrapped rods or hand-made lures. B. Exhibit of record kept during the year and display illustrating a chosen aspect of skill area is required. (The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board). Class 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498

Description Unit 1 – Take the Bait - Junior Unit 1 – Take the Bait - Intermediate Unit 1 – Take the Bait - Senior Unit 2 – Reel in the Fun – Junior Unit 2 – Reel in the Fun – Intermediate Unit 2 – Reel in the Fun – Senior Unit 3 – Cast into the Future – Junior Unit 3 – Cast into the Future – Intermediate Unit 3 – Cast into the Future – Senior Sportfishing Stand Alone – Junior Sportfishing Stand Alone – Intermediate Sportfishing Stand Alone – Senior

Exhibits will consist of the following: A. A completed Sportsfishing e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information in the Sportsfishing eRecord. 1. Record each fishing experience: a. b. c. d. e. f.

Date Location Type (pond, lake, reservoir, stream, river or other) Name of body of water If you catch fish (if no, what do you think the reason was for not catching fish), If yes, include the following weather information about the day: time of day, air temperature, water temperature, cloud cover and other information about the weather.

2. Complete a Catch and Release Fish for your five best fish caught and released OR your five best fish kept, depending on legal limits. a. Species, length (nose to tail) b. Girth (around middle) c. Approximate weight 3. Complete a Fishing Journal for each trip (whether you caught fish or not): a. b. c. d. e.

Rod and reel used Types of rig/bait/lure used Technique used Types of structure fished Other things you want to remember about this trip - 119 -

C. Exhibits may include stand-alone items such as hand-wrapped rods or hand-made lures. A display board is to be a specific skill level area related to the exhibit. When using a display board, it is strongly recommended to use photos, drawings or other illustrations rather than actual items (i.e. rods, reels, other tackle or accessories). Educational materials shall not extend beyond the edges of display boards. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. Hooks must be removed from lures and jigs when these items are used in an exhibit. The exceptions are artificial flies, which may be exhibited with functional hooks, but the hook points must be imbedded in material (i.e. rubber, dense cork, etc.) that will secure the flies and offer safety to the judges and other show officials. Be sure to remove barbs and any other sharp points. D. No knives to be displayed. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent). F. No knives to be displayed.

WILDLIFE DIVISION 407 Class 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516

Description Unit 1 – Exploring Wildlife - Junior Unit 1 – Exploring Wildlife - Intermediate Unit 1 – Exploring Wildlife - Senior Unit 2 – Small Game – Junior Unit 2 – Small Game – Intermediate Unit 2 – Small Game – Senior Unit 3 – Waterfowl – Junior Unit 3 – Waterfowl – Intermediate Unit 3 – Waterfowl - Senior Unit 4 – Big Game – Junior Unit 4 – Big Game – Intermediate Unit 4 – Big Game – Senior Unit 5 – Furbearers – Junior Unit 5 – Furbearers – Intermediate Unit 5 – Furbearers – Senior Unit 6 – Songbirds and Birds of Prey – Junior Unit 6 – Songbirds and Birds of Prey – Intermediate Unit 6 – Songbirds and Birds of Prey – Senior

Exhibits will consist of the following: A. A completed Wildlife e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. Include the following information in the Specific Project Information Page in the Wildlife eRecord: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Date Location Wildlife activity What you did How it relates to wildlife - 120 -

6. Describe what happened C. A display board related to the unit of enrollment. (No wooden display cases.) The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

- 121 -

JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS COMMUNICATION, ARTS & LEISURE SCIENCES DEPARTMENT Entries Due: Release:

DEPARTMENT 5

June 11 August 10, 4pm

Judging:

August 2

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Projects Competition Requirements & Regulations and any special Department, Division, Class or Unit Competition Requirement or Regulation.

II. PREMUIMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$2, 2nd-$1.50, 3rd-$1.25, 4th-$1

III. DIVISION PROVISIONS CERAMICS DIVISION 501 FOR ALL UNITS: A. One piece consists of no more than one item with lid (i.e., sugar bowl with lid). More than one piece is considered a set. Pieces in a set must be related. B. All work must be done by the member, including the cleaning of greenware or soft bisque used in the Porcelain Doll Unit. C. A member repeating any unit must learn new skills. D. All ceramic pieces must be free for close inspection by the judge, (i.e., flowers should not be fastened with floral clay in a flower pot; doll’s clothing must be easily removed). If not, the piece/pieces will be disqualified. E. A completed e-Record must be entered with the exhibit piece. F. For examples of technique sheets go to www.colorado4h.org under Project Resources/Record Books.

UNIT 1 - GLAZES Class Description 600 Unit 1 – Glazes - Junior 601 Unit 1 – Glazes - Intermediate 602 Unit 1 – Glazes - Senior Unit 1--includes glazes on earthenware, stoneware and porcelain Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A Completed Ceramics e-Record presented in a secure binder. - 122 -

B. Complete two learning projects with information listed on the Specific Project Information page. C. Please record at least three technique sheets for the three new skills learned. Technique sheet should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a project very similar by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include: 1. A list of all tools and brushes used. Sizes should be included, if applicable. 2. A list of brand name, number and colors used. 3. A list of steps: a. If the piece was bisque-fired before application of color and to what cone size or temperature. b. How the color/colors were applied and number of coats. The cone size or temperature the color/colors were fired. c. A list of other products used. D. One piece or set showing techniques learned. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - UNDERGLAZES Class Description 603 Unit 2 - Underglazes - Junior 604 Unit 2 - Underglazes - Intermediate 605 Unit 2 – Underglazes - Senior Unit 2--includes underglazes on earthenware, stoneware and porcelain. Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Ceramics e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. Complete two learning projects with information listed on the Specific Project Information page. C. On the page titled Specific Project Information, please record at least three technique sheets for the three new skills learned. Technique sheet should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a project very similar by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include: 1. A list of all tools and brushes used. Sizes should be included, if applicable. 2. A list of brand name, number and colors used. 3. A list of steps: a. If the piece was bisque-fired before application of color and to what cone size or temperature. b. How the color/colors were applied and number of coats. The cone size or temperature the color/colors were fired. - 123 -

c. A list of other products used. D. One piece or set showing techniques learned. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - OVERGLAZES Class Description 606 Unit 3 - Overglazes - Junior 607 Unit 3 - Overglazes - Intermediate 608 Unit 3 – Overglazes – Senior Unit 3--includes overglazes on earthenware, stoneware and porcelain Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Ceramics e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. Complete two learning projects with information listed on the Specific Project Information page. C. On the page titled Specific Project Information, please record at least three technique sheets for the three new skills learned. Technique sheet should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a very similar project by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include: 1. A list of all tools and brushes used. Sizes should be included, if applicable. 2. A list of brand name, number and colors used. 3. A list of steps: a. If the piece was bisque-fired before application of color and to what cone size or temperature. b. How the color/colors were applied and number of coats. The cone size or temperature the color/colors were fired. c. A list of other products used. D. One piece or set showing techniques learned. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - UNFIRED FINISHES Class Description 609 Unit 4 – Unfired Finishes - Junior 610 Unit 4 – Unfired Finishes - Intermediate 611 Unit 4 – Unfired Finishes – Senior Unit 4--includes unfired finishes on earthenware, stoneware and porcelain. Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Ceramics e-Record presented in a secure binder. - 124 -

B. Complete two learning projects with information listed on the Specific Project Information page. C. On the page titled Specific Project Information, please record at least three technique sheets for the three new skills learned. Technique sheet should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a project very similar by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include: 1. A list of all tools and brushes used. Sizes should be included, if applicable. 2. A list of brand name, number and colors used. 3. A list of steps: a. If the piece was bisque-fired before application of color and to what cone size or temperature. b. How the color/colors were applied and number of coats. The cone size or temperature the color/colors were fired. c. A list of other products used. D. One piece or set showing techniques learned E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 5 - PORCELAIN DOLLS Class Description 612 Unit 5 – Porcelain Dolls - Junior 613 Unit 5 – Porcelain Dolls - Intermediate 614 Unit 5 – Porcelain Dolls – Senior Unit 5--includes china paint on polished bisque or glazed porcelain (china). Soft-fired greenware is highly recommended for all doll projects. Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Ceramics e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. On the page titled Specific Project Information, please record at least three technique sheets for the three new skills learned. A technique sheet should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a project very similar by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include: 1. A list of all tools and brushes used. Sizes should be included, if applicable. 2. A list of brand name, number and colors used. 3. A list of steps: a. If the piece was bisque-fired before application of color and to what cone size or temperature. b. How the color/colors were applied and number of coats. The cone size or temperature the color/colors were fired. - 125 -

c. A list of other products used. C. One piece or set showing techniques learned. D.

Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 6 - HAND CONSTRUCTED Class Description 615 Unit 6 – Hand Constructed - Junior 616 Unit 6 – Hand Constructed - Intermediate 617 Unit 6 – Hand Constructed – Senior Exhibits will consist of the following: A. A completed Ceramics e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. On the page titled Specific Project Information, please record at least three technique sheets for the three new skills learned. A technique sheet should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a project very similar by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include: 1. A list of all tools and brushes used. Sizes should be included, if applicable. 2. A list of brand name, number and colors used. 3. A list of steps: a. If the piece was bisque-fired before application of color and to what cone size or temperature. b. How the color/colors were applied and number of coats. The cone size or temperature the color/colors were fired. c. A list of other products used. C. One piece or set showing techniques learned. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent).

GLOBAL CITIZENSHIP DIVISION 502 UNIT 1 - STUDY OF ANOTHER COUNTRY No Display Boards Class Description 618 Unit 1 – Study of Another Country - Junior 619 Unit 1 – Study of Another Country - Intermediate 620 Unit 1 – Study of Another Country – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy three-ringed notebook including a completed e-Record with the following additional information: 1. Selected option from page 3 of manual. - 126 -

2. Create an information sheet that explains the selected study option and list the topic(s) studied (pages 6-9 in manual). 3. Describe any demonstrations or public speaking experiences you had associated with global citizenship. Please be specific about audience, topic, visual aids, etc. 4. Include a short story explaining what you learned from this study. 5. List the resources you used throughout your project. B. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the contents of the notebook (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - HOST A DELEGATE FROM ANOTHER COUNTRY Class Description 621 Unit 2 – Host a Delegate from Another Country – Junior 622 Unit 2 – Host a Delegate from Another Country - Intermediate 623 Unit 2 – Host a Delegate from Another Country – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy three-ringed notebook including a completed e-Record with the following additional information: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Preparation for your Exchangee’s Arrival--page 3 of manual The Arrival--pages 3-4 of manual During the Stay--page 4 of manual After Departure--page 4 of manual Resources--page 5 of manual

B. Provide information on at least one demonstration or public speaking that you gave on your global citizenship project. Please record this information on the Demonstration page in the eRecord. Be specific on audience, topic, visual aids, etc. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the contents of the notebook (75 percent).

UNIT 3 – JUNIOR COUNSELOR FOR INBOUND INTERNATIONAL COUNSELOR Class Description 624 Unit 3 – Junior Counselor - Intermediate 625 Unit 3 – Junior Counselor - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Serve as a teen counselor at a standard international-program event for incoming delegates from another country or culture (this must be coordinated with the 4-H International Programs Coordinator in the Colorado 4-H Office). B. A sturdy three-ringed notebook, including a completed e-Record with the following information: 1. 2. 3. 4.

The Arrival—page 5 of manual During the Stay—page 5 of manual After Departure—page 5 of manual Resources—page 5 of manual - 127 -

C. Provide information on at least one demonstration or public speaking that you gave on your global citizenship project. Please record this information on the Demonstration page in the eRecord. Be specific on audience, topic, visual aids, etc. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - EXCHANGE DELEGATE TO ANOTHER COUNTRY Class Description 626 Unit 4 – Exchange Delegate to Another Country - Intermediate 627 Unit 4 – Exchange Delegate to Another Country - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy three-ringed notebook including a completed e-Record with the following additional information: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Before Departure--pages 5-6 of manual During the Stay--page 6 of manual In-depth Observation--page 6 of manual Return to the United States--page 6 of manual Resources--page 6 of manual

B. Provide information on at least one demonstration or public speaking that you gave on your global citizenship project. Please record this information on the Demonstration page in the eRecord. Be specific on audience, topic, visual aids, etc. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the contents of the notebook (75 percent).

LEADERSHIP DIVISION 503 Class 628 629 630 631 632 633 634

Description Unit 1 – Individual Skills for Young Members - Junior Unit 2 – Individual Skills for Older Members - Intermediate Unit 2 – Individual Skills for Older Members – Senior Unit 3 – Skills Working Within Groups – Intermediate Unit 3 – Skills Working Within Groups – Senior Unit 4 – Skills Leading Groups – Intermediate Unit 4 – Skills Leading Groups - Senior

All Units Exhibits will consist of the following: A. A Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder... B. A display board telling how you developed or improved one leadership skill. The standardized display board size of 4 ft. x 3 ft. is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 128 -

LEATHERCRAFT DIVISION 504 FOR ALL UNITS: Project Exhibit Rules for All Units: A. Put name, age and county on back of exhibit board or on tag attached to individual exhibit articles. B. Indicate in e-Record whether articles are made from a kit or are self-cut and designed by the member. C. A set means a number of things of the same kind that belong, or are used together (i.e. six matching coasters, belt and buckle with matching designs, etc.). D. Advanced leathercraft members may exhibit in more than one of the classes, provided the member is enrolled in, and has completed the requirements of the unit. Example: Units 4-7 E. Unit 8 is now an advanced creative stamping. It is recommended that 1st year Juniors take Unit 1 intro to stamping before taking Unit 8. F. Definitions: 1. Carving is where you cut into the leather (usually swivel knife) as part of the design you are tooling. 2. Tooling is where you use impressions made from tools to form a design. 3. Solid color dying is where you dye the whole project the same color. For example, you tool a belt and then dye it all black, or you make a book cover and dye it all one color. 4. Color shading is where you use shades of color to make the design look more realistic. For example, you use darker and lighter shades of a color on a flower you have tooled to make it look realistic, or an animal figure of any kind. 5. Clear finish is a finish that has no color in it. For example, oil (no color added), leather finish spray or wipe on that has no color mixed in it.

UNIT 1 - INTRO TO LEATHERCRAFT & STAMPING Class Description 635 Unit 1 – Intro to Leathercraft & Stamping - Junior 636 Unit 1 – Intro to Leathercraft & Stamping - Intermediate 637 Unit 1 – Intro to Leathercraft & Stamping - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. Exhibit three (3) articles. Place the exhibit items on a board 12”x18”x1/8” or ¼” (preferable pegboard) to which itemsare attached by means of lacing or thread: One each from categories below: 1. One article or one set of articles on flat leather with no lacing or stitching, examplesbookmark, wrist bracelet, set of coasters. 2. One article with at least two pieces of leather that are sewed together with lace using a whip stitch or running stitch. Pre-cut kits or self-cut leather may be used. Examples: key case or knife sheath. - 129 -

3. One article with at least two pieces of leather that are sewed together with cord stitching. Use pre-cut kits with pre-punched holes. Example: coin purse. C. Apply a finish to complete your article. D. No carving, solid-color dyeing and/or color shading is permitted. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - BEGINNING LEATHER CARVING Class Description 638 Unit 2 – Beginning Leather Carving - Junior 639 Unit 2 – Beginning Leather Carving - Intermediate 640 Unit 2 – Beginning Leather Carving - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. Exhibit board 12" x 18" x 1/8" or 1/4" (preferably pegboard) to which item is attached by means of lacing or thread: 1. Three samples with labels showing: a. Use of swivel knife and camouflage tool. b. Steps shown in sample a as well as use of pear shader, beveller and veiner. c. Steps shown in samples a and b as well as use of seeder, back grounder and decorative cuts. Clear leather finish applied to sample c (optional for samples a and b). 2. Two completed articles using tools and skills studied in Units 1 and 2, which include lacing (at least one with double loop lacing). C. NO pictorial (relating to, composed of, or shown by pictures) carving. NO solid-color dyeing or shading is permitted. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - INTERMEDIATE LEATHER CARVING Class Description 641 Unit 3 – Intermediate Leather Carving - Junior 642 Unit 3 – Intermediate Leather Carving - Intermediate 643 Unit 3 – Intermediate Leather Carving - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. One completed carved article or set which includes at least one of the major skills: carved conventional design, inverted carving techniques, beginning dyeing, simple molding and shaping or hand-stitching. Background dyeing, antiquing and two-tone finishing can only be used in this unit. C. NO pictorial carving (framed pictures) or figure carving (realistic animal and human figures). - 130 -

D. NO solid-color dyeing or shading will be permitted. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - ADVANCED LEATHER CARVING Class Description 644 Unit 4 – Advanced Leather Carving - Junior 645 Unit 4 – Advanced Leather Carving - Intermediate 646 Unit 4 – Advanced Leather Carving - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. Any article or set, other than a picture, of either conventional or realistic design, demonstrating one or more of the major skills learned in this unit: figure carving, embossing or filigree work. Background dyeing, antiquing and two-tone finishing are optional in this unit. C. NO solid-color dyeing and color shading will be permitted. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 5 - COLORING AND SHADING Class Description 647 Unit 5 – Coloring and Shading - Junior 648 Unit 5 – Coloring and Shading - Intermediate 649 Unit 5 – Coloring and Shading - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. One completed article or matching set, other than a picture, which demonstrates advanced carving skills and which is colored by solid-color dyeing, block dyeing or shade dyeing. The design can be either conventional or realistic carving. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 6 - PICTORIAL CARVING Class Description 650 Unit 6 – Pictorial Carving - Junior 651 Unit 6 – Pictorial Carving - Intermediate 652 Unit 6 – Pictorial Carving - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. One framed or mounted carved leather picture (scene or portrait- not clocks) or a matching set, suitable for wall hanging. The article may be left natural color or it may be stained or colored according to any of the methods taught in previous units.

- 131 -

C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 7 - MAKING AND REBUILDING SADDLES Class Description 653 Unit 7 – Making and Rebuilding Saddles - Junior 654 Unit 7 – Making and Rebuilding Saddles - Intermediate 655 Unit 7 – Making and Rebuilding Saddles - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. One completed saddle. The leather may be either tooled or untooled and may be finished in any suitable fashion. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 8 - ADVANCED CREATIVE STAMPING Class Description 656 Unit 8 – Advanced Creative Stamping - Junior 657 Unit 8 – Advanced Creative Stamping - Intermediate 658 Unit 8 – Advanced Creative Stamping - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. One completed article or matching set using creative stamping. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 9 - BRAIDING AND UNTOOLED Class Description 659 Unit 9 – Braiding and Untooled - Junior 660 Unit 9 – Braiding and Untooled - Intermediate 661 Unit 9 – Braiding and Untooled - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. One article or matching set illustrating construction by lacing, braiding, expanding, sculpting, untooled leather construction or leather art technique. Exhibit must use non-tooled and nonsewn leather working techniques. (Minimum tooling required for effect is acceptable.) C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 132 -

UNIT 10 - SEWING LEATHER Class Description 662 Unit 10 – Sewing Leather - Junior 663 Unit 10 – Sewing Leather - Intermediate 664 Unit 10 – Sewing Leather - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. One completed article or garment made by sewing leather C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

PHOTOGRAPHY DIVISION 505 FOR ALL UNITS: A. For all units, submit photo material for the current unit being entered. Do not submit previous photos or records. B. In Levels 1-3 pictures can either be mounted on the journal pages or on card stock. C. Display photo may be up to 5” X 7” in size. The photo must be mounted on a mat and suitable for hanging without additional frame. No other mounted materials (i.e., glass, wood, plastic, metal, etc.) can be used. D. All photos in the notebook or manual should be 4”x6” unless otherwise indicated in the manual. If the photos do not fit on the page, add a page for the photo. E. Display photo will be used to display at state fair so be careful when picking your best photo. Notebooks will not be displayed. F. The maximum size for the matted only picture is no larger than 8” x 10” (no frame or glass). G. Binders/notebooks: Use a hardback, three-ring notebook up to 3 inches in size for all units. No posters or oversized books. Do not use plastic covers on any pages in any unit. All materials must fit within the notebook. Include all your photos and e-Record in the three-ring notebook. Additional pages can be added as needed to exhibit your photos. Notebooks will be judged, but will not be displayed. H. Videos must be appropriate for total family viewing. I. For photo exhibits in Levels 1-3 follow the tips on page 73 of the manuals. Photos can be mounted on the journal pages or on cardstock. Label format for Units 1-4: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Camera used Type of film Exposure details Journal page # (if using cardstock to mount pictures) Photo # (left to right and top to bottom) Subject Date Photo Taken

- 133 -

J. Label Format for Units 6-7: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Activity # Photo # Subject Date Photo Taken Notes

K. Unit 4 Lightning Photography is not limited to only lightning photos. Junior can exhibit photos taken at night: moon light photos, fireworks, night-time photos. Photos using long exposure and high speed can also be exhibited. Be sure to check out the requirements.

UNIT 1 - FOCUS ON PHOTOGRAPHY Class Description 665 Unit 1 – Focus on Photography Level - Junior 666 Unit 1 – Focus on Photography Level - Intermediate 667 Unit 1 – Focus on Photography - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. Include the following in your story: what camera you used this year (brand name, film size, etc.), how you stored your pictures and why you picked your Display Photo. (Also include photos of you working on your project in the eRecord photo page.) Completion of pages 4-7 in the manual. B. All photos must be labeled as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Camera used Type of film Exposure details Journal page #(if using card stock to mount pictures Photo # (left to right and top to bottom) Subject Date photo was taken

C. Level 1 photo exhibits will consist of the following Photo Journal pages from the manual (a minimum of 61 photos and maximum of 66 photos). Photos may be mounted on cardstock with reference to journal pages. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Photo Journal Page 7 – 1 photo (display photo) – will be displayed – must be matted Photo Journal Page 12 – 5 photos Photo Journal Page 16 – 6 photos Photo Journal Page 20 – 6 photos – 3 photos of outdoor scene taken different times (Explained in manual pg. 18); 3 photos of inside scene taken different times (explained in manual pg. 18) (minimum of 6 photos) Photo Journal Page 24 – 5 photos Photo Journal Page 28 – 4 photos Photo Journal Page 32 – 3 photos Photo Journal Page 36 – 3 photos Photo Journal Page 40 – 3 photos Photo Journal Page 44 – 3 to 5 photos Photo Journal Page 48 – 4 photos - 134 -

12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

Photo Journal Page 52 – 4 photos Photo Journal Page 56 – 3 photos Photo Journal Page 60 – 3 to 5 story format Photo Journal Page 64 – 3 to 5 photos Photo Journal Page 68 – 4 photos

D. Display photo may be up to 5” x 7” in size but not larger than 8” x 10” matted. This photo will be used for displaying and must be matted and ready to hang. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - CONTROLLING THE IMAGE Class Description 668 Unit 2 – Controlling the Image - Junior 669 Unit 2 – Controlling the Image - Intermediate 670 Unit 2 – Controlling the Image – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. Include the following in your story: what camera you used this year (brand name, film size, etc.), how you stored your pictures and why you picked your Best Photo picture. Also include photos of you working on your project in the e-Record photo page. B. All photos must be labeled as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

1. Camera used 2. Type of film 3. Exposure details 4. Journal page # (if using card stock to mount pictures) 5. Photo# (left to right and top to bottom) 6. Subject

A. 7. Date Photo Taken B. Complete pages 4-7 in the manual and place them in the three-ring notebook with your photos and e-Record. C. Level 2 photo exhibits will consist of the following Photo Journal pages in the manual. (A minimum of 48 photos - Note: This level is for cameras that can be adjusted for speed and lighting). Photos may be mounted on cardstock with reference to journal pages: 1. Photo Journal page 7 - 1 photo (Best Photo) this will be displayed and must be matted. 2. Photo Journal page 12 - 3 still subject with different aperture settings (explained in manual page 10); 3 moving subjects with different shutter speeds (explained in manual page 10) 3. Photo Journal page 16 - 6 photos 4. Photo Journal page 20 - 3 photos as explained in manual on page 18 5. Photo Journal page 24 - 2 photos with hard light and 2 photos with soft light 6. Photo Journal page 28 - 3 photos 7. Photo Journal page 32 - 3 photos 8. Photo Journal page 36 - 3 photos 9. Photo Journal page 40 - 3 photos - 135 -

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

Photo Journal page 44 - 3 to 5 photos Photo Journal page 48 - 1 photo Photo Journal page 52 - 3 to 4 photos Photo Journal page 56 - 2 photos Photo Journal page 60 - 3 photos Photo Journal page 64 - 3 photos Photo Journal page 68 - panorama

D. Display photo-may be up to 5” x 7” in size but not larger than 8” x 10” matted. This photo will be used for displaying and must be matted and ready to hang. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - MASTERING PHOTOGRAPHY Class Description 671 Unit 3 – Mastering Photography - Junior 672 Unit 3 – Mastering Photography - Intermediate 673 Unit 3 – Mastering Photography - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. Include the following in your story: what camera you used this year (brand name, film size, etc.), how you stored your negatives/discs and why you picked your Best Photo picture. Also include photos of you working on your project in the e-Record photo page. Completion of pages 4-7 in the manual. B. All photos must be labeled as follows: 1. Camera used 2. Type of film 3. Exposure details 4. Journal page # (if using card stock to mount pictures) 5. Photo# (left to right and top to bottom) 6. Subject 7. Date Photo Taken C. Complete pages 4-7 in the manual and place them in the three-ring notebook with your photos and E-Record. D. Level 3 photo exhibits will consist of the following Photo Journal pages in the manual (a minimum of 48 photos). Photos may be mounted on cardstock with reference to journal pages: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Photo Journal page 7 - 1 photo (Best Photo) – this will be displayed – must be matted. Photo Journal page 12 - 3 photos Photo Journal page 16 - 3 photos Photo Journal page 20 - 3 photos Photo Journal page 24 - 2 photos Photo Journal page 28 - 3 photos Photo Journal page 32 - 2 photos Photo Journal page 36 - 4 photos Photo Journal page 40 - 4 photos Photo Journal page 44 - 6 photos - 136 -

11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

Photo Journal page 48 - 4 photos Photo Journal page 52 - 4 photos Photo Journal page 56 - 3 photos Photo Journal page 60 - 3 to 5 photos Photo Journal page 64 - Brochure--is not included in total photo count Photo Journal page 68 - 3 photos

E. Display photo-may be up to 5” x 7” in size but not larger than 8” x 10” matted. This photo will be used for displaying and must be matted and ready to hang. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - LIGHTNING PHOTOGRAPHY Class Description 674 Unit 4 – Lightning Photography - Junior 675 Unit 4 – Lightning Photography - Intermediate 676 Unit 4 – Lightning Photography - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a secure binder with emphasis on accomplishments in your story. Include photos in the e-Record photo page of you working on your project. B. All photos must be labeled as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Camera used Type of film Exposure details Photo# (left to right and top to bottom) Subject Date Photo Taken

C. Three 5” x 7” photo mounted on a mat and suitable for hanging without additional frame. No other mounted materials (i.e. glass, wood, plastic, metal, etc.) can be used. D. These three photos can be taken from any of these categories: lighting, night-time, fireworks, moon-light, long exposure and high speed photos. For example: 2 lightning photos and one moon-light photo; or one lightning, one fireworks, one long exposure, and so on. Any combination can be done. E. Maximum size for the matted picture cannot be larger than 8” x 10”. F. Attached to the back of the submitted print should be: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Name County Date, time and location of photo Make and model of camera used Shutter speed and aperture setting ASA film speed (for film cameras) or ISO resolution setting (for digital cameras)

G. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent). - 137 -

UNIT 6 - ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY Class Description 677 Unit 6 – Advanced Photography - Junior 678 Unit 6 – Advanced Photography - Intermediate 679 Unit 6 – Advanced Photography - Senior This unit is for those 4-H members who have advanced photography experiences (i.e. creative darkroom work, publishing, careers, etc.). Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Photography Unit 6 e-Record with emphasis on accomplishments in your story. Include photos in the e-Record of you working on your project. B. All photos must be labeled as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Activity# Photo # Subject Date Photo Taken Note

C. Include the following information on the Specific Information Page in the Photography Unit 6 eRecord: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Goals Plans Accomplishments Evaluation

D. Photos should show your progress and be labeled as successful or not, plus reasons. E. Notebook which illustrates achievements. F. Display photo-may be up to 5” x 7” in size but not larger than 8” x 10” matted. This photo will be used for displaying and must be matted. G. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the content in the written statement and completion of e-Record (25 percent) and quality of content in the notebook (75 percent).

UNIT 7 - FILMMAKING Class Description 680 Filmmaking - Junior 681 Filmmaking - Intermediate 682 Filmmaking – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and photography notebook/binder including story board. B. Video as required (3-5 minute limitation). The video should be DVD media only and ready for viewing. Also the video must be appropriate for family viewing. Be sure that the DVD can be viewed on various computer operating systems (ex: Windows, Mac, OS-X, etc.). C. DVD must be labeled as follows: 1. Activity# - 138 -

2. 3. 4. 5.

Media used Subject Date of Film Notes

D. For more information on displays and projects: http://www.colorado4h.org/project_resources/StateFairExhibitReq.pdf - look under Display Hints and Tips and Project Tips. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

SCRAPBOOKING DIVISION 508 ONE SCRAPBOOKING PAGE Class Description 683 One Scrapbooking Page - Junior 684 One Scrapbooking Page - Intermediate 685 One Scrapbooking Page – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One page layout scrapbook page 8 ½” x 11” or 12” x 12”. One page designed using techniques learned to create a page that is pleasing to the eye, items are not cluttered and colors are appropriate to subject matter. 1. Senior Project on page 32 of manual. Place information in the e-Record on the Specific Information Page. C. Journaling and titling must be included on the one page. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

TWO PAGE LAYOUT Class Description 686 Two Page Layout - Junior 687 Two Page Layout - Intermediate 688 Two Page Layout – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. B. Designated two page layout scrapbook page 8 ½” x 11” or 12” x 12”. Formatted to go together in a set (a two-page spread) that is coordinated and follows a theme with good logical order. 1. Senior Project on page 32 of manual. Place information in the e-Record on the Specific Information Page. C. Journaling and titling must be included on the tow page layout. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent). - 139 -

SCRAPBOOK ALBUM Class Description 689 Scrapbook Album - Junior 690 Scrapbook Album - Intermediate 691 Scrapbook Album – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a secure binder. Mark the pages where the techniques are located so the judge can easily find them. (For example: place sticky notes on the pages.) B. The following techniques should be included in the scrapbook album. Be sure to indicate where the techniques are in the front album. 1. A minimum of 8 (front and back) for a total of 16 pages. 2. Pages are exhibited between a front and back hard cover in protective sleeves. Memorabilia should be encased in a protective sleeve – Archival Safe. 3. Senior Project on page 32 of manual. Place information in the E-Record on the Specific Information Page. C. Mark the pages where the techniques are located so the judge can easily find them. (For example: number the pages in your album). D. Activity sheets 1, 2 and 3 in page protectors in the back of the album. Activities will be discussed during interview. E. Journaling: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Correct spelling Who, What, Why, Where and How – description I the album. Titling At least one hand written journal entry must be included in the album.

F. Scrapbook Album must include the following techniques according to age. Album should follow a theme and be in good logical order. Be sure to list where the techniques are located in the book in the front of the album. G. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent). Techniques 1 2 3 4 Techniques 1 2 3 4

Juniors Stickers or Die Cuts Cutting Tearing (2) Enlarged Photos (minimum size is 5” X 7”) Intermediate Stickers or Die Cuts Cutting Tearing Craft Punch - 140 -

Techniques 5 6 7 8 Techniques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Intermediate (2) Enlarged Photos (minimum size is 5” X 7”) Inking/Stamping Memorabilia Buttons Senior Stickers or Die Cuts Cutting Tearing (2) Enlarged Photos (minimum size is 5” X 7”) Inking/Stamping Border techniques Fibers Buttons or Beads Eyelets and Brads Sewing Craft Punches Chipboard Rub-ons or embossing Memorabilia

SCRAPBOOK CARD MAKING (FOR INTERMEDIATE AND SENIORS ONLY) Class 692 693

Description Scrapbook Card Making - Intermediate Scrapbook Card Making – Senior

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Set of 4 different hand-made cards following a theme with a maximum size of 4”x6” per card displayed on a 12’ x 12’ board. C. No commercial based cards can be used. D. Four techniques are required. Pick from the following list: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Inking Stamping Fibers Buttons or beads/eyelets or brads Tearing Embossing Dimensional design Craft punch Rub-ons

- 141 -

E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent). Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder.

WOODWORKING DIVISION 506 FOR ALL UNITS: A. Units 1, 2 and 3 in Woodworking have very specific restrictions on the tools used in building an article to display. This is done for reasons of safety and to provide a fair comparison among projects in a unit. An exhibit which shows evidence of not following these restrictions will not be ranked in the top-ten placing. B. In making all placing, judges will consider straightness, accuracy and smoothness of saw cuts, the difficulty and preciseness of joints, the skill employed in the use of nails, screws, gluing and other hardware, freedom from tool or sandpaper marks, appropriate finish evenly applied, article attractiveness, proportions and use of proper wood for the intended use; ability to follow instructions; quality of workmanship; and completeness of e-Record. Always use proper safety gear. C. For large exhibits-like beds-please bring only the head and foot boards. No rails. D. Please notify the State 4-H Office if exhibit is oversized.

UNIT 1 - MEASURING UP Class Description 694 Unit 1 – Measuring Up - Junior 695 Unit 1 – Measuring Up - Intermediate 696 Unit 1 – Measuring Up – Senior A. In Unit 1, the only tools used are hand tools. Articles made with tools other than hand tools will not be ranked in the top-ten placing.

UNIT 2 - MAKING THE CUT Class Description 697 Unit 2 – Making the Cut - Junior 698 Unit 2 – Making the Cut - Intermediate 699 Unit 2 – Making the Cut – Senior A. In Unit 2, the only tools used are hand tools, power hand drill, miter box (non-powered), oscillating (pad) sander and jigsaw. Articles made with power tools other than those listed will not be ranked in the top-ten placing.

UNIT 3 - NAILING IT TOGETHER Class Description 700 Unit 3 – Nailing it Together - Junior 702 Unit 3 – Nailing it Together - Intermediate 702 Unit 3 – Nailing it Together – Senior A. In Unit 3, the only tools used are: hand tools, power hand drill, miter box, jigsaw, scroll saw, power sanders, table saw, drill press, band saw, rabbet plane, jointer and router. Articles made with power tools other than those listed will not be ranked in the top-ten placing. - 142 -

UNIT 4 - FINISHING UP Class Description 703 Unit 4 – Finishing Up - Junior 704 Unit 4 – Finishing Up - Intermediate 705 Unit 4 – Finishing Up – Senior A. In Unit 4, tools used are all tools mentioned in Units 1-3, and circular saw, radial arm saw, planer, wood lathe, chop saw and other power tools needed to complete Unit 4 projects. All Units: Exhibits will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Woodworking e-Record with the plans used for making the article (tell if the plan was your own, manual or other) presented in a secure binder. B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information page in the Woodworking e-Record: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Plan source used (your own, manual or other) Kind of wood used Names of joints and fasteners used A drawing or other copy of a plan for the article exhibited:

a. b. c. d.

Dimensions List of materials used A description of any changes in the article’s specifications Reason for the changes

5. List of all articles made C. Any one article constructed by the exhibitor using the skills learned in the respective unit. D. The drawing or plan itself will not be judged. It is only for the judge's use in judging the article exhibited. If the drawing is missing, the exhibit will not be ranked in the top-ten placing.) E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

VISUAL ARTS DIVISION 507 FOR ALL UNITS: F. There is no limit for years of participation in a unit. G. “Ready to hang” for pictures means—wire secured and heavy enough to hold the picture. NO TAPE!! H. The Visual Arts project has two manuals, Portfolio Pathways and Sketchbook Crossroads. I. Portfolio Pathways has three chapters: Chapter 1-Painting, Chapter 2-Printing and Chapter 3Graphic Design. J. Sketchbook Crossroads has three chapters: Chapter 1-Drawing; Chapter 2-Fiber Arts and Chapter 3-Sculpture.

- 143 -

PORTFOLIO PATHWAYS, PAINTINGS & PRINTING Class 706 707 708 709 710 711

Description Portfolio Pathways, Paintings & Printing - Junior Portfolio Pathways, Paintings & Printing - Intermediate Portfolio Pathways, Paintings & Printing – Senior Portfolio Pathways, Graphic Design – Junior Portfolio Pathways, Graphic Design – Intermediate Portfolio Pathways Graphic Design - Senior

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record in a secure binder. B. Complete a minimum of two art techniques listed under the media of Painting, Printing or Graphic Design. Provide pictures of all completed art techniques on the Specific Project Information page in the e-Record. (Art techniques for painting: acrylics, watercolors, abstracts, sand painting, self-portrait, action painting, oil painting with impasto, scumbling and perspective and encaustic painting.) See manual for printing and graphic-design techniques. C. Explain in your story what you learned. D. Exhibit--display your best art design. Oil paintings and acrylic paintings should be no larger than 16” x 24” frame and ready to hang (no frame should be used). Watercolor paintings should use small matte and be framed with glass. The framed watercolor should not be larger than 16"x 24”. E. Graphic Design exhibit can be a logo or a self -portrait, a blog, advertisement, website, CD or DVD label, optical illusion, or a notebook of your graphic designs, etc. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

SKETCH CROSSROADS – DRAWING, FIBER AD SCULPTURE Class Description 712 Sketch Crossroads – Junior 713 Sketch Crossroads – Intermediate 714 Sketch Crossroads – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Complete a minimum of two art techniques listed under the media of Drawing, Fiber and Sculpture. Provide pictures of all the completed art techniques on the Specific Project Information page in the e-Record. (Art techniques for drawing: continuous and contour, shading, perspective, paper choices, colored pencils, pen and ink, calligraphy and cartooning.) See manual for fiber and sculpture techniques. C. Explain in your story what you learned. D. Exhibit--display your best art design or sculpture. Framed drawings shall be no larger than 16"x 24" including the frame and ready to hang. Fiber art should be framed and ready to hang and no larger than 16” x 24”.

- 144 -

E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

IV. CONTESTS DIVISIONS COLORADO 4-H PHOTO CONTEST DIVISION 714 The photos for this contest will come in with the other exhibits on Exhibit Day, but must be preentered. Class 389 390 391

Description Best Photo Contest – Junior Best Photo Contest – Intermediate Best Photo Contest – Senior

The Best Photo Contest is open to any 4-H member. (Does not have to be enrolled in Photography) No e-Record is required. Submitted pictures must be taken in Colorado to be eligible for the contest. A. The picture must be a 5”x7” print. B. The photo must be mounted on a mat and suitable for hanging without additional frame. No other mounted materials (i.e. foam core, glass, wood, plastic, metal, etc.) can be used. C. The maximum size for the matted only picture is no larger than 8”x10” (no frame or glass). D. The photo must be labeled on the back with: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Name County Date, time and location of photo Make and model of camera used ASA film speed (for film cameras) or ISO resolution setting (for digital cameras)

E. The Grand and Reserve Grand Champion photos will be taken to State 4-H Office and a screen saver will be made. Once the screen saver is made the photos will be returned. F. Photos will be judged according to the following criteria: 1. Composition/Presentation 2. Focus/Sharpness 3. Lighting 4. Creativity

ROBOTICS CHALLENGE DIVISION A. Dates will be determined depending on the County 4-H member interest. Interested individuals must contact the 4-H Extension Office in writing by June 12th to validate their participation in this contest. If enough interest for a contest exists a local contest will be administered. B. Competition will be based on the type of platform used: LEGO NXT, Tetrix, Vex, FIRST Robotics Kit, etc. C. The 2014 challenge will use the LEGO NXT platform. County robotics winners with other platforms (Textrix, Vex, FIRST, Robotics) are encouraged to participate in the Robotics Showcase. D. Each year the tournament board will change. - 145 -

E. Requirements: 1. Completed team notebook: including all the modules completed by team for the level completed. 2. Completed e-Record: each individual team member will need to complete an e-Record. 3. Each county can bring one (I) junior team and one (1) senior team. Class Description 470 Junior Team 8-13 471 Senior Team Remember that if your team is made up of a mixture—juniors and seniors, they must compete at the senior level.

- 146 -

V. COUNTY PROJECTS (NOT ALL COUNTY PROJECTS GO ON TO STATE FAIR) POCKET PETS DIVISION 700 Class Description 001 Junior 002 Intermediate 003 Senior A. Examples of pocket pets are gerbils, mice, rats, hamsters, snakes, etc. B. Create a display board showing something you learned in your project this year. C. Complete a 4-H Pet Animal e-Record book. D. Optional: Bring your caged 4-H Pocket Pet with you to your interview to share with the judge for demonstration only.

SELF DETERMINED DIVISION 700 Class Description 013 Junior 014 Intermediate 015 Senior A. Please list project (i.e. swimming, jewelry, etc.). B. Project must be accompanied by a completed 4-H e-Record.

DISCOVERING 4-H DIVISION 700 Class Description 016 Junior 017 Intermediate 018 Senior A. One completed treasures of 4-H workbook. B. A display item demonstrating knowledge learned during this project. (Standardized display board, portfolio, any other item). C. Project must be accompanied by a completed 4-H E-Record.

- 147 -

JUNIOR FASHION REVIEW DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 6 Entries per Exhibitor: Entries & Commentaries Due: July 8 Judging: July 28, 2pm Kimra Douglas

Fashion Workshop: Public Show:

July 28, 3:30pm July 28, 6pm

Superintendent

KIRK HALL I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements. B. Grand Champion and Reserve Champion awards will be given to the top models in both Junior and Senior Divisions. The Grand Champion and Reserve Champion Senior will represent Douglas County at the State Fair Fashion Revue Competition. C. Classes may be combined if the number of entries in any individual class does not warrant a separate class. The superintendent may place entries into appropriate classes as necessary. D. Fashion Workshops times are approximate – Fashion Workshops will begin following completion of Judging.

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Cloverbud members are only allowed for participation. B. Participants must be present for Judging and Public Show to be eligible for awards. Workshop participation is highly encouraged. C. Members enrolled in clothing construction, (exception: Sewing for Others) Decorate your Duds, Creative Sewing, Heritage Arts, Recycled Clothing and Leathercraft are eligible to participate. Age categories: Jr. 8-13 and Sr. 14-18. D. Participants model wearable garments they have made for themselves in the above 4-H projects.

III. PREMIUMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2.25, 3rd-$1.75, 4th-$1.50 B. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards.

- 148 -

IV. DIVISIONS JUNIOR DIVISION – 6 UNIT 1 – BEGINNING CLOTHING Class 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Description Beginning Clothing – Unit 1 – 8-13 Beginning Clothing – Unit 1 – 14-18 Beginning Clothing – Unit 2 – 8-13 Beginning Clothing – Unit 2 – 14-18 Beginning Clothing – Unit 3 – 8-13 Beginning Clothing – Unit 4 – 14-18 Beginning Clothing – Unit 4 – 8-13 Beginning Clothing – Unit 4 – 14-18 Decorate Your Duds – 8-13 Decorate Your Duds – 14-18 Clothing, Cotton & Cotton-Like – Unit 21 – 11-13 Clothing – Cotton & Cotton-Like Unit 21 – 14-18 Clothing – Synthetics & Rayon – Unit 22 – 11-13 Clothing – Synthetics & Rayon – Unit 22 – 14-18 Clothing – Wool/Wool Blend – Unit 23 – 11-13 Clothing – Wool/Wool Blend – Unit 23 – 14-18 Clothing – Silk/Silk-like – Unit 24 – 11-13 Clothing – Silk/Silk-like – Unit 24 – 14-18 Clothing – Leather/Leather Techniques – Unit 25 – 11-13 Clothing – Leather/Leather Techniques – Unit 25 – 14-18 Clothing – Fur & Fur Technique – Unit 26 – 11-13 Clothing – Fur & Fur Technique – Unit 26 – 14-18 Linen, Ramie & Hemp – Unit 27 – 11-13 Linen, Ramie & Hemp – Unit 27 – 14-18 Specialty Fabrics – Unit 28 – 11-13 Specialty Fabrics – Unit 28 – 14-18 Creative Sewing – Costumes – Unit 5 – 8-13 Creative Sewing – Costumes – Unit 5 – 14-18 Creative Sewing – All Other– Unit 5 – 8-13 Creative Sewing – All Other– Unit 5 – 14-18 Create Your Own – Unit 7 – 11-13 Create Your Own – Unit 7 – 14-18 Sewing For Others – Unit 7 – 8-13 Sewing For Others – Unit 7 – 14-18 Recycled Clothing – Unit 8 – 8-13 Recycled Clothing – Unit 8 – 14-18 Style of Your Own – Unit 8 – 11-13 Style of Your Own – Unit 9 – 14-18 Heritage Arts – Crochet – 8-13 Heritage Arts – Crochet – 14-18 Heritage Arts – Knitting – 8-13 Heritage Arts – Knitting – 14-18 - 149 -

Class 43 44 45 46 47 48

Description Heritage Arts – Quilting – 8-13 Heritage Arts – Quilting – 14-18 Heritage Arts – Weaving – 8-13 Heritage Arts – Weaving – 14-18 Leathercraft – 8-13 Leathercraft – 14-18

- 150 -

JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS RECORD BOOKS

4-H RECORD BOOKS DIVISION 800 E-RECORD BOOK

E-Records available online at www.douglascountyextension.org All 4-H members must turn in a completed e-Record and score a minimum of 50% of the total points possible on their e-Record book by the published deadline in order to complete the project. Any 4-H’er not in compliance of these rules will not be allowed to compete at the Douglas County Fair. Therefore, they are not a Member in Good Standing in that particular project and will be ineligible for the Colorado State Fair. Junior must use binders/notebooks that keep the pages securely inside. You MAY NOT use slider-type binders. We prefer you use binders with prongs or the 4-H record book cover. Unless stated specifically in your project we prefer that you don’t use 3-ring binders as they consume a lot of space and are difficult to transport. Ribbons: Blue / Red / White Quality Awards Class 001 002 003 013 014 015 028 029 030

Description Junior Livestock Intermediate Livestock Senior Livestock Llama/Alpaca Junior Llama/Alpaca Intermediate Llama/Alpaca Senior Rabbit Non-Production Junior Rabbit Non-Production Intermediate Rabbit Non-Production Senior

Class 004 005 006 019 020 021

Description Dog Junior Dog Intermediate Dog Senior Rabbit Production Junior Rabbit Production Intermediate Rabbit Production Senior

Ribbons: 1st – 5th Place and Blue / Red / White Quality Awards Class Description 010 Horse Junior 011 Horse Intermediate 012 Horse Senior

FFA RECORD BOOKS DIVISION 850 All FFA members must turn in an up-to-date record book and score a minimum of 50% of the total points possible on their record book by the published deadline in order to complete the project. Any FFA member not in compliance of these rules will not be allowed to compete at the Douglas County Fair. Therefore, they are not a Member in Good Standing in that particular project and will be ineligible for the Colorado State Fair. Ribbons: Blue / Red / White Work Awards Class Description 001 Freshman Livestock 002 Sophomore Livestock

Class Description 003 Junior Livestock 004 Senior Livestock

- 151 -

JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS CONSUMER SCIENCES DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT 6 Entries Due: July 8 Interview Judging: August 2, 9am Darlene Neel Sylvia Worcester

Release: August, 10 – 4pm Co-Superintendent Co-Superintendent

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Projects Competition Requirements & Regulations and any special Department, Division, Class or Unit Competition Requirement or Regulation. B. All “Project Only” exhibits (those not interviewing) must be turned in by 9:00 a.m. on Exhibit Day. C. Open to regularly enrolled Douglas County 4-H Consumer Science projects. D. E-Records are due on Exhibit Day along with exhibit. Hand written or typed pages are allowed. E. Wool garments may be checked out two (2) hours prior to Sheep Lead Contest and must be returned one (1) hour after conclusion of contest. F. Exhibits that do not meet all exhibit requirements will be awarded a white ribbon.

II. PREMIUMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$2, 2nd-$1.50, 3rd-$1.25, 4th-$1 2. FASHION REVUE PREMIUMS: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2.25, 3rd-$1.75, 4th-$1.50 3. SPECIAL AWARDS ALSO GIVEN.

- 152 -

JUNIOR DIVISION CAKE DECORATING CAKE DECORATING DIVISION 601 FOR ALL UNITS: A. Cake should be placed on a very firm, disposable surface, cut parallel to the shape of the cake and must be 1 ½ “ on each side from the base of the border, not the cake. The surface should be covered. Freezer paper is not advised because it absorbs grease. The cake board must be covered with a food safe material –such as aluminum foil. If you use a decorative or gift wrap paper or fabric, it must be covered in food quality plastic wrap. B. It is recommended that members learn the basic cake decorating skills included in Units 1-3 before taking any of the more advanced units. Junior may then select the unit which includes the skills they wish to learn. Units 4-6 do not have to be taken in order as numbered and are for Jr., Int. and Seniors. Units 7-9 do not have to be taken in order as numbered and for Intermediates and Seniors. Units 10-12 are for Senior members only. C. Real cakes are required for Units 1-6. Cake forms are preferred for Units 7-10, as they hold up better under state fair conditions. D. No non-edible material can be used in units 1-6. E. Lower Units (1-3) in Cake Decorating should not use Royal Icing or Rolled Fondant as the base frosting. Fondant may be used only for decorations on cakes in Unit 1. No Fondant can be used in Units 2 and 3. Only required tip work can be used in Units 2 and 3. F. Exhibit requiring over 2’x2’ exhibit area must be checked with the superintendent. G. Cakes will not be cut for judging. H. Real cakes are required for all four required cakes and cupcake batter in units 1-6. At least 2 of the cakes need to be real in Units 7-10. Also for Unit 8, 3 of the 5 cakes are required to be totally covered with fondant. I. Unit 11 is molds and three molds are required plus the exhibit mold for a total of 4. J. Unit 12—75 percent of the judging will be on the notebook. K. All cakes require a bottom border...

UNIT 1 - EDIBLE CAKE DECORATING Class Description 800 Unit 1 – Edible Cake Decorating – Junior 801 Unit 1 – Edible Cake Decorating – Intermediate 802 Unit 1 – Edible Cake Decorating – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required cakes plus the exhibit cake (TOTAL OF 5) (All 5 cakes must be real): 1. Occasion for use - 153 -

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Real cake Size or shape Techniques used Edible materials used Cost to buy similar cake Any problems you had

C. Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake on the expense page in the e-Record. D. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the e-Record photo page. E. One decorated single layer real cake (8” or 9” round or square or 9” x 13” rectangle cake) using only edible materials for example: candies, pretzels, and coconut should be used to create a design. A real cake, no cake forms, should be used for exhibit in Unit 1. No decorator tips are allowed in this unit. Fondant may be used for decorations only on the cake. One fourth of the top of the cake should be visible to show smooth base. No non-edible material can be used in Units 1-6. F. Bottom base border required. G. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - SINGLE LAYERED CAKE Class Description 803 Unit 2 – Single Layered Cake – Junior 804 Unit 2 – Single Layered Cake – Intermediate 805 Unit 2 – Single Layered Cake – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required cakesplus the exhibit cake (TOTAL of 5) (All 5 cakes must be real cakes): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Occasion for use Real Cakes Size or Shape Techniques used Tips used and where Cost to buy similar cake Any problems you had

C. Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake on the expense page in the e-Record. D. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. E. One decorated single layered real cake (8” or 9” round or square or 9” x 13”) using a leaf tip, star tip and writing tip. One fourth of the top of cake should be visible to show smooth base. (No Fondant or royal icing may be used as icing or decorations on the cake.) Do not use flowers made on a flower nail or materials other than frosting in decorations. No cake forms can be used. - 154 -

F. Bottom base border is required. G. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - TWO LAYERED CAKE Class Description 806 Unit 3 – Two Layered Cake – Junior 807 Unit 3 – Two Layered Cake – Intermediate 808 Unit 3 – Two Layered Cake – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required cakes plus the exhibit (TOTAL OF 5) (All 5 cakes must be real cakes): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Occasion for use Size or shape Real cakes Techniques used Tips used and where Cost to buy similar cake Any problems you had

C. Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake on the expense page in the e-Record. D. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the e-Record photo page. E. One decorated two-layered real cake (8” or 9” round or square) using three to five different types of tips in decorating. You must use the writing, star, and leaf tips, but may also use other tips, if you choose. You will also use a side border and figure piping on the cake. Spatula and brush striping are optional. One fourth of the top of cake should be visible to show smooth base. Do not use flowers made on a flower nail or materials other than frosting. No fondant or royal icing may be used as icing or decorations on the cake. Only required tip work can be used in Unit 3. No non-edible material can be used in units 1-6. F. Figure piping required on Exhibit cake and on at least two practice cakes. G. Side border required on Exhibit cake and on at least two practice cakes. H. Bottom base border required. I. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - CHARACTER CAKES Class Description 809 Unit 4 – Character Cakes – Junior 810 Unit 4 – Character Cakes – Intermediate 811 Unit 4 – Character Cakes – Senior - 155 -

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required character cakes plus the exhibit (TOTAL of 5, All 5 characters cakes must be real cakes): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Occasion for use Shape Real character cakes Techniques used Tips used and where Cost to buy similar cake Any problems you had

C. Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake in the expense page in the e-Record. D. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. E. One decorated character cake (an entire cake which resembles the shape of a character or object made without cutting, other than a classic square, round, oblong, heart, hexagon, oval or petal cake shape). Three-dimensional cakes are acceptable. The cake is to be primarily decorated with the star tip or other tips appropriate to the design. No non-edible material can be used in units 1-6. F. Bottom base border required. G. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent)

UNIT 5 - THEMED CUPCAKES Class Description 812 Unit 5 – Cake Decorating – Junior 813 Unit 5 – Cake Decorating – Intermediate 814 Unit 5 – Cake Decorating – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required cakes plus the exhibit (TOTAL of 5) (All 5 cakes must be real cakes): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Occasion for use Size or shape Real cake Techniques used Tips used and where Cost to buy similar cake Any problems you had

C. Be sure to put the cost of your four cupcake batches and exhibit cupcake on the expense page in the e-Record. - 156 -

D. Include photos or drawings of the four required batches in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. E. A minimum of 3 and a maximum of 6 regular size (2 ¾ inches) cupcakes in liners. Cupcakes should be decorated using frosting and edible materials. Fondant and royal icing can be used only for decorations. Cupcakes should be of a similar theme (themed cupcakes mean that there is a central idea between all the cupcakes; example: animal theme, flower theme; Disney characters cupcakes do not have to be all the same). Place each decorated cupcake in a disposable 6-cup muffin tin that is labeled with the Exhibitor name and county. No non-edible materials can be used. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 5 - STACKED CUPCAKES Class Description 815 Unit 5 – Cake Decorating – Junior 816 Unit 5 – Cake Decorating – Intermediate 817 Unit 5 – Cake Decorating – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required batches of cupcakes, plus the exhibit cupcakes, for a minimum of five baking and decorating experiences (TOTAL OF 5): 1. Occasion for use 2. Size or shape 3. Four batches of cupcakes 4. Techniques used 5. Tips used and where 6. Edible materials used 7. Cost to buy similar cake 8. Any problems you had C. Include photos or drawings of the four required batches of cupcakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. Stacking Cupcakes: A minimum of 4 and a maximum of 8 cupcakes creating one design on them where cupcakes are stacked on top of each other and decorated. (Experiment with using mini cupcakes and regular sized cupcakes when stacking) Non-visible supports can be used to hold stacked cupcakes. Cupcakes are decorated using frosting and edible materials. Fondant and royal icing can be used for decorations only. Cupcakes (at least 2 and not more than 4 stacked cupcakes) should be secured to a sturdy board (secured with frosting) for display. Board size should be appropriate to design (use guideline for cakes). No non-edible materials can be used. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e- Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).)

- 157 -

UNIT 5 - CHARACTER CUPCAKES Class Description 818 Unit 5 – Cake Decorating – Junior 819 Unit 5 – Cake Decorating – Intermediate 820 Unit 5 – Cake Decorating – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required batches of cupcakes, plus the exhibit cupcakes (TOTAL OF 5): 1. Occasion for use 2. Size or shape 3. Four batches of cupcakes 4. Techniques used 5. Tips used and where 6. Edible materials used 7. Cost to buy similar cake 8. Any problems you had C. Include photos or drawings of the four required batches of cupcakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. Character Cupcakes are multiple individually decorated cupcakes that come together to create the character, for example: cupcakes that create an alligator or scarecrow etc.). Cupcakes are decorated using frosting and edible materials. Fondant and royal icing can be used only for decorations. The character must be displayed on one cake board with a maximum size of 9” x 13”. No non-edible materials can be used. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 6 - CUT-UP CAKES Class Description 821 Unit 6 – Cut-Up Cakes – Junior 822 Unit 6 – Cut-Up Cakes – Intermediate 823 Unit 6 – Cut-Up Cakes – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required cut-up cakes plus the exhibit cake (TOTAL OF 5) (All 5 cut-up cakes must be real cakes): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Occasion for use Size or shape Real cut-up cakes Techniques used Tips used and where Edible materials used Cost to buy similar cake - 158 -

8. Any problems you had C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. Patterns or diagrams for all required cakes must be included in e-record. D. One decorated cut-up cake using three different types of decorator tips (not different sizes of the same tips). (Edible materials may also be used non-edible materials cannot be used to decorate.) Cake board must be cut parallel to the shape of the cake and not exceed 2’x2’ maximum limit. Non-edible materials can be used. E. Bottom base border required. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 7 - FLAT SURFACE AND NAIL FLOWERS Class Description 824 Unit 7 – Flat Surface and Nail Flowers – Intermediate 825 Unit 7 – Flat Surface and Nail Flowers – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required cakes plus the exhibit cake (TOTAL OF 5) (At least 2 of the 4 must be real cakes): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Occasion for use Size or shape Cake or cake form (at least 2 real cakes) Techniques used Tips used and where Cost to buy similar cake Any problems you had

C. Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake on the expense page in the e-Record. D. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the e-Record photo page. E. One two-layer 8, 9, or 10-inch cake or cake form using a minimum of: one flat surface flower, one flower made on a flat flower nail, one border and one side trim learned in this unit. No fondant. F. Side trim is required. G. Bottom base border required. H. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 159 -

UNIT 8 - FONDANT Class Description 826 Unit 8 – Fondant – Intermediate 827 Unit 8 – Fondant – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four cakes plus the exhibit (TOTAL OF 5) (At least 2 of the 4 must be real cakes and 3 of the 5 covered with fondant) Exhibit cake must be covered with fondant: 1. Occasion for use 2. Size or shape 3. Cake or cake form (at least 2 real and 3 of the 5 covered with fondant) Exhibit cake must be covered with fondant. 4. Techniques used 5. Tips used and where 6. Cost to buy similar cake 7. Any problems you had C. Be sure to put the cost of your four molded items and exhibit cake on the expense page in the e-Record. D. Include photos or drawings of the four required molded items in addition to photos of you working on your project in the e-Record photo page. E. One decorated two layer cake or cake form 8”, 9” or 10” round or square covered in fondant and decorated using skills learned from Units 3-7 and fondant and gum paste decorations. F. Bottom base border required. G. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 9 - LILY NAIL FLOWERS Class Description 828 Unit 9 – Lily Nail Flowers – Intermediate 829 Unit 9 – Lily Nail Flowers – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record with emphasis on your accomplishments in the story presented in a secure binder (see E-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required cakes, plus the exhibit cake (TOTAL of 5) (At least 2 of the 4 cakes must be real: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Occasion for use Size or shape Cake or cake form (at least 2 real cakes) Techniques used Tips used and where - 160 -

6. Cost to buy similar cake 7. Any problems you had C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One decorated two-layer 8”, 9”, or 10” cake or cake form using an example of string work and a flower made on a lily flower nail. E. String work required. Writing is not string work. F. Bottom base border is required. G. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 10 – TIERED CAKES SENIORS ONLY Class Description 830 Unit 9 – Tiered Cakes – Seniors Only Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the three required cakes plus the exhibit cake (TOTAL of 4) (At least 2 of the 4 must be real cakes). Forms are preferred for the exhibited cake: 1. Occasion for use 2. Size or shape 3. Cake or cake form (at least 2 real cakes) 4. Techniques used 5. Tips used and where 6. Cost to buy similar cake 7. Any problems you had C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One decorated cake or cake form of three or more tiers of graduated sizes, using supports. Separator plates and pillars may be used, but are not required. E. Bottom base border is required. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 11 – MOLDS - SENIORS ONLY Class Description 831 Unit 11 – Molds – Seniors Only] Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the three required molded items plus the exhibit item. Mold and shape at least three different edible materials (fondant, gum paste, molding chocolate, candy melts, etc.) - 161 -

1. Occasion for use 2. Molding materials (at least three different molding or shaping materials) 3. Molds used (mold at least three different edible molds) 4. Techniques used 5. Tips used and where 6. Edible materials other than molding 7. Cost of materials 8. Any problems you had C. Include photos or drawings of the three molded items in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One molded or shaped object may be on a decorated cake, a cake form or an independent display in a case (no larger than 10 inches) to protect the item from harm. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 12 – CREATE YOUR OWN - SENIORS ONLY Class Description 832 Unit 11 – Create Your Own – Seniors Only Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. A detailed notebook describing your project including your goals, plans, accomplishments and your evaluation of results. You may use pictures or any records you have kept to provide evidence of your accomplishments. This notebook is considered to be your main project exhibit and will count for 75 percent of the scoring. If an item was made as a part of your project, a sample may be displayed as further evidence of the quality of your project. Display must not require over a 1’x1’ area or consist of more than three items. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the content of the notebook (75 percent).

- 162 -

CHILD DEVELOPMENT DIVISION 602 NOTES FOR ALL UNITS: Project Exhibit Rules: A. Each piece must be labeled with exhibitor name, age and county. B. If the project exhibit contains multiple parts, all pieces of the exhibit must be in a secure container or bag no larger than 22” x 14” x 9” (or an overall size of 45”) which has handles that allow it to be easily carried. An exhibit with multiple parts should have NO MORE THAN 10 ITEMS. C. The standardized display board size of 4' x 3' is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. All other exhibits should fit within a 2' x 2' x 2' space. D. Manual and records must be securely fastened in a sturdy binder or small three-ringed notebook. No binders/notebooks with slider closures are allowed.

INTERMIDIATE CHILD DEVELOPMENT (AGES 11-13) Class Description 833 Arts and Crafts – Intermediate Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Child Development Manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Intermediate Child Development Manual with completed activities in Arts and Crafts Chapter and the completed Exhibit and More to Grow On questions at the end of the Arts and Crafts Chapter. C. Creative exhibit based on a More to Grow On activity from the Arts and Crafts Chapter. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

PLAY Class 834 Play – Intermediate

Description

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Child Development Manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Intermediate Child Development Manual with completed activities in Play Chapter and the completed Exhibit and More to Grow On questions at the end of the Play Chapter. C. Creative exhibit based on a More to Grow On activity from the Play Chapter. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

MUSIC AND RHYTHM Class Description 835 Music and Rhythm – Intermediate Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Child Development Manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. - 163 -

B. Intermediate Child Development Manual with completed activities in Music and Rhythm Chapter and the completed Exhibit and More to Grow On questions at the end of the Music and Rhythm Chapter. C. Creative exhibit based on a More to Grow On activity from the Music and Rhythm Chapter. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

STORIES AND POEMS Class Description 836 Stories and Poems - Intermediate Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Child Development Manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Intermediate Child Development Manual with completed activities in Stories and Poems Chapter and completed Exhibit and More to Grow On questions at the end of the Stories and Poems Chapter. C. Creative exhibit based on a More to Grow On activity from the Stories and Poems Chapter. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

SNACKS Class Description 837 Snacks – Intermediate Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Child Development Manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Intermediate Child Development Manual with completed activities in Snacks Chapter and the completed Exhibit and More to Grow On questions at the end of the Snacks Chapter. C. Creative exhibit based on a More to Grow On activity from the Snacks Chapter. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

SENIOR CHILD DEVELOPMENT (AGES 14 AND OLDER) Class Description 838 Guidance and Discipline Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Child Development Manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Senior Child Development Manual with completed activities in Guidance and Discipline Chapter and the completed Exhibit and More to Grow On questions at the end of the Guidance and Discipline Chapter. C. Exhibit based on a More to Grow On activity from the Guidance and Discipline Chapter OR an activity developed by the member that is appropriate for Guidance and Discipline Chapter.

- 164 -

D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

PARTIES Class 839 Parties – Senior

Description

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Child Development Manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Senior Child Development Manual with completed activities in Parties Chapter and the completed Exhibit and More to Grow On questions at the end of the Parties Chapter. C. Exhibit based on a More to Grow On activity from the Parties Chapter OR an activity developed by the member that is appropriate for Parties. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

MEALTIME Class 840 Mealtime – Senior

Description

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Child Development Manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Senior Child Development Manual with completed activities in Mealtime Chapter and the completed Exhibit and More to Grow On questions at the end of the Mealtime Chapter. C. Exhibit based on a More to Grow On activity from the Mealtime Chapter OR an activity developed by the member that is appropriate for Mealtime. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

SAFETY Class 841 Safety- Senior

Description

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Child Development Manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Senior Child Development Manual and the completed Exhibit and More to Grow On questions at the end of the Safety Chapter. C. Exhibit based on a More to Grow On activity from the Safety Chapter OR an activity developed by the member that is appropriate for Safety. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 165 -

CAREERS Class 842 Careers – Senior

Description

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record and Child Development Manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Senior Child Development Manual with completed activities in Careers Chapter and the completed C. Exhibit and More to Grow On questions at the end of the Careers Chapter. D. Exhibit based on a More to Grow On activity from the Careers Chapter OR an activity developed by the member that is appropriate for Careers. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 166 -

JUNIOR DIVISION CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 603 FOR ALL UNITS: A. Requirement: All exhibit garments must be labeled with name, age, county and unit of the 4-H member. Labels must be attached at the inside of the neckline or at the waistband of skirts and pants. Information must be written or typed on a label and securely attached to inside of garment. This will assist in case of property loss. B. The garments may be worn before exhibiting, but should be in good and clean condition. C. Units 1-4, sergers may be used as a seam finish only, not as a seam. D. Due to the difficulty of skills involved, buttonholes and button loops are to be used in Unit 4 and above only. E. In Units 2-4, clothing is defined as wearable, dressy or casual wear, active/sportswear or sleepwear. An exhibit shall consist of no more than three coordinated pieces. No accessory items, i.e. shoes, scarves, hats, etc., (except Unit 1 if using a pattern from the manual). F. Advanced Units 21-28—complete one textile experiment using your garment fashion fabric each year. Include this information in your clothing construction e-record: completed experiment sheets and sample(s) mounted (on 8 ½” x 11” heavy paper). No photos of experiment are allowed. Fabric must be attached. Experiments may be repeated in a subsequent year as long as different fabric is used. G. Pattern instruction sheet is required and must be attached securely to the e-Record. Write name and county on pattern instruction sheet. H. Do not use binders that are clear plastic with sliders. I. Members are encouraged to select a unit that challenges their skills. All units will be judged on required skills included in the manual. J. All garments constructed in clothing units 1-4, 8, and 21-28 are to be made for the member with the exception of Unit 7 –Sewing for Others. K. All Colorado State Fair silk items or garments will be displayed only with “Permission-toDisplay” form that acknowledges possible fading caused by State Fair display lighting. Forms are available at the Extension Office.

UNIT 1 - BEGINNING CLOTHING Class Description 843 Unit 1 – Beginning Clothing – Junior 844 Unit 1 – Beginning Clothing – Intermediate 845 Unit 1 – Beginning Clothing – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet (not needed if using pattern from manual) presented in secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. - 167 -

B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made 2. Percent of Fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. One article or item illustrating the skills learned in UNIT 1. Exhibits must use a firmly-woven, medium-weight cotton or at least 50-percent cotton-blend fabric. Exhibit should be a simple pattern with two or three pattern pieces. Exhibit should not include zippers, buttons and buttonholes or other closures, facings, interfacings or use of bias. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - BEGINNING CLOTHING Class Description 846 Unit 2 – Beginning Clothing – Junior 847 Unit 2 – Beginning Clothing – Intermediate 848 Unit 2 – Beginning Clothing – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in secure binder. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made 2. Percent of Fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. A garment or outfit (without collars, set-in sleeves or buttonholes) illustrating the use of a commercial pattern and one or more of the following techniques: facings, darts, no-ease sleeves, fasteners (not buttonholes or button loops) or bias application in firmly woven, medium-weight cotton or at least 50-percent cotton-blend fabric. The exhibit should not include sewing techniques used in higher units. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - BEGINNING CLOTHING Class Description 849 Unit 3 – Beginning Clothing – Junior 850 Unit 3 – Beginning Clothing – Intermediate - 168 -

Class Description 851 Unit 3 – Beginning Clothing – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made 2. Percent of Fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. A garment or outfit illustrating one or more of the following construction techniques learned in Unit 3: set-in sleeves without cuffs, waist treatments and zippers in cotton or at least 50percent cotton-blend woven or knit fabric. (Set-in sleeves are any kind of sleeve dealing with excess fabric in the sleeve cap, not a straight seam.) F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - BEGINNING CLOTHING Class Description 852 Unit 4 – Beginning Clothing – Junior 853 Unit 4 – Beginning Clothing – Intermediate 854 Unit 4 – Beginning Clothing – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made 2. Percent of Fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. A garment or outfit illustrating two or more of the following techniques: cuffs, plackets, collars, and buttons and buttonholes. Advanced techniques may be done in addition to the two or more required techniques in cotton or at least 50-percent cotton-blend woven or knit fabric. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent). - 169 -

UNIT 7 - SEWING FOR OTHERS Class Description 855 Unit 7 – Sewing For Others – Junior 856 Unit 7 – Sewing For Others – Intermediate 857 Unit 7 – Sewing For Others – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in the project story: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Why you chose to exhibit this item Who you make the garment(s) for What new skills you learned this year What you liked best about your project What would you like to change What you learned about sewing for others (Did you have any special pattern alterations? If so, describe) 7. Will you continue to sew for others? why or why not 8. Did you charge for making the garment/outfit? (If so, what you included in the billing i.e., fabric notions, interfacing, utilities, time, mileage, etc.) 9. What other work have you done in this project B. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made 2. Percent of Fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited C. One garment or outfit which illustrates what was learned. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 8 - RECYCLED CLOTHING Class Description 858 Unit 8 – Recycled Clothing – Junior 859 Unit 8 – Recycled Clothing – Intermediate 860 Unit 8 – Recycled Clothing – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in your story what you learned about recycling, the fiber content and/or care label of original item, any special problems and how you overcame them. B. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made 2. Percent of Fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited C. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. D. One garment or outfit which illustrates what was learned. - 170 -

E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 21 - COTTON OR COTTON BLEND Class Description 861 Unit 21 – Cotton or Cotton Blend – Intermediate 862 Unit 21 – Cotton or Cotton Blend – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. 2. 3. 4.

A list of all the garments made Percent of Fiber content of each garment made Care of garment exhibited Textile experiments—complete one experiment using the garment’s fashion fabric (fashion fabric must be attached – no photos). Include experiment sheet and mount the sample on 8 1/2'” x 11” heavy paper in the e-Record.

D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. A garment or outfit of fabric containing a majority of 50-100 percent cotton. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 21 - SYNTHETICS AND RAYON Class Description 863 Unit 21 – Synthetics and Rayon – Intermediate 864 Unit 21 – Synthetics and Rayon – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. 2. 3. 4.

A list of all the garments made Percent of Fiber content of each garment made Care of garment exhibited Textile experiments—complete one experiment using the garment’s fashion fabric (fashion fabric must be attached – no photos). Include experiment sheet and mount the sample on 8 1/2 “x 11” heavy paper in the e-Record. - 171 -

D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. One garment or outfit of fabric containing 50-100 percent of synthetic fibers. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 21 - WOOL AND WOOL BLEND Class Description 865 Unit 21 – Wool and Wool Blend – Intermediate 866 Unit 21 – Wool and Wool Blend – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. 2. 3. 4.

A list of all the garments made Percent of Fiber content of each garment made Care of garment exhibited Textile experiments—complete one experiment using the garment’s fashion fabric (fashion fabric must be attached – no photos). Include experiment sheet and mount the sample on 8 1/2 “x 11” heavy paper in the e-Record.

D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. One garment or outfit of fabric containing 50-100 percent of wool and wool-blend fibers. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 24 - SILK OR SILK LIKE Class Description 867 Unit 24 – Silk or Silk Like – Intermediate 868 Unit 24 – Silk or Silk Like –Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments made 2. Percent of Fiber content of each garment made 3. Care of garment exhibited - 172 -

D. Textile experiments—complete one experiment using the garment’s fashion fabric (fashion fabric must be attached – no photos). Include experiment sheet and mount the sample on 8 1/2 “x 11” heavy paper in the e-Record. E. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. F. Please include a signed Permission to Display form, which acknowledges possible fading caused by State Fair display lighting. G. One garment or outfit of fabric containing 50-100 percent of: 1. Silk or 2. Silk-like fabric-a fabric of any fiber content that is very light- weight with a slick feel. H. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 25 - LEATHER AND LEATHER TECHNIQUES Class Description 869 Unit 25 – Leather and Leather Techniques – Intermediate 870 Unit 25 – Leather and Leather Techniques –Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. 2. 3. 4.

A list of all the garments made Percent of Fiber content of each garment made Care of garment exhibited Textile experiments—complete one experiment using the garment’s fashion fabric (fashion fabric must be attached – no photos). Include experiment sheet and mount the sample on 8 1/2“x 11” heavy paper in the e-Record. 5. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction eRecord. 6. One garment or outfit of leather or leather-like fabric using leather construction techniques. 7. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 26 - FUR AND FUR TECHNIQUES Class Description 871 Unit 26 – Fur and Fur Techniques – Intermediate 872 Unit 26 – Fur and Fur Techniques –Senior Exhibit will consist of the following:

- 173 -

A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. 2. 3. 4.

A list of all the garments made Percent of Fiber content of each garment made Care of garment exhibited Textile experiments—complete one experiment using the garment’s fashion fabric (fashion fabric must be attached – no photos). Include experiment sheet and mount the sample on 8 1/2“x 11” heavy paper in the e-Record.

D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. One garment of fur or fur-like fabric using fur construction techniques. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 27 - LINEN, RAMIE AND HEMP Class Description 873 Unit 27 – Linen, Ramie and Hemp – Intermediate 874 Unit 27 – Linen, Ramie and Hemp –Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. 2. 3. 4.

A list of all the garments made Percent of Fiber content of each garment made Care of garment exhibited Textile experiments—complete one experiment using the garment’s fashion fabric (fashion fabric must be attached – no photos). Include experiment sheet and mount the sample on 8 8 ½” x 11” heavy paper in the e-Record.

D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. One garment or outfit containing 50-100 percent linen, ramie and/or hemp. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 28 - SPECIALTY FABRICS Class Description 875 Unit 28 – Specialty Fabrics – Intermediate - 174 -

Class Description 876 Unit 28 – Specialty Fabrics –Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a secure binder. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. 2. 3. 4.

A list of all the garments made Percent of Fiber content of each garment made Care of garment exhibited Textile experiments—complete one experiment using the garment’s fashion fabric (fashion fabric must be attached – no photos). Include experiment sheet and mount the sample on 8 ½” x 11” heavy paper in the e-Record.

D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. One garment or outfit using a specialty fabric such as sequined, beaded, fleece, etc. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 175 -

JUNIOR DIVISION ARTISTIC CLOTHING ARTISTIC CLOTHING DIVISION 604 FOR ALL UNITS: A. Requirement: All exhibit garments must be labeled with name, age, county and unit of the 4-H member. Labels must be attached at the inside of the neckline or at the waistband of skirts and pants. Information must be written on a label and securely attached to garment or article. This will assist in case of property loss. B. Garments may be worn before exhibiting, but should be in good, clean condition. C. An exhibit shall consist of no more than three coordinated pieces. (No accessory items, i.e. shoes, jewelry, hats, etc.) All clothing pieces must be securely attached together on hangers. D. Do not use covers that are clear plastic with sliders. E. Members are encouraged to select a unit that challenges their skills. All units will be judged on required skills included in the manual. F. All Colorado State Fair silk items or garments will be displayed only with “permission-todisplay” form that acknowledges possible fading caused by state fair display lighting. Forms are available at the Extension Office.

DECORATE YOUR DUDS - APPLIED Class Description 877 Decorate Your Duds (Applied) – Junior 878 Decorate Your Duds (Applied) – Intermediate 879 Decorate Your Duds (Applied) – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Artistic Clothing e-Record presented in a secure binder. Include in the project story where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project, what you would change, how to clean your project, how the item will be used and if you recycled or reused any fabric or other materials for your project. If a pattern was used, please include the pattern instruction sheet. B. Include the following on the Artistic Clothing page: 1. A list of all garments made 2. A description of the steps in order of application (including product name and numbers, etc.) for your exhibit item. C. Up to three coordinated wearable garments (no accessory items, i.e. shoes, jewelry, etc.). Decoration is attached by gluing, fusing or painting. Examples: jewels, puff paints, appliqués, tie-dye. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 176 -

DECORATE YOUR DUDS - STICHED Class Description 880 Decorate Your Duds (Stitched) – Junior 881 Decorate Your Duds (Stiched) – Intermediate 882 Decorate Your Duds (Stiched) – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Artistic Clothing e-Record presented in a secure binder. Include in the project story where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project, what you would change, how to clean your project, how the item will be used and if you recycled or reused any fabric or other materials for your project. If a pattern was used, please include the pattern instruction sheet. B. Include the following on the Artistic Clothing page: 1. A list of all garments made 2. A description of the steps in order of application (including product name and numbers, etc.) for your exhibit item C. Up to three coordinated wearable garments (no accessory items, i.e. shoes, jewelry). Decoration may be hand- or machine-stitched. Examples: appliqué where satin stitch, etc., is used, embroidery, quilting, beading or knitting or crochet (by self or others). D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 5 DECORATE YOUR DUDS - COMBINATION Class Description 883 Decorate Your Duds (Combination) – Junior 884 Decorate Your Duds (Combination) – Intermediate 885 Decorate Your Duds (Combination) – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Artistic Clothing e-Record presented in a secure binder. Include in the project story where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project, what you would change, how to clean your project, how the item will be used and if you recycled or reused any fabric or other materials for your project. If a pattern was used, please include the pattern instruction sheet. B. Include the following on the Artistic Clothing page: 1. A list of all garments made 2. A description of the steps in order of application (including product name and numbers, etc.) for your exhibit item C. Up to three coordinated wearable garments (no accessory items, i.e. shoes, jewelry). Decoration includes a significant amount (minimum of 30 percent each) from the two categories on one garment. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 177 -

UNIT 5 CREATIVE SEWING Class Description 886 Unit 5 - Costumes – Junior 887 Unit 5 - Costumes – Intermediate 888 Unit 5 - Costumes – Senior Class Description 889 Unit 5 – All Other Exhibits – Junior 890 Unit 5 – All Other Exhibits – Intermediate 891 Unit 5 – All Other Exhibits – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Artistic Clothing e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). Include in the project story where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project, what you would like to change, how the item will be used and if you recycled or reused any fabric or other materials for your project. If a pattern was used, please include the pattern instruction sheet. B. Include the following on the Artistic Clothing page: 1. A list of all garments made 2. A description of the steps in order of application (including product name and numbers, etc.) for your exhibit item C. One to three coordinated items illustrating what was learned (costumes, puppets, accessories, toys, stuffed animals, book bags, sleeping bags, etc.). D. Small items such as accessories and small doll Clothes are to be displayed on a display board. The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 7 CREATE YOUR OWN Class Description 892 Unit 7 – Create Your Own Intermediate Exploration of Textiles and Clothing 893 Unit 7 – Create Your Own Senior Exploration of Textiles and Clothing Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Artistic Clothing e-Record that includes a special study with a written report presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). Include in the project story where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project, what you would like to change, how the item will be used, if you recycled or reused any fabric or other materials for your project. B. Include the following on the Artistic Clothing page: 1. Written description of your project: a. Goals b. Plans - 178 -

c. Accomplishments d. Evaluation C. Optional: Constructed article/display related to special study. The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent.)

UNITS 8 & 9 STYLE OF YOUR OWN Class Description 894 Unit 8 – Style of Your Own Discovering Choices – Intermediate 895 Unit 8 – Style of Your Own Discovering Choices – Senior Exhibits will consist of the following: A. A completed Artistic Clothing e-Record and completed manual presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). Include in the project story where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project and what you would like to change. B. Include the following information on the Artistic Clothing page: 1. Stepping Out Activities completed: activity number, title of activity and what you learned. 2. Looking Good Activities completed: describe what you learned on the activities that you did not choose to exhibit. One display board illustrating one of the Looking Good activities from the manual. The standardized display board size 4’ x 3’ is to be used for all 4-H projects. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

CONSUMER SAVVY DIVISION Class 896 897 898 899 900 901

Description Unit 1 – The Consumer in Me – Intermediate Unit 1 – The Consumer in Me – Senior Unit 2 – Consumer Wise – Intermediate Unit 2 – Consumer Wise – Senior Unit 3 – The Consumer in Me – Intermediate Unit 3 – The Consumer in Me – Senior

All Units A. Project intended for Intermediate and Senior 4-H members only. B. Exhibits will consist of the following: C. A completed e-Record with manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook including these items: manual with appropriate sections completed and other attachments related to activities in the manual. Complete seven required activities from the unit. D. A display board illustrating one of the Savvy Challenge activities from the manual. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent). - 179 -

FINANCIAL CHAMPIONS DIVISION Class 902 903 904 905

Description Unit 1 – Money FUNdamentals – Intermediate Unit 1 – Money FUNdamentals – Senior Unit 2 – Money Moves – Intermediate Unit 2 – Money Moves – Senior

All Units exhibits will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record with manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook including these items: manual with appropriate sections completed and other attachments related to activities in the manual. Complete seven required activities from the unit. B. A display board illustrating one of the Champion’s Challenge activities from the manual. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board. C. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the manual and eRecord (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 180 -

HOME ENVIRONMENT DIVISION FOR ALL UNITS A. Only the current year’s records should be submitted. B. The articles may be used before exhibiting, but should be clean and in good condition when exhibited. C. All exhibit items must have the name, age and county of the exhibitor attached. This information should be attached on the back and at the left-hand corner of the article. FOR UNITS 1 AND 2 HOME ENVIRONMENT A. An accessory is a small decorative piece which adds spice to a room (not furniture such as end tables, night stands, sofas, chairs or window and floor coverings). Examples: lamp shades, picture frames, trays, small jewelry boxes, small collectibles, shadow boxes, vases, candle sticks, etc. B. A household item is a small usable piece (not furniture such as end tables, night stands, sofas, chairs or window and floor coverings) Examples: wastebaskets, canisters, planters, foot stools, etc.

UNIT 1 - HOME ENVIRONMENT Class Description 996 Unit 1 – Home Environment – Junior 997 Unit 1 – Home Environment – Intermediate 998 Unit 1 – Home Environment – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Home Environment e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). Include in your project story why you chose your exhibit, how you plan to use it, what other items you made and what recycled or reusable items you used this year. B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the Home Environment e-Record: 1. Provide pictures of other items made during your project. C. Select one of the following using at least 50 percent recycled or reused items (no furniture). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Centerpiece for table Planter Room or desk organizer Decorative accessory for the home (see description) Household item (see description) Wall hanging

D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - HOME ENVIRONMENT Class Description 999 Unit 2 – Home Environment – Junior 1000 Unit 2 – Home Environment – Intermediate - 181 -

Class Description 1001 Unit 2 – Home Environment – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Home Environment e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). Include in your project story why you chose your exhibit, how you plan to use it, what other items you made and what recycled or reusable items you used this year. B. Complete Color Activity #2 on page 4 of your manual and attach your results as an additional sheet to the Home Environment e-Record. C. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the e-Record: 1. Provide pictures of other items made during your project (a minimum of at least 2 photos). These photos are in addition to the required photos in the e-Record. D. Select from either A or one item from B for your exhibit. 1. Standard communication board (bulletin board 3’x2’) 2. Or select one exhibit item from the following (no furniture): a. b. c. d. e. f.

Centerpiece for table Planter Room or desk organizer Decorative accessory for the home (see description) Household item (see description) Wall hanging

E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - HOME ENVIRONMENT Class Description 1002 Unit 3 – Home Environment – Junior 1003 Unit 3 – Home Environment – Intermediate 1004 Unit 3 – Home Environment – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Home Environment e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement), including room scheme. Include in your project story why you chose your exhibit, how you plan to use it, what other items you made and what recycled or reusable items you used this year. B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the Home Environment e-Record: 1. Two or more exhibit photos showing item in place where it will be used and as a part of the total room design. These are in addition to the photos required in the e-Record. 2. A statement on how you improved your family’s safety or family escape plan. C. One item or set from the following: 1. A room design - 182 -

2. 3. 4. 5.

A wall hanging One or set of two decorative pillow(s) Table linen Family escape plan

D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - HOME ENVIRONMENT Class Description 1005 Unit 4 – Home Environment – Junior 1006 Unit 4 – Home Environment – Intermediate 1007 Unit 4 – Home Environment – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Home Environment e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement), including a brief description of the room scheme and how the accessory fits into the room. Include in your project story why you chose your exhibit, how you plan to use it, what other items you made and what recycled or reusable items you used this year. B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the Home Environment e-Record: 1. Provide pictures of other items made, refurbished or purchased during your project (a minimum of at least 2 photos). These are in addition to the photos required in the eRecord. 2. Attach up to 3 photos showing exhibit item(s) in use. These are in addition to the photos required in the e-Record. C. An accessory (see definition under Units 1 and 2) which has been made refurbished or purchased to use in room or home (no furniture). D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 5 - HOME ENVIRONMENT Class Description 1008 Unit 5 – Home Environment – Junior 1009 Unit 5 – Home Environment – Intermediate 1010 Unit 5 – Home Environment – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following A. Completed Home Environment e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). Include in your project story why you chose your exhibit, how you plan to use it, what other items you made and what recycled or reusable items you used this year. B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the Home Environment e-Record: 1. A brief description of the window treatment or bed covering you made or purchased. 2. How it fits into the design scheme of the room. - 183 -

C. One piece of a window treatment or bedcover made or purchased. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 6 - HOME ENVIRONMENT Class Description 1011 Unit 6 – Home Environment – Junior 1012 Unit 6 – Home Environment – Intermediate 1013 Unit 6 – Home Environment – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following A. Completed Home Environment e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement), include in your project story why you chose your exhibit, how you plan to use it, what other items you made and what recycled or reusable items you used this year B. Provide a brief description of how the piece fits into the room design. C. A refinished or refurbished piece of furniture. To refurbish is to restore a furniture piece to add to a new look by repairing damage and/or replacing seating or upholstery caused by heavy wear or neglect. . D. Include the following information on the Home Environment e-Record: 1. Attach pictures showing the original piece, one during the refinishing or refurbishing process and one of the completed pieces. These photos are in addition to the photos required in the e-Record. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 7 - DESIGN YOUR OWN Class Description 1014 Unit 7 – Design Your Own – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following A. Completed Home Environment e-Record emphasizing your plan and accomplishments in your story presented in a secure binder (see E-Record Book Requirement). B. Exhibit can be either an item, or article or a display board representing learning from project. Please choose one to use as your exhibit. C. Home Environment e-Record: 1. Written statement including the following information 2. Goals 3. Plan 4. Accomplishments 5. Resources used 6. How you shared with others 7. How you will evaluate whether you reached your goals - 184 -

8. Evaluation of your project. 9. If exhibiting an item or article: a. A drawing or copy of a plan for the article exhibited must be included in the Home Environment e-Record. The drawing does not have to be original or created by the exhibitor. b. The drawing or plan must include dimensions, list of materials used and a description of any changes made in the article’s specification by the exhibitor. Reasons for changes must be described. c. The drawing or plan itself will not be judged. It is only for the judge’s use in judging the article exhibited. d. If the drawing is missing, the exhibit will not be ranked in the top-ten placings. The standardized display board size is 4’ x 3’ is to be used with 4-H projects. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

Thank you! 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. 4-H General Project Awards Award Name

Donated by

Best of Show Champ. Comm., Arts & Leisure Sciences

Anonymous Sponsor

Best of Show Champion Foods & Nutrition

Anonymous Sponsor

Best of Show Champion Other Consumer Sciences

Anonymous Sponsor

Best of Show Reserve Champion Clothing Construction

Anonymous Sponsor

Best of Show Reserve Champ. Other Consumer Sciences

Anonymous Sponsor

Best of Show Champion Clothing Construction

Castle Rental, Inc

Best of Show Reserve Champion Natural Resources

D.C. Nat. Resources Conservation Dist

Best of Show Champion Mechanical Sciences

Dave & Michelle Delhougne

Best of Show Champion Shooting Sports

David & Kathy Kurz

"To Make the Best Better Award" for challenges & a positive attitude

Ext. Agents Mary Baldwin & Brenda Kwang

Best of Show Reserve Champion Shooting Sports

McCabe Family

Best of Show Champion Woodworking

Pam Hutton & family

Best of Show Reserve Champion Leathercraft

Pam Hutton & family

Best of Show Champion Cake Decorating

Parker Extension Homemakers Club - 185 -

Award Name

Donated by

Best of Show Champion Artistic Clothing

Phil & Kimra Douglass

Best of Show Reserve Champion Artistic Clothing

Phil & Kimra Douglass

Best of Show Champion Heritage Arts

Sedalia Saddle Club

Best of Show Res. Champ Comm. Arts & Leisure Sciences

Sedalia Saddle Club

Best of Show Reserve Champion Foods & Nutrition

Sedalia Saddle Club

Best of Show Champion Biological Sciences

Serafini Family

Best of Show Champion County Projects

Serafini Family

Best of Show Champion Leathercraft

Serafini Family

Best of Show Champion Natural Resources

Serafini Family

Best of Show Champion Photography

Serafini Family

Best of Show Reserve Champion Animal Science

Serafini Family

Best of Show Reserve Champion Biological Science

Serafini Family

Best of Show Reserve Champion Cake Decorating

Serafini Family

Best of Show Reserve Champion County Projects

Serafini Family

Best of Show Reserve Champ Mechanical Sciences

Serafini Family

Best of Show Reserve Champion Photography

Serafini Family

Best of Show Reserve Champion Woodworking

Serafini Family

Best of Show Champion Animal Science

The DeVault Family

Best of Show Reserve Champion Heritage Arts

Worley Family

- 186 -

JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS FOODS & NUTRITION FOODS & NUTRITION DIVISION

FOR ALL UNITS: A. Include a copy of the recipe used and attached securely to the e-Record. No commercial mixes are to be used. B. Bring food items on sturdy paper plates and/or covered heavy cardboard in a zipper-locked bag for display of food exhibits when possible. Plates and pans will not be returned. C. Only completed e-Records and canned goods will be returned.

D. Food items that show signs of mold growth or need refrigeration would not be safe to eat at time of judging and will not be accepted. E. MyPlate information is available at the Colorado 4-H web page at: www.colorado4h.org under Foods and Nutrition page.

FOOD CORE PROJECTS DIVISION 607 UNIT 1 - RIDDLES & RHYMES AND FUN FOOD TIMES Class Description 906 Unit 1 – Riddles & Rhymes and Fun Food Times – Junior 907 Unit 1 – Riddles & Rhymes and Fun Food Times – Intermediate 908 Unit 1 – Riddles & Rhymes and Fun Food Times – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record with exhibit item recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Foods and Nutrition page: 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special concerns C. Four baked, drop or molded cookies of one recipe. (Molded cookies are also made from a stiffer dough that is molded into balls or cookie shapes by hand before baking. Snickerdoodles are an example of molded cookies). D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - ON THE ROAD TO FUN & FITNESS Class Description 909 Unit 2 – On The Road To Fun & Fitness – Junior 910 Unit 2 – On The Road To Fun & Fitness – Intermediate 911 Unit 2 – On The Road To Fun & Fitness – Senior

- 187 -

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record with exhibit recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Foods and Nutrition page: 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special concerns C. Four fruit, vegetable or whole-grain muffins of one recipe. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - FUN WITH FOODS Class Description 912 Unit 3 – Fun With Foods – Junior 913 Unit 3 – Fun With Foods – Intermediate 914 Unit 3 – Fun With Foods – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record with exhibit recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Foods and Nutrition page: 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special concerns C. One loaf quick bread of any size (not yeast bread). D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - FOOD, FITNESS AND FUN Class Description 915 Unit 4 – Food, Fitness and Fun – Junior 916 Unit 4 – Food, Fitness and Fun – Intermediate 917 Unit 4 – Food, Fitness and Fun – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record with a copy of the original recipe and the modified recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Foods and Nutrition page: 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special concerns C. One loaf of any size or four individual items illustrating a modified recipe (not yeast bread).

- 188 -

D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

BREADS DIVISION 608 UNIT 11 - BREAD Class Description 918 Unit 11 – Bread – Junior 919 Unit 11 – Bread – Intermediate 920 Unit 11 – Bread – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Breads e-Record with exhibit recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Foods and Nutrition page: 1. Product name 2. Number of times 3. Number of loaves, dozen, etc. C. Include the following information on the Breads Experiment page: 1. Bread experiments 1, 2, 3, 6 & 7 a. What you did b. What you observed c. What you learned for each experiment D. Record all baking in the Activity Log of the Breads e-Record. Include the number of times you baked, number of loaves or dozens. E. One loaf, any shape, batter yeast bread. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 12 - BREAD Class Description 921 Unit 12 – Bread – Junior 922 Unit 12 – Bread – Intermediate 923 Unit 12 – Bread – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Breads e-Record with exhibit recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Foods and Nutrition page: 1. Product name 2. Number of times 3. Number of loaves, dozen, etc. C. Include the following information on the Breads Experiment page: 1. Bread experiments 4 & 5 - 189 -

a. What you did b. What you observed c. What you learned for each experiment D. Record all baking in the Activity Log of the Breads e-Record. Include the number of times you baked, number of loaves or dozens. E. Four kneaded yeast rolls of one variety and shape. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 13 - BREAD Class Description 924 Unit 13 – Bread – Junior 925 Unit 13 – Bread – Intermediate 926 Unit 13 – Bread – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Breads e-Record with exhibit recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Bread page: 1. Product name 2. Number of times 3. Number of loaves, dozen, etc. C. Include the following information on the Breads Experiment page: 1. Bread experiments 8, 10 & 12 a. What you did b. What you observed c. What you learned for each experiment D. Record all baking in the Activity Log of the Breads e-Record. Include the number of times you baked, number of loaves or dozens. E. One standard size loaf kneaded yeast bread of any variety. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 14 - EDIBLE BREAD Class Description 927 Unit 14 – Edible Bread – Junior 928 Unit 14 – Edible Bread – Intermediate 929 Unit 14 – Edible Bread – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Breads e-Record with exhibit recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Bread page: - 190 -

1. Product name 2. Number of times 3. Number of loaves, dozen, etc. C. Include the following information on the Breads Experiment page: 1. Bread experiments 9 & 11 a. What you did b. What you observed c. What you learned for each experiment D. Record all baking in the Activity Log of the Breads e-Record. Include the number of times you baked, number of loaves or dozens. E. Creative yeast bread--Edible creative yeast bread (i.e. French bread, French braid, specialty breads such as Swedish tea-ring, bagels, Danish pastry, etc.) F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 14 - NON- EDIBLE BREAD Class Description 930 Unit 14 – Non- Edible Bread – Junior 931 Unit 14 – Non-Edible Bread – Intermediate 932 Unit 14 – Non-Edible Bread – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Breads e-Record with exhibit recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Bread page: 1. Product name 2. Number of times 3. Number of loaves, dozen, etc. C. Include the following information on the Breads Experiment page: 1. Bread experiments 9 & 11 a. What you did b. What you observed c. What you learned for each experiment D. Record all baking in the Activity Log of the Breads e-Record. Include the number of times you baked, number of loaves or dozens. E. Non-edible bread product made from an edible recipe (i.e. bread baskets, centerpieces, wreaths, etc.). F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 191 -

SPECIALTY FOODS DIVISION 609 UNIT 21 - BAKING Class Description 933 Unit 21 – Baking – Junior 934 Unit 21 – Baking – Intermediate 935 Unit 21 – Baking – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Baking e-Record and exhibit recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Baking page: 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special concerns C. Answer the following questions on the Baking page: 1. What did you learn about the ingredients used in baked products and what is their importance? 2. What adjustments did you make for altitude? 3. What food related career did you learn about and how? D. Include in the Baking e-Record story, what you learned about the ingredients used in baked products and their importance; what adjustments you made for high altitude; and what foodrelated career you learned about and how. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 22 - BAKING Class Description 936 Unit 22 – Baking – Junior 937 Unit 22 – Baking – Intermediate 938 Unit 22 – Baking – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Baking e-Record with exhibit recipe presented in secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Baking page: 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special concerns C. Answer the following questions on the Baking page: 1. What did you learn about the ingredients used in baked products and what is their importance? 2. What adjustments did you make for altitude? 3. What food related career did you learn about and how? - 192 -

D. Include in the Baking e-Record story what you learned about the ingredients used in baked products and their importance; what adjustments you made for high altitude; and what foodrelated career you learned about and how. E. One non-yeast coffee cake. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 23 - BAKING Class Description 939 Unit 23 – Baking – Junior 940 Unit 23 – Baking – Intermediate 941 Unit 23 – Baking – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Baking e-Record with exhibit recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Baking page: 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special concerns C. Answer the following questions on the Baking page: 1. What did you learn about the ingredients used in baked products and what is their importance? 2. What adjustments did you make for altitude? 3. What food related career did you learn about and how? D. Include in the Baking e-Record story what you learned about the ingredients used in baked products and their importance; what adjustments you made for high altitude; and what foodrelated career you learned about and how. E. One butter or sponge cake, un-iced. F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 24 - BAKING Class Description 942 Unit 24 – Baking – Junior 943 Unit 24 – Baking – Intermediate 944 Unit 24 – Baking – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Baking e-Record with exhibit recipe presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). 4-H members are required to make 4 regular sized pies and document them on the page titled Specific Project Information page. B. Include the following information on the Baking page: 1. Foods prepared - 193 -

2. Number of times 3. Special concerns C. Answer the following questions on the Baking page: 1. What did you learn about the ingredients used in baked products and what is their importance? 2. What adjustments did you make for altitude? 3. What food related career did you learn about and how? D. Include in the Baking e-Record story what you learned about the ingredients used in baked products and their importance; what adjustments you made for high altitude; and what foodrelated career you learned about and how. E. Exhibit options are as follows: 1. 8" to 9" single-crust fruit pie in a disposable pie tin. No pies using eggs or cream fillings. The fruit filling can be from a can. (Only fruit fillings can be used.) A crumb top may be used. 2. 8" to 9" double-crust fruit pie made with homemade fruit filling in a disposable pie tin (only fruit fillings can be used.) No canned fruit fillings. 3. Three options: a. 8" to 9" double-crust fruit pie with homemade fruit filling in a disposable pie tin. The upper crust should have either a fancy edge or be lattice. Fruit fillings only. OR b. Two Empanadas/Turnovers-Only fruited empanadas and turnovers are accepted. OR c. Two Fancy Pastries-No pastries using eggs or cream fillings (cream puffs, etc.) F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 25 - OUTDOOR COOKING AND LIVING Class Description 945 Unit 25 – Outdoor Cooking and Living – Junior 946 Unit 25 – Outdoor Cooking and Living – Intermediate 947 Unit 25 – Outdoor Cooking and Living – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder (see -Record Book Requirement). Include in the project story what new skills you have learned. B. Include the following information on the Foods and Nutrition page: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Foods prepared Location Number of times Special concerns

C. One of the following: 1. A box lunch of food-safe products or a representative of the product (pictures of food). - 194 -

2. One cup of instant drink mix properly packaged. 3. A display illustrating what was learned about camp set-up or first aid. 4. A piece of equipment made by the exhibitor. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 30 - CULTURAL FOODS Class Description 948 Unit 30 – Cultural Foods – Intermediate 949 Unit 30 – Cultural Foods – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record and manual that includes: 1. Activity 1 page 11; Activity 2 page 12; Record pages 13-14, Meal Report pages 15-16 with emphasis in your story about your accomplishments presented in a secure binder (see eRecord Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Foods and Nutrition page: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Foods prepared Location Number of times Special concerns

C. A food product with recipe representative of the cultural or ethnic group within the United States that you selected. D. The food product must be safe to hold at room temperature during judging and display. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 35 - PASSPORT TO FOREIGN COOKERY Class Description 950 Unit 35 – Passport to Foreign Cookery – Intermediate 951 Unit 35 – Passport to Foreign Cookery - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record and a notebook with research on selected country containing three parts: 1. A maximum of 10 pages of research and pictures on customs relating to food habits and food sources such as crops, fishing, etc. Discussion might include food shopping habits, percent of income spent for food, how the area of the country affects their diets, etc. 2. A maximum of 3 pages of other information about the country, i.e., climate, geography, political structure, religion, dress, etc. 3. A maximum of 5 pages of menus and recipes indicating nutritional balance of a traditional meal plus page 4 in the manual presented in the binder with the other materials. B. Include the following information on the Foods and Nutrition page: 1. Foods prepared - 195 -

2. Location 3. Number of times 4. Special concerns C. A food product with recipe that is representative of the country. D. The food product must be safe to hold at room temperature during judging and display. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

FOOD PRESERVATION DIVISION 610 FOR ALL UNITS A. All foods must have been preserved since the last County and State Fair by the 4-H member. B. All canned products must include the following information on the label: 1. Name of product 2. Method of preparation (type of syrup, type of pack, any additional ingredients added) as applies to product canned 3. Method of processing (i.e. pressure canner, water bath) and pounds of pressure used if food was pressure canned 4. Elevation at which processing was done 5. Exact processing time 6. Date processed Examples: PEACHES ascorbic acid dip hot packed-thin syrup boiling water bath canned 35 minutes at 5,000 feet September, 2014

GREEN BEANS hot pack, ½ tsp. salt pressure canned at 12 ½ pounds 25 minutes at 5,000 feet July, 2014

C. All dried foods must include the following information on the label: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Name of product Pre-treatment used, if any Name of additional ingredients added, if any Method of drying (oven, dehydrator, solar) Total drying time Date dried

Example: APRICOTS Ascorbic acid dipped, Dehydrator dried, 8 hours, July, 2014 D. Standard canning jars should be used for all canned exhibits. The brand name, such as Ball or Kerr, imprinted on the side of the jar identifies a standard jar). All jars must have new two- 196 -

piece lids. Re-usable lids and one-piece lids are not recommended. Decorative storage containers which have a rubber seal are not acceptable for canning exhibits. E. While it is best to have screw bands on during transit to and from the fair(s), they should be loosened or removed for judging. F. Submit two jars each of jam or jelly. One jar will be opened and judged; the other will be exhibited. G. All preserved foods must follow CSU or USDA recommendations. Jams and jellies should be processed in a boiling water bath. H. Any jars showing leaks or spoilage will not be judged.

UNIT 41 - FREEZING AND DRYING 40 & 41 Class Description 952 Unit 40 & 41 – Freezing and Drying – Junior 953 Unit 40 & 41 – Freezing and Drying – Intermediate 954 Unit 40 & 41 – Freezing and Drying - Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Food Preservation page: 1. Date 2. Name of product 3. Amount 4. Preparation Method 5. Preservation or processing method used C. Two of the following: 1. Packaging for freezing and explanation of use 2. Rotation plan for using foods in the freezer 3. Six rolls of fruit leather or six strips of jerky. Jerky recipes must use Colorado State University recommended procedures. Deer and elk meat are to include a copy of test results for Chronic Wasting Disease. (CWD test mandatory and a copy placed in binder/notebook) 4. One-half cup of dried fruit 5. One-half cup of dried vegetable D. A copy of the recipe must be attached to ensure that the product is safe. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 42 – BOILING WATER CANNING Class Description 955 Unit 42 – Boiling Water Canning – Junior 956 Unit 42 – Boiling Water Canning – Intermediate 957 Unit 42 – Boiling Water Canning - Senior

- 197 -

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B.

Include the following information on the Food Preservation page: 1. Date 2. Name of product 3. Amount 4. Preparation Method Preservation or processing method used

C.

Any three of the following: 1. Two jars of canned fruits (different kind of fruit in each jar) 2. One jar of canned fruit and one jar of canned vegetables 3. One jar of tomato sauce 4. One jar of pickled fruit or vegetable, including chutney 5. Two jars of jelly (both must be the same product) 6. Two jars of jam, conserves, fruit butters, preserves, and marmalades (both must be the same product) 7. One jar of pickled relish or salsa

D. A copy of the recipe must be attached to ensure that the product is safe. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 43 – PRESSURE CANNING Class Description 958 Unit 43 – Pressure Canning – Intermediate 959 Unit 43 – Pressure Canning – Senior Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record with menus for two days designating use of preserved foods, presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B.

Include the following information on the Food Preservation page: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Date Name of product Amount Preparation Method Preservation or processing method used

C. Three of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. D.

One jar of canned vegetables. One jar of spaghetti sauce without meat One jar of canned dried beans One jar of tomato sauce One jar of canned meat One jar of canned meat sauces (example: spaghetti sauce with meat, chile concarne)

A copy of the recipe must be attached to ensure that the product is safe. - 198 -

E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent). Note: For more information on displays and projects: www.colorado4h.org/project_resources/StateFairExhibitReq.pdf - look under Display Hints and Tips and Project Tips.

- 199 -

JUNIOR DIVISION GENERAL PROJECTS HERITAGE ARTS DEPARTMENT HERITAGE ART DIVISION 611 FOR ALL UNITS A. Articles may be worn or used before exhibiting, but should be clean and in good condition when exhibited. B. All exhibits must have the name, age and county of the 4-H member attached. Information must be written on cloth and attached securely to each garment/piece. C. Small (less than 6" x 6") or delicate items should be mounted on an 8" x 10" foam core board. D. It is to the member's advantage to include in the record a band from the skein of any commercial yarn or thread used in the project. This is helpful to judges when evaluating the project. E. All exhibits using patterns must have the pattern or a clear copy securely attached to the record, as this is useful to the judges when evaluating the project. F. Members are encouraged to select a project that challenges their skills. There are no specific requirements for exhibit items. Rugs and quilts do have size requirements. G. All workmanship in Heritage Arts projects must be done by the member. All piecing and quilting must be done by the member. H. Miscellaneous Fiber Arts classes will include Spinning, Weaving and Ethnic Arts. I. Note: All exhibits are limited to those that use fiber or fabrics, with the exception of Ethnic Arts, open option.

CROCHET CROCHET Class Description 960 Crochet – Junior 961 Crochet – Intermediate 962 Crochet – Senior Crochet exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the Heritage Arts e-Record: 1. Brief history report about the specific craft you select: a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start? c. Why was it started? 2. List references you used: - 200 -

a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references C. Provide the gauge used for the exhibit on the Specific Project Information page. D. One piece or set of up to three coordinated pieces illustrating skills learned. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

MISCELLANEOUS ARTS FIBER MISCELLANEOUS ARTS FIBER Class Description 963 Ethnic Fiber Arts/Fabric Option – Junior 964 Ethnic Fiber Arts/Fabric Option – Intermediate 965 Ethnic Fiber Arts/Fabric Option – Senior Fiber/Fabric Option exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief History report about the specific craft you selected: a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start? c. Why was it started? 2. List references used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references 3. Spinning –record what the end use is of the yarn. 4. If pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record. C. One piece or a set of up to three coordinated pieces, comprised of a minimum of 50 percent yarn/fabric illustrating skills learned. Can be ethnic specific to a culture, country, or region. (Example: weavings, spun skeins, felted bags, batiked fabric, hooked pillows, Navaho rug, etc.) D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

MISCELLANEOUS HERITAGE ARTS-NON FIBER Class Description 966 Non Fiber Arts – Junior 967 Non Fiber Arts – Intermediate 968 Non Fiber Arts – Senior

- 201 -

Open Option exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page: 1. Brief history report about the specific craft you select: a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start? c. Why was it started? 2. List references you used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references C. One piece or a set of up to three coordinated pieces, comprised of a majority of materials (other than fiber/fabric) illustrating skills learned. (Examples: musical instruments, Native American bead work and jewelry, wooden baskets, whittling, etc.)

KNITTING KNITTING Class Description 969 Knitting – Junior 970 Knitting – Intermediate 971 Knitting – Senior Knitting exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief History report about the specific craft you selected: a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start c. Why was it started? 2. List references used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references 3. Include the gauge used on your item. 4. If a pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-record. C. One piece or a set of up to three coordinated pieces illustrating what was learned. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 202 -

NEEDLE ARTS NEEDLE ARTS Class Description 972 Needle Arts – Junior 973 Needle Arts – Intermediate 974 Needle Arts – Senior Needle Arts exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the Heritage Arts e-Record: 1. Brief history report about the specific craft you select: a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start? c. Why was it started? 2. List references you used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references C. One piece or a set of up to three coordinated pieces illustrating what was learned. Exhibit may be framed or mounted.

QUILTING UNIT 1 - QUILTING Class Description 975 Unit 1 – Quilting – Junior 976 Unit 1 – Quilting – Intermediate 977 Unit 1 – Quilting – Senior Quilting exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief history report about the specific craft you selected: a. b. c. d.

Where did it begin? How did it start? Why was it started? Historical information of your specific quilt block if applicable

2. List references used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references - 203 -

3. Include the stitches per inch on your item. 4. If a pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record. C. One finished item illustrating what was learned. Items should include one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Simple pieced quilt Pillow sham Two placemats or a table runner Wall hanging Unlined bag

D. Exhibited items must be quilted-hand, machined or tied. E. No separate binding should be used. Items should be finished using a roll-over/self-binding or an envelope turn. F. The exhibit should not use advance quilting techniques used in higher units. Examples of advanced skills are: paper or curved piecing, fussy cutting, or appliqué. G. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 2 - QUILTING Class Description 978 Unit 2 – Quilting – Junior 979 Unit 2 – Quilting – Intermediate 980 Unit 2 – Quilting – Senior Quilting exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief history report about the specific craft you selected: a. b. c. d.

Where did it begin? How did it start? Why was it started? Historical information of your specific quilt block if applicable

2. List references used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references 3. Include the stitches per inch on your item. 4. If a pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record. C. One finished quilt (minimum size 36”x 36” and no maximum). Quilt should demonstrate at least three skills learned (examples include a quilt label, binding, block or other piecing learned in Unit 1 or 2, etc.). D. Exhibit items must be quilted-hand, machine or tied. E. Quilt must be finished with a separate straight or bias binding by machine or hand. - 204 -

F. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 3 - QUILTING Class Description 981 Unit 3 – Quilting – Junior 982 Unit 3 – Quilting – Intermediate 983 Unit 3 – Quilting – Senior Quilting exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief history report about the specific craft you selected: a. b. c. d.

Where did it begin? How did it start? Why was it started? Historical information of your specific quilt block if applicable

2. List references used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references 3. Include the stitches per inch on your item. 4. If a pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record. C. One finished item illustrating what was learned. Items should include one of the following: 1. One finished quilt (no minimum or maximum size). Quilt should demonstrate at least three skills learned (examples include a quilt label, binding, block or type of piecing or embellishment learned from Unit 3). 2. One finished sample quilt (no minimum or maximum size). Quilt should include at least three types of quilts, or types of piecing, or block patterns or ways to embellish, or any combination. 3. Exhibit item must be hand or machine quilted. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 4 - QUILTING Class Description 984 Unit 4 – Quilting Original Design – Junior 985 Unit 4 – Quilting Original Design – Intermediate 986 Unit 4 – Quilting Original Design – Senior Quilting exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. - 205 -

1. Brief history report about the specific craft you selected: a. b. c. d.

Where did it begin? How did it start? Why was it started? Historical information of your specific quilt block if applicable

2. List references used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references 3. Include the stitches per inch on your item 4. Include the following: a. Picture, sketch or description of inspiration b. Any sketches, drafts, computer generated designs or blocks c. Calculations, measurements and any adaptations or changes d. Process or steps descriptions C. One finished item illustrating the original design. Item can have traditional or artistic design. Items could include ONE of the following: 1. Quilt for bed, wall, table or other display (no minimum or maximum size) 2. Wearable garment D. Exhibit item must be hand or machine quilted/stitched, tied or a combination if it fits the design of the quilt. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

UNIT 5 - QUILTING Class Description 987 Unit 5 –Quiltless Quilt – Junior 988 Unit 5 – Quiltless Quilt – Intermediate 989 Unit 5 – Quiltless Quilt – Senior Quilting exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief history report about the specific craft you selected: a. b. c. d.

Where did it begin? How did it start? Why was it started? Historical information of your specific quilt block if applicable

2. List references used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references - 206 -

b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references 3. Include the stitches per inch on your item. 4. If a pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record. C. A topic presentation in the form of a notebook, portfolio, video, or PowerPoint (no display boards) summarizing knowledge and skills learned on an aspect of quilting. Exhibit possibilities include but not limited to: 1. Process of converting an old quilt block or pattern to modern methods and instructions of cutting and strip piecing. Include formulas and calculations used to figure fabric amounts for a quilt using the block. Include sample of new and old block. 2. Research summary of the history and culture, ethnicity, and political meaning behind a specific quilt block or design, i.e., Hawaiian quilts, Civil War quilts, American Indian quilts. 3. In depth study of fabrics, fiber, and batting; from historical old blankets to recent recycled plastic and bamboo. 4. Timeline or history of a family heirloom quilt. (Own family not required.) Interview the various owners and/or quilters of the quilt. Investigate the quilts origin, including why the quilt was made, for whom, significance of fabric pieces. 5. Exploration of careers connected to quilting. Include interviews with men and women involved with quilting businesses. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

RUG MAKING RUG MAKING Class Description 990 991 992

Rug Making – Junior Rug Making – Intermediate Rug Making – Senior

Rug Making exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief History report about the specific craft you selected: a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start? c. Why was it started? C. List references used: 1. Juniors (8-10) one or two references 2. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references 3. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references

- 207 -

D. One rug (minimum 20”x 24” in size—any technique) illustrating what was learned. Wall hangings and pillow tops are not acceptable. E. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

SPINNING SPINNING Class

Description 933 934 935

Spinning – Junior Spinning – Intermediate Spinning – Senior

Spinning exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the Heritage Arts e-Record: 1. Brief history report about the specific craft you select: a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start? c. Why was it started? 2. List references you used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references C. Include a statement on what the end use of the yarn is going to be on the Specific Project Information Page. D. One skein of yarn (minimum of 10 yards in length) illustrating what was learned.

WEAVING WEAVING Class Description 936 937 938

Weaving – Junior Weaving – Intermediate Weaving – Senior

Weaving exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a secure binder (see e-Record Book Requirement). B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the Heritage Arts e-Record: 1. Brief history report about the specific craft you select: a. Where did it begin? - 208 -

b. How did it start? c. Why was it started? 2. List references you used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references C. One piece or a set of up to three coordinated pieces illustrating what was learned.

MACRAMÉ MACRAMÉ Class Description 993 Macramé – Junior 994 Macramé – Intermediate 995 Macramé – Senior Macramé exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. a. b. c. d.

Brief History report about the specific craft you selected: Where did it begin? How did it start? Why was it started?

2. List references used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references C. One piece or a set of up to three coordinated pieces illustrating what was learned. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of the information completed in the e-Record (25 percent) and quality of the exhibit (75 percent).

- 209 -

2014 DOUGLAS COUNTY FAIR & RODEO JUNIOR LIVESTOCK DIVISION COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS APPLIES TO DEPARTMENT 13-19, 22 & 27

I. INTRODUCTORY PROVISIONS A. All Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements & Regulations, and the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics will govern all livestock competition events at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. See individual Junior Livestock Show Departments for specific or special Competition Requirements & Regulations. B. Copies of the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics, the USDA Wholesome Meat Act, Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations and all above-mentioned Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations are available on the website www.douglascountyfairandrodeo.com or www.douglascountyextension.org C. LATE ENTRIES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. D. ENTRY DEADLINES: See Individual Departments for details: 1. JUNIOR LIVESTOCK: Tuesday, July 8, 2014; 2. JUNIOR HORSE: Tuesday, July 8, 2014; 3. JUNIOR RABBIT: Sunday, July 6, 2014; Sunday, June 29, 2014; 4. JUNIOR POULTRY: Sunday, July 6, 2014, Sunday, June 29, 2014 E. Applicability of these Junior Livestock Competition Requirements & Regulations: These requirements & regulations are specific to the Junior Livestock Division Competition. These Requirements & Regulations do not supersede or negate the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations or the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations. All Junior Division Exhibitors must be familiar with all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations. Additional requirements and regulations for various livestock shows, competitions, and classes supplement these regulations and requirements. F. Early stall set-ups are Department specific. Please refer to the Department Competition Requirements & Regulations to determine if early stall set-up will be allowed before scheduled arrival times. G. Generators and fans are not allowed in the livestock barns except as noted in Department Competition Requirements & Regulations.

II. JUNIOR LIVESTOCK COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS A. JUNIOR LIVESTOCK COMPETITION ELIGIBILITY - 210 -

1. For 4-H exhibitors, the Douglas County Extension Agent must sign a separate form, confirming the following: a. The animal entered is owned and has been in the continuous possession of the named Junior Division Exhibitor; and b. The Junior Division Exhibitor has met all Douglas County 4-H Program Requirements & Regulations; and 2. For FFA exhibitors, the Douglas County Vocational Agriculture Instructor must sign a separate form, confirming the following: a. The animal entered is owned and in the continuous possession of the named participant. b. The Junior Division Exhibitor has met all Douglas County FFA Program Requirements & Regulations; and 3. Junior Division Exhibitor signature certifies he or she has observed and agrees to competition requirements and regulations regarding sabotage, tampering, prohibited substance, unethical fitting and agrees to observe and abide by all competition requirements and regulations. 4. The Junior Division Exhibitor or parent/guardian must also sign the United States Department of Agriculture Wholesome Meat Act Form at time of market animal weigh-in. All Junior Division market animal entries (beef, lambs, hogs, goats, and chickens) must be accompanied by a completed and signed COOL form (one per Junior Division Exhibitor) and a completed and signed International Code of Ethics form (one per Junior Division Exhibitor). 5. By entering any animal in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo the Junior Division Exhibitor and parent/guardian certify that the entry has not been administered or that the Junior Division Exhibitor and parent/guardian does not have any knowledge that this entry has received any substance not approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and/or the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) for food animals. Furthermore, the Junior Division Exhibitor and parent/guardian certify that this entry is free and clear of ALL drug and chemical residue withdrawal and elimination time periods. B. FEED AND BEDDING: All feed and equipment will be furnished by the Junior Division Exhibitor. 1. Only shavings or chips will be allowed for bedding. NO STRAW. Except noted in Department Competition Requirements & Regulations. 2. All manure/bedding must be removed to designated areas. C. COOPERATION: All Junior Division Exhibitors and their associates are asked to cooperate with all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo officials including office clerks, ground admission, security, and parking personnel while on the Douglas County Fair’s grounds. D. JUNIOR LIVESTOCK ENTRIES: Every livestock entry must be owned and in the continuous possession of the Junior Division Exhibitor to and through the competition. Any market animal that has been sold at a county sale, district sale, or premium sale after the specified ownership date – are not eligible for competition at the current year Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. That sale is considered consummated when the animal is sold at auction, regardless of disposition, payment or delivery of the animal. 1. At any time during the year, each Junior Division Exhibitor agrees to provide for inspection by the Douglas County Fair Board, or its designated representative, their exhibits and evidence of ownership and location. - 211 -

2. Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Junior market animals are required to be entered in the Junior Livestock Sale, unless disqualified. E. OWNERSHIP: Junior Division Exhibitors in this competition must have owned and personally cared for their livestock and not changed ownership or be transferred from one program to another on or after the following current year date: 1. OFFICIAL IDENTIFICATION DATES: Cattle: March 1 or the official ID day of current year, whichever is later; and Sheep, Swine and Goats: May 1 or the official ID day of current year, whichever is later; and Horses: June 1; and Rabbits: June 15 or the official ID day of current year, whichever is later; and Poultry: June 15 or the official ID day of current year, whichever is later. 2. All market animals must be identified with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo ear tag or tattoo they received on their identification day. Should an animal lose their ear tag the superintendent and/or the Douglas County Extension Office must be contacted immediately. The ear tag will then be replaced. All breeding animals must have been identified at the official identification day. If market animals or breeding animals arrive without an ear tag or prior identification, without prior notification, the animal may be disqualified. a. Market animals are not eligible for entry in any breeding show. b. The superintendent will determine the number of animals in all classes. c. All male market animals must be neutered by the appropriate species identification day, excluding rabbits and poultry. 3. Each Junior Division Exhibitor must have valid written evidence of their ownership indicating sole ownership, with the exception of horses and llamas, prior to the species identification date. Each animal entered in a Market Class shall be identified by a Douglas County Fair ear tag, ear notches and/or tattoo. Check the specific department of each species for the ownership deadline and documentation specifics. F. LIVESTOCK ENTRY LIMITATIONS: A Junior Division Exhibitor may enter for competition as many livestock as he or she wishes within the entry limitations of each individual livestock department. G. ENTRY AND ENTRY PAYMENT: A completed entry will include the following, and incomplete entries will be returned to the Junior Division Exhibitor: 1. One completed Junior Division Exhibitor’s entry checklist for each Junior Division Exhibitor; 2. One completed entry form for each department; 3. One completed IAFE form per Junior Division Exhibitor. 4. All market entries must have a completed COOL form (one per Junior Division Exhibitor). 5. Payment of all fees. Check your individual department for any special additional documents your department requires such as copies of Registration Papers, Brand Inspections, or a Bill of Sale. Any entry that does not contain all of the above-referenced information will be incomplete and held until all required information is received in the Douglas County Extension Office. H. ERRONEOUS ENTRY: Participants are responsible for their own errors in preparation of entries. Entry forms must be completely filled out in accordance with instructions and signed by - 212 -

appropriate parties. By submitting application for entry, participant acknowledges he or she has read the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Show Agreement of Responsibility and Liability, Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements & Regulations; the National Show Ring Code of Ethics and the USDA Wholesome Meat Act, and agree to observe and abide by these Competition Requirements & Regulations. I. ANIMAL CHECK-IN: 1. No animal will be penned or caged until a health inspection is made by the Department Superintendent(s) at check-in. Please refer to the specific livestock department for check-in times. If the animal does not pass the health inspection or entry requirements it will be excused from the fairgrounds. 2. No livestock will be permitted to reload onto stock trailers or trucks following check-in unless excused or released by Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management. J. POSSESSION, CARE AND SHOWING: Junior Division Exhibitors must accompany their livestock to the show, care for, and exhibit animal(s). Only the Junior Division Exhibitor is allowed in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo show ring during official judging. 1. All market animals must be identified with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo ear tag or tattoo they received on their identification day. 2. Exhibitor numbers must be worn in each class. 3. Junior Division Exhibitors are expected to keep exhibit areas clean and attractive. All animals should be kept clean and in a presentable condition at all times. While at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo all livestock must be cared for by the Junior Division Exhibitor. This care includes feeding, watering, pen cleaning and exercising animals appropriately. These responsibilities must be completed by or before 8:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. daily. Junior Division Exhibitors giving inadequate care to their animal(s) will receive a verbal warning on their first offense, a written warning will be placed on the wall or pen for a second offense and a third offense will result in disqualification and immediate dismissal from the fairgrounds, loss of premiums, loss of sale proceeds and the loss of Member in Good Standing status. If such action occurs prior to the Junior Livestock Sale the animal will not be exhibited in the Sale. Junior Division Exhibitors may receive assistance from immediate family members or Junior Division Exhibitors in good standing. 4. The Junior Division Exhibitor must show their own animal. If the Junior Division Exhibitor has multiple animals in same class another Junior Division Exhibitor who is a Member in Good Standing may show the animal(s) with the superintendent’s approval. 5. Showmanship is mandatory for livestock departments (13-19, 22 and 27) or the Junior Division Exhibitor will forfeit all premiums and awards and no longer be a Member in Good Standing. a. Junior Division Exhibitors must use their own animal except in hardship cases that have been approved, in writing, by the Superintendent and Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Instructor. Hardship cases could include animals that are sick, lame or deceased.

- 213 -

6. Any livestock deemed uncontrollable by the Superintendent may be excused from the show ring and/or the fairgrounds depending on the severity of the situation. 7. Overweight animals will be shown in overweight classes if the Department makes these classes available. 8. Underweight animals will be shown in prospect or feeder classes if the Department makes these classes available. K. JUNIOR DIVISION EXHIBITOR SUBSTITUTION FOR EMERGENCY OR SICKNESS: In case of sickness of the Junior Division Exhibitor or other emergency, an animal may be shown by a substitute Junior Division Exhibitor, provided the substitute is a bona fide Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA Member in Good Standing and that Junior Division Exhibitor has been granted permission from the Department Superintendent. If a Junior Division Exhibitor named on the entry form does not exhibit their animal and did not receive permission from the Department Superintendent, that Junior Division Exhibitor and animal will be disqualified from the show, forfeiting all awards and premium money. L. DRESS CODE: All Junior Livestock Division Exhibitors are required to wear appropriate show attire when competing. Shorts, tank tops, low-cut shirts, shear blouses, flip flops, t-shirts, shirts with inappropriate messages or logos, ball caps, hats, or bare midriffs are not acceptable attire and shall not be worn during a show event. Recommended dress is as follows: long- or short-sleeved, button-down shirt or blouse, clean jeans or slacks with belt. Hard-soled, closed-toe shoes or boots are recommended to protect the feet. Rabbit and Chickens: jeans or slacks and long-sleeved shirts are preferred for safety. Dairy Goats: white shirts and pants are recommended. Horse: Refer to the Horse Department Competition Requirements & Regulations for information. Douglas County Fair management may refuse anyone improperly dressed entry into the show ring until said Junior Division Exhibitor is properly dressed. M. UNETHICALLY FITTED LIVESTOCK: Refer to the species department for more specific fitting regulations. The following are deemed unethical practices and may result in disciplinary action: 1. Doctoring, doping, tubing or injecting show animals for body "fill-ins" or the alteration, changing, defacing or any modification of the markings of show animals and the anatomical structure of an animal, the removal, alteration, changing or purposely damaging ear tags; any type of injection where oils, glycerin or like substances are used for body "fill-in", external applications of such things as liniments and blistering agents that would cause an edematous condition; use of ice packs or other refrigerants to alter the quality of the finish of an animal. 2. Icing of animals will not be allowed. 3. No animal may be decorated with any unnecessary paraphernalia during judging. 4. The showing of livestock of any ineligible age or showing of unethically fitted livestock is prohibited. 5. Any Junior Division Exhibitor committing any of the above-listed unethical practices, or any other practice deemed unethical by the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, will be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. N. FITTING OF ANIMALS: All Junior Division Exhibitors named as owner will accept and acknowledge responsibility for the custody, care, and feeding of their animal(s). Junior Division Exhibitors are expected to have prepared their own project animal for exhibition. While on the Douglas County - 214 -

Fair & Rodeo grounds, it is expected that animals exhibited in any Junior Division show be handled, fitted, dressed, washed, groomed and shown for show competition by the Junior Division Exhibitor. Junior Division Exhibitors are solely responsible for the fitting of their own animals. Junior Division Exhibitors may receive assistance, provided they are in attendance and actively participating at all times when assistance is given. Experienced Junior Division Exhibitors are encouraged to provide support, assistance and instruction for inexperienced Junior Division Exhibitors. O. Should multiple exhibit and/or multiple specie conflicts occur, prohibiting the Junior Division Exhibitor from being present for a period of time, it is the responsibility of the Junior Division Exhibitor to notify the Superintendent of the conflict, prior to the occurrence. Anyone found in violation of this requirement may be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. P. Any Junior Division Exhibitor committing any fitting violation, or any other practice deemed unethical by the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, will be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. Q. MEAT QUALITY ASSURANCE / PORK QUALITY ASSURANCE (MQA/PQA): Except for horse, llama and dog Junior Division Exhibitors, all Junior Division Breeding and Market Livestock Exhibitors must successfully complete a MQA/PQA course per the program requirements they are enrolled in. R. STALLS, TACK STALLS, PENS AND TIE OUTS: All tack stall requests must be submitted in writing with the Junior Division Exhibitor’s Douglas County Fair & Rodeo entry. There is no guarantee the request can or will be honored. 1. Junior Division exhibitors will be assigned stalls, pens, or tie outs for use during the Douglas County Fair and Rodeo. Livestock in stalls, pens or tie outs not assigned to the Junior Division exhibitor may be removed by Douglas County Fair Management. The Junior Division exhibitor will receive a warning of the violation. A second violation will disqualify the Junior Division exhibitor from eligibility in the Junior Livestock Sale. A third violation will disqualify the Junior Division exhibitor from all participation at the current Douglas County Fair and rodeo. All entries must be immediately removed from the Fairgrounds and all awards received prior to the disqualification must be returned to Douglas County Fair Management. The Junior Division exhibitor will also be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair and Rodeo General Competition Requirements and Regulations. 2. Tampering with other Junior Division Exhibitors’ stall, pen or tie out assignments, any misuse of stalls and aisle way will subject the Junior Division Exhibitor to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. 3. All stalls and tie-outs must be cleaned daily before 8:00 am and 7:00 pm. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo is not responsible for any animals in the tie-out area at any time day or night. S. BARN SECURITY & RESTRICTED AREA: For security reasons, all rabbit, poultry, swine, sheep, goat and beef barns will be locked at 10:00 p.m. every night and remain locked until 6:00 a.m. the following morning. Junior Division Exhibitors must confine their animals within their designated stall or pen assignment and wash rack not to wander in general public areas. T. WATER: A water container, with water, must be visible and available for watering on a regular basis in each penned/stalled area at all times. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management reserves the right, at its discretion to contact a veterinarian to determine if water should be given. - 215 -

U. WEIGHING: Market Beef, Lambs, Hogs, Goats and Poultry will be weighed under the supervision of the Douglas County Fair management. This will be the qualifying and official weight. Scales used are certified by the State of Colorado annually. Scale tolerances will not be considered for the official weight. 1. Re-weigh requests will only be accepted by the Junior Division Exhibitor who is the owner and physically present; and must be before the animal leaves the scale. a. In the case of a re-weigh the animal will be taken off the scale, the scale will be zeroed and the animal will be put immediately back on the scale to be re-weighed. (1) No artificial weight alterations of any kind will be allowed, including giving the animal any water or feed.

b. Re-weigh animals will not be permitted to leave the weigh area. c. Over and under-weight animals will be taken off the scale, the scale will be zeroed and the animal will be put immediately back on the scale to double check its weight. d. The second weight will be the official weight in all cases. 2. Overweight and underweight animals are not eligible for premium money or the Junior Livestock Sale. 3. Over and underweight animals may be used for showmanship classes. V. OBJECTIONABLE EXHIBITS: The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management reserves the right to exclude from the grounds, any exhibit, animal, or entry that may be falsely entered, those deemed undesirable or objectionable, without assigning a reason therefore. Person or persons, who violate any of the Competition Requirements & Regulations herein, may be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. W. PARTICIPANT WARRANTIES OF SALE ANIMALS: All qualified sale participants warrant: 1. That the carcass of animal complies with the United States Department of Agriculture Wholesome Meat Act and is fit for human consumption; 2. That the carcass of such animal contains no trace or residue of any illegal drug or any other substance not approved for administration to such animal under applicable laws or Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations; 3. That the carcass of such animal reveals no evidence of any unethical fitting practice, as defined in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations; and 4. That there exist no unusual circumstances or condition of the carcass of such animal that would materially diminish the value of such carcass. A copy of the Junior Division Exhibitor’s Wholesome Meat Act form and the COOL form accompany each animal to slaughter. X. INTERPRETATION OR ADMINISTRATION OF COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS: The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management reserves to itself the final and absolute right to interpret these Competition Requirements & Regulations and to fairly and impartially settle and determine all matters, questions, and differences in regard thereto, or otherwise arising out of or connected with or incident to the show, and the right to amend or add to these Competition Requirements & Regulations as its judgment may determine. The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo - 216 -

management reserves the right to cancel events or change scheduling if deemed necessary. Specific or special competition requirements and regulations or conditions are published in each department where necessary. Y. INTERFERENCE: No person may act as a judge in any Department in which he or she has or may have any interest with a Junior Division Exhibitor, agent or employee of a Junior Division Exhibitor, and if such case arise, the Douglas County Fair management may remove such judge or substitute another judge temporarily. Z. TESTING AND FEES: The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management reserves the right to administer random testing, to include DNA, urine, tissue, blood, and retinal scanning, for any foreign substances on any animal at any time. Charges for all testing may be deducted from premiums and/or gross sale proceeds acquired. AA. ANIMAL CARCASS: Douglas County Fair & Rodeo reserves the right, at its discretion, to take immediate control and possession of any livestock that dies while on the Fair’s grounds and determine method of disposal. BB. JUNIOR LIVESTOCK SALE PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS INFRACTION: Junior Division Market Junior Division Exhibitors who qualify for and elect to participate in the Sale will be responsible for the care, control, custody, and feeding of their animals until released or loaded for slaughter. CC. OBLIGATION TO SELL: Any Junior Division Exhibitor qualifying for and electing to participate in the Junior Livestock Sale who does not complete their obligation for the sale of their animal will automatically forfeit all awards and premiums earned at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo and be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, which discipline may include barring the Junior Division Exhibitor from showing any type of exhibit on the grounds at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management is entitled to report any and all competition requirement & regulation infractions to the North American Livestock Show and Rodeo Managers Association. Junior Division Exhibitors should refer to the entry form they signed, which contains the following statement: I understand and agree that any and all livestock listed above that are otherwise eligible and that qualify for and that I elect to enter in the sale during the Junior Livestock Competition shall be exhibited in the Junior Livestock Sale. I also understand and agree that no livestock that so qualifies and that is otherwise eligible for sale shall be removed from the Fair’s grounds until released by Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management. I further understand and agree that the Junior Division Exhibitor listed above shall show any entered livestock that so qualifies as set forth in the Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements.

DD. RELEASE OF LIVESTOCK: The release time for all livestock, with the exception of horses, is 5:00 p.m. on the final Sunday of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Any Junior Division Exhibitor who leaves early will automatically forfeit all awards and premiums earned at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo and be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, such discipline may include barring the Junior Division Exhibitor from showing any type of exhibit on the grounds at the current or future Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo is entitled to report any and all competition requirement and regulation infractions to the North American Livestock Show and Rodeo Managers Association. 1. Animals that have been properly entered in the Colorado State Fair will be allowed to leave after their show with the approval of the Department Superintendent. State Fair animals need - 217 -

to be removed the day after their show or no later than Friday, by noon; if not, they must stay for the duration of the fair. 2. All Junior Livestock Division Exhibitors are required to be in the barns on the final Sunday of the Fair by 4:00 pm for cleanup even though their animals may have already been removed. SANCTIONS: Exhibitors not attending MANDATORY meetings and/or assisting with show ring breakdown and/or assisting with barn breakdown without an approved superintendent excuse will receive a verbal warning on their first offense, a written warning on a second offense and a third offense will result in dismissal from the fairgrounds, loss of premiums, incomplete project and will not be allowed to take the project for that department the following year. If such action occurs prior to the Junior Livestock Sale the animal will not sell. Violations will be carried into subsequent years.

Thank you 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. General 4-H Livestock Awards Award Name

Donated by

Champion Sr. Master Showman Award

Douglas County FFA

Champion Sr. Round Robin Showman

Ernie & Kathe Jackson

Bruce Peck Memorial

Larry Carnahan

Jr. Livestock Achievement Award

McManus Family

Reserve Champion Sr., Int. & Jr. Round Robin Showman

Pam Hutton & family

Reserve Champion Sr., Int. & Jr. Master Showman Award

Pam Hutton & family

Champion Int. Round Robin Showman

Sam & Kay Erskine

Champion Jr. Round Robin Showman

Sam & Kay Erskine

Champion Int. Master Showman Award

Scott Candelaria Family

Champion Jr. Master Showman Award

Taylor Landscaping c/o Joanie Shoemaker

Round Robin

Water Conservation c/o Bruff Shea

- 218 -

JUNIOR LIVESTOCK SALE PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENTS Whitman-Lowell Pavilion SALE SELECTION COMMITTEE MEETING: FRIDAY, AUGUST 8, 8AM MANDATORY EXHIBITOR’S PRE-SALE MEETING: FRIDAY, AUGUST, 8 – 5PM (INDOOR ARENA) INVITATION ONLY BUYERS’ BARBEQUE: FRIDAY, AUGUST 8, 4PM–6:30PM PUBLIC SALE: FRIDAY, AUGUST 8, 6:30PM SCHOLARSHIP SALE: IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE PUBLIC SALE

I. INTRODUCTORY PROVISIONS A. The Junior Livestock Sale (the “Sale”) consists of the Livestock Auction that allows Junior Division Exhibitors to sell a qualifying and selected market animal and a Scholarship Sale that sells animals that have been donated to either the Douglas County 4-H Council or the Douglas County FFA Scholarship fund. B. All Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements & Regulations and Health Requirements, and the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics apply equally to the Sale and will be enforced as part of these specific rules. C. The Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Beef, Swine, Lamb, Goat, Market Pen of 3 Rabbits, Meat Pen of 3 Chickens and Market Turkey must be entered in this Sale, unless disqualified. D. All exhibits in the Sale will be offered for sale as a unit. Exhibits WILL NOT be sold by the head. This includes all Pen of 3 entries or any entry that includes more than one animal in the exhibit. E. The Sale is a terminal sale for all Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion market animals. The Sale is NOT a terminal sale for all other market animals. F. The final Buyer will determine the disposition of the animal at the close of the Sale. 1. Regardless of final buyer’s disposition, all Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion market animals will be shipped to and slaughtered by a Junior Livestock Sale Committee designated packing plant. G. Applicability of these Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements 1. These Participation Requirements are specific to the Sale. 2. Junior Division Exhibitors must be a Member in Good Standing with their respective program at the time they enter the Sale ring with their exhibit. 3. Any Junior Division Exhibitor who is not a Member in Good Standing with Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA will be ineligible for the Junior Livestock Sale.

- 219 -

4. Junior Division Exhibitors who have qualified for and elected to participate in the Sale shall accept and comply with these Participation Requirements. 5. Any failure to perform in accord with these requirements will subject the Junior Division Exhibitor to discipline as set forth in Section V of these Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, and may result in immediate removal of Junior Division Exhibitor and his or her animal(s) from the Douglas County Fair’s grounds without opportunity to participate in the Sale. H. Participants and Junior Division Exhibitors are expected to perform and conduct themselves with the highest respect for the Sale, its coordinators, the buyers, the other Junior Division Exhibitors, and the livestock involved. I. Junior Division Exhibitors will be expected to move or transport their livestock to and from the Sale Ring. They will also be expected to move or transport their livestock, at the direction of Douglas County Fair management, to the trucks for transportation to the slaughtering facilities. J. The Douglas County Fair Board endorses and supports the United States Department of Agriculture Wholesome Meat Act as referenced in the Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations. Health Regulations of the United States Department of Agriculture require that animals treated with drugs, pesticides or any other chemical must go through the prescribed withdrawal period as listed on the label. Therefore, it is important that exhibitors determine the type of treatments used if the animals must be dipped or treated prior to leaving the point of origin. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE WHOLESOME MEAT ACT The United States Department of Agriculture Wholesome Meat Act applies to the sale of market livestock sold during the Douglas County Junior Livestock Sale as follows: 1. Animals must be in good health and carcasses free of drug or chemical residues. 2. Antibiotics and sulfonamides have required withdrawal periods. 3. Before administering antibiotics and/or sulfonamides, consult a licensed practicing veterinarian, or label directions of the drug 4. Drug label directions for use and withdrawal periods must be followed. 5. If drug or other chemical residues are found in tissue of carcasses, the entire carcass may be condemned. If drug or other chemical residues are found in the urine, blood or tissue of carcasses of animals sold through sale or sales connected with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo, the Fair will in no way be liable or responsible for condition of carcass or sale price of animal. WHOLESOME ASSURANCE STATEMENT The use of animal drugs or other substances by non-veterinarians in any manner other than in accordance with the labeling approved by FDA, is a violation of federal law.* Food animals must not exceed FDA/EPA/USDA established tolerances for any foreign substance including drugs, pesticides, feed additives, or other chemicals. violated results of residue testing are subject to investigation by USDA and FDA for prosecution. Any misrepresentation of a food animal that can potentially affect the acceptability of the carcass or milk will be considered fraud. *Note: Abuse of the extra-label privilege by veterinarians is unethical and is subject to serious consequences such as license revocation. PLEASE CONSULT THE DOUGLAS COUNTY EXTENSION OFFICE IF YOU DO NOT UNDERSTAND THE MARKET LIVESTOCK QUALITY ASSURANCE STATEMENT, USDA WHOLESOME MEAT ACT OR - 220 -

WHOLESOME ASSURANCE STATEMENT. K. Sellers shall comply with Douglas County Fair & Rodeo requirements for livestock shipping and processing. L. The Official Weight as defined in the Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Section II.U will be used as the sale weight. M. The Sale order is determined by class placing and weight of the animal. Heavier animals of the same species and class placing will be sold before lighter animals of the same species and class placing. The species rotation order of the Sale is determined by the Junior Livestock Sale Committee.

II. PRE-SALE PROVISIONS, STANDARDS, AND REQUIREMENTS A. Selection 1. All Junior Division Exhibitors must furnish a bill of sale as defined in the Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Section II.E for market animals at weigh-in. 2. The Junior Livestock Sale Committee and Douglas County Fair & Rodeo officials reserve the right to set the final number of animals to be selected and sold. 3. Junior Division Exhibitors who have livestock properly entered at the Colorado State Fair may substitute animals that are eligible for sale at the Douglas County Junior Livestock Sale. a. Animals eligible to be substituted must have class placing in the top three (3) of the species and be eligible for sale. b. The Junior Division Exhibitor must notify the Department Superintendent in writing BEFORE the Sale Selection Committee meeting. It is the sole responsibility of the Junior Division Exhibitor to locate and notify the Department Superintendent before the Sale Selection Committee meeting. c. Once the Junior Division Exhibitor has designated a substitution, if the chosen animal is not selected for the Junior Livestock Sale, another substitution cannot be made. d. An animal that is selected for the Junior Livestock Sale will be placed in the sale order in the normal class placing order. e. Champions and Reserve Champions are not eligible to be substituted. 4. An animal on the Sale List WILL NOT be allowed to leave the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo premises until it is released by Douglas County Fair Management. 5. Sale selection process will be as follows: a. Grand Champion b. Reserve Grand Champion c. Continue going through the highest placing in order of showing d. In the event that all equivalent placing within the species cannot be selected for the Sale, preference will be given to heavier animals. 6. A tentative Sale List will be posted after the Sale Selection Committee meeting. Those animals posted will be in the Sale. No animal posted will be allowed to leave the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo premises until released by Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management. - 221 -

7. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management has the right to direct any livestock selected for sale to be moved to any location different from where the animal was boarded for its show. 8. In the event that any animal is disqualified after having been selected for the Sale, the remaining animals will stay in the same placing and no animal will move up to fill any empty placing above it. 9. All Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion market animals must be entered in the Sale. All other qualifying Junior Division Exhibitors will be limited to entering one (1) market animal in the Sale. If a Junior Division Exhibitor qualifies with more than one of the Grand or Reserve Grand Champion animals, then the seller shall enter all his or her Grand and Reserve Grand Champion qualifying animals in the Sale. 10. Any Junior Division Exhibitor who qualifies with more than one species may choose only one of the species to enter in the Sale. The Junior Division Exhibitor must declare which animal he or she selects to enter in the Sale to the Sale Selection Committee prior to the Sale Selection Committee Meeting. a. The Sale Selection Committee will select the qualifying animal to be entered in the Sale if the Junior Division Exhibitor fails to declare which animal he or she wishes to sell. Junior Division Exhibitors who do not opt out of the Sale are obligated to enter the selected animal in the Sale or may be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of these Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, and may result in immediate removal of Junior Division Exhibitor and his or her animal(s) from the Douglas County Fair’s grounds. 11. Junior Division Exhibitors qualifying for the Sale with more than one animal in the same species may elect to enter into the Sale only the highest placing, heaviest qualifying animal. B. Pre-Sale Activities 1. There will be a MANDATORY Exhibitor’s Pre-Sale Meeting for all Junior Division Exhibitors electing to participate in the Sale with qualifying animal(s) that have been selected for the Sale. Parents are encouraged to attend this meeting. Junior Division Exhibitors who do not attend this meeting will be disqualified from the Sale and may be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of these Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, and may result in immediate removal of Junior Division Exhibitor and his or her animal(s) from the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo’s grounds. 2. Sale Photographs will be taken by a professional photographer of all animals selected for the Junior Livestock Sale. All Market Beef animals will have pictures taken after they are judged and leave the show ring. a. Junior Division Exhibitors must be present with the animal at the designated species photograph time and location. (1) Grooming and dress of Junior Division Exhibitors will be as defined in Section III.E of these Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. (2) Fitting of Livestock will be as defined in Section III.C of these Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements.

C. Care and Provision of Qualified and Selected Sale Livestock

- 222 -

1. Junior Division Exhibitors who qualify for and have elected to participate in the Sale will be responsible for the care, control, custody, and feeding of their animals through and to the point the animals are released or loaded for slaughter. 2. If, in the opinion of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, any livestock is not receiving appropriate care during this period, the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management may appoint personnel at the Junior Division Exhibitor’s expense to tend to the livestock. Any such fees will be deducted from animal’s final sale price prior to any other payments being made. D. Testing 1. The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo officials, Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Veterinarian, or Junior Livestock Sale Committee has the authority to perform examinations or additional testing upon any livestock that has been selected for the Sale. a. The cost of examinations or additional testing will be deducted from gross market sale proceeds and premiums or awards acquired by the Junior Division Exhibitor. 2. The Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Management reserves the right to mark sale animals before and after the Sale in any manner.

III. SALE PROVISIONS, REQUIREMENTS, AND STANDARDS A. Requirement to Sell 1. Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion market animals are required to be entered in the Sale, unless disqualified. 2. Any Junior Division Exhibitor without a Grand Champion or Reserve Grand Champion market animal whose animal qualifies for the sale has the right to opt out of the Sale. a. The Junior Division Exhibitor must notify the Sale Selection Committee in writing that he or she wishes to opt out of the Sale before the Sale Selection Committee meeting. b. All qualifying and selected animals not released from the Sale by the Sale Selection Committee MUST be entered in the Sale. Junior Division Exhibitors who do not exhibit the selected animal in the Sale may be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of these Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, and may result in immediate removal of Junior Division Exhibitor and his or her animal(s) from the Douglas County Fair’s grounds. 3. All Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion sale animals will be hauled to packing houses as designated by the Junior Livestock Committee and selected by the Buyer. B. Junior Division Exhibitor Substitutions 1. In the event of illness that prevents a Junior Division Exhibitor from showing his or her livestock, which illness is documented by a note from a licensed physician, said Junior Division Exhibitor may petition the Junior Livestock Sale Committee to request that a substitute Junior Division Exhibitor stand in for him or her during the Sale. 2. Any such petition must be in writing and must identify the name of the proposed substitute. Any proposed substitutes must be a Junior Division Exhibitor who is a Member in Good Standing and is also participating in the current Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. C. Grooming and Alteration to Livestock - 223 -

1. All Junior Livestock Sale animals must only be groomed with accepted grooming practices prior to entering the sale ring. 2. MINIMAL DECORATIONS of any type will be permitted on any animal entering the sale ring. 3. Show awards won are allowed. 4. No livestock that have been groomed or altered in any manner that violates this requirement will enter into the Sale’s ring. D. Lame, Diseased, or Sick Livestock 1. No animal that is lame, sick, or diseased may sell in the Sale. 2. Determination of whether an animal may enter into the Sale ring shall be at the discretion of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management or the Livestock Superintendents, in consultation with a veterinarian. 3. Should any animal be excluded from the Sale for reasons of lameness, disease, or sickness, the Livestock Sale Committee will decide if the Junior Division Exhibitor will be permitted to show any other animal in place of the excluded animal in the Sale. E. Grooming and Dress of Junior Division Exhibitors 1. All Junior Livestock Division Exhibitors are required to wear appropriate show attire during the Sale. Shorts, tank tops, low-cut shirts, shear blouses, flip flops, t-shirts, shirts with inappropriate messages or logos, ball caps, hats, or bare midriffs are not acceptable attire and may not be worn during the Sale. 2. Recommended dress is as follows: long- or short-sleeved, button down shirt or blouse, clean jeans or slacks with belt. Hard-soled, closed-toe shoes or boots are recommended to protect the feet. 3. Rabbit and Chickens: jeans or slacks and long-sleeved shirts are preferred for safety. 4. Douglas County Fair management may refuse anyone improperly dressed entry into the Sale ring until said Junior Division Exhibitor is properly dressed. F. Sale Photographs 1. Should a buyer want a photograph taken with an animal, the Junior Division Exhibitor will present himself or herself along with the animal at the official photography area. a. The Junior Division Exhibitor will safely present the animal the best way possible for the photograph.

IV. POST-SALE PROVISIONS, REQUIREMENTS, AND STANDARDS A. Animal Disposition 1. The Sale is a terminal sale for all Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion market animals. The Sale is NOT a terminal sale for all other market animals. 2. Animals going to slaughter will be sent only to a slaughtering facility designated by the Douglas County Fair Board. 3. The final Buyer will determine the disposition of the animal at the close of the Sale.

- 224 -

a. Regardless of final buyer’s disposition, all Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion market animals will be shipped to and slaughtered by a Junior Livestock Sale Committee designated packing plant. 4. Junior Beef Department Exhibitors who are entered in the Beef Carcass Class will automatically be withdrawn from the Beef Carcass Class if the final Buyer’s animal disposition is Buyer Hold. 5. The Douglas County Fair Board will not transport any animal to any other individual packer or slaughter house. 6. The Douglas County Fair Board is responsible for delivery of sale animals to the designated slaughter processing facility. 7. Only animals sold at the Junior Livestock Sale will be hauled to selected packing plants. 8. Animals donated to the Douglas County 4-H Council or Douglas County FFA scholarship fund will be resold immediately after the Junior Livestock Sale in the Scholarship Sale. a. The Junior Division Exhibitor’s program membership will determine which scholarship fund receives the donated funds. 9. Buyers selecting the BUYER HOLD disposition option are responsible for arranging transportation of the animal off the fairgrounds when it is released by Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management. B. Effect of Condemnation 1. If any animal is condemned at slaughter for any reason, whether by testing results or by any USDAFSIS-inspector condemnation, Douglas County Fair Board shall withhold any payment due the Junior Division Exhibitor and return this payment to the buyer. 2. The Douglas County Fair Board is not liable for any breaches of contracts between the seller and buyer as a result of any condemnation or any other matter. C. Payment 1. Buyer’s payment will be made to the Douglas County Fair Foundation immediately following the sale. 2. Payment to the Junior Division Exhibitor will not be made until all testing results have been received and declared negative or non-suspect. 3. Payment to the Junior Division Exhibitor is dependent upon receipt of purchase price from purchasers to the Douglas County Fair Foundation. 4. The sale proceeds for any sale animal on which a lien has been recorded must be paid directly to the lien holder pursuant to Colorado law. a. Sellers are responsible for informing the Junior Livestock Sale Committee about any lien and provide all lien holder contact and remittance information. 5. A commission charge of six percent (6%) of the gross sales price will be levied against all animals sold in the Sale or the Scholarship Sale. 6. A commission charge of six percent (6%) of the gross Add-On amount will be levied against all Add-On donations collected through the Sale. 7. All sale checks must be cashed within 90 days of the date on the check. Any check not cashed will be void. No replacement checks shall be issued after 90 days. Uncashed sale checks will be - 225 -

forfeited after 90 days of the date on the check. Forfeited funds will be returned to the general funds of the Douglas County Fair Foundation. D. Contract to Buy 1. The offer to buy is only a guarantee of acceptance at a given price provided the participant has met all other conditions of the competition terms and requirements governing the Sale. 2. All sales are final. Once sold NO animals can be substituted or exchanged. E. Thank-you Notes to Buyers and Buyers’ Groups 1. A copy of the Junior Division Exhibitor’s buyer thank you note must be received in the Douglas County Extension Office by October 1 of the current year. Exhibitors must write thank you notes for all buyers including Add-Ons and Scholarship Sale. Sale Checks will not be released until copies of the thank you notes are received. 2. The Douglas County Fair Board will provide the Junior Division Exhibitor his or her buyers’ addresses shortly after the conclusion of Fair. Please contact the Douglas County Extension Office for this information.

V. DISCIPLINE A. Failure to Show in Sale 1. Any failure or refusal to show a qualifying and selected animal in the Sale will result in the Junior Division Exhibitor’s forfeiting all awards, recognitions, and premiums earned at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. 2. Said Junior Division Exhibitor will be barred from showing any type of livestock exhibit on the grounds at the next year’s Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. 3. The Douglas County Fair Board may report any and all competition violations, including failing or refusing to show in the Sale, to the North American Livestock Show and Rodeo Managers Association. B. Positive Drug Tests in Carcass, Tissue, or Samples 1. The test results from the testing laboratories are final and binding upon the Junior Division Exhibitor, the Junior Division Exhibitor’s parents or legal guardian even if the Junior Division Exhibitor, or the parents or guardians, did not administer the drug or foreign substance to the Junior Division Exhibitor’s animal. The Junior Division Exhibitor and the Junior Division Exhibitor’s parents or legal guardians agree that they are the persons absolutely responsible for the care and custody of their animal(s) in preparation for and while at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. 2. Junior Division Exhibitors whose animals test positive for any drug or foreign substance in violation of these terms and conditions must be disqualified and forfeit all entry and other fees and all premiums, trophies, and awards from the department in which the violation occurred. C. Result of Disqualification 1. Junior Division Exhibitor forfeits all rights to the gross sale price received through the Sale. The cost of any and all examinations, testing, or other fees will be immediately due from the Junior Division Exhibitor.

- 226 -

2. No images of the disqualified Junior Division Exhibitor that are owned by or in the possession of the Douglas County Fair Board may be reproduced at any time in the future or used in any successive publication. 3. Any disqualified Junior Division Exhibitor must return to the Douglas County Fair Board any buckle, banner, or other award received. 4. No disqualified Junior Division Exhibitor will be recognized for any previously awarded placing in the competition from which he or she was disqualified. 5. Any disqualified Junior Division Exhibitor may be barred from the competition at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo for a period of at least three years. 6. The Douglas County Fair Board may make additional determinations of violations and assess additional penalties as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements.

- 227 -

JUNIOR POULTRY DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 13 Entries per Exhibitor: 10 Entries Maximum Entries Due: July 8June 29, 2 – 4pm Release: August 10, 4pm Check-In: August 5, 6-8pm

Christy VanBibber Lora Talbert Rochelle Weigel

Weigh-In: Showmanship: Poultry Breed Show: Market Show: Awards:

August 5, After check-in August 7, 9am August 7, 9am Following Breed Show August 7, 2pm

Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

All shows will be held in the Poultry Barn I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements, Regulations and Health Requirements, IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics and the USDA Wholesome Meat Act. B. ALL POULTRY MUST BE INSPECTED BY A SUPERINTENDENT OR ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT BEFORE THEY MAY ENTER THE BARN. All poultry will be inspected for general health. Any animal showing evidence of infectious, contagious or communicable diseases, or parasite infested birds will be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds. C. Only poultry that have been properly entered in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo and passed the health inspection will be allowed onto the Douglas County Fairgrounds. D. Poultry Health Requirements and Examination: All poultry (chickens, and turkeys) entered in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo will be tested for Pullorum/Typhoid (a Salmonella bacterial disease) and samples will be collected for avian influenza virus testing. Veterinarians and veterinary students from Colorado State University and participants of the Colorado Poultry Health Board will be on site at the Douglas County Fairgrounds during poultry check-in to test any non-tested chickens and turkeys. E. This show is NOT a terminal Market Show except for the Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Meat Pen of 3 Chickens, and Market Turkey. F. Superintendents may add, delete and combine classes or reclassify birds as necessary. G. Exhibitors are limited to a MAXIMUM of ten (10) entries for the entire Junior Poultry Department. An entry may consist of an individual, pair or trio. H. Birds entered as singles will not be allowed to compete in pair or trio classes. I. In classes with only one entry the award will be based on merit

- 228 -

J. Poultry for Sale: Only poultry that have been properly entered and are eligible to compete at the current Douglas County Fair & Rodeo may be sold on the Douglas County Fairgrounds. 1. Poultry can be posted “For Sale” on Friday after the Poultry Show. 2. Poultry sold private treaty may be picked up after animals are released by Douglas County Fair management. K.

Poultry Show Standards: All poultry will be judged by the American Poultry Association standards in accordance with the 2010 American Standards of Perfection, copyrighted by the A.P.A., Inc. All Non-Standard breeds will be judged by comparison. All birds must be purebred with exceptions for Meat Pen and Egg Production Classes, which can be pure or hybrid breeds and are judged by market condition and finish, or condition of lay. A copy of the Standards of Perfection is available at the Douglas County Extension Office or www.amerpoultryassn.com.

L. Exhibitor Number: Each exhibitor will be given a number. The Coop Tags will have the exhibitor’s number on them with no other reference to ownership of the bird. All birds MUST HAVE a numbered leg band prior to cooping at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo and the number entered on the Coop Tag. Each exhibitor must not use duplicate band numbers. If a band number change is made prior to judging, the exhibitor is responsible to notify the Douglas County Fair management. Bands must be on bird at time of judging. M. Handling Birds: No one will be allowed to handle any bird except the Owner, Judge, or Douglas County Fair management. N. Judging: Class placings made will be at the discretion of the judge with merit of the bird the determining factor. The aisle will be closed while judging is in progress. No one except judge, clerks, attendants and Douglas County Fair management will be allowed in the aisle during judging. The judges' decision shall be final.

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Exhibitors entered in the Junior Poultry Department must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. B. Poultry entered in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. At that time, poultry will be identified with a numbered leg band C. All poultry exhibits must be owned by the Junior Division Exhibitor 120 days before the Fair CheckIn date with the following exceptions: 1. Meat Pen Chickens entered in the Meat Pen Classes must be at least 6 weeks old. 2. Market Turkeys must have been hatched after January 1 of current year and before April 1 of the current year, to be eligible for the Market Turkey class. D. Birds entered in the Breed Show are not eligible for the Market Poultry classes. E. Birds entered in the Market Poultry classes are not eligible for the Breed Show. F. All Poultry entries must be made on a Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Entry form. No substitutions or late entries will be allowed.

- 229 -

III. ANIMAL FITTING AND CARE A. All Junior Division Exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own animals until the animal has been released by Douglas County Fair management. 1. Proper feed and water dishes must be furnished by the Exhibitor. Styrofoam cups are not allowed. a. Feed and water cups are available for check-out to each Exhibitor at check-in and must be returned when poultry are released by Douglas County Fair management. b. Turkeys, Ducks, Geese, Game Birds and Meat Chickens should be provided with large, secured feed and water containers that hold at least a half (1/2) gallon. B. Any violation of the following Fitting Rules will automatically result in disqualification with no recourse: 1. The showing of livestock of any ineligible age or showing unethically fitted livestock is prohibited. 2. Unethical fitting will be deemed to consist of any artificial substance which alters the natural conformation and/or color of any part of the animal's body 3. Any tag tampering or removals other than by a Douglas County Fair Board official or licensed veterinarian. Notify the Program Leader and Superintendent if there are any problems with the official poultry band prior to the Fair. C. Any Junior Division Exhibitor improperly caring for his/her animal, committing any fitting violation, or any other practice deemed unethical by the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, will be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

IV. POULTRY SHOW A. The Poultry Barn will be closed to the public during judging. 1. Birds may be removed from the cage for Showmanship only with the permission of the Superintendent.

V. CAGES AND EQUIPMENT A. Bedding must be removed to designated areas daily and at the end of Fair. B. Feed, bedding or equipment storage in the Poultry barn will be at the discretion and permission of the Superintendent. C. Cages are provided by the Douglas County Fair Board. D. A water container, with water, must be visible and available for watering on a regular basis in each penned/stalled area at all times. NO feeding or watering of livestock in show rings or holding pens. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Officials reserve the right, at its discretion to contact a veterinarian to determine if water should be given. E. Only wood shavings will be allowed for bedding. Cedar shavings and paper shavings are toxic to poultry and are prohibited.

- 230 -

VI. JUNIOR LIVESTOCK SALE A. If an exhibitor qualifies for the Junior Livestock Sale, that exhibitor and his/her family must be familiar with, and comply with, all Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. B. The Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Meat Pen of 3 Chickens and the Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Meat Turkey must be entered in the Junior Livestock Sale. C. Exhibitors of all other qualifying market poultry may elect to enter their highest placing, heaviest poultry into the Junior Livestock Sale. 1. All qualifying market poultry are automatically elected to be entered into the Junior Livestock Sale unless the exhibitor informs the Superintendent in writing he or she does not wish to participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. Notification must be given before the Sale Selection Committee meeting. 2. Exceptions may be granted to exhibitors who are in compliance with State Fair Substitution Rule as described in Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. D. Sale selection will be determined by class placing and judges choice. 1. If a complete class placing (i.e., all 4th place poultry) cannot be included in the sale, preference will be given to the heavier poultry. E. Sale Photographs will be taken by a professional photographer of ALL poultry selected for the Junior Livestock Sale. This photograph is to be presented to your buyer immediately after your poultry is purchased. Please see the Livestock Sale Participation Requirements for details. 1. The Grand and Reserve Grand Champion will also be photographed with the buyer behind the sale ring immediately after the poultry sells. 2. A photography area will be set up for personal photography as well.

VII. PREMIUMS A. If an exhibitor has multiple animals in the same weight class all premiums earned will be paid to that exhibitor. B. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2.25, 3rd-$1.75, 4th-$1.50 C. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards.

VIII. DIVISIONS LARGE FOWL DIVISIONS E. Exhibitors will be limited to two (2) single entries and a trio per variety up to the maximum entries allowed for the Junior Poultry Department. F. DESCRIPTION OF BIRDS 1. 2. 3. 4.

Cock - A male bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Cockerel - A male bird less than one (1) year old as of show day. Hen - A female bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Pullet - A female bird less than one (1) year old as of show day ar.

G. A trio consists of one cock and two hens (old trio) OR one cockerel and two pullets (young trio) of the same breed and variety. - 231 -

H. The Overall Grand Champion exhibit will be determined from the champions of each Breed Division. The Judge will consider these entries on their number and quality. The decision of the Judge is final.

American Division 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301 1301

Buckeye Chantecler, White Chantecler, Partridge Delaware Dominique Holland, Barred Holland, White Java, Black Java, Mottled Jersey Giant, Black Jersey Giant, White Lamonas, White New Hampshire Plymouth Rock, Barred Plymouth Rock, Blue Plymouth Rock, Buff Plymouth Rock, Columbian Plymouth Rock, Partridge Plymouth Rock, Silver Penciled Plymouth Rock, White Rhode Island Red, Rose-comb Rhode Island Red, Single-comb Rhode Island White, Rose-comb Wyandotte, Black Wyandotte, Buff Wyandotte, Columbian Wyandotte, Golden-laced Wyandotte, Partridge Wyandotte, Silver-laced Wyandotte, Silver-penciled Wyandotte, White Wyandotte, Blue All other varieties (specify variety)

Asiatic Division 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302 1302

Brahma, Buff Brahma, Dark Brahma, Light Cochin, Black Cochin, Blue Cochin, Brown Cochin, Buff Cochin, Golden-Laced Cochin, Partridge Cochin, Silver-Laced Cochin, White Cochin, Barred Langshan, Black Langshan, White Langshan, Blue All other varieties (specify variety)

Cockerel 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 046 051 056 061 066 071 076 081 086 091 096 101 106 111 116 121 126 131 136 141 146 151 156 900

Cock 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047 052 057 062 067 072 077 082 087 092 097 102 107 112 117 122 127 132 137 142 147 152 157 901

Pullet 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038 043 048 053 058 063 068 073 078 083 088 093 098 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 143 148 153 158 902

Hen 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039 044 049 054 059 064 069 074 079 084 089 094 099 104 109 114 119 124 129 134 139 144 149 154 159 903

Trio 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 080 085 090 095 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 904

Cockerel 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 046 051 056 061 066 071 900

Cock 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047 052 057 062 067 072 901

Pullet 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038 043 048 053 058 063 068 073 902

Hen 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039 044 049 054 059 064 069 074 903

Trio 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 904

- 232 -

English Division 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303 1303

Australorp, Black Cornish, Buff Cornish, Dark Cornish, White Cornish, White-laced Dorking, Red Dorking, Colored Dorking, Silver-gray Dorking, White Dorking, Cuckoo Single comb Dorking, Cuckoo Rose comb Orpington, Black Orpington, Blue Orpington, Buff Orpington, White Redcap Sussex, Light Sussex, Red Sussex, Speckled All other varieties (specify variety)

Mediterranean Division 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304 1304

Rose Comb Ancona Single Comb Ancona Blue Andalusian Sicilian Buttercup Buff Catalana Rose Comb Dark Brown Leghorn Rose Comb Light Brown Leghorn Rose Comb White Leghorn Single Comb Black Leghorn Single Comb Black-Tailed Red Leghorn Single Comb Buff Leghorn Single Comb Columbian Leghorn Single Comb Dark Brown Leghorn Single Comb Light Brown Leghorn Single Comb Red Leghorn Single Comb Silver Leghorn Single Comb White Leghorn Rose Comb Black Leghorn Rose Comb Buff Leghorn Rose Comb Silver Leghorn Single Comb Golden Duckwing Leghorn Single Comb Black Minorca Single Comb Buff Minorca Single Comb White Minorca Rose Comb Black Minorca Rose Comb White Minorca White-faced Black Spanish All other varieties (specify variety)

Cockerel 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 046 051 056 061 066 071 076 081 086 091 900

Cock 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047 052 057 062 067 072 077 082 087 092 901

Pullet 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038 043 048 053 058 063 068 073 078 083 088 093 902

Hen 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039 044 049 054 059 064 069 074 079 084 089 094 903

Trio 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 080 085 090 095 904

Cockerel 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 046 051 056 061 066 071 076 081 086 091 096 101 106 111 116 121 126 131 900

Cock 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047 052 057 062 067 072 077 082 087 092 097 102 107 112 117 122 127 132 901

Pullet 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038 043 048 053 058 063 068 073 078 083 088 093 098 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 902

Hen 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039 044 049 054 059 064 069 074 079 084 089 094 099 104 109 114 119 124 129 134 903

Trio 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 080 085 090 095 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 904

- 233 -

Continental Division 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305 1305

Hamburg, Black Hamburg, Golden-penciled Hamburg, Golden-spangled Hamburg, Silver-penciled Hamburg, Silver-spangled Hamburg, White Campine, Golden Campine, Silver Lakenvelder Polish, Buff-laced Bearded Polish, Golden Bearded Polish, Silver Bearded Polish, White Bearded Polish, Buff-laced Non-bearded Polish, Golden Non-bearded Polish, Silver Non-bearded Polish, White Non-bearded Polish, White Crested Black Non-bearded Polish, Black Crested White Non-bearded Polish, White Crested Blue Non-bearded Crevecoeur, Black Faverolle, Salmon Faverolle, White Houdan, White Houdan, Mottled La Fleche, Black Barnevelders Welsummers All other varieties (specify variety)

All Other Standard Breeds Division 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306

Cubalaya, White Cubalaya, Black-breasted Red Cubalaya, Black Malay, Black-breasted Red Malay, Spangled Malay, Black Malay, White Malay, Red Pyle Malay, Wheaten Phoenix, Silver Phoenix, Golden Sumatra, Black Yokohama, White Yokohama, Red Shoulder Aseel, Black-breasted Red Aseel, Dark Aseel, Spangled Aseel, White Aseel, Wheaten Shamos, Black Shamos, Black-breasted Red Shamos, Dark Shamos, Wheaten

Cockerel 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 046 051 056 061 066 071 076 081 086 091 096 101 106 111 116 121 126 131 136 900

Cock 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047 052 057 062 067 072 077 082 087 092 097 102 107 112 117 122 127 132 137 901

Pullet 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038 043 048 053 058 063 068 073 078 083 088 093 098 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 902

Hen 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039 044 049 054 059 064 069 074 079 084 089 094 099 104 109 114 119 124 129 134 139 903

Trio 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 080 085 090 095 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 904

Cockerel 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 044 049 054 059 064 069 074 079 084 089 094 099 104 109

Cock 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 080 085 090 095 100 105 110

Pullet 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038

Hen 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039

Trio 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040

046 051 056 061 066 071 076 081 086 091 096 101 106

047 052 057 062 067 072 077 082 087 092 097 102 107

048 053 058 063 068 073 078 083 088 093 098 103 108

- 234 -

All Other Standard Breeds Division 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306 1306

Modern Game, Birchen Modern Game, Black Modern Game, Black-breasted Red Modern Game, Wheaten Modern Game, Brown Red Modern Game, Golden Duckwing Modern Game, Silver Duckwing Modern Game, Red Pyle Modern Game, White Modern Game, Lemon Blue Old English Game, Black-breasted Red Old English Game, Brown Red Old English Game, Golden Duckwing Old English Game, Silver Duckwing Old English Game, Birchen Old English Game, Red Pyle Old English Game, White Old English Game, Black Old English Game, Spangled Old English Game, Blue-breasted Red Old English Game, Lemon Blue Old English Game, Blue Golden Duckwing Old English Game, Blue Silver Duckwing Old English Game, Self Blue Old English Game, Crele Araucana, Black Araucana, Black-breasted Red Araucana, White Araucana, Golden Duckwing Araucana, Silver Duckwing Frizzle, Black Frizzle, White Frizzle, Clean Leg Frizzle, Feather Leg Naked Neck, Red Naked Neck, White Naked Neck, Buff Naked Neck, Black Sultan, White Ameraucana, Black Ameraucana, Blue Ameraucana, Blue Wheaten Ameraucana, Brown Red Ameraucana, Buff Ameraucana, Silver Ameraucana, Wheaten Ameraucana, White All other varieties (specify variety)

Cockerel 112 117 122 127 133 138 143 148 153 158 163 168 173 178 183 188 193 198 203 208 213 218 223 228 233 238 243 248 253 258 263 268 273 278 283 288 293 298 303 308 313 318 323 328 333 338 343 900

- 235 -

Cock 113 118 123 128 134 139 144 149 154 159 164 169 174 179 184 189 194 199 204 209 214 219 224 229 234 239 244 249 254 259 264 269 274 279 284 289 294 299 304 309 314 319 324 329 334 339 344 901

Pullet 114 119 124 129 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 255 260 265 270 275 280 285 290 295 300 305 310 315 320 325 330 335 340 345 902

Hen 115 120 125 130 136 141 146 151 156 161 166 171 176 181 186 191 196 201 206 211 216 221 226 231 236 241 246 251 256 261 266 271 276 281 286 291 296 301 306 311 316 321 326 331 336 341 346 903

Trio 116 121 126 131 137 142 147 152 157 162 167 172 177 182 187 192 197 202 207 212 217 222 227 232 237 242 247 252 257 262 267 272 277 282 287 292 297 302 307 312 317 322 327 332 337 342 347 904

BANTAM DIVISIONS A. Exhibitors will be limited to two (2) single entries and a trio per variety up to the maximum entries allowed for the Junior Poultry Department. B. DESCRIPTION OF BIRDS 1. 2. 3. 4.

Cock - A male bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Cockerel - A male bird less than one (1) year old as of show day. Hen - A female bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Pullet - A female bird less than one (1) year old as of show day ar.

C. A trio consists of one cock and two hens (old trio) OR one cockerel and two pullets (young trio) of the same breed and variety. D. The Overall Grand Champion exhibit will be determined from the champions of each Breed Division. The Judge will consider these entries on their number and quality. The decision of the Judge is final.

Bantam, Single Comb, Clean Legged 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307

Ancona, Mottled Andalusian, Blue Australorp, Black Black Dutch Campine, Golden Campine, Silver Catalana, Buff Delaware Dorking, Colored Dorking, Silver-gray Dutch, Light Brown Dutch, Silver Dutch, Blue Light Brown Frizzle, Black Frizzle, Blue Frizzle, Buff Frizzle, Red Holland, Barred Holland, White Japanese, Barred Japanese, Black Japanese, Black-tailed Buff Japanese, Black-tailed White Japanese, Brown Red Japanese, Gray Japanese, Mottled Japanese, Wheaten Japanese, White Java, Black Java, Mottled Jersey Giant, Black Jersey Giant, White Lakenvelder Lamona, White Leghorn, Barred Leghorn, Black

Cockerel 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 046 051 056 061 066 071 076 081 086 091 096 101 106 111 116 121 126 131 136 141 146 151 156 161 166 171 176

- 236 -

Cock 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047 052 057 062 067 072 077 082 087 092 097 102 107 112 117 122 127 132 137 142 147 152 157 162 167 172 177

Pullet 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038 043 048 053 058 063 068 073 078 083 088 093 098 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 143 148 153 158 163 168 173 178

Hen 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039 044 049 054 059 064 069 074 079 084 089 094 099 104 109 114 119 124 129 134 139 144 149 154 159 164 169 174 179

Trio 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 080 085 090 095 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

Bantam, Single Comb, Clean Legged 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307 1307

Leghorn, Black-tailed Red Leghorn, Buff Leghorn, Columbian Leghorn, Dark Brown Leghorn, Golden Duckwing Leghorn, Light Brown Leghorn, Red Leghorn, Silver Leghorn, White Minorca, Black Minorca, Buff Minorca, White Naked Neck, Black Naked Neck, Buff Naked Neck, Red Naked Neck, White New Hampshire Orpington, Black Orpington, Blue Orpington, Buff Orpington, White Phoenix, Golden Phoenix, Silver Plymouth Rock, Barred Plymouth Rock, Black Plymouth Rock, Blue Plymouth Rock, Buff Plymouth Rock, Columbian Plymouth Rock, Partridge Plymouth Rock, Silver-penciled Plymouth Rock, White Rhode Island Red White Faced Black Spanish Sussex, Light Sussex, Red Sussex, Speckled Welsummers All other varieties (specify variety)

Bantam, Rose Comb, Clean Legged 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308

Ancona, Mottled Belgian Bearded d'Anvers, Black Belgian Bearded d'Anvers, Blue Belgian Bearded d'Anvers, Cuckoo Belgian Bearded d'Anvers, Mille Fleur Belgian Bearded d'Anvers, Mottled Belgian Bearded d'Anvers, Porcelain Belgian Bearded d'Anvers, Quail Belgian Bearded d'Anvers, Self Blue Belgian Bearded d'Anvers, White Dominique Dorking, White Hamburg, Black Hamburg, Golden-penciled

Cockerel 181 186 191 196 201 206 211 216 221 226 231 236 241 246 251 256 261 266 271 276 281 286 291 296 301 306 311 316 321 326 331 336 341 346 351 356 361 900

Cock 182 187 192 197 202 207 212 217 222 227 232 237 242 247 252 257 262 267 272 277 282 287 292 297 302 307 312 317 322 327 332 337 342 347 352 357 362 901

Pullet 183 188 193 198 203 208 213 218 223 228 233 238 243 248 253 258 263 268 273 278 283 288 293 298 303 308 313 318 323 328 333 338 343 348 353 358 363 902

Hen 184 189 194 199 204 209 214 219 224 229 234 239 244 249 254 259 264 269 274 279 284 289 294 299 304 309 314 319 324 329 334 339 344 349 354 359 364 903

Trio 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 255 260 265 270 275 280 285 290 295 300 305 310 315 320 325 330 335 340 345 350 355 360 365 904

Cockerel 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 046 051 056 061 066

Cock 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047 052 057 062 067

Pullet 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038 043 048 053 058 063 068

Hen 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039 044 049 054 059 064 069

Trio 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070

- 237 -

Bantam, Rose Comb, Clean Legged 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308 1308

Hamburg, Golden-spangled Hamburg, Silver-penciled Hamburg, Silver-spangled Hamburg, White Leghorn, Black Leghorn, Buff Leghorn, Dark Brown Leghorn, Light Brown Leghorn, Silver Leghorn, White Minorca, Black Minorca, White Redcap Rhode Island Red Rhode Island White Rosecomb, Black Rosecomb, Blue Rosecomb, White Sebright, Golden Sebright, Silver Wyandotte, Black Wyandotte, Blue Wyandotte, Buff Wyandotte, Buff Columbian Wyandotte, Columbian Wyandotte, Golden-laced Wyandotte, Partridge Wyandotte, Silver-laced Wyandotte, Silver-penciled Wyandotte, White All other varieties (specify variety)

Bantam, All Other Combs, Clean Legged 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309

Ameraucana, Black Ameraucana, Blue Ameraucana, Blue Wheaten Ameraucana, Brown Red Ameraucana, Buff Ameraucana, Silver Ameraucana, Wheaten Ameraucana, White Araucana, Black Araucana, Black Red Araucana, Golden Duckwing Araucana, Silver Duckwing Araucana, White Buckeye Chantecler, Partridge Chantecler, White Cornish, Black Cornish, Black-laced Red Cornish, Buff Cornish, Dark Cornish, Mottled

Cockerel 071 076 081 086 091 096 101 106 111 116 121 126 131 136 141 146 151 156 161 166 171 176 181 186 191 196 201 206 211 216 900

Cock 072 077 082 087 092 097 102 107 112 117 122 127 132 137 142 147 152 157 162 167 172 177 182 187 192 197 202 207 212 217 901

Pullet 073 078 083 088 093 098 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 143 148 153 158 163 168 173 178 183 188 193 198 203 208 213 218 902

Hen 074 079 084 089 094 099 104 109 114 119 124 129 134 139 144 149 154 159 164 169 174 179 184 189 194 199 204 209 214 219 903

Trio 075 080 085 090 095 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 904

Cockerel 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 046 051 056 061 066 071 076 081 086 091 096 101

Cock 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047 052 057 062 067 072 077 082 087 092 097 102

Pullet 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038 043 048 053 058 063 068 073 078 083 088 093 098 103

Hen 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039 044 049 054 059 064 069 074 079 084 089 094 099 104

Trio 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 080 085 090 095 100 105

- 238 -

Bantam, All Other Combs, Clean Legged 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309 1309

Cornish, Spangled Cornish, White Cornish, White-laced Red Crevecoeur, Black Cubalaya, Black Cubalaya, Black-breasted Red Cubalaya, White Houdan, Mottled Houdan, White La Fleche, Black Malay, Black Malay, Black-breasted Red Malay, Red Pyle Malay, Spangled Malay, Wheaten Malay, White Polish, Bearded Buff-laced Polish, Bearded Golden Polish, Bearded Silver Polish, Bearded White Polish, Non-bearded Buff-laced Polish, Non-bearded Golden Polish, Non-bearded Silver Polish, Non-bearded White Polish, Non-bearded White-crest Black Polish, Non-bearded White-crest Blue Shamo, Black Shamo, Dark Shamo, Wheaten Sicilian Buttercup Sumatra, Black Sumatra, Blue Yokohama, Red Shouldered Yokohama, White All other varieties (specify variety)

Bantam, Feather Legged 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310

Booted, Non-bearded Black Booted, Non-bearded Mille Fleur Booted, Non-bearded Porcelain Booted, Non-bearded Self Blue Booted, Non-bearded White Belgian Bearded d'UCCLE, Black Belgian Bearded d'UCCLE, Golden Neck Belgian Bearded d'UCCLE, Mille Fleur Belgian Bearded d'UCCLE, Mottled Belgian Bearded d'UCCLE, Porcelain Belgian Bearded d'UCCLE, Self Blue Belgian Bearded d'UCCLE, White Brahma, Buff Brahma, Dark Brahma, Light Cochin, Barred

Cockerel 106 111 116 121 126 131 136 141 146 151 156 161 166 171 176 181 186 191 196 201 206 211 216 221 226 231 236 241 246 251 256 261 266 271 900

Cock 107 112 117 122 127 132 137 142 147 152 157 162 167 172 177 182 187 192 197 202 207 212 217 222 227 232 237 242 247 252 257 262 267 272 901

Pullet 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 143 148 153 158 163 168 173 178 183 188 193 198 203 208 213 218 223 228 233 238 243 248 253 258 263 268 273 902

Hen 109 114 119 124 129 134 139 144 149 154 159 164 169 174 179 184 189 194 199 204 209 214 219 224 229 234 239 244 249 254 259 264 269 274 903

Trio 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 255 260 265 270 275 904

Cockerel 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 046 051 056 061 066 071 076

Cock 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047 052 057 062 067 072 077

Pullet 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038 043 048 053 058 063 068 073 078

Hen 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039 044 049 054 059 064 069 074 079

Trio 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 080

- 239 -

Bantam, Feather Legged 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310 1310

Cochin, Birchen Cochin, Black Cochin, Blue Cochin, Brown Red Cochin, Buff Cochin, Columbian Cochin, Golden-laced Cochin, Mottled Cochin, Partridge Cochin, Red Cochin, Silver-laced Cochin, White Faverolle, Salmon Faverolle, White Frizzle, Black Frizzle, Blue Frizzle, Buff Frizzle, Red Frizzle, White Langshan, Black Langshan, Blue Langshan, White Silkie, Bearded Black Silkie, Bearded Blue Silkie, Bearded Buff Silkie, Bearded Gray Silkie, Bearded Partridge Silkie, Bearded Splash Silkie, Bearded White Silkie, Non-bearded Black Silkie, Non-bearded Blue Silkie, Non-bearded Buff Silkie, Non-bearded Gray Silkie, Non-bearded Partridge Silkie, Non-bearded White Sultan All other varieties (specify variety)

1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311

Modern Game, Birchen Modern Game, Black Modern Game, Black-breasted Red Modern Game, Blue Modern Game, Blue-breasted Red Modern Game, Brown Red Modern Game, Golden Duckwing Modern Game, Lemon Blue Modern Game, Red Pyle Modern Game, Silver Blue Modern Game, Silver Duckwing Modern Game, Wheaten Modern Game, White Modern Game, Any Other Variety

Game Bantams

Cockerel 081 086 091 096 101 106 111 116 121 126 131 136 141 146 151 156 161 166 171 176 181 186 191 196 201 206 211 216 221 226 231 236 241 246 251 256 900

Cock 082 087 092 097 102 107 112 117 122 127 132 137 142 147 152 157 162 167 172 177 182 187 192 197 202 207 212 217 222 227 232 237 242 247 252 257 901

Pullet 083 088 093 098 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 143 148 153 158 163 168 173 178 183 188 193 198 203 208 213 218 223 228 233 238 243 248 253 258 902

Hen 084 089 094 099 104 109 114 119 124 129 134 139 144 149 154 159 164 169 174 179 184 189 194 199 204 209 214 219 224 229 234 239 244 249 254 259 903

Trio 085 090 095 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 255 260 904

Cockerel 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 046 051 056 061 066

Cock 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047 052 057 062 067

Pullet 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038 043 048 053 058 063 068

Hen 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039 044 049 054 059 064 069

Trio 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070

- 240 -

Game Bantams 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311

Old English Game, Birchen Old English Game, Black Old English Game, Black-breasted Red Old English Game, Blue Old English Game, Blue Brassy Back Old English Game, Blue-breasted Red Old English Game, Blue Golden Duckwing Old English Game, Blue Silver Duckwing Old English Game, Brassy Back Old English Game, Brown Red Old English Game, Columbian Old English Game, Crele Old English Game, Cuckoo Old English Game, Fawn Silver Duckwing Old English Game, Ginger Red Old English Game, Golden Duckwing Old English Game, Lemon Blue Old English Game, Mille Fleur Old English Game, Quail Old English Game, Red Pyle Old English Game, Self Blue Old English Game, Silver Blue Old English Game, Silver Duckwing Old English Game, Spangled Old English Game, Wheaten Old English Game, White Old English Game, Any Other Variety

Cockerel 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 900

- 241 -

Cock 101 106 111 116 121 126 131 136 141 146 151 156 161 166 171 176 181 186 191 196 201 206 211 216 221 226 901

Pullet 102 107 112 117 122 127 132 137 142 147 152 157 162 167 172 177 182 187 192 197 202 207 212 217 222 227 902

Hen 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 143 148 153 158 163 168 173 178 183 188 193 198 203 208 213 218 223 228 903

Trio 104 109 114 119 124 129 134 139 144 149 154 159 164 169 174 179 184 189 194 199 204 209 214 219 224 229 904

WATERFOWL DIVISIONS A. Exhibitors will be limited to two (2) single entries and a pair per variety up to the maximum entries allowed for the Junior Poultry Department. B. DESCRIPTION OF BIRDS 1. 2. 3. 4.

Old Drake and Old Gander - A male bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Young Drake and Young Gander - A male bird less than one (1) year old as of show day. Old Duck and Old Goose - A female bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Young Duck and Young Goose - A female bird less than one (1) year old as of show day ar.

C. A pair consists of one Drake and one Duck that are either “Old” OR “Young” of the same breed and variety. D. The Overall Grand Champion exhibit will be determined from the champions of each species. The Judge will consider these entries on their number and quality. The decision of the Judge is final.

Ducks 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312

Pekin, White Aylesbury, White Rouen Muscovy, White Muscovy, Black Muscovy, Blue Muscovy, Chocolate Saxony Silver Appleyard Cayuga, Black Crested, White Crested, Black Swedish, Blue Buff Runner, Black Runner, White

Geese 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313 1313

Toulouse, Gray Toulouse, Buff Embden, White African, Brown African, White Sebastopol, White Pilgrim, Sex-linked American Buff, Buff Saddleback Pomeranian, Gray Saddleback Pomeranian, Buff Chinese, Brown Chinese, White Tufted Roman, White Canada, Eastern Egyptian, Brown Any Other Breed

Young Drake 001 007 013 019 025 031 037 043 049 055 061 067 073 079 084 089

Old Drake 002 008 014 020 026 032 038 044 050 056 062 068 074 080 085 090

Young Duck 003 009 015 021 027 033 039 045 051 057 063 069 075 081 086 091

Old Duck 004 010 016 022 028 034 040 046 052 058 064 070 076 082 087 092

Pair 005 011 017 023 029 035 041 047 053 059 065 071 077 083 088 093

Young Gander 001 006 011 016 021 026 031 036 041 046 051 056 061 066 071 900

Old Gander 002 007 012 017 022 027 032 037 042 047 052 057 062 067 072 901

Young Goose 003 008 013 018 023 028 033 038 043 048 053 058 063 068 073 902

Old Goose 004 009 014 019 024 029 034 039 044 049 054 059 064 069 074 903

Pair 005 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 055 060 065 070 075 904

- 242 -

GAME BIRD DIVISION E. Exhibitors will be limited to two (2) single entries and either a pair or trio per breed up to the maximum entries allowed for the Junior Poultry Department. F. DESCRIPTION OF BIRDS 1. 2. 3. 4.

Cock - A male bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Cockerel - A male bird less than one (1) year old as of show day. Hen - A female bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Pullet - A female bird less than one (1) year old as of show day ar.

G. A pair consists of one Cock and one Hen that are either “Old” OR “Young” of the same breed and variety. H. A trio consists of one Cock and two Hens that are either “Old” OR “Young” of the same breed and variety. I. The Overall Grand Champion exhibit will be determined from the champions of each category. The Judge will consider these entries on their number and quality. The decision of the Judge is final.

Game Birds 1314 1314 1314 1314

Pheasant Quail Guinea Any Other Breed

Young Cock 001 002 003 900

Old Cock 002 003 004 901

- 243 -

Young Hen 003 004 005 902

Old Hen 004 005 006 903

Pair 005 006 007 904

Trio 006 007 008 906

TURKEY DIVISION J. Exhibitors will be limited to two (2) Heritage Turkey entries per variety, up to the maximum entries allowed for the Junior Poultry Department. K. DESCRIPTION OF BIRDS 1. 2. 3. 4.

Old Tom - A male bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Young Tom - A male bird less than one (1) year old as of show day. Old Hen - A female bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Young Hen - A female bird less than one (1) year old as of show day ar.

L. The Overall Grand Champion exhibit will be determined from the champions of each category. The Judge will consider these entries on their number and quality. The decision of the Judge is final. Young Tom 001 005 009 013 017 021 025 029 900

Heritage Turkeys 1315 1315 1315 1315 1315 1315 1315 1315 1315

Beltsville Small White Black Bourbon Red Bronze Narragansett Royal Palm Slate White Holland Any Other Breed

Old Tom 002 006 010 014 018 022 026 030 901

Young Hen 003 007 011 015 019 023 027 031 902

Old Hen 004 008 012 016 020 024 028 032 903

PRODUCTION POULTRY DIVISION M. ENTRY LIMITATIONS: 1. Exhibitors will be limited to a combined MAXIMUM of two (2) Market Turkey entries, one (1) per variety up to the maximum entries allowed for the Junior Poultry Department. 2. Exhibitors will be limited to two (2) Meat Pen of 3 Chicken entries, one (1) per weight class up to the maximum entries allowed for the Junior Poultry Department. 3. Exhibitors will be limited on one (1) entry in the Laying/Standard Trio Class up to the maximum entries allowed for the Junior Poultry Department. 4. Exhibitors will be limited to two (2) single entries and a trio in the Production Chicken classes up to the maximum entries allowed for the Junior Poultry Department. N. DESCRIPTION OF BIRDS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Old Tom - A male bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Young Tom - A male bird less than one (1) year old as of show day. Cock - A male bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Cockerel - A male bird less than one (1) year old as of show day. Hen - A female bird one (1) year old or older as of show day. Pullet - A female bird less than one (1) year old as of show day ar.

- 244 -

O. The Overall Grand Champion exhibit will be determined from the champions of each category. The Judge will consider these entries on their number and quality. The decision of the Judge is final. P. All Market Poultry entries must have a signed COOL form attached to their entries. Q. Meat Pen of 3 Chickens: 1. Each chicken in the meat pen must be of the same Breed or Variety and the same gender. 2. Each chicken in the meat pen must meet the weight restrictions for the class. 3. Meat Pen of 3 Chicken entries will be moved to the correct weight classification if necessary. a. If one (1) chicken in a Meat Pen of 3 Chickens entry that has been entered in the Broiler weight class exceeds the weight limitation for Broiler Chickens the entire Meat Pen will be moved to the Roaster weight class b. If one (1) chicken in a Meat Pen of 3 Chickens entry that has been entered in the Roaster weight class exceeds the weight limitation for Roaster Chickens the entire Meat Pen will be disqualified from competition. c. If an exhibitor has two (2) Meat Pen of 3 Chickens entries classified for the same weight class, only one (1) entry will be eligible to compete. The exhibitor must withdraw one (1) entry from competition and immediately remove that entry from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. d. Broiler Chickens: Cannot be over eight (8) weeks of age on show day and must weigh five (5) pounds or less. e. Roaster Chickens: Cannot be over twelve (12) weeks of age on show day and must weigh over five (5) pounds and ten (10) pounds or less. 4. Meat Pen of 3 Chickens will be judged on: a. b. c. d. e.

Confirmation Fleshing Finish Uniformity of birds within the pen Absence of defects (NOTE: If one bird has a defect, it will affect the rating of the entire pen).

R. Market Turkeys: 1. Market turkeys must be at least 16 weeks old on show day. 2. Market Turkeys will be weighed at Weigh-In. 3. Market Turkeys will be judged on market condition and quality the day of the show. 4. Market Turkeys that display splay legging will be disqualified and must be removed from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. 5. Market Turkeys will be judged on: a. Confirmation b. Fleshing c. Finish - 245 -

d. Absence of defects S. Production Chickens: 1. A Laying/Standard Trio shall consist of three (3) hens or three (3) pullets of the same breed and variety or hybrid. 2. A Production Chicken Trio consists of one cock and two hens (old trio) OR one cockerel and two pullets (young trio) of the same breed and variety or hybrid. T. If at the time of official weigh in, poultry fails to meet the weight restrictions one reweigh will be offered as defined in Section II.CC of the Junior Livestock Division Requirements and Regulations. U. Poultry will be weighed at the scheduled time. A signed individual “Notice of USDA Wholesome Meat Act” card must be presented at this time. Any animal not tagged properly, or any exhibitor with incomplete paperwork, will not be allowed to show. NO EXCEPTIONS! Animals failing to meet the market show weights will be color marked and ineligible to show in Market Poultry classes.

Market Chickens

Class

1316 Meat Pen of 3 Chickens - Broiler 1316 Meat Pen of 3 Chickens - Roaster

Market Turkeys 1317 White 1317 Bronze

Production Chickens 1318 1320 1320 1320 1320 1320

Laying/Standard Trio Production Chicken – Cockerel Production Chicken – Cock Production Chicken – Pullet Production Chicken – Hen Production Chicken – Trio

001 002 Young Tom

Young Hen

003 004

001 002 Class 001 001 002 003 004 005

POULTRY SHOWMANSHIP A. Showmanship is mandatory for all Exhibitors to remain a Member in Good Standing of their respective program. B. Exhibitors must show their own animal. A bird disqualified for any reason except weight may not be used for showmanship. Exceptions may be granted for extraordinary circumstances with prior approval of the Program Leader and Superintendent. C. The Judge will consider appearance of the bird, showmanship ability of the exhibitor, and the exhibitor's appearance, courtesy and knowledge. D. Three age divisions are offered with exhibitor age considered as of December 31st of the previous year. Class Class Name 001 Senior Showmanship - 246 -

14-18 Years Old

Class Class Name 002 Intermediate Showmanship 003 Junior Showmanship

11-13 Years Old 8-10 Years Old

POULTRY RECORD BOOK DIVISION 800 E. Please refer to Department Division 800 for Poultry Record Book Requirements and Regulations. Division Class Class Name 800 018 Senior Poultry Record Book 800 017 Intermediate Poultry Record Book 800 016 Junior Poultry Record Book

Thank you! 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. 4-H Poultry Awards Award Name

Donated by

Champion Int. Poultry Showman (11-13)

24hourflex.com

Champion Turkey

24hourflex.com

Reserve Champion Turkey

Arlene & Francis Stringer

Champion Heritage

Brenda & Andrew Kwang

Reserve Champion Jr. Poultry Showman (8-10)

Brooklyn Veterinary Clinic

Champion Laying Trio

Candelaria Family

Champion Bantam

Cathy Stone & Carrie Thompson

Barn Managers Award- Group of 10

J Heart C Ranch

Champion Jr. Poultry Showman (8-10)

Murdoch’s Ranch & Home Supply

Reserve Champion Int. Poultry Showman (11-13)

Pollock/Holst Ranch

Reserve Champion Sr. Poultry Showman (14-18)

Pollock/Holst Ranch

Champion Meat Pen - Poultry

Robert & Malinda Pederson

Champion Sr. Poultry Showman

(14-18)

Robert & Malinda Pederson

Reserve Champion Meat Pen - Poultry

Sam & Kay Erskine

Champion Waterfowl

Serafini Family

Reserve Champion of Show Poultry

Serafini Family

Champion Chicken

The Vaughn Family

Champion of Show Poultry

The Vaughn Family - 247 -

JUNIOR RABBIT DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 14 Entries per Exhibitor: 12 Maximum Entries Due - I.D. Day: June 29, 2pm – 4pm Entries Due: June 29, 4pm Release: August 10, 4pm Check-In: August 5, 6-8pm Karen Serafini Dave Herrington

Showmanship: Rabbit Show Rabbit Costume Contest: Rabbit Quiz Bowl Awards Ceremony:

August 6, 8am-12pm August 6, 9am8am August 9, 2-4pm August 7, 5pm August 10, 3pm

Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

All shows will be held in the South Multi-Purpose Barn I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements, Regulations and Health Requirements, IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics and the USDA Wholesome Meat Act. B. ALL RABBITS MUST BE INSPECTED BY A SUPERINTENDENT OR ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT BEFORE PLACING RABBITS INTO CAGES. All rabbits will be inspected for general health. Any animal showing evidence of infectious, contagious or communicable diseases will be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds. C. This show is NOT a terminal Market Show except for the Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits. D. Superintendents may add, delete and combine classes and reclassify entries as necessary. E. Exhibitors will be limited to 12 rabbit entries. (Meat pens are considered to be one entry.) 1. Exhibitors are limited to one (1) entry in the Meat Pen class 2. Exhibitors are limited to two (2) entries for each breed class, fur class, stewer class, and the roaster class. 3. Exhibitors are limited to two (2) entries in the Pet Quality class. a. The Pet Quality class is for mixed breed or non-showable rabbits ONLY. b. Rabbits entered in the Pet Quality class are not eligible to compete in the fur, roaster meat pen, or stewer classes. c. Exhibitors with a rabbit entered in a breed class, fur, roaster meat pen or stewer class are not eligible to enter the Pet Quality class. d. All rabbits shown in the fur classes must be entered in their breed classes. - 248 -

F. The Rabbit breed standards from the 2011-2015 American Rabbit Breeders Association (ARBA) Standard of Perfection book will be followed to define breed standards with the exception of the pet quality class. 1. The ARBA Standard of Perfection book is available at the Douglas County Extension Office or online at arba.net/breeds.htm. G. Once judging begins for a class, rabbit entries that are not at the judging table will automatically be disqualified and ineligible to compete in that class. 1. The Superintendent will determine if an entry is late to the judging table. H. In classes with only one entry the award will be based on merit. Judges decision is final. I. Rabbits can be posted “For Sale” on Friday after the Rabbit Show. Rabbits sold private treaty may be picked up after animals are released by Douglas County Fair management. 1. Signs may be posted in the rabbit barn for rabbits available for sale that are not entered in the Junior Rabbit Show. However, these rabbits cannot be brought onto the Douglas County Fairgrounds during the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo.

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Exhibitors entered in the Junior Rabbit Department must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. B. Rabbits entered in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. Rabbits must have proof of ownership in the Exhibitor’s name by April 30 of the current year. 1. Valid proof of ownership may be a bill of sale or Pedigree papers. 2. Rabbit ownership cannot be shared with another person, including other family members. 3. Rabbits in the Meat Pen of 3 must be owned solely by the Exhibitor. a. The doe(s) must be owned 100 days prior to judging day. 4. The Exhibitor must also own the Doe(s) of Meat Pen of 3 rabbits by April 30 of the current year. 5. You may use a buck service sire for your Meat Pen rabbits. 6. The Douglas County Fair management may verify proof of ownership at any time. C. All rabbits must have a permanent tattoo in the left ear on or before Identification Day. 1. Any rabbit not permanently tattooed by Identification Day will be tattooed by Douglas County Fair management at Identification Day free of charge. D. All Rabbit entries must be made on a Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Entry form. No late entries will be allowed. Entry forms will be filled out and supplied Identification Day.

III. ANIMAL GROOMING AND CARE A. Any rabbit that is lame, diseased or sick may be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds at the Superintendent’s discretion. B. Proper feed and water dishes must be furnished by the Exhibitor. 1. Proper feed and water dishes are durable and spill proof. - 249 -

2. Exhibitors failing to provide proper feed and water dishes within 24 hours of notification by the superintendent may be asked to remove their animals from the barn. a. Exhibitors who are disqualified may be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, and may result in the immediate removal of exhibitor and his or her animal(s) from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. C. Any violation of the following Grooming Rules will automatically result in disqualification with no recourse: 1. The showing of rabbits of any ineligible age or showing unethically groomed rabbits is prohibited. 2. Unethical grooming will be deemed to consist of any artificial substance which alters the natural conformation and/or color of any part of the animal's body. Any dying, plucking, trimming, clipping of fur or coloring of toe nails. 3. Any tattoo tampering other than by a Douglas County Fair Board official. Notify the Program Leader and Superintendent if there are any problems with the official tattoo prior to the Fair. D. All exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own animals until animal has been released by Douglas County Fair management.

IV. SHOW TABLE A. Exhibitors must be able to handle their own rabbit. B. Exhibitors must show their own rabbits at the judging table. 1. Another Exhibitor may show your rabbit if you have a conflict with another Junior Division show or competition with written permission from the Superintendent. C. Exhibitors may substitute a rabbit before judging begins provided that: 1. The substitute rabbit is the same breed, variety, sex and class, and must have been checked in at the official Identification Day.

V. CAGES AND EQUIPMENT A. Bedding must be removed to designated areas daily and at the end of fair. B. Feed, bedding or carrying cage storage in the rabbit barn will be at the discretion and permission of the Superintendent. C. Any items such as feed, carrying cages, grooming tables, etc. placed in the Rabbit Barn without the Superintendent’s permission will be removed without warning. Check with Superintendent for availability of space for equipment placement. D. A water container, with water, must be visible and available for watering on a regular basis in each cage at all times. NO feeding or watering of livestock at the show table. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Officials reserve the right, at its discretion to contact a veterinarian to determine if water should be given. E. Rabbit exhibitors may not use rubber mats, netting, carpet, etc. for bedding. Only wood shavings will be allowed. F. Cages can only be secured with wire or tie-wraps. No locks - 250 -

VI. JUNIOR LIVESTOCK SALE A. If an exhibitor qualifies for the Junior Livestock Sale, that exhibitor and his/her family must be familiar with, and comply with, all Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. B. The Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Rabbit Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits must be entered in the Junior Livestock Sale. C. Exhibitors of all other qualifying Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits may elect to enter Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits into the Junior Livestock Sale. 1. All qualifying Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits are automatically elected to be entered into the Junior Livestock Sale unless the exhibitor informs the Superintendent in writing he or she does not wish to participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. Notification must be given before the Sale Selection Committee meeting. 2. Exceptions may be granted to exhibitors who are in compliance with State Fair Substitution Rule as described in Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. D. Roaster Rabbits are not eligible to be entered in the Junior Livestock Sale. E. Stewer Rabbits are not eligible to be entered in the Junior Livestock Sale. F. Sale selection will be determined by class placing of Meat Pen of 3 Rabbit entries. G. Sale Photographs will be taken by a professional photographer of ALL rabbits selected for the Junior Livestock Sale. This photograph is to be presented to your buyer immediately after your Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits is purchased. Please see the Livestock Sale Participation Requirements for details. 1. The Grand and Reserve Grand Champion Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits will also be photographed with the buyer behind the sale ring immediately after the Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits sells. 2. A photography area will be set up for personal photography as well.

VII. PREMIUMS A. If an exhibitor has multiple animals in the same class all premiums earned will be paid to that exhibitor. B. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2.25, 3rd-$1.75, 4th-$1.50 C. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards.

VIII. DIVISIONS PRODUCTION RABBITS DIVISION A. Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits Eligibility Requirements: 1. Each rabbit must be no more than 69 days old and weaned from the doe. 2. Each rabbit must weigh between 3 pounds and 5 pounds. 3. All 3 rabbits must be the same breed and color. 4. The rabbits can be either gender. 5. Rabbits must be purebred. - 251 -

B. Roaster Rabbit Eligibility: 1. Rabbit must be 6 months old or younger. 2. Rabbit must be purebred 3. Rabbit breed may only be a Meat / Commercial Breed. C. Stewer Rabbit Eligibility: 1. Rabbit must be over 6 months old. 2. Rabbit must be purebred 3. Rabbit breed may only be a Meat / Commercial Breed. D. Underweight or overweight Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits will not be judged in the Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits class but can be used for showmanship. E. Rabbits entered in the Production Classes are not eligible to be entered separately in another Junior Rabbit Department class. F. If at the time of official weigh in, an animal fails to meet the minimum weight one reweigh will be offered as defined in Section II.CC of the Junior Livestock Division Requirements and Regulations. G. Animals will be weighed at the scheduled time. A signed individual “Notice of USDA Wholesome Meat Act” card must be presented at this time. Any animal not tattooed properly, or any exhibitor with incomplete paperwork, will not be allowed to show. NO EXCEPTIONS! Animals failing to meet the market show weights will be color marked and ineligible to show in Meat Pen of 3 class. Division 1448 1449 1450

Class 001 001 001

Class Name Roaster Stewer Meat Pen of 3 Rabbits

BREED SHOW RABBITS DIVISION A. All breed show rabbits should be groomed according to breed standards B. Rabbits entered in the Production Classes are not eligible to show in the Breed Show Classes C. Superintendent will classify Rabbit Breeds and can change entries to the correct class. Superintendent’s breed classification is final with no recourse. D. Breed Show rabbits will be judged on breed characteristics, conformation, structure, fur/wool, per the ARBA book of standards. E. All Commercial/Meat Rabbit Breeds have 6 classes, 3 for each Gender 1. Junior - Bucks or Does that are over 3 months and under 6 months old. 2. Intermediate - Bucks or Does that are 6 months and under 8 months old. 3. Senior - Bucks or Does that are over 8 months old. F. All Fancy Rabbit Breeds have 4 classes, 2 for each Gender. 1. Junior - Bucks or Does that are over 3 months and under 6 months old. - 252 -

2. Senior - Bucks or Does that are over 6 months old. G. Neutered or altered rabbits are not eligible for the Rabbit Breed Classes. They can only be shown as a pet quality rabbit. H. Exhibitors will be limited to 2 entries in Pet Quality classes. 1. Exhibitors with an entry in the Meat / Commercial or Fancy Rabbit Breeds are not eligible to compete in the Pet Quality Classes

MEAT / COMMERCIAL RABBIT BREEDS Division 1401 1406 1409 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1417 1418 1422 1430 1431 1436 1437 1441 1443 1448 1449 1450

Breed Class American Angora Giant Beveren Californian Champagne D’argent Checkered Giant Chinchilla – American Chinchilla – Giant Cinnamon Crème D’argent Flemish Giant Lop English Lop – French New Zealand Palomino Satin Silver Fox Roaster Stewer Rabbit Meat Pen

FANCY RABBIT BREEDS Division 1402 1403 1404 1405 1407 1408 1410 1416 1419 1420 1421 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1432

Breed Class American Fuzzy Lop American Sable Angora – English Angora – French Angora Satin Belgian Hare Brittania Petite Chinchilla – Standard Dutch Dwarf Hotot English Spot Florida White Harlequin Havana Himalayan Hotot Jersey Wooly Lilac Lop – Holland

Natural Colored Fur X

Natural White Fur X

Breed Wool/Fur

Satin Fur

Rex Fur

X X

X

X X

X

X X X

X X

X

X X X

X

Natural Colored Fur

Natural White Fur

X X

Breed Wool/Fur X X X X X X X X

X

X

X

X X X X X X

- 253 -

X

Satin Fur

Rex Fur

Division 1433 1434 1435 1438 1439 1440 1442 1444 1445 1461 1462 1463

Natural Colored Fur

Breed Class Lop Mini Mini Rex Netherland Dwarf Polish Rex Rhinelander Silver Silver Marten Tan Mini Satin Thrianta Lionhead

PET QUALITY CLASSES

Division 1447 1447

Natural White Fur

Breed Wool/Fur X

Satin Fur

X

X X

X

X X

X X

X

Class 001 002

Rex Fur

X

Breed Class Pet Quality – Under 6 months old Pet Quality – Over 6 months old

FUR CLASSES

I. All Breed Show Rabbits should be groomed according to breed standards.

J. Rabbits entered in the Production Classes are not eligible to show in the Fur Classes K. Superintendent will classify Rabbit Fur and can change entries to the correct class. Superintendent’s Fur classification is final with no recourse. Division 1446 1446

Class 001 002

Fur Class Normal White Fur Normal Colored Fur Breed Wool/Fur Satin Fur Rex Fur

RABBIT SHOWMANSHIP A. Showmanship is mandatory for all Exhibitors to remain a Member in Good Standing of their respective program. B. Exhibitors must show their own animal. Exceptions may be granted for extraordinary circumstances with prior approval of the Program Leader and Superintendent. C. The Judge will consider appearance of the animal, showmanship ability of the exhibitor and the exhibitor's appearance, courtesy and knowledge. D. Three age divisions are offered with exhibitor age considered as of December 31st of the previous year. Class 001 002 003

Class Name Senior Showmanship Intermediate Showmanship Junior Showmanship

- 254 -

14-18 Years Old 11-13 Years Old 8-10 Years Old

RABBIT QUIZ BOWL CONTEST Please come join us for an evening of fun and laughs while testing your knowledge of 4-H and rabbits. The questions will be taken from the American Rabbit Breeders Association Book of Standards, the most current 4-H Newsletter, and the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Fair book. Even if you don’t want to participate, it is great fun to watch and cheer on your favorite team. Participants are divided into two person teams of the same age group, competing until we have one winning team from each age group. Contestants must sign up for the contest by Thursday at noon. The sign-up sheet will be located in the Rabbit Barn. Awards will be given for Champion, 2nd and 3rd place teams in each age group.

RABBIT RECORD BOOK 800 L. Please refer to Division 800 for Rabbit Record Book Requirements and Regulations.

RABBIT COSTUME CONTEST 3000 MULTIPURPOSE BUILDING SOUTH (RABBIT BARN) M. The contest is open to all Junior Division Rabbit Department Exhibitors. N. Costumes may be purchased or homemade by the Junior Division Exhibitor. O. The winners will be determined by a secret audience ballot. Special awards will be given to 1st, 2nd, and 3rd places.

RABBIT BARN MANAGER AWARD P. To be eligible for this award the Junior Division Exhibitor must participate in set-up day and be a Member in Good Standing. Q. This award will given to the Junior Division Exhibitor who demonstrates a willingness to help keep the rabbit barn in order; keep their own cages and tack in order; be a positive representative to the general public of 4-H/FFA and the rabbit industry and be helpful and considerate to other Junior Division Exhibitors, Superintendents and Douglas County Fair management and staff. R. This award will be determined by the Rabbit Superintendents and will be awarded at the Junior Livestock Sale.

AWARDS CEREMONY There will be an awards ceremony and ice cream social, in the rabbit barn prior to the rabbit release time on Sunday at 3pm. 4-H and FFA Members with a rabbit project and their families are welcome to attend.

- 255 -

Thank you! 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. 4-H Rabbit Awards Award Name

Donated by

Champion Normal White Fur - Rabbit

Bearpoint Kennel

Champion Breed Fur

Bret Fleiner Family

Champion Rabbit Exhibitor Sr.

Bret Fleiner Family

Champion Barn Manager – Rabbit

Duckworth Family

Champion Normal Colored Fur – Rabbit

Gary Pruess Family

Champion Rabbit Exhibitor Jr.

Gary Pruess Family

Best of Show – Rabbits

Jerry & Jean Tracy

Reserve Champion Meat Pen - Rabbit

Rampart Feed & Pet

Champion Rabbit Exhibitor Int.

Serafini Family

Champion Satin Fur – Rabbit

Serafini Family

Reserve Best in Show – Rabbit

Serafini Family

Champion Int. Rabbit Showman

(11-13)

Serafini Family

Champion Jr. Rabbit Showman (8-10)

Serafini Family

Champion Sr. Rabbit Showman (14-18)

Serafini Family

Reserve Champion Int. Rabbit Showman (11-13)

Serafini Family

Reserve Champion Jr. Rabbit Showman (8-10)

Serafini Family

Reserve Champion Sr. Rabbit Showman (14-18)

Serafini Family

Champion Rex Fur – Rabbit

The DeVault Family

Champion Meat Pen – Rabbits

Walking R Ranch

- 256 -

JUNIOR HORSE DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 15 Level/Competency Testing Completed: July 1 Identification Day: May 31 Entries Due: July 8

Working Ranch: Western Trail Western

Written Test July 23, 6:00pm All Out: August 4, 8:00pm Stalls Cleaned By: August 4, 8:00pm Anne Horton

Master Showmanship Roping English Gymkhana

August 3, 9:00am August 4, 12-3:00pm August 4, 9:00am After Western Showmanship August 3, 1:00pm August 4, 1:00pm August 3, 3:00pm

Superintendent

All shows will be held in the Indoor Arena or Rodeo Arena WARNING: Under Colorado Law, an equine professional is not liable for an injury to or the death of a participant in equine activities resulting from the inherent risks of equine activities, pursuant to Section 13–21–119, Colorado Revised Statutes. I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements & Regulations, Health Requirements, the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics and the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book. 1. All rules in the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book beginning at Rule # 20 will apply to the Junior Horse Department. 2. All references to 4-H and 4-H Exhibitor in the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book will be the same as Junior Division and Junior Division Exhibitor in the current Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Competition Requirements & Regulations book. B. Any horse may be inspected at any time for general health by Douglas County Fair management. Any horse showing evidence of infectious, contagious or communicable diseases will be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds. C. Junior Division Exhibitors are warned that any act of discourtesy or disobedience to the Officials on the part of the owner, groom, driver or rider, of any horse on exhibition will disqualify such horse for adjudication and the Junior Division Exhibitor will be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations D. Junior Division Exhibitors may only show one horse per riding discipline. - 257 -

E. Stallions of any age may not be shown or ridden in any Junior Horse Department class. 1. Sexually intact male horses will be ineligible and immediately dismissed from the fairgrounds. F. Superintendents may add, delete and combine classes or change class show ring locations as necessary. G. EXHIBITOR NUMBERS: Each Junior Division Exhibitor will be issued an exhibitor number. This number is to be used during the entire Junior Horse Show. The exhibitor number must be clearly displayed by the Junior Division Exhibitor whenever the horse is in the ring, and in accordance with breed association or federation rules. H. PROTECTIVE HEADGEAR: A certified equestrian helmet with safety harness fastened in place is REQUIRED in English classes, over fences classes, gymkhana events, activities and practice sessions (i.e. timed events not involving livestock). Protective headgear is recommended for Western classes. It is the responsibility of the parent or guardian of the Junior Division Exhibitor to see that the headgear worn complies with such standards and is in good condition. Douglas County Fair management encourages the use of ASTM certified/SEI approved safety helmets in all equine events. Protective headgear may be used in all classes and shall not be discriminated against. I. A horse with a history of kicking must be identified by a red ribbon on its tail while on the Douglas County Fairgrounds J. Any horse that cannot be adequately controlled by the Junior Division Exhibitor will be excused from the show ring and/or the Fairgrounds. Safety and courtesy to all riders in the class is to be stressed. A horse is considered as being sufficiently out of control at any time the Junior Division Exhibitor is unable to manage the animal in the required class routine after a reasonable corrective action or time.

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Junior Division Exhibitors entered in the Junior Horse Department must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. 1. Junior Division Exhibitors who are NOT a Member in Good Standing may be ineligible for all departments and classes at the current Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. B. Junior Division Exhibitor Classification: Age Classifications are determined as of December 31st of previous year. 1. JUNIOR: 8–13 years old 2. SENIOR: 14–18 years old C. Horses entered in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously identified on the horse identification form by the Identification Date of the current year. Junior Division Exhibitors are encouraged to ID more than one horse. 1. Junior Division Exhibitors with a horse that is lame or that has behavior issues may use a substitute horse that has not been identified with written permission of the Douglas County Fair management. Junior Division Exhibitors using a substitute horse will only be eligible for the Showmanship class.

- 258 -

D. Only Junior Division Exhibitors are permitted to ride or school the Identified horse on the Douglas County Fairgrounds. 1. Anyone not listed as the Exhibitor on the entry form must receive prior written permission from Douglas County Fair management to ride a horse other than their own on the Douglas County Fairgrounds. Permission must be granted immediately prior to the riding or schooling. E. All Horse entries must be made on a Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Entry form. All entries must be complete and fees paid by the Entry Due Date. No substitutions or late entries will be allowed. 1. PAYMENTS: All payments are to be made to Douglas County. F. Sharing a project horse by more than one (1) Junior Division Exhibitor is permissible provided that: 1. No more than two (2) siblings share the project horse, and; 2. Siblings must be entered in different age groups or levels or disciplines, and; 3. The management and care of the project horse while on the Douglas County Fairgrounds is shared by the two (2) siblings. G. A Junior Division Exhibitor who makes any entry changes on show day will be ineligible for any Highpoint Awards for that riding discipline. H. All Level II members who participate in roping and/or jumping as one of their activities must pass a competency evaluation. This evaluation will be given by a qualified county appointed evaluator at the club level and will be on file with level tests. Competency evaluations must be completed by July 1. 1. Roping - Members will have to show arena and box safety, proficiency with the barrier, tracking ability, competency with a rope, and horse competency with cattle for each class entered. Team ropers will show competency dallying and turning the steer. Goat tiers will have to show arena and dismounting safety. In order to participate in roping classes, the Junior Division Exhibitor must have passed the appropriate competency test for each class. 2. Jumping- Members will have to show riding abilities at the sitting trot, without stirrups and in jumping position. This evaluation will also include work over ground poles, maintaining jumping position through a trotting grid, approach circles and cantering a line, as well as a balanced stop.

III. ANIMAL FITTING AND CARE A. DRUGS AND MEDICATION: No horse or pony may be shown in any class at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo if it has been administered, in any manner, a foreign substance. A forbidden substance is any stimulant, depressant or local anesthetic which might affect the performance of a horse (stimulants and depressants are defined as medications which stimulate or depress the circulatory, respiratory or central nervous systems). Also prohibited are any drugs, regardless of how harmless or innocuous they might be, which by their very nature might mask or screen the presence of the aforementioned prohibited drugs, or prevent or delay testing procedures. The use of these drugs is considered physical abuse. Any violation of this Drug and Medication regulation will automatically result in disqualification of the Junior Division Exhibitor with no recourse. The full use of modern therapeutic measures including phenylbutazone for the improvement and protection of the health of the horse is permitted, unless the treatment may also stimulate or depress the circulatory, respiratory or central nervous systems. It is the Junior Division Exhibitor’s responsibility to declare, - 259 -

in written form, any veterinarian prescribed medication to Douglas County Fair management prior to show’s start. B. Any Junior Division Exhibitor committing any fitting or grooming violation, or any other practice deemed unethical by the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, will be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. C. All Junior Division Exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own animals while on the Douglas County Fairgrounds until animal has been released by Douglas County Fair management.

IV. SHOW RING A. The show ring will be under the absolute control of Douglas County Fair management. Only authorized persons will be allowed in the ring during judging. B. PERSONAL ATTIRE: All Junior Division Exhibitors must wear boots. Each Junior Division Exhibitor must wear clothing appropriate for the riding discipline as defined by the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book. 1. Western Riding Disciplines: Rule # 90 – 124 a. Working Ranch: Rule # 300 b. Gymkhana: Rule # 237 (1) Chaps are optional in all Western Riding Discipline classes.

2. English Riding Disciplines: a. Saddle Seat Classes: Rule # 350 b. Hunter Seat Classes: Rule # 352 c. Dressage Seat Classes: Rule # 354 d. Show Hack Classes: Rule # 399 3. Long hair must be pulled back from the Junior Division Exhibitor’s face in all classes. C. EQUIPMENT: All tack must be correct for each riding discipline as defined by the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book. 1. Western Riding Disciplines: Rule # 91 a. Working Ranch: Rule # 300 b. Gymkhana: Rule # 236 2. English Riding Disciplines: a. Saddle Seat Classes: Rule # 351 b. Hunter Seat Classes: Rule # 353 c. Dressage Seat Classes: Rule # 355 d. Show Hack Classes: Rule # 400 D. Judges and Superintendents will have discretion to enforce disqualification.

- 260 -

V. STALLS AND TACK A. All tack stall requests must be submitted in writing with the Junior Division Exhibitor’s Douglas County Fair & Rodeo entry. There is no guarantee the request can or will be honored. B. One stall for every three (3) Junior Division Exhibitors per club will be issued for tack. C. Bedding must be removed to designated areas daily and at the end of Fair. D. Feed or bedding storage in the Horse barn will be at the discretion and permission of the Superintendent. E. Any items such as feed, show boxes, etc. placed in a stall not assigned to the Junior Division Exhibitor will be removed without warning. F. A water container, with water, must be visible and available for watering on a regular basis in each penned/stalled area at all times. NO feeding or watering of horses in show rings. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Officials reserve the right, at its discretion to contact a veterinarian to determine if water should be given. G. Only wood shavings or wood pellets will be allowed. H. Horses and Tack must be removed by the All Out date and time and the stall area, inside and outside, must be cleaned by the Junior Division Exhibitor unless previous arrangements have been made with Douglas County Fair management. I. Stall fees DO NOT include first bedding.

VI. SHOWMANSHIP A. Showmanship is mandatory for all Junior Division Exhibitors entered in the Junior Horse Department, unless excused by the Junior Division Exhibitor’s Program Leader. 1. Failure to participate in the showmanship class of the Junior Division Exhibitor’s riding discipline will make the Junior Division Exhibitor ineligible to participate in any additional classes in that riding discipline and the Member in Good Standing status will be revoked. 2. Members may complete showmanship at any open show or other event with their leader for program completion requirements only. 3. In cases of hardship the member’s situation must be presented to the 4-H Extension office in writing by entry deadline (if possible) to be reviewed by show management and the Extension Agent B. Rule # 70 – 89 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book will apply to all Showmanship classes. C. Junior Division Exhibitors must show their own animal. A horse disqualified for any reason may not be used for showmanship. Exceptions may be granted for extraordinary circumstances with prior approval of the 4-H/FFA Program Leader and Superintendent. D. The Judge will consider appearance of the animal, showmanship ability of the Junior Division Exhibitor and the Junior Division Exhibitor's appearance, courtesy and knowledge. E. Age divisions are offered with Junior Division Exhibitor age considered as of December 31st of the previous year.

- 261 -

VII. HIGH POINT A. All classes will be placed 1st through 6th place. B. Class placing will be assigned a point value using the table below: Minimum Entries per Class 6 5 4 3 2 1

1st Place 6 5 4 3 2 1

Points Earned per Place 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Place Place Place Place 5 4 3 2 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 1

6th Place 1

C. The English and Western High Point and Reserve High Point winners are ineligible to compete at the same Level in future years. 1. The High Point winner must pass the written test and riding test for the next riding discipline level to compete in future years. a. Failure to pass either the written test or riding test for the next riding discipline level will make the Junior Division Exhibitor ineligible to compete for the High Point Award at the current riding discipline level. 2. The Reserve High Point winner must pass the written test and attempt to pass the riding test for the next level to compete in the same riding discipline level. a. Failure to pass the written test for the next riding discipline level will make the Junior Division Exhibitor ineligible to compete for the High Point Award at the current riding discipline level. 3. Level IV Junior Division Exhibitors are exempt from this regulation. 4. Junior Division Exhibitors who move up an age classification will remain eligible to compete at the current riding discipline level. 5. A Junior Division Exhibitor is exempt from this regulation if there are less than three (3) Junior Division Exhibitors in the Riding Discipline the year the Junior Division Exhibitor won (previous fair year). D. The Highpoint Award is selected for the following riding disciplines: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

English Western Gymkhana Working Ranch Horse Roping

E. The Highpoint Award is determined by a composite score earned on: 1. Written Test 2. Record Book 3. Showmanship - 262 -

4. Equitation/Horsemanship 5. Any other classes the Junior Division Exhibitor is eligible for in the riding discipline. F. To be eligible for the Highpoint Award in any riding discipline the Junior Division Exhibitor must compete in the Written Test, Record Book, Showmanship and Equitation/Horsemanship in that riding discipline. G. In the event of a tie in any riding discipline the Written Test will be the first tie breaker and the Record Book will be the second tie breaker.

VIII. PREMIUMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 5th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st–$8, 2nd–$6, 3rd–$4, 4th–$3, 5th–$2 B. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards. C. All level III and IV classes will be judged and placed together for premium payout and ribbon awards. They will however be awarded highpoint points by the individual level.

- 263 -

WORKING RANCH HORSE SHOW INDOOR ARENA A. All Junior Horse Department Competition Requirements & Regulations also apply to this show. B. Junior Division Exhibitors are required to be Working Ranch Horse Level II or above to be eligible for this show. C. Junior Division Exhibitor Classification: Age Classifications are determined as of December 31st of previous year. 1. JUNIOR: 8–13 years old 2. SENIOR: 14–18 years old D. Junior Division Exhibitors must compete in all five (5) classes of the Working Ranch Horse Show at the appropriate age classification. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Ranch Showmanship Ranch Cutting Working Cow Horse Ranch Trail Ranch Horsemanship

E. TACK AND ATTIRE: Refer to Rule # 300 – 304 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book. F. Any horse with open sores or bleeding apparently caused by tack, equipment or rough handling shall be disqualified from competition and will not be placed.

RANCH SHOWMANSHIP CLASS A. Rule # 70 – 89 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1551 1551

Class 001 002

Class Name Ranch Showmanship Ranch Showmanship

Age Senior Junior

RANCH CUTTING CLASS A. Rule # 343 – 349 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. B. Douglas County Fair management will supply two (2) turn back riders. C. Junior Division Exhibitors may elect to use two (2) currently entered Working Ranch Horse Junior Division Exhibitors who are Members in Good Standing as the turn back riders instead of the riders that are supplied by Douglas County Fair management. D. Cattle may or may not be numbered, at the discretion of the Judge. Division 1552 1552

Class 001 002

Class Name Ranch Cutting Ranch Cutting

- 264 -

Age Senior Junior

WORKING COW HORSE CLASS A. The Working Cow Horse Class combines reining and individual cow work. B. Rule # 200 – 234 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to the reining portion of this class C. Rule # 339 – 342 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to the individual cow work portion of this class. D. After the Junior Division Exhibitor completes the reining portion of the class, the Junior Division Exhibitor calls for the cow to be turned into the arena. E. All members will show as Level II riders according to the state 4-H Horse Rule Book. Level II riders shall only be asked to box and take their cow down one side of the arena to the ¾ point and stop their horse square. F. Seniors must Box, Fence and Rope the cow. Juniors will only Box the cow. a. A breakaway rope must be used. Division 1552 1552

Class 003 004

Class Name Working Cow Horse Working Cow Horse

Age Senior Junior

RANCH TRAIL CLASS A. Rule # 335 – 338 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1552 1552

Class 005 006

Class Name Ranch Trail Ranch Trail

Age Senior Junior

RANCH HORSEMANSHIP CLASS A. Rule # 305 – 319 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1552 1552

Class 007 008

Class Name Ranch Horsemanship Ranch Horsemanship

- 265 -

Age Senior Junior

WESTERN TRAIL RODEO ARENA This competition will be judged on the performance of the horse over obstacles, with emphasis on manners, response to the rider and quality of movement. Credit will be given to horses negotiating the obstacles with style and promptness providing correctness is not sacrificed. Horses should receive credit for showing attentiveness to the obstacles cleanly, smoothly and alertly with prompt and willing responses to the rider’s cues. A. All Junior Horse Department Competition Requirements & Regulations also apply to this show. B. Rule # 145 – 174 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this competition. C. Junior Division Exhibitor Classification: Age Classifications are determined as of December 31st of previous year. 1. JUNIOR: 8–13 years old 2. SENIOR: 14–18 years old Division 1547 1547 1547 1547 1547 1547

Class 001 002 003 010 011 012

Class Name Western Trail, Level I Western Trail, Level II Western Trail, Level III & IV Western Trail, Level I Western Trail, Level II Western Trail, Level III & IV

- 266 -

Age Senior Senior Senior Junior Junior Junior

WESTERN HORSE SHOW INDOOR ARENA and RODEO ARENA A. All Junior Horse Department Competition Requirements & Regulations also apply to this show. B. Rule # 70 – 234 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this show. C. Junior Division Exhibitor Classification: Age Classifications are determined as of December 31st of previous year. 1. JUNIOR: 8–13 years old 2. SENIOR: 14–18 years old

WESTERN SHOWMANSHIP CLASS A. Rule # 70 – 89 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1541 1541 1541 1541 1541 1541

Class 001 002 003 010 011 012

Class Name Western Showmanship, Level I Western Showmanship, Level II Western Showmanship, Level III & IV Western Showmanship, Level I Western Showmanship, Level II Western Showmanship, Level III & IV

Age Senior Senior Senior Junior Junior Junior

Location Indoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena

EQUITATION ON THE RAIL CLASS (NARHA ONLY) A. Open to all riding disciplines. B. Junior Division Exhibitor must also hold a NARHA card. A copy of this card must be included with the Junior Division Exhibitor’s entry form. C. Rule # 125 – 144 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. D. This is a Walk/Trot class. Division 1542

Class 001

Class Name Equitation on the Rail

Age All Ages

Location Indoor Arena

TRAIL (NARHA ONLY) A. Open to all riding disciplines. B. Junior Division Exhibitor must also hold a NARHA card. A copy of this card must be included with the Junior Division Exhibitor’s entry form. C. Rule # 145 – 174 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1542

Class 002

Class Name Trail

- 267 -

Age All Ages

Location Indoor Arena

WESTERN EQUITATION ON THE RAIL (NO PATTERN) CLASS A. Rule # 125 – 144 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division

Class

1543

001

1543

002

1543

003

1543

010

1543

011

1543

012

Class Name Western Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level I Western Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level II Western Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level III & IV Western Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level I Western Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level II Western Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level III & IV

Age

Location

Senior

Indoor Arena

Senior

Indoor Arena

Senior

Indoor Arena

Junior

Outdoor Arena

Junior

Outdoor Arena

Junior

Outdoor Arena

WESTERN HORSEMANSHIP CLASS A. Rule # 125 – 144 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1544 1544 1544 1544 1544 1544

Class 001 002 003 010 011 012

Class Name Western Horsemanship, Level I Western Horsemanship, Level II Western Horsemanship, Level III & IV Western Horsemanship, Level I Western Horsemanship, Level II Western Horsemanship, Level III & IV

Age Senior Senior Senior Junior Junior Junior

Location Indoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena

WESTERN RIDING CLASS A. Rule # 175 – 199 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1545 1545 1545 1545

Class 002 003 011 012

Class Name Western Riding, Level II Western Riding, Level III & IV Western Riding, Level II Western Riding, Level III & IV

Age Senior Senior Junior Junior

Location Indoor Arena Indoor Arena Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena

WESTERN REINING CLASS A. Rule # 200 – 234 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1546 1546 1546 1546

Class 002 003 011 012

Class Name Western Reining, Level II Western Reining, Level III & IV Western Reining, Level II Western Reining, Level III & IV

- 268 -

Age Senior Senior Junior Junior

Location Indoor Arena Indoor Arena Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena

HORSE MASTER SHOWMANSHIP CLASS A. Rule # 70 – 89 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. B. Age Classification for this class determined as of December 31st of previous year: 1. JUNIOR – 8–10 years old. 2. INTERMEDIATE – 11–13 years old. 3. SENIOR – 14–18 years old. C. The Champion and Reserve Champion of each age division MUST return to the fairgrounds with their horse fitted for show for the Master Showmanship competition. D. Horses may not be shared by siblings of any age in this class. E. This class DOES NOT count toward any High Point award. F. Any Junior Division Exhibitor who qualifies for the Master Showmanship competition and fails to participate with their horse at the Master Showmanship competition will be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. This Junior Division Exhibitor may also be banned from competing in the Junior Horse Department at next year’s Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Division 1560 1560 1560

Class 001 002 003

Class Name Horse Master Showmanship Horse Master Showmanship Horse Master Showmanship

- 269 -

Age Senior Intermediate Junior

Location Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena

WESTERN ROPING COMPETITION INDOOR ARENA and EAST WARM–UP ARENA A. All Junior Horse Department Competition Requirements & Regulations also apply to this competition. B. Rule # 270 – 299 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this show. C. Junior Division Exhibitors are required to be Western Level II or above to be eligible for this show. D. Junior Division Exhibitors must also pass a roping competency in each class of the roping division by the Level/Competency Test Due Date. E. Details about the “Order of Go” for classes and Junior Division Exhibitors will be determined on Show Day. F. Junior Division Exhibitor Classification: Age Classifications are determined as of December 31st of previous year. 1. JUNIOR: 8–13 years old 2. SENIOR: 14–18 years old G. An adult helper, 19 years old or older, may assist the Junior Division Exhibitor getting the horse into the box and holding the horse in the box. 1. The helper must relinquish control of the horse before the Junior Division Exhibitor nods for the stock to be released. H. Stripping chute is open for all runs. I. The Break–Away Roping, Team Roping and Steer Stopping classes are judged. Time is for information only.

ROPING SHOWMANSHIP CLASS A. Rule # 70 – 89 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1531 1531

Class 001 002

Class Name Roping Showmanship Roping Showmanship

Age Senior Junior

BREAK–AWAY ROPING CLASS A. Rule # 276 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1532 1532

Class 001 002

Class Name Break–Away Roping Break–Away Roping

- 270 -

Age Senior Junior

TEAM ROPING CLASS A. Rule # 272 – 275 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1532 1532

Class 003 004

Class Name Team Roping – Heading Team Roping – Heeling

Age All Ages All Ages

STEER DAUBING CLASS A. Rule # 277 – 279 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. B. Steers must be daubed behind the shoulder and in front of the hip, referred to as the barrel of the steer. Division 1532 1532

Class 005 006

Class Name Steer Daubing Steer Daubing

Age Senior Junior

STEER STOPPING CLASS A. Roper must use head box. B. The class is judged. A ten (10) second penalty will be added for a broken barrier. 1. This event is also timed, however the time is for reference only. C. The steer must be roped with a legal head catch: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Both horns Full head Half head with one horn All other catches will be disqualified with a no time

D. After roping the steer, roper must dally to saddle horn and stop the steer. E. The steer and horse must be facing each other. 1. Both the steer and horse must be stopped with front feet on the ground to be flagged. F. Only one loop allowed with open gate. G. The decision of the judges is final. Division 1532 1532

Class 007 008

Class Name Steer Stopping Steer Stopping

Age Senior Junior

GOAT TYING CLASS A. Rule # 280 – 281 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1532 1532

Class 009 010

Class Name Goat Tying Goat Tying

- 271 -

Age Senior Junior

ENGLISH HORSE SHOW INDOOR ARENA and RODEO ARENA A. All Junior Horse Department Competition Requirements & Regulations also apply to this show. B. Rule # 350 – 419 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this show. C. Junior Division Exhibitor Classification: Age Classifications are determined as of December 31st of previous year. 1. JUNIOR: 8–13 years old 2. SENIOR: 14–18 years old

ENGLISH SHOWMANSHIP CLASS A. Rule # 70 – 89 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1511 1511 1511 1511 1511 1511

Class 001 002 003 010 011 012

Class Name English Showmanship, Level I English Showmanship, Level II English Showmanship, Level III & IV English Showmanship, Level I English Showmanship, Level II English Showmanship, Level III & IV

Age Senior Senior Senior Junior Junior Junior

Location Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena

ENGLISH EQUITATION CLASS A. Rule # 370 – 376 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1512 1512 1512 1512 1512 1512

Class 001 002 003 010 011 012

Class Name English Equitation, Level I English Equitation, Level II English Equitation, Level III & IV English Equitation, Level I English Equitation, Level II English Equitation, Level III & IV

Age Senior Senior Senior Junior Junior Junior

Location Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena

ENGLISH EQUITATION ON THE RAIL (NO PATTERN) CLASS A. Rule # 370 – 376 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1513 1513 1513 1513 1513 1513

Class 001 002 003 010 011 012

Class Name English Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level I English Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level II English Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level III & IV English Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level I English Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level II English Equitation on the Rail (No Pattern), Level III & IV

- 272 -

Age Senior Senior Senior Junior Junior Junior

Location Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena

ENGLISH CONTROL CLASS A. Rule # 405 – 419 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1514 1514 1514 1514

Class 002 003 011 012

Class Name English Control, Level II English Control, Level III & IV English Control, Level II English Control, Level III & IV

Age Senior Senior Junior Junior

Location Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena

SHOW HACK CLASS A. Rule # 397 – 404 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1515 1515 1515 1515

Class 002 003 011 012

Class Name English Show Hack, Level II English Show Hack, Level III & IV English Show Hack, Level II English Show Hack, Level III & IV

Age Senior Senior Junior Junior

Location Outdoor Arena Outdoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena

HUNTER HACK CLASS A. Rule # 392 – 396 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. B. All jumps will be set 5 strides apart. C. Jump Heights will be as follows: 1. Level II – 2’ vertical to 2’ vertical 2. Level III & IV – 2’ vertical to 2’ 6” vertical Division 1516 1516 1516 1516

Class 002 003 011 012

Class Name English Hunter Hack, Level II English Hunter Hack, Level III & IV English Hunter Hack, Level II English Hunter Hack, Level III & IV

- 273 -

Age Senior Senior Junior Junior

Location Indoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena Indoor Arena

GYMKHANA COMPETITION INDOOR ARENA D. All Junior Horse Department Competition Requirements & Regulations also apply to this competition. E. Rule # 235 – 269 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this show. F. Junior Division Exhibitors are required to be Western Level II or above to be eligible for this show. G. Junior Division Exhibitor Classification: Age Classifications are determined as of December 31st of previous year. 1. JUNIOR: 8–13 years old 2. SENIOR: 14–18 years old

GYMKHANA SHOWMANSHIP CLASS A. Rule # 70 – 89 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1521 1521

Class 001 004

Class Name Gymkhana Showmanship Gymkhana Showmanship

Age Senior Junior

BARREL RACING CLASS A. Rule # 245 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1522 1522

Class 001 013

Class Name Barrel Racing Barrel Racing

Age Senior Junior

FLAG RACE CLASS A. Rule # 246 – 248 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1522 1522

Class 004 0014

Class Name Flag Race Flag Race

Age Senior Junior

POLE BENDING CLASS A. Rule # 249 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1522 1522

Class 007 0015

Class Name Pole Bending Pole Bending

Age Senior Junior

KEY HOLE RACE CLASS A. Rule # 250 of the 2011/2012 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book apply to this class. Division 1522 1522

Class 010 016

Class Name Key Hole Race Key Hole Race - 274 -

Age Senior Junior

Thank you! 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. 4-H Horse Awards Award Name

Donated by

Champion Horse Master Showmanship 11-13

24hourflex.com

Champion Horse Master Showmanship 8-10

24hourflex.com

English Champion 14-18 Level 2

24hourflex.com

Champion High Point Roper 8-13

Anonymous Sponsor

Class Winner Steer Stopping 14-18

Anonymous Sponsor

Class Winner Steer Stopping 8-13

Anonymous Sponsor

Gymkhana Reserve Champion 8-13

Anonymous Sponsor

Gymkhana Champion 14-18

Bob Wright Memorial

Champion Western 14-18 Level 3

Brogan & Tierney Horton

Champion Western 14-18 Level 1

Castle Valley Dental

English Champion 14-18 Level 1

Castlewood Equestrian Center

Class Winner Ranch Cutting 14-18

Cherry Valley Ranchers

Class Winner Ranch Cutting 8-13

Cherry Valley Ranchers

English Reserve Champion 8-13 Level 1

Curry Cakery

Class Winner Break-away Roping 8-13

D.C. Dally’s

Class Winner Working Cow Horse 14-18

D.C. Dally’s

Class Winner Team Roping Heeler

Dale & Kristi Anderson

Reserve Champion Horse Master Showmanship 14-18

Dave & Michelle Delhougne

Class Winner Steer Daubing 8-13

David Paul & Debbie Eaton Taylor

Class Winner Team Roping Header

David Paul & Debbie Eaton Taylor

Reserve Champion High Point 14-18 WRH

Demand Construction Services

Gymkhana Champion 8-13

Double H Heating & Air

Champion High Point 14-18 WRH

Ed & Kathy Yeats Re/Max Edge Real Estate

Class Winner Working Cow Horse 8-13

F4 Enterprises Inc

Gymkhana Reserve Champion 14-18

Greg & Patty Daviscourt - 275 -

Award Name

Donated by

Reserve Champion High Point Roper 8-13

Greg & Patty Daviscourt

Champion Western 8-13 Level 1

Jack McCormick

English Reserve Champion 8-13 Level 2

Jerome & Tracy Strabrava

Reserve Champion Western 14-18 Level 2

Jerome & Tracy Strabrava

Reserve Champion Western 8-13 Level 2

Jerome & Tracy Strabrava

Class Winner Team Roping Heeler

Jesse Hill Family

Champion Horse Master Showmanship 14-18

Joe Rottman

Champion High Point Roper 14-18

John Adams/Susan Nokleby Family

Class Winner Steer Daubing 14-18

John Adams/Susan Nokleby Family

Champion High Point 8-13 WRH

Jordan Family

Reserve Champion Western 14-18 Level 3

Katrin & David Dane

Class Winner Ranch Horsemanship 14-18

LaMil Connections, Inc.

Class Winner Ranch Horsemanship 8-13

LaMil Connections, Inc.

English Champion 8-13 Level 2

Loren and Lisa Steen

Class Winner Goat Tying

Meadowstar Consulting Inc

English Reserve Champion 14-18 Level 2

Michael & Sandy Tey

Reserve Champion Horse Master Showmanship 11-13

Michael & Catherine Cunningham

Reserve Champion Horse Master Showmanship 8-10

Michael & Catherine Cunningham

Reserve Champion Western 14-18 Level 4

Mr. & Mrs. Richard Boydstun

Class Winner Ranch Trail 8-13

Myrna Adams

Reserve Champion Western 14-18 Level 1

O’Brien’s Café

Reserve Champion Western 8-13 Level 1

Pete & Ardyce Karabatsos

English Champion 8-13 Level 3

Phippen Family

English Champion 8-13 Level 1

Sean & Barbra Burke

Champion Western 14-18 Level 2

Sedalia Saddle Club

English Reserve Champion 14-18 Level 1

Stephanie McKee

Class Winner Break-away Roping 14-18

Taylor Landscaping

Class Winner Ranch Trail 14-18

The Ostrand Family

Reserve Champion High Point Roper 14-18

Warren Performance Horses

Champion Western 8-13 Level 2

Where Food Comes From, Inc d.b.a IMI Global - 276 -

JUNIOR BEEF DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 16 Animals per Exhibitor: Entries Due: Release: Check-In: Mandatory Meeting

No Limit July 8 August 10, 4pm August 5, 8am-10am August 5, 2:30pm Jerry Riley Nick Candelaria Katie Riley Lindsay Miller

Weigh-In: Showmanship: Market Show: Breeding Show: Fitting Contest:

August 5, 1-2pm August 6, 10 am August 7, 4pm August 6, 4pm August 9, 1pm

Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

All shows will be held in the Whitman-Lowell Pavilion I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements, Regulations and Health Requirements, IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics and the USDA Wholesome Meat Act. B. ALL BEEF MUST BE INSPECTED BY A SUPERINTENDENT OR ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT BEFORE UNLOADING. All beef will be inspected for general health. Any animal showing evidence of infectious, contagious or communicable diseases will be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds. C. Exhibitors must have their animal under control at all times. Exhibitors must demonstrate their ability to control the animal at the superintendent’s request. Any animal the Exhibitor cannot adequately control to the superintendent’s satisfaction may be disqualified and must be immediately removed from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. D. This show is NOT a terminal Market Show except for the Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Beef. E. Sexually intact male cattle will be ineligible and immediately dismissed from the fairgrounds unless they are eligible for and entered in the Feeder Calf Classes. F. Superintendents may add, delete and combine classes as necessary. G. Neck ropes for night tie-up are required for ALL cattle. The Junior Exhibitor must demonstrate the proper use of neck ropes to the superintendent’s satisfaction. Improper use of neck ropes may cause the exhibitor to be disqualified. H. Fans must blow towards the halter side of the animal. No misters, butt fans, or fans larger than 24 inches in diameter will be allowed on the grounds. - 277 -

1. Fans must have proper safety-approved shrouds and power cords must be in good condition with grounds intact. 2. Turn off and unplug all fans when fitting to minimize overloading electrical circuits.

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Exhibitors entered in the Beef Department must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. B. Beef entered in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. Market and Breeding animals must have original brand papers in the exhibitors name by March 1st of the current year or tag in date. Original registration papers, if applicable, must also be solely in the Exhibitor’s name. Breeding beef will be identified and registration tattoos, if applicable, will be verified. All market beef will be tagged with an official Douglas County ear tag. Any sexually intact male or cryptorchid animal is ineligible for show and will not be tagged. C. All animals must be polled or dehorned. Scur regrowth after initial disbudding is acceptable. D. All Beef entries must be made on a Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Entry form. All entries must be complete and fees paid by the Entry Due Date. No substitutions or late entries will be allowed. E. Animals will be weighed at the designated scheduled time; all original brand inspection certificates and signed individual Wholesome Meat Act papers will be presented at this time. F. Cattle Age Classifications: 1. Market Beef – born on/or after January 1 of the previous year. 2. Ranch Raised Calf – born on/or after January 1 of the previous year. 3. Feeder Calf – born on/or after January 1 of the current year. 4. Junior Calf – born on/or after January 1 of the current year. 5. Senior Calf – born on/or after September 1 through December 31 of the previous year. 6. Summer Yearling – born on/or after May 1 through August 31 of the previous year. 7. Junior Yearling – born on/or after January 1 through April 30 of the previous year. 8. Senior Yearling – born on/or after September 1 through December 31 two (2) years prior.

III. ANIMAL FITTING AND CARE A. All Junior Division Exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own animals until the animal has been released by Douglas County Fair management. It is expected that cattle exhibited in any class in the Junior Beef Department be trained, fitted, and dressed for show competition by the Junior Division Exhibitor. B. Any violation of the following Competition Requirements will automatically result in disqualification with no recourse: 1. The showing of livestock of any ineligible age or showing unethically fitted livestock is prohibited. 2. Unethical fitting will be deemed to consist of any artificial substance which alters the natural conformation of any part of the animal's body - 278 -

3. Any ear tag tampering or removals other than by a Douglas County Fair Board official or licensed veterinarian. Notify the Program Leader and Superintendent if there are any problems with the official ear tag prior to the Fair. 4. No altering structure of hair except for trimming and blocking will be allowed. 5. Any entry adding an artificial tail head or tail fin, artificial poll, or adding any hair or hair-like substance will be disqualified. 6. Changing the color of hair at any point, spot or area on the animal’s body or any grooming material that allows color to be rubbed off from any animal will result in disqualification. a. The natural color of any animal cannot be altered using any artificial coloring. However, products that match the natural color of the animal may be used in the fitting process only from the knees and hocks down, on the switch and the tail head. Artificial coloring cannot be used to cover the animal’s natural leg color. 7. Zero products (paints, sprays, adhesives etc.) can be used in preparing the animals for showmanship. C. All exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own animals until animal has been released by Douglas County Fair management.

IV. SHOW RING A. Exhibitors only are allowed in the beef show ring. B. The Exhibitor must be able to control his/her animal. The Judge or Superintendent may excuse an animal from the show ring for safety reasons.

V. STALLS AND TACK A. Bedding must be removed to designated areas daily and at the end of Fair. B. Straw bales and/or wood pallets cannot be used for bedding. Only wood shavings will be allowed. C. Feed or bedding storage in the Beef barn will be at the discretion and permission of the Superintendent. D. No tack pens will be available until all Beef have been stalled. Any items such as feed, show boxes, etc. placed in pens not assigned to the exhibitor will be removed without warning. Check with Superintendent for availability of space for tack placement. E. NO feeding or watering of livestock in show rings or holding pens. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Officials reserve the right, at its discretion to contact a veterinarian to determine if water should be given. F. All cattle must be in the barn for lock down as specified in the General Junior Division Rules. Neck ropes are required for night tie up and required for ALL cattle.

VI. JUNIOR LIVESTOCK SALE A. If the exhibitor qualifies for the Junior Livestock Sale, that exhibitor and his/her family must be familiar and comply with all Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. B. The Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion market beef must be entered in the Junior Livestock Sale.

- 279 -

C. All qualifying Market Beef are automatically elected to be entered into the Junior Livestock Sale unless the exhibitor informs the Superintendent in writing he or she does not wish to participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. Notification must be given before the Sale Selection Committee meeting. 1. Exhibitors of all other qualifying market beef may elect to enter their highest placing, heaviest animal into the Junior Livestock Sale. 2. Exceptions may be granted to exhibitors who are in compliance with the State Fair Substitution Rule as described in Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. D. Sale selection will be determined by class placing. 1. If a complete class placing (i.e., all 4th place beef) cannot be included in the sale, preference will be given to the heavier beef. E. Sale Photographs will be taken by a professional photographer of ALL beef selected for the Junior Livestock Sale. This photograph is to be presented to your buyer immediately after your beef is purchased. Please see the Livestock Sale Participation Requirements for details. 1. The Grand and Reserve Grand Champion will also be photographed with the buyer behind the sale ring immediately after the beef sells. 2. A photography area will be set up for personal photography as well.

VII. PREMIUMS A. If an exhibitor has multiple animals in the same weight class all premiums earned will be paid to that exhibitor. B. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 5th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$8, 2nd-$6, 3rd-$4, 4th-$3, 5th-$2 C. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards.

VIII. DIVISIONS MARKET BEEF DIVISION 1606 A. All Market Beef entries must have a signed Exhibitor as Seller COOL form attached to their entries. B. Beef entered in the Breeding Classes are not eligible to show in the Market Classes. C. Purebred or crossbred steers or heifers are eligible for the Market Beef Classes. D. Weight Restrictions 1. All market beef must weigh a minimum of 1,000 pounds at weigh-in. a. Underweight market beef WILL NOT be eligible for the Market Classes. E. If at the time of official weigh in, an animal fails to meet the minimum weight one reweigh will be offered as defined in Section II.CC of the Junior Livestock Division Requirements and Regulations. F. Animals will be weighed at the scheduled time. A signed individual “Notice of USDA Wholesome Meat Act” form must be presented at this time. Any animal not tagged properly, or any exhibitor with incomplete paperwork, will not be allowed to enter the show ring. NO

- 280 -

EXCEPTIONS! Animals failing to meet the market show weights will be color marked and ineligible to show in Market Beef classes. G. Market classes will be divided by weight as deemed appropriate by the Superintendents. H. Underweight Market Beef will not be judged in the Market Beef classes but can be used for showmanship. I. Cattle in the Ranch Raised Calf class must have been born in Colorado and from a herd owned by the Exhibitor or the Exhibitor’s immediate family. 1. This calf must also be eligible for and entered into a Market Beef class. Division 1606 1608

Class 001 001

Class Name Market Beef classes Ranch Raised Calf

BREEDING BEEF DIVISION 1602 A. All breeding beef will be exhibited in the same area as all the other beef animals. Breeding beef animals will not be assigned individual stalls. Pens or corrals must be provided by the Exhibitor. B. All breeding beef should be fitted according to breed standards and the slick shearing of breeding animals is highly discouraged. C. All Breeding Beef will be identified by a breeding beef identification form (non-market cattle), photos, and brand papers in members name are due to the extension office prior to March 1st or the beef identification day (Tag day). Those animals born after March 1st (or the Tag in Date) must be identified on a breeding beef identification form turned in to the extension office by May 30th each year. Breeding animals must be brand inspected in the Junior members name by the identification deadlines according to age listed above. All members enrolled in the beef and breeding beef project must be enrolled by the Extension office deadline in Feb/March of each year. Contact the Extension office each year for this deadline. D. Classes will be divided by age, hip height, or weight at the Superintendent’s discretion. E. Beef entered in the Market Classes are not eligible to show in the Breeding Beef Classes, except as offspring in the Production class. F. The Beef Production Class is one (1) cow of any age and any breed with current year’s offspring that are eligible for and entered into the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Junior Beef Department. G. Breeding beef will be judged on breed characteristics, conformation, structure, and breeding capacity. Division 1602 1602 1602 1602 1602 1603 1604

Class 001 002 003 004 005 001 001

Class Name Breeding Heifers – Junior Calves Breeding Heifers – Senior Calves Breeding Heifers – Summer Yearling Breeding Heifers – Junior Yearling Breeding Heifers – Senior Yearling Beef Production Feeder Calves

- 281 -

BEEF SHOWMANSHIP DIVISION 1600 A. Showmanship is mandatory for all Exhibitors to remain a Member in Good Standing of their respective program. B. Showmanship is a Blow ‘n Go competition 1. Absolutely no fitting products of any kind may be used. 2. Animal can only be washed and dried. C. Exhibitors must show their own animal. An animal disqualified for any reason except weight may not be used for showmanship. Exceptions may be granted for extraordinary circumstances with prior approval of the Program Leader and Superintendent. D. The Judge will consider cleanliness of the animal, showmanship ability of the exhibitor, the exhibitor's appearance, courtesy and knowledge. E. Three age divisions are offered with exhibitor age considered as of December 31st of the previous year. Division 1600 1600 1600

Class 001 002 003

Class Name Senior Showmanship Intermediate Showmanship Junior Showmanship

14-18 Years Old 11-13 Years Old 8-10 Years Old

MARKET BEEF CARCASS CONTEST 3000 A. Underweight animals will not be eligible for the Carcass Contest. B. Only market beef that have been sold in the Junior Livestock Sale are eligible for and automatically entered into the Beef Carcass Contest, unless the buyer has selected “Buyer Hold” as the animal disposition. C. Beef carcass evaluation and judging will be conducted by an organization designated by the Douglas County Fair Board. D. Class placing is final. E. Awards will be presented at 4-H Achievement Night.

BEEF RECORD BOOK DIVISION 800 A. Please refer to Division 800 for Beef Record Book Requirements and Regulations.

SUPREME BEEF EXHIBITOR DIVISION A. Please refer to Department 30 for Supreme Beef Exhibitor Requirements and Regulations. B. All entries must comply with all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements & Regulations. C. Eligible Exhibitors must be a Member in Good Standing. D. Underweight / Overweight animals do not qualify for the Supreme Contest.

- 282 -

BEEF FITTING CONTEST 3000 THIS CONTEST WILL BE HELD IN THE BEEF BARN A. Exhibitors must be a Member in Good Standing and have entries at the current Douglas County Fair & Rodeo t eligible. B. For this contest only, the age classification for exhibitors as of December 31st of the previous year is: 1. JUNIOR: 8-13 years old 2. SENIOR: 14-18 years old C. Fitting Teams consist of three (3) Exhibitors. Fitting Team Members are not required to be entered in the Junior Beef Department. 1. At least one (1) Exhibitor must be a junior exhibitor. 2. Each Fitting Team must supply one (1) animal that has been shown at the current Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. Please select a quality animal. D. Each Fitting Team must provide equipment and supplies. 1. Only one (1) blower per Fitting Team. 2. NO CLIPPERS ARE ALLOWED. E. A lottery will be used to select the animal each Fitting Team will be using for this contest. 1. No Fitting Team may use an animal belonging to one of its’ members. F. Supplied animals will be bathed by someone other than a Fitting Team member and presented clean and dry. Animals will be uniformly wetted by the Superintendents. G. The animal can be tied up or placed in a blocking chute. H. Fitting Teams will have 30 minutes to fit the animal. 1. Once the time limit has been reached the fitting of each animal will be judged.

BEEF HERDSMAN AWARD A. To be eligible for this award the Junior Division Exhibitor must participate in set-up day and be a Member in Good Standing. B. This award will be given to the Junior Division Exhibitor who demonstrates a willingness to help keep the beef barn in order; keep their own stall and tack in order; be a positive representative to the general public of 4-H/FFA and the beef industry and be helpful and considerate to other Junior Division Exhibitors, Superintendents and Douglas County Fair management and staff. C. This award will be determined by the Beef Superintendents and will be awarded at the Junior Livestock Sale.

- 283 -

Thank you! 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. 4-H Beef Awards Award Name

Donated by

Champion Jr. Beef Showman (8-10)

1st Bank of Douglas County

2nd Place Beef Fitting Contest (3 person team - 3 of 3)

24hourflex.com

Champion Sr. Beef Showman (14-18)

24hourflex.com

Grand Champion Female

Cargill c/o Melissa Frisbie

Champion Beef Production Female

Dave & Michelle Delhougne

Champion Beef Rate-of-Gain

Doug Polson Family

Reserve Grand Champion Female

Doug Polson Family

Champion Beef Carcass Contest

Dr Phil Riesselman

Champion Ranch Raised

Dr Phil Riesselman

Champion Supreme Beef

Dr Phil Riesselman

Reserve Champion Beef Carcass Contest

Dr Phil Riesselman

Reserve Champion Supreme Beef

Dr Phil Riesselman

Reserve Grand Market Beef

Ernie & Kathe Jackson

1st Place Beef Fitting Contest (3 person team - 3 of 3)

Greg & Patty Daviscourt

2nd Place Beef Fitting Contest (3 person team - 2 of 3)

Hoof Over Heels 4-H Club c/o John Hinners

1st Place Beef Fitting Contest (3 person team / 1 of 3)

Jackie Quinn

Grand Champion Market Beef

James R Thomas Memorial

Champion Int. Beef Showman (11-13)

Jerry Myers Family

Champion Breeding Heifer

JF & Mildred Stewart

Reserve Champion Ranch Raised Calf

John Hinners Family

Reserve Grand Champion Female

Judy Elkins

Champion Herdsman-Beef

Kurly Q

Champion Ranch Raised

Marilyn Stephens

Reserve Champion Jr. Int. & Sr. Beef Showman

Maude Kelty Memorial Award Fund

Reserve Champion Jr. Int. & Sr. Beef Showman

Maude Kelty Memorial Award Fund - 284 -

Award Name

Donated by

Reserve Champion Jr. Int. & Sr. Beef Showman

Maude Kelty Memorial Award Fund

Champion Feeder Calf

Metzler Ranches c/o Rosemary Metzler

Donorship in the 4-H Beef Department

NET Source, Inc.

Reserve Champion Ranch Raised Calf

O'Briens Café

Reserve Champion Beef Rate-of-Gain

Rampart Landscape & Arbor Service

1st Place Beef Fitting Contest (3 person team -2 of 3)

Robert & Malinda Pederson

Grand Champion Female

Spruce Mountain Ranch

3rd Place Beef Fitting Contest (3 person team - 1 of 3)

Taylor Landscaping

3rd Place Beef Fitting Contest (3 person team - 1 of 3)

Taylor Landscaping

3rd Place Beef Fitting Contest (3 person team - 1 of 3)

Taylor Landscaping

2nd Place Beef Fitting Contest (3 person team - 1 of 3)

The Partridge Family

- 285 -

JUNIOR SHEEP DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 17 Animals per Exhibitor: Entries Due: Release: Check-In:

12 Maximum July 8 August 10, 4pm August 5, 8am-10am Tom Burdick Wes Jacobs Ginger Jacobs Paula Buckley Margaret Koops

Weigh-In: Showmanship: Market Show: Breeding Show:

August 5, 11am-12pm August 6, 1 pm August 7, 9am Following Market Show

Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

All shows will be held in the Whitman-Lowell Pavilion I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements & Regulations and Health Requirements, the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics and the USDA Wholesome Meat Act. B. ALL SHEEP MUST BE INSPECTED BY A SUPERINTENDENT OR ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT BEFORE UNLOADING. All sheep will be inspected for general health. Any animal showing evidence of infectious, contagious or communicable diseases or visible prolapse will be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds. C. This show is NOT a terminal Market Show except for the Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Lamb. D. Superintendents may add, delete and combine classes as necessary. E. Superintendent will classify Sheep Breeds and can change entries to the correct class. Superintendent’s breed classification is final with no recourse. F. No more than 12 head of sheep per Junior Division Exhibitor. G. Rams Lambs may only be shown in the production class as long as they are not bedded at the Fairgrounds. Ram Lambs may be brought to the Fairgrounds the day of the show left in trailer until production class is shown, and then removed from the Fairgrounds. 1. Other sexually intact male sheep will be ineligible and immediately dismissed from the fairgrounds.

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Junior Division Exhibitors entered in the Junior Sheep Department must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program - 286 -

requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. B. Sheep entered in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. At that time, breeding sheep will be identified and the USDA Scrapie Tag recorded and market lambs will be tagged with an official Douglas County ear tag. Any sexually intact male or crypt orchid animal is ineligible for show and will not be tagged. C. All female sheep will be required to have a USDA Scrapie ID tag. Do not cut out any Scrapie identification tags that are in market lambs. D. All Sheep entries must be made on a Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Entry form. No substitutions or late entries will be allowed. E. Sheep entered in the Junior Sheep Department shall show no evidence of surgical docking, prolapse, purse strings, etc. If any of these are evident in any sheep, that animal will be disqualified and dismissed from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. F. Sheep Age Classifications: 1. Yearling – Dropped between January 1, and December 31 of the previous year. a. Yearling ewes may have two or four permanent teeth. 2. Lamb – Dropped on/or after January 1 of the current year. a. Lambs must be carrying all milk teeth (have lamb teeth) in place.

III. ANIMAL FITTING AND CARE A. All Junior Division Exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own animals until the animal has been released by Douglas County Fair management. It is expected that sheep exhibited in any class in the Junior Sheep Department be trained, fitted, and dressed for show competition by the Junior Division Exhibitor. B. Any violation of the following Fitting Rules will automatically result in disqualification of the Junior Division Exhibitor with no recourse: 1. The showing of livestock of any ineligible age or showing unethically fitted livestock is prohibited. 2. Unethical fitting will be deemed to consist of any artificial substance which alters the natural conformation and/or color of any part of the animal's body 3. No altering structure of hair or wool coat except for trimming and blocking will be allowed. 4. Changing the color of hair at any point, spot or area on the animal’s body or any grooming material that allows color to be rubbed off from any animal will result in disqualification. 5. Any entry adding an artificial tail head or tail fin, artificial poll, or adding any hair or hair-like substance will be disqualified. 6. Any ear tag tampering or removals other than by a Douglas County Fair Board official or licensed veterinarian. Notify the Program Leader and Superintendent if there are any problems with the official ear tag prior to the Fair. C. Any Junior Division Exhibitor committing any fitting violation, or any other practice deemed unethical by the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, will be subject to discipline as set - 287 -

forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

IV. SHOW RING A. In all sheep classes, the front feet of the sheep must remain on the show ring floor while being shown. Judges and Superintendents will have discretion to enforce disqualification. B. Only Junior Division Exhibitors are allowed in the show ring. C. At the conclusion of the show, all exhibitors will be required to assistant with show ring breakdown/setup and clean up.

V. STALLS AND TACK A. Bedding must be removed to designated areas daily and at the end of Fair. B. Feed or bedding storage in the Sheep barn will be at the discretion and permission of the Superintendent. C. No tack pens will be available until all Sheep have been stalled. Any items such as feed, show boxes, etc. placed in pens not assigned to the Junior Division Exhibitor will be removed without warning. Check with Superintendent for availability of space for tack placement. D. A water container, with water, must be visible and available for watering on a regular basis in each penned/stalled area at all times. NO feeding or watering of livestock in show rings or holding pens. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Officials reserve the right, at its discretion to contact a veterinarian to determine if water should be given. 1. Water may be removed at 8:00 a.m. on day of show, but any lamb deemed dehydrated by the Superintendents will not be allowed to show. E. Junior Sheep Division Exhibitors may not use rubber mats, netting, carpet, etc. for bedding. Only wood shavings will be allowed. F. Junior Sheep Division Exhibitors may use meshed or plastic muzzles at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. The muzzle style must allow the lamb to drink water.

VI. JUNIOR LIVESTOCK SALE A. If a Junior Division Exhibitor qualifies for the Junior Livestock Sale, that Junior Division Exhibitor and his/her family must be familiar with, and comply with, all Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. B. The Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion market lamb must be entered in the Junior Livestock Sale. C. All qualifying market lambs are automatically elected to be entered into the Junior Livestock Sale unless the Junior Division Exhibitor informs the Superintendent in writing he or she does not wish to participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. Notification must be given before the Sale Selection Committee meeting. 1. Junior Division Exhibitors of all other qualifying market lambs may elect to enter their highest placing, heaviest lamb into the Junior Livestock Sale. 2. Exceptions may be granted to Junior Division Exhibitors who are in compliance with State Fair Substitution Rule as described in Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. - 288 -

D. Sale selection will be determined by class placing. 1. If a complete class placing (i.e., all 4th place lambs) cannot be included in the sale, preference will be given to the heavier lambs. E. Sale Photographs will be taken by a professional photographer of ALL sheep selected for the Junior Livestock Sale. This photograph is to be presented to your buyer immediately after your lamb is purchased. Please see the Livestock Sale Participation Requirements for details. 1. The Grand and Reserve Grand Champion will also be photographed with the buyer behind the sale ring immediately after the lamb sells. 2. A photography area will be set up for personal photography as well.

VII. PREMIUMS A. If a Junior Division Exhibitor has multiple animals in the same class all premiums earned will be paid to that Junior Division Exhibitor. B. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 5th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$8, 2nd-$6, 3rd-$4, 4th-$3, 5th-$2 C. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards.

VIII. DIVISIONS MARKET LAMBS DIVISION 1702 A. Purebred, grade or crossbred wether or ewe lambs are eligible for the Market Lamb Classes. B. All Market Lamb entries must have a signed Exhibitor as Seller COOL form attached to their entries. C. All Market Lambs must be shown uniformly slick shorn with a maximum of 1/4" wool from the knees and hocks up. No patterns allowed. Wool foretops and boots may be left on the lamb. D. Ewe lambs entered in the Breeding Classes are not eligible to show in the Market Classes. E. Market ewe lambs are required to have a USDA Scrapie ID tag. F. Male animals having one or both testicles contained in the body cavity are not eligible to show. G. Weight Restrictions 1. All market lambs must weigh a minimum of 95 pounds at weigh-in. H. Animals will be weighed at the scheduled time. A signed individual “Notice of USDA Wholesome Meat Act” form must be presented at this time. Any animal not tagged properly, or any Junior Division Exhibitor with incomplete paperwork, will not be allowed to show. NO EXCEPTIONS! Animals failing to meet the market show weights will be color marked and ineligible to show in Market Lamb classes. I. If at the time of official weigh in, an animal fails to meet the minimum weight one (1) reweigh will be offered as defined in Section II.CC of the Junior Livestock Division Requirements and Regulations. J. Market Lamb classes will be divided by weight as deemed appropriate by the Superintendent. K. Underweight Market Lambs will not be judged in the Market Lamb classes but can be used for showmanship. - 289 -

Division 1702

Class

Class Name Market Lamb Classes

BREEDING SHEEP DIVISION 1703 A. All sheep (except the Crossbred Ewe and Production classes) must be purebred. Crossbred ewes are to be shown in the Crossbred classes. B. All breeding sheep should be fitted according to breed standards and the slick shearing of breeding animals is highly discouraged. C. Ewe Lambs entered in the Market Classes are not eligible to show in the Breeding Sheep Classes, except as offspring in the Production class. D. All breeding sheep will be required to have a USDA Scrapie ID tag. E. The Sheep Production Class is one (1) ewe of any age and any breed with current year’s offspring. F. Breeding sheep will be judged on breed characteristics, conformation, structure, wool, and breeding capacity. Division 1703 1703 1703 1703 1703 1703 1703 1703 1704

Class 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 001

Class Name Hampshire Yearling Ewes Hampshire Ewe Lambs Suffolk Yearling Ewes Suffolk Ewe Lambs All Other Breeds Yearling Ewes All Other Breeds Ewe Lambs Crossbred Yearling Ewes Crossbred Ewe Lambs Sheep Production

SHEEP SHOWMANSHIP DIVISION 1700 A. Showmanship is mandatory for all Junior Division Exhibitors to remain a Member in Good Standing of their respective program. B. Junior Division Exhibitors must show their own animal. A sheep disqualified for any reason except weight may not be used for showmanship. Exceptions may be granted for extraordinary circumstances with prior approval of the Program Leader and Superintendent. C. The Judge will consider appearance of the animal, showmanship ability of the Junior Division Exhibitor and the Junior Division Exhibitor's appearance, courtesy and knowledge. D. Three age divisions are offered with Junior Division Exhibitor age considered as of December 31st of the previous year. Division 1700 1700 1700

Class 001 002 003

Class Name Senior Showmanship Intermediate Showmanship Junior Showmanship

- 290 -

14-18 Years Old 11-13 Years Old 8-10 Years Old

MARKET LAMB ULTRASOUND EVALUATION CONTEST 3000 A. Underweight animals will not be eligible for the Ultrasound Evaluation Contest. B. Only one market lamb ultrasound evaluation per Junior Division Exhibitor will be paid for by the Douglas County Fair Board for the contest. Other market lambs may be entered in the contest by the Exhibitor paying the ultrasound evaluation entry fee of $5 per animal at the time of the ultrasound/weigh-in. C. The ultrasound evaluation will be conducted immediately following weigh-in. D. Ultrasound evaluation and judging will be conducted by an organization designated by the Douglas County Fair Board. E. All placings are final. F. Awards will be presented at 4-H Achievement Night. Division 3000

Class 016

Class Name Market Lamb Ultrasound Evaluation Class

SHEEP RECORD BOOK DIVISION 800 A. Please refer to Division 800 for Sheep Record Book Requirements and Regulations. Division 800 800 800

Class 027 026 025

Class Name Senior Sheep Record Book Intermediate Sheep Record Book Junior Sheep Record Book

SUPREME SHEEP EXHIBITOR A. Please refer to Department 30 for Supreme Sheep Exhibitor Requirements and Regulations. B. All entries must comply with all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements & Regulations and Health Requirements, the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics and the USDA Wholesome Meat Act. C. Eligible Junior Division Exhibitors must be a Member in Good Standing. D. Underweight / Overweight animals do not qualify for the Supreme Sheep Exhibitor contest. Division 3000

Class 024

Class Name Supreme Sheep Exhibitor

- 291 -

SHEPHERD AWARD A. To be eligible for this award the Junior Division Exhibitor must participate in set-up day and be a Member in Good Standing. B. This award will be given to the Junior Division Exhibitor who demonstrates a willingness to help keep the sheep barn in order; keep their own pen and tack in order; be a positive representative to the general public of 4-H/FFA and the sheep industry and be helpful and considerate to other Junior Division Exhibitors, Superintendents and Douglas County Fair management and staff. C. This award will be determined by the Sheep Superintendents and will be awarded at the Junior Livestock Sale.

Thank you 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. 4-H Sheep Awards Award Name

Donated by

Champion Jr. Sheep Showman (8-10)

1st Bank of Douglas County

Reserve Champion Jr. Int. & Sr. Sheep Showman

Abbe Hills Animal Hospital

4-H Sheep Lead Sr. Champion

Arlene & Francis Stringer

Champion Supreme Sheep Contest

CALF

Reserve Champion Breeding Ewe

Dave & Michelle Delhougne

Reserve Champion Sheep Carcass Contest

Dave Buckley Family

Champion Shepherd

H&M Collision & Auto Body

Champion Int. Sheep Showman (11-13)

Lt Col & Mrs Jay Jones

Champion Sheep Carcass Contest

Paul & Cheryl Clayton

Reserve Champion Market Lamb

Phippen Family

4-H Sheep Lead Jr. Champion

Phippen Family

4-H Sheep Lead Int. Champion

Phippen Family

4-H Sheep Lead Int. Res Champion

Phippen Family

4-H Sheep Lead Jr. Res Champion

Phippen Family

4-H Sheep Lead Sr. Res Champion

Phippen Family

Reserve Champion Supreme Sheep Contest

Priority Medical Supply

Champion Market Lamb

Robert & Malinda Pederson

Champion Sr. Sheep Showman (14-18)

Robert & Malinda Pederson

- 292 -

Award Name

Donated by

Champion Breeding Ewe

Sam & Jo Spencer

Champion Production Class Winner

Sam & Jo Spencer

Reserve Champion Breeding Ewe

Sam & Jo Spencer

Sheep Production Class Winner

Steve Clark Family

Champion Breeding Ewe

Taylor Landscaping

Champion Market Lamb

Tom Burdick Family

- 293 -

JUNIOR SWINE DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 18 Animals per Exhibitor: 6 Maximum Entries Due: July 8 Release: August 10, 4pm Check-In: August 5, 8am-9:45am Exhibitor Meeting: August 5, 3pm Paul Clayton Dave Buckley Alice Boettcher

Weigh-In: Showmanship: Market Show: Over & Under Weight Workshop:

August 5, 8am-9:45am August 6, 8am August 6, 6pm August 5, 2pm

Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

All shows will be held in the Whitman-Lowell Pavilion I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements, Regulations and Health Requirements, the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics and the USDA Wholesome Meat Act. B. ALL SWINE MUST BE INSPECTED BY A SUPERINTENDENT OR ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT BEFORE UNLOADING. All swine will be inspected for general health. Any animal showing evidence of infectious, contagious or communicable diseases will be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds. 1. All ear tags must be clean and legible. Any swine with unreadable ear tags will not be unloaded until ear tags are cleaned. C. Junior Division Exhibitors must be in the receiving / Weigh-In line by 9:45am. After 9:45am the receiving / Weigh-In line will be closed and Junior Division Exhibitors arriving late will be ineligible for competition in the Junior Swine Department. In hardship cases (vehicle breakdown) exceptions will be considered by Douglas County Fair management. If a hardship case is approved, the hogs will be weighed after the cattle weigh-in. D. This show is NOT a terminal Market Show except for the Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Swine. E. Superintendents may add, delete and combine classes as necessary. F. No more than 6 hogs per Junior Division Exhibitor. G. The Exhibitor Meeting is MANDATORY (see *Sanction for missing Exhibitor Meeting) for all Junior Division Exhibitors. H. Swine barn will be closed to the public during showmanship and market shows. Parents may volunteer to assistant superintendents with show preparations. - 294 -

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Junior Division Exhibitors entered in the Junior Swine Department must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. B. Swine entered in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. At that time, market swine will be identified by sex, coat color and ear notches and will be tagged with an official Douglas County Fair ear tag. Any sexually intact male or crypt orchid animal is ineligible for show and will not be tagged. C. All Swine entries must be made on a Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Entry form. No substitutions or late entries will be allowed. D. Swine Age Classifications: 1. Market Swine – Born on/or after January 1 of the current year. E. Only market barrows and gilts are eligible for this show.

III. ANIMAL FITTING AND CARE A. All Junior Division Exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own animals until the animal has been released by Douglas County Fair management. It is expected that hogs exhibited in any class in the Junior Swine Department be trained, fitted, and dressed for show competition by the exhibitor. B. Only family members may assist in driving hogs to wash racks. C. Family members may provide instruction but only minimal help in pre-show fitting and driving. Superintendents and designated helpers will provide assistance in driving hogs to the show ring. D. All Market Swine must have at least 1/4" of hair on the body to enter the show ring. The head, jowls, belly and tail may be clipped close. E. Any violation of the following Fitting Rules will automatically result in disqualification with no recourse: 1. The showing of livestock of any ineligible age or showing unethically fitted livestock is prohibited. 2. Unethical fitting will be deemed to consist of any artificial substance which alters the natural conformation and/or color of any part of the animal's body 3. Any ear tag tampering or removals other than by a Douglas County Fair Board official or licensed veterinarian. Notify the Program Leader and Superintendent if there are any problems with the official ear tag prior to the Fair. 4. Changing of the color of hair at any point, spot or area on the animal’s body or any grooming material that allows color to be rubbed off from any animal will result in disqualification. 5. No altering structure of hair except for trimming and blocking will be allowed. 6. Any entry adding an artificial tail head or tail fin, artificial poll, or adding any hair or hair like substance will be disqualified.

- 295 -

F. Any exhibitor committing any of the above unethical practices, or any other practice deemed unethical by the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, will be subject to discipline as set forth in section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

IV. SHOW RING A. All exhibitors must follow Superintendent Instructions. B. Specific Show Ring instructions will be discussed at the mandatory exhibitor meeting and become part of the Junior Swine Department Requirements and Regulations. C. Only Junior Division Exhibitors are allowed in the show ring. D. At the conclusion of the show, all exhibitors will be required (see *Sanction for missing this requirement) to assistant with show ring breakdown/setup and clean up.

V. STALLS AND TACK A. Bedding must be removed to designated areas daily and at the end of Fair. B. Feed or bedding storage in the Swine barn will be at the discretion and permission of the Superintendent. C. No personal fans are allowed. D. No tack pens will be available until all Swine have been stalled. Any items such as feed, show boxes, etc. placed in pens not assigned to the exhibitor will be removed without warning. Check with Superintendent for availability of space for tack placement. E. A water container, with water and working nipples, must be visible and available for watering on a regular basis in each penned/stalled area at all times. NO feeding of livestock in show rings or holding pens. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Officials reserve the right, at its discretion to contact a veterinarian to determine if water should be given. F. Swine exhibitors may use rubber mats for under bedding. Only wood shavings will be allowed. G. All electrical equipment and cords must be kept away from the hogs at all times.

VI. JUNIOR LIVESTOCK SALE A. If an exhibitor qualifies for the Junior Livestock Sale, that exhibitor and his/her family must be familiar with, and comply with, all Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. B. The Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Swine must be entered in the Junior Livestock Sale. C. All qualifying Market Swine are automatically elected into the Junior Livestock Sale unless the exhibitor informs the Superintendent in writing he or she does not wish to participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. Notification must be given before the Sale Selection Committee meeting. 1. Exhibitors of all other qualifying Market Swine may elect to enter their highest placing, heaviest hog into the Junior Livestock Sale. 2. Exceptions may be granted to exhibitors who are in compliance with State Fair Substitution Rule as described in Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. D. Sale selection will be determined by class placing. - 296 -

1. If a complete class placing (i.e., all 4th place hogs) cannot be included in the sale, preference will be given to the heavier hogs. E. Sale Photographs will be taken by a professional photographer of ALL swine selected for the Junior Livestock Sale. This photograph is to be presented to your buyer immediately after your hog is purchased. Please see the Livestock Sale Participation Requirements for details. 1. The Grand and Reserve Grand Champion will also be photographed with the buyer behind the sale ring immediately after the hog sells. 2. A photography area will be set up for personal photography as well.

VII. PREMIUMS A. If an exhibitor has multiple animals in the same weight class all premiums earned will be paid to that exhibitor. B. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 5th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$8, 2nd-$6, 3rd-$4, 4th-$3, 5th-$2 C. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards.

VIII. DIVISIONS MARKET SWINE DIVISION 1802 A. Purebred or crossbred hogs are eligible for the Market Swine Classes. B. All Market Swine entries must have a signed Exhibitor as Seller COOL form attached to their entries. C. Male animals having one or both testicles contained in the body cavity are not eligible to show. D. Weight Restrictions 1. All Market Swine must weigh a minimum of 225 pounds and a maximum of 285 pounds at weigh-in. E. Animals will be weighed at the scheduled time. A signed individual “Notice of USDA Wholesome Meat Act” card must be presented at this time. Any animal not tagged properly, or any exhibitor with incomplete paperwork, will not be allowed to show. NO EXCEPTIONS! Animals failing to meet the market show weights will be color marked and ineligible to show in Market Swine classes. F. If at the time of official weigh in, an animal fails to meet the weight requirements one reweigh will be offered as defined in Section II.U of the Junior Livestock Division Requirements and Regulations. 1. All exhibitors with overweight or underweight hogs are REQUIRED to participate in the MANDATORY O/U Weight Workshop (see *Sanction for missing this Workshop) to review production and health practices. G. Market Swine classes will be divided by weight as deemed appropriate by the Superintendent. 1. The Market Swine classes will be grouped into Middle Weight and Heavy Weight divisions as deemed appropriate by the Superintendent. The first place and second place market hogs from each class will compete for the respective division Champion and Reserve - 297 -

Champion market hog. These division Champion and Reserve Champion market hogs will compete for the Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion market swine. H. Underweight/Overweight Market Swine will not be judged in the Market Swine classes but can be used for showmanship. Division 1802

Class

Class Name Market Hog Classes

SWINE SHOWMANSHIP DIVISION 1800 A. Showmanship is mandatory for all Exhibitors to remain a Member in Good Standing of their respective program. B. Exhibitors must show their own animal. A hog disqualified for any reason except weight may not be used for showmanship. Exceptions may be granted for extraordinary circumstances with prior approval of the Program Leader and Superintendent. C. The Judge will consider appearance of the animal, showmanship ability of the exhibitor and the exhibitor's appearance, courtesy and knowledge. D. Three age divisions are offered with exhibitor age considered as of December 31st of the previous year. Division 1800 1800 1800

Class 001 002 003

Class Name Senior Showmanship Intermediate Showmanship Junior Showmanship

14-18 Years Old 11-13 Years Old 8-10 Years Old

MARKET SWINE ULTRASOUND EVALUATION CONTEST 3000 A. Overweight/Underweight animals will not be eligible for the Carcass Contest. B. Only one market hog ultrasound evaluation per Junior Division Exhibitor will be paid for by the Douglas County Fair Board for the contest. Other market hogs may be entered in the contest by the Exhibitor paying the ultrasound evaluation entry fee of $5 per animal at the time of the ultrasound/weigh-in. C. The ultrasound evaluation will be conducted immediately following weigh-in. D. Ultrasound evaluation and judging will be conducted by an organization designated by the Douglas County Fair Board. E. All placings are final. F. Awards will be presented at 4-H Achievement Night. Division 3000

Class 018

Class Name Market Swine Ultrasound Evaluation Class

SWINE RECORD BOOK DIVISION 800 A. Please refer to Division 800 for Swine Record Book Requirements and Regulations. Division 800 800

Class 027 028

Class Name Senior Swine Record Book Intermediate Swine Record Book - 298 -

Division 800

Class 029

Class Name Junior Swine Record Book

SUPREME SWINE EXHIBITOR A. Please refer to Department 30 for Supreme Swine Exhibitor Requirements and Regulations. B. All entries must comply with all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements & Regulations and Health Requirements, the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics and the USDA Wholesome Meat Act. C. Eligible Junior Division Exhibitors must be a Member in Good Standing. D. Underweight / Overweight animals do not qualify for the Supreme Swine Exhibitor contest. Division 3000

Class 026

Class Name Supreme Swine Exhibitor

SWINE HERSDMAN AWARD A. To be eligible for this award the Junior Division Exhibitor must participate in set-up day and be a Member in Good Standing. B. This award will be given to the Junior Division Exhibitor who demonstrates a willingness to help keep the swine barn in order; keep their own pen and tack in order; be a positive representative to the general public of 4-H/FFA and the swine industry and be helpful and considerate to other Junior Division Exhibitors, Superintendents and Douglas County Fair management and staff. C. This award will be determined by the Swine Superintendents and will be awarded at the PreSale Meeting.

*SANCTIONS: Exhibitors not attending MANDATORY meetings and/or assisting with show ring breakdown and/or assisting with barn breakdown without an approved superintendent excuse will receive a verbal warning on their first offense, a written warning on a second offense and a third offense will result in dismissal from the fairgrounds, loss of premiums, incomplete project and will not be allowed to take the project for that department the following year. If such action occurs prior to the Junior Livestock Sale the animal will not sell. Violations will be carried into subsequent years

- 299 -

Thank you 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. 4-H Swine Awards Award Name

Donated by

Reserve Champion Int. Swine Showman (11-13)

Arlene & Francis Stringer

Champion Medium Weight Market Swine

Cherry Valley Aggies

Champion Jr. Swine Showman (8-10)

Dave Buckley Family

Swine Herdsman

Fischer Family

Champion Sr. Swine Showman (14-18)

Gary and Denise Griffith

Champion Swine Carcass Contest

Goodburn Ranch

Reserve Champion Jr. Swine Showman (8-10)

Hoof Over Heels 4-H Club

Reserve Champion Heavy Weight Market Swine

Joe & Marge Clayton Memorial

Reserve Champion Medium Weight Market Swine

Joe & Marge Clayton Memorial

Reserve Champion Sr. Swine Showman (14-18)

Kurly Q

Champion Int. Swine Showman (11-13)

Lazy H Ranch Colorado c/o Leah Rohr

Champion Jr. Swine Showman (8-10)

Mark & Annette Brenneman

Reserve Grand Champion Market Hog

Meadowstar Consulting Inc

Champion Supreme Swine Contest

Pam Hutton & Family

Reserve Champion Swine Carcass Contest

Pam Hutton & Family

Champion Heavy Weight Market Swine

Paul & Cheryl Clayton

Grand Champion Market Hog

Virginia Kersting

Reserve Champion Supreme Swine Contest

Will Travel Repair

- 300 -

JUNIOR GOAT DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 19 Entries per Exhibitor: Entries Due: Release: Check-In: Exhibitor Meeting: Quick Draw Milkout Contest:

12 Maximum July 8 August 10, 4pm August 5, 8am-10am August 5, 2pm August 9, 1pm Sue Weinroth Troy Taylor Sara Warren

Weigh-In: Showmanship: Market Show: Boer/Meat Breeding Show: Goat Costume Contest: Dairy, Fiber, Pygmy Utility Show:

August 5, 10am-11pm August 6, 3pm August 7, 1pm Following Market Show August 9, 1pm August 5, 5pm

Superintendent Assistant Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

All shows will be held in the Whitman-Lowell Pavilion I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements, Regulations and Health Requirements, the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics and the USDA Wholesome Meat Act. B. ALL GOATS MUST BE INSPECTED BY A SUPERINTENDENT OR ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT BEFORE UNLOADING. All Goats will be inspected for general health. Any animal showing evidence of infectious, contagious or communicable diseases or visible prolapse will be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds. Animals with active ringworm or ringworm like lesions with resulting hair/fiber loss or multiple warts easily visible will be ineligible and immediately excused from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. C. All Market, Dairy and Utility goats must be dehorned or disbudded or have horns blunt tipped, with no sharp points. Scur regrowth after initial disbudding is acceptable. Meat Production/Breeding, Fiber and Pygmy goats will be expected to adhere to breed standards. D. This show is NOT a terminal Market Show except for the Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Goat. E. Superintendents may add, delete and combine classes as necessary. F. Superintendent will classify Goat Breeds and can change entries to the correct class. Superintendent’s breed classification is final with no recourse. G. No more than 12 Goat Department entries per Junior Division Exhibitor. H. Entries may be scratched on the day of competition but MAY NOT be changed to a different class. I. All goats must be shown with a collar. No pinch-type collars are allowed in the show ring. J. Bucks of any age may not be shown in any Junior Goat Department class. - 301 -

1. Sexually intact male goats will be ineligible and immediately dismissed from the fairgrounds.

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Junior Division Exhibitors entered in the Junior Goat Department must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. B. Goats entered in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. Any sexually intact male or cryptorchid animal is ineligible for show and will not be tagged. See specific Division for specific identification requirements. C. All Goat entries must be made on a Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Entry form. No substitutions or late entries will be allowed. D. All female goats will be required to have a USDA Scrapie ID tag. Do not cut out any Scrapie identification tags that are in market goats. E. The Junior Division Exhibitor’s meeting is mandatory for all Junior Division Exhibitors. F. Goats entered in the Junior Goat Department shall show no evidence of prolapse, purse strings, etc. If any of these are evident in any Goat, that animal will be disqualified from the show. G. Goat Age Classifications: 1. Junior Kid – Born after May 1 of the current year. 2. Intermediate Kid – Born between March 1 and April 31 of the current year. 3. Senior Kid – Born between November 1, 2012 and February 28, 2014. 4. Dry Junior Yearling – Born between August 1, 2011 and October 31, 2012. 5. Dry Senior Yearling – Born Prior to August 1, 2011. 6. Does 1 Year and Under 2 Milking – Born between August 1, 2011 and July 31, 2012. 7. Does 2 Years and Under 3 Milking – Born between August 2010 and July 31, 2011. 8. Does 3 Years and Under 5 Milking – Born between August 1, 2008 and July 31, 2010. 9. Does 5 Years and Over Milking – Born Prior to August 1, 2008.

III. ANIMAL FITTING AND CARE A. All Junior Division Exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own animals until animal has been released by Douglas County Fair management. It is expected that goats exhibited in any class in the Junior Goat Department be trained, fitted, and dressed for show competition by the Junior Division Exhibitor. B. Any violation of the following Fitting Rules will automatically result in disqualification with no recourse: 1. The showing of livestock of any ineligible age or showing unethically fitted livestock is prohibited. 2. Unethical fitting will be deemed to consist of any artificial substance which alters the natural conformation and/or color of any part of the animal's body

- 302 -

3. Changing the color of hair at any point, spot or area on the animal’s body or any grooming material that allows color to be rubbed off from any animal will result in disqualification 4. No altering structure of hair or wool coat except for trimming and blocking will be allowed. 5. Any entry adding an artificial tail head or tail fin, artificial poll, or adding any hair or hair-like substance will be disqualified. 6. Any ear tag tampering or removals other than by a Douglas County Fair Board official or licensed veterinarian. Notify the Program Leader and Superintendent if there are any problems with the official ear tag prior to the Fair. C. Any Junior Division Exhibitor committing any fitting violation, or any other practice deemed unethical by the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, will be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

IV. SHOW RING A. In all Goat classes, the front feet of the Goat must remain on the show ring floor while being shown. It is permissible to lift to set. Judges and Superintendents will have discretion to enforce disqualification. B. Only Junior Division Exhibitors are allowed in the Goat show ring.

V. STALLS AND TACK A. Bedding must be removed to designated areas daily and at the end of Fair. B. Feed or bedding storage in the Goat barn will be at the discretion and permission of the Superintendent. C. No tack pens will be available until all Goats have been stalled. Any items such as feed, show boxes, etc. placed in pens not assigned to the Junior Division Exhibitor will be removed without warning. Check with Superintendent for availability of space for tack placement. D. No goats are to be tied up and left unattended in their pens. Unattended, goats that are tied up in their pens will be untied by a Superintendent. E. A water container, with water, must be visible and available for watering on a regular basis in each penned/stalled area at all times. NO feeding or watering of livestock in show rings or holding pens. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Officials reserve the right, at its discretion to contact a veterinarian to determine if water should be given. 1. Water may be removed at 8:00 a.m. on day of show, but any goat deemed dehydrated by the Superintendents will not be allowed to show. F. Junior Goat Department Exhibitors may not use rubber mats, netting, etc. for bedding. Only wood shavings will be allowed. 1. Fiber goat exhibits may use carpet or bedding that allows for clean fiber maintenance. G. Junior Goat Department Exhibitors may use meshed or plastic muzzles at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. The muzzle style must allow the goat to drink water.

- 303 -

VI. JUNIOR LIVESTOCK SALE A. If a Junior Division Exhibitor qualifies for the Junior Livestock Sale, that Junior Division Exhibitor and his/her family must be familiar with, and comply with, all Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. B. The Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Goat MUST be entered in the Junior Livestock Sale. C. Junior Division Exhibitors of all other qualifying market goats may elect to enter their highest placing, heaviest goat into the Junior Livestock Sale. 1. All qualifying Market Goats are automatically elected to be entered into the Junior Livestock Sale unless the Junior Division Exhibitor informs the Superintendent in writing he or she does not wish to participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. Notification must be given before the Sale Selection Committee meeting. 2. Exceptions may be granted to Junior Division Exhibitors who are in compliance with State Fair Substitution Rule as described in Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements. D. Sale selection will be determined by class placing. 1. If a complete class placing (i.e., all 4th place goats) cannot be included in the sale, preference will be given to the heavier goats. E. Sale Photographs will be taken by a professional photographer of ALL Market Goats selected for the Junior Livestock Sale. This photograph is to be presented to your buyer immediately after your goat is purchased. Please see the Livestock Sale Participation Requirements for details. 1. The Grand and Reserve Grand Champion will also be photographed with the buyer behind the sale ring immediately after the goat sells. 2. A photography area will be set up for personal photography as well.

VII. PREMIUMS A. If a Junior Division Exhibitor has multiple animals in the same class all premiums earned will be paid to that Junior Division Exhibitor. B. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 5th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$8, 2nd-$6, 3rd-$4, 4th-$3, 5th-$2 C. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards.

VIII. DIVISIONS MARKET GOAT DIVISION 1905 A. Market goats entering the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. At that time market goats will be tagged with an official Douglas County ear tag. Market does must have a USDA Scrapie tag. Male goats must be neutered to be tagged. B. All Market Goat entries must have a signed Exhibitor as Seller COOL form attached to their entries. C. Animals will be weighed at the scheduled time. A signed individual “Notice of USDA Wholesome Meat Act” card must be presented at this time. Any animal not tagged properly, or - 304 -

any Junior Division Exhibitor with incomplete paperwork, will not be allowed to show. NO EXCEPTIONS! Animals failing to meet the market show weight restrictions will be color marked and ineligible to show in the Market Goat classes. D. If at the time of official weigh in, an animal fails to meet the weight restrictions one (1) reweigh will be offered as defined in Section II.CC of the Junior Livestock Division Requirements & Regulations. E. Weight Restrictions: 1. All market goats must weigh a minimum of 55 pounds and a maximum of 120 pounds at weigh-in. F. Purebred, grade or crossbred wether or doe goats are eligible for the Market Goat Classes. G. Market Goats must be under one year of age as of the date of the Market Goat show. H. Both does and wethers are eligible to be shown in the Market Goat Show. I. Market does may also be entered and shown in the Breeding Goat classes. 1. Market does also entered into a Breeding Goat class must also meet all eligibility requirements of that Breeding Goat Division. J. All Market Goats must be slick shorn to the skin above the knee and hock joints, excluding the tail switch. K. Male animals having one or both testicles contained in the body cavity are not eligible to show. L. All female market goats will be required to have a USDA Scrapie ID tag. Do not cut out any Scrapie identification tags that are in market goats. M. Market classes will be divided by weight as deemed appropriate by the Superintendent. N. Underweight/Overweight Market Goats will not be eligible for the Market Goat classes but can be used for showmanship. Division 1905

Class

Class Name Market Goats

BOER/MEAT-TYPE BREEDING GOAT DIVISION 1901 A. Boer/Meat-Type Breeding Goats entering the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. At that time Boer/Meat-Type Breeding Goats will be identified and the USDA Scrapie tag recorded. B. All Boer/Meat-type breeding Goats should be fitted according to breed standards. C. Breeding does will be divided into classes by age: 1. Does Under 1 Year of age as of the date of the Boer/Meat-Type Breeding Goat Show. 2. Does Over 1 Year of age as of the date of the Boer/Meat-Type Breeding Goat Show. D. The Production Class will consist of one (1) doe of any age with current year’s offspring. E. Boer/Meat-Type Breeding Goats will be judged on breed characteristics, conformation, structure, and breeding capacity.

- 305 -

Division 1901 1901 1901

Class 001 002 003

Class Name Boer or Meat Breed Doe Under 1 Year of Age Boer or Meat Breed Doe Over 1 Year of Age Boer or Meat Breed Production

FIBER GOAT DIVISION 1901 A. Fiber Goats entering the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. At that time Fiber Goats will be identified and the USDA Scrapie tag recorded. Fiber Goats must present valid registration papers OR tattoo OR have a USDA Scrapie tag OR a breeder tag. B. All Fiber Goats should be fitted according to breed standards. C. Fiber Goats will be divided into classes by age: 1. Fiber Goats Under 1 Year of Age as of the date of the Fiber Goat Show. 2. Fiber Goats Over 1 Year of Age as of the date of the Fiber Goat Show. D. Fiber Goats will be judged on breed characteristics, conformation, structure, and fiber quality. Division 1901 1901

Class 004 005

Class Name Fiber Goats Under 1 Year of Age Fiber Goats Over 1 Year of Age

PYGMY GOAT DIVISION 1901 A. Pygmy Goats entering the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. At that time Pygmy Goats will be identified and the USDA Scrapie tag recorded. Pygmy Goats must present valid registration papers OR tattoo OR have a USDA Scrapie Tag OR have an official microchip that can be read at the Official Identification Day. B. All Pygmy goats should be fitted according to breed standards. C. Pygmy goats will be divided into classes by age: 1. Pygmy Goats Under 1 Year of Age as of the date of the Pygmy Goat Show. 2. Pygmy Goats Over 1 Year of Age as of the date of the Pygmy Goat Show. D. Pygmy Goats will be judged on breed characteristics, conformation, and structure. Division 1901 1901

Class 006 007

Class Name Pygmy Goats Under Year of Age Pygmy Goats Over 1 Year of Age

- 306 -

DAIRY GOAT DIVISION 1902 A. Dairy Goats entering the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. At that time Dairy Goats will be identified and the USDA Scrapie tag recorded. Dairy Goats must present valid registration papers OR tattoo OR USDA Scrapie Tag. 1. Nursing kids born after the official Identification day are exempt from being checked in at the official Identification Day. However, they must be declared, in writing, to the Superintendent before arrival at the Douglas County Fairgrounds. B. Any Dairy Goat not identified on the official Identification Day or declared in writing to the Superintendent prior to arriving at the Douglas County Fairgrounds will be ineligible and dismissed from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. C. Dairy Goats should be fitted according to breed standards. D. Junior Dairy Division Exhibitors are strongly encouraged to wear white during competition. E. There will be no pre-show milk-out. F. Dairy goat classes are divided breed and age. Division 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902

Class 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027

Class Name Alpine Swiss Does Under 2 Milking Alpine Swiss Does 2 and Under Milking Alpine Swiss Does 3 and Under 5 Milking Alpine Swiss Does 5 and Over Milking Alpine Swiss Junior Kid Alpine Swiss Intermediate Kid Alpine Swiss Senior Kid Alpine Swiss Dry Junior Yearling Alpine Swiss Dry Senior Doe Nigerian Does Under 2 Milking Nigerian Does 2 and Under 3 Milking Nigerian Does 3 and Under 5 Milking Nigerian Does 5 and Over Milking Nigerian Junior Kid Nigerian Intermediate Kid Nigerian Senior Kid Nigerian Dry Junior Yearling Nigerian Dry Senior Doe Nubian Does 2 and Under Milking Nubian Does 2 and Under 3 Milking Nubian Does 3 and Under 5 Milking Nubian Does 5 and Over Milking Nubian Junior Kid Nubian Intermediate Kid Nubian Senior Kid Nubian Dry Junior Yearling Nubian Dry Senior Doe - 307 -

UTILITY GOAT DIVISION 1906 A. Utility goats may be any breed and any age. Utility goats may be either does or wethers, no bucks allowed. B. Utility Goats entering the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. At that time Utility Goats will be identified and the USDA Scrapie tag recorded. Acceptable forms of ID for a Utility Goat are registration papers OR tattoo OR USDA Scrapie tag OR breeder tag OR readable microchip OR an official Douglas County ear tag. C. Utility Goat Division is open to all goat exhibitors. Exhibitors are not required to be enrolled in the Utility Goat Project. D. Purebred, grade or crossbred doe goats are eligible for the Utility Goat Classes. E. Utility Goats may also be entered and shown in other Goat Divisions. 1. Utility Goats also entered into other Goat Divisions must also meet all eligibility requirements of that Goat Division. For example, a Utility Goat that is also entered as a Market Goat must have an official Douglas County ear tag from the official Identification Day. F. Hiking attire and packs are optional. G. Junior Division Exhibitors will be limited to one (1) entry in the Utility Goat Division. H. Junior Division Exhibitors will run one at a time through the course. No re-runs, all times are final. I. The Utility Goat Division will be divided by the age of the Junior Division Exhibitor. Division 1906 1906 1906

Class 001 002 003

Class Name Utility Goat – Junior Utility Goat – Intermediate Utility Goat – Senior

8-10 Years Old 11-13 Years Old 14-18 Years Old

GOAT SHOWMANSHIP DIVISION 1900 A. Showmanship is mandatory for all Junior Division Exhibitors to remain a Member in Good Standing of their respective program. B. Junior Division Exhibitors must show their own animal. A Goat disqualified for any reason except weight may not be used for showmanship. Exceptions may be granted for extraordinary circumstances with prior approval of the Program Leader and Superintendent. C. The Judge will consider appearance of the animal, showmanship ability of the Junior Division Exhibitor and the Junior Division Exhibitor's appearance, courtesy and knowledge. D. Three age divisions are offered with Junior Division Exhibitor age considered as of December 31st of the previous year. Division 1900 1900 1900

Class 001 002 003

Class Name Senior Goat Showmanship Intermediate Goat Showmanship Junior Goat Showmanship - 308 -

14-18 Years Old 11-13 Years Old 8-10 Years Old

MARKET GOAT ULTRASOUND EVALUATION CONTEST 3000 A. Overweight and Underweight animals will not be eligible for the Ultrasound Evaluation Contest. B. Only one Market Goat Ultrasound Evaluation per Junior Division Exhibitor will be paid for by the Douglas County Fair Board for the contest. Other Market Goats may be entered in the contest by the Junior Division Exhibitor paying the ultrasound evaluation entry fee of $5 per animal at the time of the ultrasound/weigh in. C. The Ultrasound evaluation will be conducted immediately following weigh-in. D. Ultrasound evaluation and judging will be conducted by an organization designated by the Douglas County Fair Board. E. Awards will be presented at 4-H Achievement Night. Division 3000

Class 020

Class Name Market Goat Ultrasound Evaluation Class

GOAT RECORD BOOK DIVISION A. Please refer to Division 800 for Goat Record Book Requirements and Regulations.

SUPREME GOAT EXHIBITOR A. Only Junior Division Exhibitors with entries in the Market Goat Division are eligible for the Supreme Goat Exhibitor B. Please refer to Department 30 for Supreme Goat Exhibitor Requirements and Regulations. C. All entries must comply with all Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements & Regulations. D. Eligible Junior Division Exhibitors must be a Member in Good Standing. E. Underweight / Overweight animals do not qualify for the Supreme Goat Exhibitor.

GOAT QUICK DRAW MILKOUT CONTEST A. This contest is open to all Junior Division Exhibitors who are a Member in Good Standing and have entries in the Junior Division of the current year’s Douglas County Fair & Rodeo that have not been disqualified. A Junior Division Exhibitor who does not have an entry in the Junior Goat Department is required to find a sponsor Junior Division Exhibitor with goat currently entered in the Junior Goat Department they can use. B. Eligible Goats for the Goat Quick Draw Milkout Contest are goats that are entered in the Junior Goat Department and have not been disqualified for any reason. C. Each contestant may appoint one Junior Division Exhibitor as an assistant to hold the doe and control her movements. The assistant may not assist in the milking in any way. D. All equipment must be provided by the Junior Division Exhibitor. E. The Goat Quick-Draw Milkout Contest is a one (1) minute timed competition. The winner will have produced the most total weight of milk. F. Ribbons for first and second place will be awarded. - 309 -

GOAT COSTUME CONTEST A. This contest is open to all Junior Division Exhibitors who are a Member in Good Standing and have entries in the Junior Division of the current year’s Douglas County Fair & Rodeo that have not been disqualified. A Junior Division Exhibitor who does not have an entry in the Junior Goat Department is required to find a sponsor Junior Division Exhibitor with goat currently entered in the Junior Goat Department they can use. B. The Goat and Junior Division Exhibitor must be in costume, with all materials provided by the Junior Division Exhibitor. C. The Junior Division Exhibitor is to provide a brief description of costume theme and/or story to be told during presentation. D. The Goat Costume Contest is judged by audience participation. E. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards.

GOAT HERDSMAN AWARD A. To be eligible for this award the Junior Division Exhibitor must participate in set-up day and be a Member in Good Standing. B. This award will be given to the Junior Division Exhibitor who demonstrates a willingness to help keep the goat barn in order; keep their own pen and tack in order; be a positive representative to the general public of 4-H/FFA and the goat industry and be helpful and considerate to other Junior Division Exhibitors, Superintendents and Douglas County Fair management and staff. C. This award will be determined by the Goat Superintendents and will be awarded at the Junior Livestock Sale.

- 310 -

Thank you 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. 4-H Goat Awards Award Name

Donated by

Best in Show - Dairy Goat

Arlene & Francis Stringer

Champion Jr. Goat Showman (8-10)

D.C. Cabritos 4-H Club

Champion Meat-type Breeding Doe

D.C. Cabritos 4-H Club

Reserve Champion Supreme Goat

D.C. Cabritos 4-H Club

Champion Meat Production Doe

LaMil Connections, Inc.

Reserve Champion Jr. Goat Showman (8-10)

Lippold Family

Champion “Costume Contest Winner”

Maggie Weinroth

Reserve Champion Quick Draw Milk out

Michael & Catherine Cunningham

Reserve Champion Sr. Goat Showman (14-18)

Paul & Cheryl Clayton

Champion Market Goat

Priority Medical Supply

Champion Pygmy Goat

Priority Medical Supply

Champion Sr. Goat Showman (14-18)

Priority Medical Supply

Champion Supreme Goat Contest

Priority Medical Supply

Reserve Champion Int. Goat Showman (11-13)

Priority Medical Supply

Champion Quick Draw Milk out

Robert & Malinda Pederson

Goat Herdsman

Robert & Malinda Pederson

Reserve Champion Goat Carcass Contest

Scott Candelaria Family

Reserve Champion Meat Production Doe

Sedalia Saddle Club

Reserve Dairy Goat

Sedalia Saddle Club

Champion Int. Goat Showman (11-13)

Steve & Jane Boand

Champion Goat Carcass Contest

Tom & Amanda Goehry

Reserve Champion Market Goat

Troy Taylor Family

- 311 -

JUNIOR DOG DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 22 Entries Due: July 8 Show Check-In: July 27, 7:30am-9am Mary Parenti Pam Long

Showmanship: July 27, 9am Obedience: Following Showmanship Superintendent Assistant Superintendent

All shows will be held in the Multi-Purpose Barn I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Projects Competition Requirements & Regulations, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements & Regulations and Health Requirements and the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics. B. ALL DOGS MUST BE INSPECTED BY A SUPERINTENDENT OR ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT. All dogs will be inspected for general health. Any animal showing evidence of injuries, infectious, contagious or communicable diseases will be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds. C. Superintendents may add, delete and combine classes as necessary. D. Superintendent will classify Dog and Junior Division Exhibitor’s Obedience and Showmanship training level and can change entries to the correct class. Superintendent’s level classification is final with no recourse. E. No bitch in heat, obviously pregnant or lactating will be allowed to compete in any classes at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo and must be removed from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. F. Dogs which are deemed to be a danger to people or other dogs as determined by Douglas County Fair management or the Superintendent will be disqualified and removed from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. G. Dogs must be on a leash at all times except when performing exercises off leash in the show ring. H. Each Junior Division Exhibitor may enter a different dog in the Obedience Division and Showmanship Division provided the division qualifications are met. A Junior Division Exhibitor may enter multiple Obedience or Rally classes with different dogs, but each Junior Division Exhibitor may enter Dog Showmanship only one time.

II. EXHIBITOR ELIGIBILITY A. Junior Division Exhibitors entered in the Junior Dog Department must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. B. All Dog entries must be made on a Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Entry form. No substitutions or late entries will be allowed. - 312 -

III. DOG ELIGIBILITY A. Dogs entered in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously identified by May 1 of the current year using the Colorado 4-H Dog Health Certificate. This certificate must be on file at the Douglas County Extension Office. Dates of approved current and effective vaccination of the dog for Rabies and Parvovirus must be provided. 1. Proof of Rabies vaccination must come from a Colorado State licensed veterinarian. 2. If a Junior Division Exhibitor’s dog does not receive Rabies immunizations as required by the state of Colorado, a certificate from the Junior Division Exhibitor’s veterinarian stating the reason must be submitted with the Junior Division Exhibitor’s entries. 3. Proof of Parvovirus and Bordetella immunization must be provided in order to show at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. B. After once earning a qualifying score in competition at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo in Obedience competition, that same dog is no longer eligible for that same dog training level at any following Douglas County Fair & Rodeo except: Obedience: Graduate Novice, Open, Graduate Open, Utility classes. C. If a dog has received a qualifying score in Obedience: Graduate Novice, Open, Graduate Open, Utility, or at a previous Douglas County Fair & Rodeo, that dog may stay in that same class as a “B” level competitor for as long as needed to complete the training required to move up to the next dog training level class. D. A dog with any other obedience title from any national dog association (AKC, UKC, CKC, ASCA, etc.) is not eligible to enter the class for which the degree was awarded, or any lower class, unless that title was won less than four months before the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. 1. If the title was won less than four months before the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo the dog is eligible for entry in the same class. If the dog receives a title more than 4 months before the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo, they must move up to the next class. 2. The exceptions to this titling rule are Obedience: Graduate Novice, Open, Graduate Open, and Utility; and If the dog received a title in one of these classes, that dog may stay in that same class for as long as needed to complete the training required to move up to the next dog training level class. E. No bitch in heat, obviously pregnant or lactating will be allowed onto the Douglas County Fairgrounds or to compete in any classes at the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo and must be removed from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. F. Dogs in obvious pain from a previous illness or injury are not eligible for the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo. If a dog is injured at the show, that dog will be excused from the ring. A Douglas County Fair Board approved veterinarian or qualified veterinarian technician’s decision on doubtful cases will be final with no recourse. G. If a properly entered dog has been is injured or in season before the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Dog Showmanship competition, a replacement dog may be used for Dog Showmanship with prior approval of the Program Leader and Superintendent provided that: 1. The replacement dog must fulfill all of the Dog Eligibility Requirements - 313 -

IV. ANIMAL CARE A. All Junior Division Exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own animals until the animal has been released by Douglas County Fair management. B. All Junior Division Exhibitors are responsible for cleaning up after their dogs. Failure to do so may subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. C. A water container, with water, must be visible and available for the dog for watering on a regular basis. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Officials reserve the right, at its discretion to contact a veterinarian to determine if water should be given. D. Any mistreatment of a dog entered in the Junior Dog Department will automatically result in disqualification of the Junior Division Exhibitor with no recourse. 1. Douglas County Fair Management or the Superintendent will determine if a dog has been mistreated. 2. Junior Division Exhibitors who are disqualified for mistreatment of a dog will automatically lose their Member in Good Standing status. 3. The Junior Division Exhibitor and his/her family will be removed from the Douglas County Fairgrounds for any mistreatment of a dog entered in the Junior Dog Department. E. Any Junior Division Exhibitor mistreating any dog, or committing any other practice deemed unethical by the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, will be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

V. SHOW RING A. No grooming equipment will be allowed in the showmanship ring at any time. B. No dog tags can be on the dog when showing in the ring including name tags, rabies tags, or anything else that hangs from the dog’s collar. It is very important that your dog wear tags at all times, except when in the show ring C. Only Junior Division Exhibitors are allowed in the Dog show ring.

VI. PENS AND EQUIPMENT A. Junior Division Exhibitors must provide their own crates, equipment and feed.

VII. PREMIUMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 5th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$8, 2nd-$6, 3rd-$4, 4th-$3, 5th-$2 B. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards.

- 314 -

VIII. DIVISIONS DOG OBEDIENCE DIVISION 2200 A. Junior Division Exhibitors must show their own animal. A dog disqualified for any reason may not be used for obedience. Exceptions may be granted for extraordinary circumstances with prior approval of the Program Leader and Superintendent. B. Obedience classes will be patterned after the latest AKC obedience guidelines whenever possible. 1. Dog registry with AKC is not required in any Obedience class. C. In all Obedience classes except the Colorado Puppy Class, ten (10) points will be deducted for the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Strong correcting Disciplining Fouling the ring Excessive barking

5. Leaving the ring 6. Rules violation 7. Showing fear

D. Junior Division Exhibitors entered in “B” Obedience classes will be judged at a higher skill level (handler errors) than handlers entered in “A” Obedience classes. E. Only flat or rolled leather collars with buckle or snap closure, flat or rolled nylon collars with buckle or snap closure and metal choke chains are allowed in Dog Obedience classes. Collars and leashes must be two separate pieces. 1. Dogs with halties, gentle leaders, harnesses, pinch collars or slip leads in the show ring will be disqualified for the class. F. The leash length for all Junior Division Exhibitors in the Beginner Novice Obedience class should be six feet long. Junior Division Exhibitors in all other Obedience classes may use a shorter leash. G. The Veteran’s class is for any dog 7 years old or over. H. Veteran’s class dogs will be allowed to jump one half (½) of their regulation jump height. They will be required to perform all exercises in their class; jump height will be the only difference from the regular class. I. Once a veteran dog can no longer jump at least one half (½) their regulation jump height they must be moved to a class that does not require jumping. Junior Division Exhibitor cannot determine a jump height for a dog. They will be judged at one half (½) their required jump height. J. Dogs shown as a Veteran are not eligible for any other Obedience classes. K. Veteran dogs will compete at the obedience level the Junior Division Exhibitor chooses, from Novice through Utility. L. A veteran dog may change obedience levels in either direction each year as their health determines. M. Scores will be calculated as follows: 1. NOVICE: Judge’s score - 315 -

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

PRE-GRADUATE NOVICE: Judge’s score plus 3 points GRADUATE NOVICE: Judge’s score plus 6 points OPEN: Judge’s score plus 9 points GRADUATE OPEN: Judge’s score plus 12 points UTILITY: Judge’s score plus 15 points

N. Veteran dogs will compete only against other veteran dogs for ribbons and awards. Their scores will not count toward awards in any other Obedience divisions. O. If a dog is entered as a Veteran during a project year, they may go back to regular obedience the following year; however, they must go back to the level they would have been competing at before they moved to veterans. P. The Colorado Puppy Obedience class will be for puppies that are not ready for regular obedience classes. 1. Double commands (or more) are allowed. This class will be evaluated on the Junior Division Exhibitor’s skill in training a young dog and dealing with the animal’s mistakes than on the skill of the animal when performing the exercises. 2. After one year of showing in the Colorado Puppy Obedience Class: a. If the Junior Division Exhibitor was in their 1st year of obedience training, the team moves into Beginner Novice A Obedience. b. If the Junior Division Exhibitor was in their 2nd year or higher of obedience training, the team moves to Beginner Novice C-1 year. 3. This is a NO SCORE CLASS. The score sheet will consist of Excellent, Good or Needs Improvement in each of the following areas: a. LOOSE LEAD WALKING: This exercise is used to encourage the puppy to feel comfortable and happy on lead while maintaining a distance of no more than two feet from the Junior Division Exhibitor’s left side. This does not need to be heel position. Junior Division Exhibitors may use bait and toys to keep the puppy in the correct position, and may tell the puppy to sit after a “Halt.” Things to be considered in judging include the enjoyment of the puppy, the bond between the puppy and the Junior Division Exhibitor, and the Junior Division Exhibitor’s ability to get the puppy’s attention back after a distraction. b. SIT FOR EXAM: In this exercise the puppy is commanded to a sit position. The judge will approach the puppy and examine it. The judge is required to handle the puppy’s ears, mouth, and one front foot during the exam, although petting and scratching are encouraged. The purpose of this exercise is to teach the puppy to accept handling from a friendly stranger. c. RECALL: The Junior Division Exhibitor will command the puppy to stay in a sit position and will step just in front of the puppy with his or her toes no more than six inches from the puppies front feet. When the judge says “Call your dog,” the Junior Division Exhibitor will proceed to walk backward no more than six feet while calling the puppy. The puppy should get up and follow the Junior Division Exhibitor in a happy manner. After the six feet has been reached, the Junior Division Exhibitor will command the puppy to sit. - 316 -

d. DOWN STAY: The Junior Division Exhibitor will put the puppy in a down. When the judge says “Leave your puppy,” the Junior Division Exhibitor will tell the puppy to stay. The Junior Division Exhibitor will walk to the end of the lead, pause, and then immediately walk behind the puppy and back to heel position. e. SERPENTINE WALKING: The puppy and Junior Division Exhibitor will walk on a loose lead through a serpentine of three people positioned in a straight line. The expectations are the same as for Loose Lead Walking, with the addition of the distraction of the three “posts”. Q. DOG OBEDIENCE EXCERCISES AND SCORING: 1. Beginner Novice A, B, C-1 and C-2: All exercises are explained in detail in the Colorado 4-H Dog Resource Handbook (Handbook). · Heel on Leash........................................ 40 · Figure Eight ........................................... 40 · Sit for Exam ........................................... 40 · Sit Stay ..................................................... 40 · Recall ........................................................ 40 · TOTAL POINTS ................................. 200

2. Novice A & B:

All exercises in this class are according to AKC specifications except registration of dog is not required. Refer to Handbook page 80. · Heel on Leash, then Figure Eight .. 40 · Stand for Exam (off leash) ............... 30 · Heel Free ................................................. 40 · Recall ........................................................ 30 · Sit and Stay ............................................ 30 · Down and Stay...................................... 30 · TOTAL POINTS ............................. 200

3. Pre-Graduate Novice A & B:

These exercises are not in the Handbook. · Heel on Leash........................................ 40 · Moving Stand for Exam (off leash)30 · Heel Free, then Figure Eight ........... 40 · Moving Drop on Recall ...................... 30 · Recall Over Broad Jump ................... 30 · Down and Stay...................................... 30 · TOTAL POINTS ............................. 200

4. Graduate Novice A & B:

All exercises in this class are according to AKC specifications except registration of dog is not required. Refer to Handbook page 82. · Heel off Leash, then Figure Eight .. 40 · Drop on Recall ...................................... 40

- 317 -

· · · · ·

Dumbbell Recall ................................... 30 Recall Over High Jump....................... 30 Recall Over Broad Jump .................... 30 Long Down ............................................. 30 TOTAL POINTS ............................. 200

5. Open A & B:

All exercises in this class are according to AKC specifications except registration of dog is not required. Refer to AKC Handbook page 86. · Heel Free, then Figure Eight .. 40 pts. · Drop on Recall....................................... 30 · Retrieve on Flat .................................... 20 · Retrieve Over High Jump.................. 30 · Broad Jump ............................................ 20 · Sit and Stay ............................................. 30 · Long Down ............................................. 30 · TOTAL POINTS ............................. 200

6. Graduate Open A & B:

All exercises in this class are according to AKC specifications except registration of dog is not required. Refer to Handbook page 88. · Signal Exercises .................................... 40 · Scent Discrimination .......................... 30 · Directed Retrieve................................. 30 · Moving Stand and Exam ................... 30 · Go Out ....................................................... 30 · Directed Jumping ................................. 40 · TOTAL POINTS ............................. 200

7. Utility A & B:

· · · · · · · ·

All exercises in this class are according to AKC specifications except registration of dog is not required. Refer to Handbook page 92. Signal Exercises ..................................... 40 Scent Discrimination – Leather ....... 30 Scent Discrimination – Metal ........... 30 Directed Retrieve of Glove ................ 30 Moving Stand and Exam ..................... 30 Go Out ........................................................ 30 Directed Jumping .................................. 40 TOTAL POINTS............................... 200

R. DOG OBEDIENCE EXCERCISE EXPLANATION: Moving Stand and Examination: The judge will give the command “forward,” at which time the Junior Division Exhibitor will heel forward with his/her dog. After the Junior Division Exhibitor has proceeded forward about ten feet, the judge will give the command “stand your dog.” Without pausing, the Junior Division Exhibitor will command and/or signal the dog to stand and continue forward about 10 to 12 feet and turn and face the dog. The judge will approach the dog from the front, gives a novice exam and gives the command “return to your dog.” The Junior Division Exhibitor will return to his/her dog by going around and behind and back to heel position. S. DOG OBEDIENCE EXCERCISES AND SCORING: The principle feature of this exercise is that the dog heels and executes a prompt response to the Junior Division Exhibitor’s command and/or signal to down and remain in the down position until called, or signaled to come on command. Orders for the exercise are “Forward,” “Down your dog,” “Call your dog” and “Finish.” The Junior Division Exhibitor will stand with the dog sitting in the heel position at a point designated by the judge, who will then ask “Are you ready?” and order “Forward.” The Junior Division Exhibitor may command or signal his/her dog to heel, and will walk briskly and naturally. After the Junior Division Exhibitor has gone about 15 feet, the judge will order “Down your dog.” Without pausing, the Junior Division Exhibitor will command and/or signal the dog to down. The Junior Division Exhibitor will continue forward to the end of the ring, turn around and stand in a natural manner facing the dog. On the judge’s orders or signals, the Junior Division Exhibitor will command or signal the dog to come and immediately sit in front of the Junior Division Exhibitor until the command to “Finish” is given by the judge. T. Recall Over Broad Jump: The principle feature of this exercise is that the dog stays until directed to jump, clears the jump on a single command or signal, and immediately returns to sit in front of the Junior Division Exhibitor. Orders are “Leave your dog,” “Call your dog” and “Finish.” The Junior Division Exhibitor will stand with his/her dog sitting in the heel position at least eight feet from the jump, facing the lowest end of the lowest hurdle. When the judge orders “Leave your dog,” the Junior Division Exhibitor will give the command and/or signal to stay, go at least eight feet beyond the highest edge of the last hurdle, turn, and face the dog as in the Novice recall. On the judge’s order, the Junior Division Exhibitor will give the command or signal to jump. The dog must clear the entire distance of the broad jump without touching it and, - 318 -

without any further command or signal, immediately sit in front of the Junior Division Exhibitor until the command to “Finish” is given by the judge. Division 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200

Class 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013

Class Name Beginner Novice A Beginner Novice B Beginner Novice C-1 Beginner Novice C-2 Novice A Novice B Pre-Graduate Novice A Pre-Graduate Novice B Graduate Novice A Graduate Novice B Open & Utility Veterans Class Colorado Puppy Class

1. Beginner Novice A: This class is open only to Junior Division Exhibitors and their dogs in their first year of dog obedience training work. 2. Beginner Novice B: This class is open only to second year dog obedience training Junior Division Exhibitors and must be the same Junior Division Exhibitor and dog team that showed in last year’s Douglas County Fair & Rodeo in the Beginner Novice A class. 3. Beginner Novice C-1: This class includes Junior Division Exhibitors with previous obedience training who are working with a new dog or a dog with previous experience in an organized training class working with a new Junior Division Exhibitor. All exercises will be performed on leash. 4. Beginner Novice C-2: This class is open only to Junior Division Exhibitors in the second year of Beginner Novice training and must be the same Junior Division Exhibitor and dog team that showed in last year’s Douglas County Fair & Rodeo in the Beginner Novice C-1 class. 5. Novice A: This class is open to Junior Division Exhibitor with no prior experience in Novice Dog Training. 6. Novice B: This class is open to experienced Junior Division Exhibitors in their second year or above who have never received a blue ribbon at a previous Colorado State Fair in this class. 7. Pre-Graduate Novice A: This class is open to Junior Division Exhibitors with no prior experience in Pre-Graduate Novice Dog Training. 8. Pre-Graduate Novice B: This class is open to experienced Junior Division Exhibitors in their second year or above of Pre-Graduate Novice Dog Training. 9. Graduate Novice A: This class is for Junior Division Exhibitors in their first year of Graduate Novice training. 10. Graduate Novice B: This class is for Junior Division Exhibitors in their second year or higher of Graduate Novice training. - 319 -

11. Open A & B, Graduate Open A & B and Utility A & B: These classes are available to Junior Division Exhibitors per AKC eligibility rules.

DOG SHOWMANSHIP DIVISION 2201 A. Showmanship is mandatory for all Junior Division Exhibitors to remain a Member in Good Standing of their respective program. B. Junior Division Exhibitors must show their own animal. A dog disqualified for any reason may not be used for showmanship. Exceptions may be granted for extraordinary circumstances with prior approval of the Program Leader and Superintendent. C. Junior, Intermediate and Senior Novice classes are for Junior Division Exhibitors who are in their first year of showmanship training and have no prior outside dog showmanship experience. If a Junior Division Exhibitor has prior experience, the Junior Division Exhibitor must move into Open Class competition in his/her appropriate age group. D. Rules Governing Senior Advanced Showmanship: 1. Any Junior Division Exhibitor who has placed in the top ten in the Senior Open class at any previous State Fair must enter the Senior Advanced Showmanship class. a. If a Junior Division Exhibitor who has entered in the Senior Advanced Showmanship class gets a new dog, the Junior Division Exhibitor has the choice to enter either Senior Advanced Showmanship or Senior Open Showmanship with the new dog. If the Junior Division Exhibitor enters Senior Open Showmanship with a new dog, the Junior Division Exhibitor must qualify the new dog to move to the Senior Advanced Showmanship class. 2. A Junior Division Exhibitor who is a Senior and has moved up because of age may choose to enter Senior Advanced Showmanship if: a. The Junior Division Exhibitor placed Grand Champion or Reserve Grand Champion at a State Fair Dog Show in the Intermediate Division. b. The Junior Division Exhibitor has received Best Junior Handler awards from any national dog club. E. DOG SHOWMANSHIP SCORING CRITERIA: 1. The Dog Showmanship criteria will be judged throughout the entire class. The score will reflect the Junior Division Exhibitor’s ability to perform these items throughout the class, not just one time. a. For example: The dog should be stacked (either hand stacked or free stacked) upon entering the ring, during the exam, after the pattern, and any time they are in the lineup. The EXHIBITOR’S HANDLING OF THE DOG score will reflect all of these times when the dog is stacked. APPEARANCE OF HANDLER .................................................................... 15 · Cleanliness and neatness of handler · Appropriateness of apparel GROOMING OF DOG ..................................................................................... 15 · Brushing (mats, dead hair), trimmed toes nails, clean teeth – groomed to a neat, clean appearance

- 320 -

EXHIBITOR’S HANDLING OF DOG: FRONT SET-UP........................................................................................ 10 · Judge’s side first · Head high (no choking) · Feet placed directly beneath the shoulders · Toes pointing straight forward · Legs should fall vertical from shoulder and parallel (within limit of the most apparent breed) REAR SET-UP ........................................................................................... 10 · Legs slightly wider apart than front · Adjust the leg that is most out of line first · Try not to let the head drop while setting up the hindquarters GAITING ..................................................................................................... 10 · Ability to follow direction in judge’s pattern · Dog always fully visible to judge in gaiting position · Smoothness in turns · Gait proper to most apparent breed (when applicable) · Ability to exhibit dog’s movements according to most apparent breed. EXAMINATION ........................................................................................ 10 · Stand properly during entire examination · Does not sit or move away before or during examination · Does not growl or snap (a dog attempting to bite handler or anyone else in the ring will be dismissed from the ring) DESIRABLE AND SPORTSMANLIKE BEHAVIOR OF EXHIBITOR ......................................................................................................... 5 ABILITY TO ANSWER JUDGE’S QUESTIONS ...................................... 5 GROUP EXERCISE .......................................................................................... 10 TOTAL AVAILABLE POINTS .......................................................... 100

F. The Junior Division Exhibitor’s age is considered as of December 31st of the previous year. Division 2201 2201 2201 2201 2201 2201 2201

Class 001 002 003 004 005 006 007

Class Name Junior Novice Showmanship Junior Open Showmanship Intermediate Novice Showmanship Intermediate Open Showmanship Senior Novice Showmanship Senior Open Showmanship Senior Advanced Showmanship

8-10 Years Old 8-10 Years Old 11-13 Years Old 11-13 Years Old 14-18 Years Old 14-18 Years Old 14-18 Years Old

1. Junior Novice Showmanship: This class is for Junior Division Exhibitors who are 8 – 10 years old, are in their 1st year of participation in the project, and have no prior experience with any other dog showing entity. 2. Junior Open Showmanship: This class is for Junior Division Exhibitors who are 8 – 10 years old and have previous experience in showmanship. - 321 -

3. Intermediate Novice Showmanship: This class is for Junior Division Exhibitors who are 11 – 13 years old, are in their 1st year of participation in the project, and have no prior experience with any other dog showing entity. 4. Intermediate Open Showmanship: This class is for Junior Division Exhibitors who are 11 – 13 years old and have previous experience in showmanship. 5. Senior Novice Showmanship: This class is for Junior Division Exhibitors who are 14 – 18 years old, are in their 1st year of participation in the project, and have no prior experience with any other dog showing entity. 6. Senior Open Showmanship: This class is for Junior Division Exhibitors who are 14 – 18 years old and have previous experience in showmanship. 7. Senior Advanced Showmanship: This class is for Junior Division Exhibitors who are 14 – 18 years old. Any Junior Division Exhibitor who has placed 1st through 10th at a previous State Dog Trial in Senior Open Showmanship must enter Senior Advanced Showmanship.

DOG RECORD BOOK DIVISION 800 A. Please refer to Division 800 for Dog Record Book Requirements and Regulations. Division 800 800 800

Class 006 005 004

Class Name Senior Dog Record Book Intermediate Dog Record Book Junior Dog Record Book

Thank you 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. 4-H Dog Awards Award Name

Donated by

Champion Sr. Dog Showman (14-18)

24hourflex.com

Beginner Novice C-2 Dog

4 Paws 4-H Club

Pre-Grad Novice A

4 Paws 4-H Club

Graduate Novice A – Dog

Barnhart Family

Beginner Novice B – Dog

Braveheart Samoyeds

Beginner Novice C-1 – Dog

Brooklyn Veterinary Clinic

Reserve Champion Jr. Dog Showman (8-10)

D.C. Combined Dog Clubs

Senior Advanced Showmanship

D.C. Combined Dog Clubs

Champion Jr. Obedience

Dennie & Laurie Anderson

Champion Sr. Obedience

Elizabeth Animal Hospital - 322 -

Award Name

Donated by

Int. Open Showmanship - Dog

Franktown Animal Clinic

Reserve Champion Int. Dog Showman (11-13)

Grant and Courtney Gibson

Reserve Champion Sr. Obedience

Grant and Courtney Gibson

Reserve Champion Jr. Obedience

Lou Tucker

Champion Int. Obedience

Lynn Cauley

Champion Jr. Dog Showman (8-10)

Lynn Cauley

Pre-Grad Novice B

Mary Parenti

Reserve Champion Sr. Dog Showman (14-18)

Mary Parenti

Champion Int. Dog Showman (11-13)

Plum Creek Kennel Club

Int. Novice Showmanship - Dog

Plum Creek Kennel Club

Jr. Novice Showmanship - Dog

Plum Creek Kennel Club

Jr. Open Showmanship - Dog

Plum Creek Kennel Club

Novice A – Dog

Plum Creek Kennel Club

Novice B – Dog

Plum Creek Kennel Club

Reserve Champion Int. Obedience

Plum Creek Kennel Club

Beginner Novice A – Dog

Rampart Feed & Pet

Sr. Open Showmanship - Dog

Rampart Feed & Pet

- 323 -

JUNIOR SHEEP LEAD DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 24 Entries Due: July 23 Milou Weatherly Jennie Phippen

Show Time:

August 9, 3pm

Co-Superintendent Co-Superintendent

All shows will be held in the Whitman-Lowell Pavilion I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division General Projects Competition Requirements & Regulations and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements or Regulations. B. SHEEP NOT CURRENTLY ENTERED IN THE JUNIOR SHEEP DEPARTMENT MUST BE INSPECTED BY A SUPERINTENDENT OR ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT BEFORE UNLOADING. All sheep will be inspected for general health. Any animal showing evidence of infectious, contagious or communicable diseases will be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds. C. A Junior Division Exhibitor with entries in the Junior Sheep Department may sponsor another Junior Division Exhibitor for this competition. D. Sheep must be a Production Ewe, Yearling Ewe or Ewe Lamb that is eligible for and has been entered into the Junior Sheep Department. A Ewe that has not been entered in the Junior Sheep Department must be approved by the Superintendent before the Ewe will be allowed onto the Douglas County Fairgrounds. E. Sheep should be appropriately groomed according to accepted breed standards. F. Sheep must be trained to show at halter. G. Superintendents may add, delete and combine classes as necessary. H. The Junior Division Exhibitors will be judged on the mode of dress selected and the primary garment made of at least 50% wool. 1. The outfit chosen by the Junior Division Exhibitors should take into consideration their age and size. The intent is to present a stylish and attractive picture and to lend elegance to the class. 2. Junior Division Exhibitors must provide their own outfit, which is not required to be handmade, and may be purchased or borrowed. 3. Additional points will be awarded to a Junior Division Exhibitor for a garment they have personally constructed. a. One (1) point is awarded for a personally constructed garment. I. Junior Division Exhibitors must lead yearling ewes or ewe lambs. 1. Additional points will be awarded to a Junior Division Exhibitor for leading their own sheep. - 324 -

a. One (1) point for leading their own sheep. 2. Junior Division Exhibitors not leading their own sheep must designate their sponsor on the entry form. J. The show ring will be available for practice immediately after setup.

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Junior Division Exhibitors entered in the Junior Sheep Lead Department must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. 1. Junior Division Exhibitors are not required to have an entry in the Junior Sheep Department. Any Junior Division Exhibitor is eligible to compete in the Junior Sheep Lead Department. B. All female sheep will be required to have a USDA Scrapie ID tag. C. All Sheep Lead entries must be made on a Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Entry form. No substitutions or late entries will be allowed. 1. The Junior Division Exhibitors must submit a typewritten narrative with their name, age, school, sponsor (if any), entrant’s sheep background or interest, description of his/her entire. 2. Narrative is subject to editing at the discretion of the Superintendent. D. Exhibitor Age Classifications: Age Classifications are determined as of December 31st of previous year. 1. MINI: 7 years old or younger a. Mini Exhibitors are not required to be enrolled in Douglas County 4-H. 2. JUNIOR: 8–10 years old 3. INTERMEDIATE: 11—13 years old 4. SENIOR: 14–18 years old E. Previous contest winners are eligible to return for competition, however, they must exhibit a new garment.

III. ANIMAL FITTING AND CARE A. Any violation of the following Fitting Rules will automatically result in disqualification of the Junior Division Exhibitor with no recourse: 1. No altering structure of hair or wool coat except for trimming and blocking will be allowed. 2. Any ear tag tampering or removals other than by a Douglas County Fair Board official or licensed veterinarian. Notify the Program Leader and Superintendent if there are any problems with the official ear tag prior to the Fair. B. Any Junior Division Exhibitor committing any fitting violation, or any other practice deemed unethical by the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, will be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. - 325 -

IV. SHOW RING A. Only Junior Division Exhibitors and escorts are allowed in the show ring. B. At the conclusion of the show, all exhibitors may be required to assistant with show ring breakdown/setup and clean up, at the discretion of the Superintendent.

V. JUDGING STANDARDS A. The object of this class is to present sheep and handlers in an attractive manner and show the beauty and versatility of wool. B. The contestant awarded the highest number of total points shall be declared the winner. Bonus points will be awarded for creativity and originality. If a tie still remains, bonus points awarded for originality will be used. C. A contestant will receive additional points for a garment they have personally constructed and for leading their own sheep. D. Judges may interview the contestants. E. There will be three primary Judges; each concerned with a separate category. Awarding of points in each category will be made on the following standards:

Sheep Judge:

General Appearance Good breed character, size and scale body conformation, soundness and wool quality representative of the breed. Fitting the Sheep The ewe should be attractively fitted and groomed, but not colored or in any way artificially prepared. Leading Ability The ewe should respond calmly to the halter. She should "walk out" in a deliberate and natural manner.

Contestant Judge:

General Appearance Grooming, hairstyle and make-up should enhance, rather than distract from the chosen costume. The Contestant should handle themselves and their animal with poise in the show ring. Selection of Outfit The outfit should be appropriate for the age, size and type of contestant. It should be stylish and attractive and compliment the contestant. Fit of Clothes Garments should fit well and accessories included should be applied in a tasteful manner. Personality The contestants should present themselves in a pleasant, natural, sincere and unaffected manner. They should show courtesy toward other contestants.

- 326 -

AVAILABLE POINTS 30 30 40

30

30

30 10

Overall Judge:

Function of the Ewe and the Contestant The contestant and animal should work together smoothly. The team of animal and contestant should be presented in a competent and confident manner and should complement each other. Overall Effect The contestant and animal should present a coordinated look. The pair should provide an attractive and realistic representation of the use of wool. Control of the Sheep The contestant and animal should "work" together smoothly. They should exhibit poise and ease in their movement before the Judges and around the show ring.

40

30

30

F. The Overall Judge’s score will be the first tie breaker. Bonus Points for Originality will be the second tie breaker.

VI. PREMIUMS A. If a Junior Division Exhibitor has multiple animals in the same class all premiums earned will be paid to that Junior Division Exhibitor. B. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2.25, 3rd-$1.75, 4th-$1.50 C. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards. Division 2401 2400 2400 2400

Class 001 001 002 003

Class Name Mini Open Sheep Lead Junior Sheep Lead Intermediate Sheep Lead Senior Sheep Lead

- 327 -

7 Years Old and Younger 8-10 Years Old 11-13 Years Old 14-18 Years Old

JUNIOR LLAMA AND ALPACA DEPARTMENT COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 27 Entries per Exhibitor: 2 Maximum Entries Due: July 8 Exhibitor Meeting: August 7, 5pm Rob Funk Scott McHenry

Show August 9, 11:30am Check –In August 7, 3pm – 5pm Release: August 10, 4pm Co-Superintendent Co-Superintendent

719-243-0459

Whitman-Lowell Pavilion I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements, Regulations and Health Requirements and the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics. B. ALL LLAMAS AND ALPACAS MUST BE INSPECTED BY A SUPERINTENDENT OR ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT BEFORE UNLOADING. All Llamas and Alpacas will be inspected for general health. Any animal showing evidence of infectious, contagious or communicable diseases or visible prolapse will be ineligible and excused from the Fairgrounds. Animals with active ringworm or ringworm like lesions with resulting hair/fiber loss or multiple warts easily visible will be ineligible and immediately excused from the Douglas County Fairgrounds. C. Superintendents may add, delete and combine classes as necessary. D. Animals do not need to be owned by the Junior showing the animal. E. All Junior Division and Open Division Exhibitors will compete together by age brackets. F. Open Division Exhibitors will be scored for the Open Show only and are not included in the Junior Division show. 1. They will follow all ALSA rules, but this is NOT an ALSA Sanctioned Show. http://www.alsashow.org/ 2. Specific Questions: contact Scott McHenry at 719-243-0459.

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Junior Division Exhibitors entered in the Junior Division of the Llama/Alpaca Department must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. B. Open Division Exhibitors must meet all age and ownership requirements. C. Llamas and Alpacas entered in the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. - 328 -

D. All Llama/Alpaca entries must be made on a Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Entry form. No substitutions or late entries will be allowed. E. The Exhibitor’s Meeting is mandatory for all Junior Division Exhibitors.

III. ANIMAL FITTING AND CARE A. All Junior Llama/Alpaca Department Exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own animals until the animal has been released by Douglas County Fair management. It is expected that Llama/Alpaca exhibited in any class in the Junior Llama/Alpaca Department be trained, fitted, and dressed for show competition by the Junior Division Exhibitor. B. Any violation of the following Fitting Rules will automatically result in disqualification of the Junior Division Exhibitor with no recourse: 1. The showing of livestock of any ineligible age or showing unethically fitted livestock is prohibited. 2. Unethical fitting will be deemed to consist of any artificial substance which alters the natural conformation and/or color of any part of the animal's body 3. No altering structure of hair or wool coat except for trimming and blocking will be allowed. 4. Changing the color of hair at any point, spot or area on the animal’s body or any grooming material that allows color to be rubbed off from any animal will result in disqualification. 5. Any entry adding an artificial tail head or tail fin, artificial poll, or adding any hair or hair-like substance will be disqualified. 6. Any ear tag tampering or removals other than by a Douglas County Fair Board official or licensed veterinarian. Notify the Program Leader and Superintendent if there are any problems with the official ear tag prior to the Fair. C. Any Junior Llama/Alpaca Department Exhibitor committing any fitting violation, or any other practice deemed unethical by the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo management, will be subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations.

IV. SHOW RING A. Only Junior Llama/Alpaca Department Exhibitors are allowed in the show ring. B. At the conclusion of the show, all exhibitors will be required to assistant with show ring breakdown/setup and clean up.

V. STALLS AND TACK A. Bedding must be removed to designated areas during and at the end of fair. B. Feed or bedding storage in the Llama/Alpaca barn will be at the discretion and permission of the Superintendent. C. No tack pens will be available until all Llama/Alpaca have been stalled. Any items such as feed, show boxes, etc. placed in pens not assigned to the Junior Llama/Alpaca Department Exhibitor will be removed without warning. Check with Superintendent for availability of space for tack placement. - 329 -

D. A water container, with water, must be visible and available for watering on a regular basis in each penned/stalled area at all times. NO feeding or watering of livestock in show rings or holding pens. Douglas County Fair & Rodeo Officials reserve the right, at its discretion to contact a veterinarian to determine if water should be given. E. Junior Llama/Alpaca Department Exhibitors may not use rubber mats, netting, carpet, etc. for bedding. Only wood shavings will be allowed.

VI. PREMIUMS A. If a Junior Llama/Alpaca Department Exhibitor has multiple animals in the same class all premiums earned will be paid to that Junior Llama/Alpaca Department Exhibitor. B. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2.25, 3rd-$1.75, 4th-$1.50 C. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards.

VII. DIVISIONS JUNIOR DIVISION A. Llamas and Alpacas entering the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo must have been previously checked in at the official Identification Day. B. Llama Show will follow rules set by ALSA. Show rules available upon request. C. All Junior Division Exhibitors will be entered in both categories (Junior and Open Division) and use the same score from each class they compete in. D. Junior 8 years or older may show intact males. E. Llama Age Classifications: All Llamas must be at least 5 months old.

OPEN DIVISION A. Open Exhibitors will be scored for the Open Show only and are not eligible for the Junior Show. They will follow all ALSA rules, but this IS NOT an ALSA SANCITIONED SHOW.

LLAMA/ALPACA SHOWMANSHIP DIVISION A. Showmanship is mandatory for all Junior Division Exhibitors to remain a Member in Good Standing of their respective program. B. Junior Division Exhibitors must show their own animal. A Llama/Alpaca disqualified for any reason except weight may not be used for showmanship. Exceptions may be granted for extraordinary circumstances with prior approval of the Program Leader and Superintendent. C. The Judge will consider appearance of the animal, showmanship ability of the Junior Division Exhibitor and the Junior Division Exhibitor's appearance, courtesy and knowledge. D. Three age divisions are offered with Junior Division Exhibitor age considered as of December 31st of the previous year.

- 330 -

Division Class Class Name 2700 001 Senior Llama/Alpaca Showmanship 2700 002 Intermediate Llama/Alpaca Showmanship 2700 003 Junior Llama/Alpaca Showmanship

14-18 Years Old 11-13 Years Old 8-10 Years Old

OBSTACLE COURSE DIVISION Division 2701 2701 2701

Class 001 002 003

Class Name Junior Obstacle Course Intermediate Obstacle Course Senior Obstacle Course

LLAMA/ALPACA RECORD BOOK DIVISION A. Please refer to Division 800 for Llama/Alpaca Record Book Requirements and Regulations. Division 800 800 800

Class 015 014 013

Class Name Senior Llama/Alpaca Record Book Intermediate Llama/Alpaca Record Book Junior Llama/Alpaca Record Book

Thank you 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. 4-H Llama Awards Award Name

Donated by

Champion Alpaca/ Llama Sr Showman

Lowry Allstate Agency

Champion Alpaca/Llama Int Showman

Okashi Llamas/Matsuda Family

Champion Alpaca/Llama Jr Showman

Quackenbush Family

- 331 -

DOUGLAS COUNTY SHOOTING SPORTS COMPETITION DEPARTMENT 28 Entries Due: Eligibility Deadline for completing 3 practices

June 11 July 16

Douglas County Fairgrounds (Air Rifle, Air Pistol): Friday, July 18, 5pm Highlands Ranch Law Enforcement Range, Sedalia .22 Rifle, .22 Pistol, Muzzleloading & Archery: Registration & Equipment Check: Shooting Competition: Mandatory Competitor’s Meeting:

Saturday, July 19 8am 9am Immediately Before the Competition

Golden Gun Club, Watkins Rd. – North of Quincy Registration & Equipment Check Trap, Skeet, & 5-Stand Competition Mandatory Competitor’s Meeting

Sunday, July 20 8am 9am Immediately Before the Competition

Brian Dudeck Eric Harper Shawn Meyers

Co-Superintendent Co-Superintendent Co-Superintendent

I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division, Department or Class Competition Requirement or Regulation. B. All devices and equipment are forbidden that may facilitate shooting which are not mentioned in these rules and are contrary to the spirit of these rules and regulations. It is the competitor’s responsibility to submit questionable equipment for official inspection and approval prior to the contest. 1. Superintendents have final say on questionable equipment and all safety matters. It is the responsibility of the competitor to have all equipment approved prior to the competition. C. Safe firearm handling is expected at all times. Members carrying firearms should remember

MAT

Muzzles pointed in a safe direction. Actions open and empty. Fingers off the Trigger.

D. Unsafe firearms management which could result in possible injury is reason for disqualification and dismissal from the firing range. Dismissal rests entirely upon the Superintendent and Range Safety Official. Junior Division Exhibitors who are disqualified for safety reasons will be subject to - 332 -

discipline per Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements and Regulations. E. Clear Bore Indicators (C.B.I.’s): All competitors will use C.B.I.’s that are required to extend a minimum of three (3) inches past the muzzle and the action when not firing line. F. Range Management: 1. Each individual range will be under the direct supervision of the discipline superintendent. 2. The same firearm/bow must be used throughout the match except in the case of equipment malfunction. The line officer must be notified immediately of any equipment malfunction. G. Target Inspection & Challenge: All paper targets, with the exception of archery, will be posted for inspection for a time period of 15 minutes following the scoring of the relay. Challenges must be made by the competitor or another competitor. No challenges will be allowed after targets have been posted for the allotted posting time period. If the contestant is shooting another relay during the target posting time, they can report to the scoring area and ask to check their targets. Any exception to this rule must be approved by the scoring superintendent. Parents, coaches, leaders or other adults are not allowed to handle targets after they have been scored or allowed to make a challenge. H. Safe Trigger: Any safe trigger is allowed. A safe trigger is defined as one which does not allow the hammer or firing pin to fall except by a deliberate pull of the trigger by the competitor. I. Firearm Handling: All firearms must be unloaded and the muzzle pointed upward when off the range or down range when on the firing line. Break action firearms are to be carried open and the muzzle pointed forward in a safe direction. Over-the-shoulder carries are NOT allowed. J. Coaching: No coaching will be allowed during the record relay. The competitor will be disqualified if coaching occurs. K. Electronic Communication Devices: No electronic communication devices (cell phones, palm devices, iPod/mp3 players, etc…) will be allowed on the firing line. L. Local Range Rules: The Douglas County Shooting Sports Competition takes place at several public or private shooting ranges or other venues. We are guests at these venues, and therefore must also follow the rules of such venues. M. Artificial Rests & Supports: Anytime a firearm is grounded while on the line, it will have the action open and up. Bi-pods or leaning devices may be used to support the firearm only when at rest. Any such device may NOT be used during the shooting sequence. N. Eye protection: Eye protection is required for all shooting activities with the exception of Archery. O. Ear Protection: Ear protection is required for all shooting activities with the exception of Archery and Air Rifle/Air Pistol. P. Footwear: Closed toe shoes are required and must be worn during the course of fire in all shooting disciplines and events. Q. Competitor and Coach Responsibility: In all circumstances, competitors, coaches and parents are responsible for their actions. Cooperation, self-control, self-discipline and high standards of sportsmanship are expected at all times. R. Policing the range - It is the responsibility of all competitors to police the range, keeping the firing points clean after each match or stage. - 333 -

S. Spotting Scopes: Spotting scopes or binoculars may be used throughout the match. T. Gloves - Gloves which do not form an artificial support may be worn. U. Release triggers - Release triggers may not be used in any event. V. Ammunition - Only factory non-jacketed ammunition may be used in these events W. All events will be conducted on the designated ranges. All safety rules and requirements will be enforced. X. Accumulative score will determine individual placement for each class entered.

II. ELIGIBILITY: A. Junior Division Exhibitors entered in the Douglas County Shoot must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. B. Age Divisions: Age is determined as of December 31 of the previous year. 1. Junior (ages 8-13) 2. Senior (ages 14-18) C. Junior Division Exhibitors must be enrolled in the shooting discipline in which they want to compete in at the Douglas County Shooting Sports Competition.. D. Exhibitors must complete three practices per discipline with certified 4-H instructor to be eligible to compete at the County shoot. 4-H Leaders will verify any non-completes with the 4-H office by July 16. E. The Competition meeting is mandatory for all Junior Division Exhibitors.

III. SCORING GUIDELINES A. Benefit ALWAYS goes to the competitor. B. CONSISTENCY is key. All targets are to be scored the same way. C. Targets are to be scored to the positive. Mark the score beside each bull. Total all shots for that target and circle the total. D. Scoring plugs: When using the plug, get a second opinion on the score before pulling the plug out. The shot may only be plugged once. Mark with a P+ or P- and the score. (Both scorers must initial the bull) E. Target Inspection & Challenge: All paper targets, with the exception of archery, will be posted for inspection for a time period of 15 minutes following the scoring of the relay. Challenges must be made by the competitor or another competitor. No challenges will be allowed after targets have been posted for the allotted posting time period. If the contestant is shooting another relay during the target posting time, they are to report the scoring area immediately following the relay to check targets. Any exception to this rule must be approved by the scoring superintendent. Parents, coaches, leaders or other adults are not allowed to handle targets or make a challenge. Challenges must be made on the day of the shoot. F. Any use of scoring devices by anyone other than an active member of the scoring team will cause immediate disqualification of that target packet. - 334 -

G. All rulings by the Superintendent are final.

AIR PISTOL 1. .177 caliber. 2. Sight-in: Must be shot at the sighter target only. 3. Targets must be shot in the following order: a. Juniors: Sight-in Bench Rest – 12 shots, 2 per bull Two handed standing – 12 shots, 2 per bull b. Seniors: Sight-in Two handed standing – 12 shots, 2 per bull One hand standing – 12 shots, 2 per bull Targets shot in any other order will be disqualified. 4. Shot must touch the line to count. 5. Multiple shots on a target – i.e. - 13 shots on a 6 bull target: The competitor will lose highest scoring shot for each excessive shot on the target. 6. More than 2 shots in one bull: The competitor will forfeit the high score on the bull. 7. Cross Fires: Defined as one competitor’s shot to another competitor’s target. All cross fires must be reported to the line official immediately, before the allotted relay time expires, or they will be scored as excessive shots.

.22 CALIBER PISTOL 1. .22 caliber 2. Sight-in: Must be shot at the sighter target only. 3. Targets must be shot in the following order: a. Juniors (1) Sight-in (2) Bench rest – 12 shots, 6 per bull (3) Two handed standing – 12 shots , 6 per bull

b. Seniors (1) Sight-in (2) Two handed standing – 12 shots, 6 per bull (3) One handed standing – 12 shots, 6 per bull

4. Shots must touch line to count. 5. Multiple shots on a target – i.e. 7 shots on one bull target: The competitor will lose the highest scoring shot for each excessive shot on target. 6. More than 2 shots in one bull: The competitor will forfeit the high score on the bull. - 335 -

7. Cross Fires: Defined as one competitor’s shot to another competitor’s target: All cross fires must be reported to the line official immediately, before the allotted relay time expires, or they will be scored as excessive shots.

AIR RIFLE 1. .177 caliber 2. Sight-in: Must be shot at the sighter target only. Ten bull target sighter is the center bull on the first target shot. (Offhand class – left target). 3. Targets must be shot in the following order: Utility and 4-P Sporter Class: Prone, Standing, Kneeling, And Sitting. 3-P Class: Prone, Standing, Kneeling. Offhand Class: Left to right. Targets shot in any other order will be disqualified. 4. Shot must touch the line to count. On a 10-bull target with dot, dot must be completely removed to score a 10. 5. Multiple shots on a target – i.e. - 11 shots on a 10 bull target: The competitor will lose the highest scoring shot for each excessive hit on the target. 6. Multiple shots in one bull: The competitor will forfeit the high score on the bull. 7. Cross Fires: Defined as one competitor’s shot to another competitor’s target. All cross fires must be reported to the line official immediately, before the allotted relay time expires, or they will be scored as excessive shots.

.22 RIFLE 1. .22 caliber 2. Sight-in: Must be shot at the sighter target only. Sighter is the center bull on 1st target shot, prone. 3. Targets must be shot in the following order: Hunt and 4-P Sporter Classes: Prone, Standing, Kneeling, Sitting 3-P Class: Prone, Standing, Kneeling 4. Shot must touch the line to count. On the A-36 target, the target must have the center dot completely removed to score a 10. 5. Multiple shots on a target – i.e. - 11 shots on a 10 bull target: The competitor will lose the highest scoring shot for each excessive hit on the target. 6. Multiple shots in one bull: The competitor will forfeit the high score on the bull. 7. Cross Fires: Defined as one competitor’s shot to another competitor’s target. All cross fires must be reported to the line official immediately, before the allotted relay time expires, or they will be scored as excessive shots.

ARCHERY 1. Competitors will start at the 40-yard distance. Competitors will score each other’s targets. Any discrepancies must be made before arrows are pulled. 2. Five (5) arrows per bull at 40, 30, 20 yards. One (1) arrow per bull at 10 yards. 3. Any arrow touching the line will be scored at the higher point value. 4. Center circle is worth 10 points. Each ring outside of center is decreased by one (1) point value. - 336 -

5. Arrows touched before they are scored will count as a zero. 6. Cross Fires: Defined as one competitor’s shot to another competitor’s target. All cross fires must be reported to the line official immediately, before the allotted relay time expires, any cross-fired arrow will be scored a zero. 7. On the 10-yard target, multiple arrows in the bull are scored with the lowest scoring arrow. All other arrows are scored a zero.

MUZZLELOADING 1. Scoring on paper target (except the bottle target) will be by the ½ ball rule. When more than ½ the ball diameter is over the ring, the shot is scored the higher point value 2. The caliber of the projectile must be written on the target. 3. Bottle target will be scored a hit or miss per point value. 4. Multiple shots on a target – i.e. - 6 shots on a 6 bull target, (when 5 shots are registered for score). The competitor will lose highest scoring shot for each excessive shot on the target. 5. More than 2 shots in one bull: The competitor will forfeit the high score on the bull. (Juniors and all Bottle targets only). This applies to excessive shots within a bull when more than what is allotted for is show. They will lose the highest scoring shot above what is allowed. 6. Cross Fires: Defined as one competitor’s shot to another competitor’s target. All cross fires must be reported to the line official immediately, before the allotted relay time expires, or they will be scored as excessive shots. 7. Gongs will be scored as a hit or miss. 8. Hitting the support is a miss. 9. Ricochets shall be scored as a miss. 10. Point value for gong is 8 points. 11. Challenges to gong scoring must be made by the competitor immediately after the round.

SHOTGUN 1. Clay targets will be scored either a dead (hit) or lost (missed) target. 2. Dead target: A target is scored dead (hit or broken) when at least one visible piece is broken from the target or the target has been completely reduced to dust. 3. Lost target: A target scored lost (missed) when it is not hit during its flight, or is dusted by no visible piece falls, or changes direction without a visible piece falling. 4. No bird or No target: A target declared no bird or no target by the line official must be repeated regardless of the action of the competitor or result of any shot taken.

IV. PREMIUMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only. Premiums will be paid thru 4th place. 1. PREMIUMS: 1st-$3, 2nd-$2.25, 3rd-$1.75, 4th-$1.50 B. Refer to the current Awards Book for any special awards.

- 337 -

AIR PISTOL AND .22 PISTOL DISCIPLINE COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS I. GENERAL PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division, Department or Class Competition Requirement or Regulation. B. Junior Division Members in Good Standing who are enrolled in the Douglas County 4-H Air Pistol Project or the Douglas County 4-H .22 Pistol Project are eligible to compete in the Air Pistol Division. C. Clear Bore Indicators (C.B.I.’s): All competitors will use C.B.I.’s that are required to extend a minimum of three (3) inches past the muzzle and the action when not firing. D. Action open - Unless pistols are cased, actions must be open (cylinders open or slides back and magazines removed)with a CBI or a ECI installed at all times until the competitor is in position at the firing point and the command "THE PREPARATION PERIOD STARTS NOW" has been given. E. Ammunition - Only factory non-jacketed ammunition may be used in these events. F. Artificial support - Any clothing or appliances (gloves, wrist bands, watches) that provide support for the shooting hand and wrist are prohibited. G. Ready position - The pistol must be held in a safe forward position with the finger outside the trigger guard. The pistol may be pointed forward and downward at an angle of no more than 45o to the body or held pointing upward and downrange with a bent arm. H. Firing positions - Competitors must take their positions on the firing point so they do not interfere with shooters on either side of them. 1. Seniors - The pistol must be supported with one hand only with the other hand providing no support for the pistol. All parts of the shooter's clothing, body and gun must be clear of artificial support. No part of the shooter's body may touch the ground in advance of the firing line. I. Changing pistols - Pistols may be changed during the match only if they are disabled and has been so designated by the Range Safety Officer. Claims must be made immediately. J. Grips - No part of the grip or firearm may be extended in any way to provide support beyond the hand. The wrist must be free and visible during firing. K. Clothing: Shooting coats, shooting jackets, shooting gloves, shooting pants, and shooting shoes are prohibited. L. Gloves - Gloves which do not form an artificial support may be worn. M. Spotting Scopes: Spotting scopes or binoculars may be used throughout the match. N. Coaching: Coaching is permitted during the sight-in period only. (No more than one (1) coach per competitor.)

- 338 -

O. Cross Fires: Defined as one competitor’s shot to another competitor’s target. All cross fires must be reported to the line official immediately, before the allotted relay time expires. The line official must sign off on all cross fires, or they will be scored as excessive shots. P. Course of Fire: (Air Pistol) 1. Juniors: 12 shots from the bench position 2 shots per bull – bottom target 12 shots from the two-hand standing position 2 shots per bull – top target 2. Seniors: 12 shots from the two-hand standing position 2 shots per bull – bottom target 12 shots from the one-hand standing position 2 shots per bull – top target Q. Time: A total of 35 minutes will be allotted to shoot the course of fire for both junior and senior divisions. The time will be divided as follows: 1. Sight-in Period: 5 minutes 2. Fire for Score Period: 30 minutes R. Tie Breakers: 1. Juniors: First Tie Breaker: Total two-hand standing target Second Tie Breaker: Most 10’s, 9’s, etc… on same target 2. Seniors: First Tie Breaker: Total one-hand standing target Second Tie Breaker: Most 10’s, 9’s, etc… on same target

II. RANGE RULES A. Action Open: Unless cased, all actions are to remain open. 1. No competitor will aim toward the targets until the proper command is given. 2. No pistol will be handled in any manner to violate any safety rule. B. Cease Fire: When the command “cease fire” is given, all pistols are to be benched and unloaded, with actions open. Any competitor with pellets chambered at the time of the cease fire command will alert the line officer. Competitors are to await further instruction from the range personnel. C. Firearms Unloaded: The firearm may not be loaded until the competitor has taken position at his or her firing point, firearm pointed toward the target and the command “Load” has been given. Only one (1) cartridge or pellet may be loaded at any time. Competitor must only load one cartridge or pellet in a clip or magazine at a time. A clip or magazine may only have one cartridge or pellet in it at any time. D. Firing Line Commands: The following commands will be used. 1. COMPETITORS TO THE LINE. Competitors may bring equipment and pistols to the line. Pistols are to be benched with actions open. Adjustments will be made during the sight-in period. 2. YOUR FIVE (5) MINUTE SIGHT-IN PERIOD BEGINS NOW. Competitors may live fire pistols at sight-in target and make any necessary adjustments. Coaches are permitted to instruct how to make sight adjustments, but may NOT physically make such adjustments. Any and all adjustments must be made by the competitor. - 339 -

3. CEASE FIRE. All shooting stops after the site-in period. Range personnel will go down range with the permission of the range officer to mark errant shots. Coaches will be excused from the firing line. 4. YOU WILL NOW HAVE 30 MINUTES FOR YOUR RECORD SHOTS. COMMENCE FIRING. Competitors will have 30 minutes to shoot two (2) twelve-shot courses. (See Course of Fire in individual contest rules.) When competitors are finished, pistols are to be benched and competitors are to remain seated until the block of time is completed or they are instructed to leave the line. 5. CEASE FIRE. After 30 minutes, or at any time the range officer deems necessary, the cease fire command will be given. All pistols will be benched with actions open. Firing must cease immediately. 6. COMPETITORS MAY REMOVE EQUIPMENT FROM THE LINE. Upon hearing this command, competitors may remove equipment from the line at this time. Range personnel will collect targets and transport them to the scoring location.

AIR PISTOL 10-METER CLASS Division Class Class Description 2803 220 Air Pistol 10-Meter – Junior 2803 221 Air Pistol 10-Meter – Senior A. Firearms shall be .177 caliber. Lead pellets only. Wad cutter-type pellets only (flat head). No dome or pointed heads on pellets allowed. B. Firearms may be a single shot or a revolver (single or double action). C. Semi-automatic firearms will be allowed if properly and safely demonstrated that they can be loaded one pellet at a time. D. Only open sights will be allowed. E. Eye protection is required at all times while on the firing line. F. Juniors shooting in the bench position may use artificial support for their hands or the butt of the air pistol and may rest their elbows on the bench surface. The rest may only touch the bottom surfaces of the butt of the air pistol and hands without touching any lateral surface and must have prior approval of the superintendent. G. In the standing position, no supports are permitted, including leaning on or against benches or tables. The standing position is a free hand position. No part of the arm(s) may be braced on any part of the body. H. Equipment malfunctions shall be reported to the line officer. I. No loaded air pistol shall be raised more than 60° above the horizontal shooting plane. J. All air pistols must remain in their case until on the firing line. K. Target Type: B40/4 1-1/2 targets = 6 bulls/per position.

- 340 -

.22 PISTOL CLASS (SEMI-AUTO AND REVOLVER) Division Class Class Description 2800 120 .22 Pistol – Junior 2800 121 .22 Pistol – Senior A. Clear Bore Indicators (C.B.I.’s): All competitors will use C.B.I.’s that are required to extend a minimum of three (3) inches past the muzzle and the action when not firing. B. Clothing: Shooting coats, shooting jackets, shooting gloves, shooting pants, and shooting shoes are prohibited. C. Spotting Scopes: Spotting scopes or binoculars may be used throughout the match. D. Target Type: B2, 4 targets = 2 bulls/per position. And one sighter target. E. Coaching: Coaching is permitted during the sight-in period only. (No more than one (1) coach per competitor. F. Cross Fires: Defined as one competitor’s shot to another competitor’s target. All cross fires must be reported to the line official immediately, before the allotted relay time expires. The line official must sign off on all cross fires, or they will be scored as excessive shots. G. Hits on Wrong Target: The shooter shall call excessive shot on target and it must be noted by the line official. The shooter should not shoot another shot at the correct target. The shooter will only loose the points for multiple shots on bull. If the shooter chooses to reshoot the bull, they will be assessed the penalty for excessive shots on target. H. Course of Fire: 1. Juniors: 12 shots from the bench position, 6 shots per bull – bottom target. 12 shots from the two-handed standing position, 6 shots per bull – top target. 2. Seniors: 12 shots from the two-handed standing position, 6 shots per bull – bottom target. 12 shots from the one-handed standing position, 6 shots per bull – top target. I. Time: A total of 35 minutes will be allotted to shoot the course of fire for both junior and senior divisions. The time will be divided as follows: Sight-in period is five (5) minutes, Fire for score period is thirty (30) minutes. Tie Breakers: Juniors: 1st Tie Breaker is the total two-handed standing target, 2nd Tie Breaker is most 10’s, 9’s, etc… on same target. Seniors: 1st Tie Breaker is the total one-hand standing target, 2nd Tie Breaker is most 10’s, 9’s, etc… on same target. .22 PISTOL 50-FOOT OPEN SIGHT CLASS RULES A. Any type of .22-caliber pistol capable of loading one (1) round at a time is allowed. Any action type can be used if it can be demonstrated that they can be loaded one (1) round at a time in a safe manner. It is up to the competitor to have the pistol approved before competing. The range official will have final approval. B. .22-caliber ammunition is recommended. (no .22 magnum caliber allowed) C. Firearms may be a semi-automatic or a revolver (single or double action).

- 341 -

D. Semi-automatic firearms will be allowed if properly and safely demonstrated that they can be loaded one bullet at a time. E. Only factory installed open sights will be allowed. F. Barrel length is limited to 10 inches. G. Eye protection and hearing protection are required at all times while on the firing line. H. Juniors shooting in the bench position may use artificial support for their hands or the butt of the pistol and may rest their elbows on the bench surface. The rest may only touch the bottom surfaces of the butt of the pistol and hands without touching any lateral surface and must have prior approval of the superintendent. I. In the standing position, no supports are permitted, including leaning on or against benches or tables. The standing position is a free hand position. No part of the arm(s) may be braced on any part of the body. J. Equipment malfunctions shall be reported to the line official. K. No loaded pistol shall be raised more than 45° above the horizontal shooting plane. L. All pistols must remain in their case until on the firing line. M. SR Target: 1 Hand JR Target: 2 Hand

Sighter Target SR Target: 2 Hand JR Target: Bench

American Target Company B2 50 Foot Slow Fire Official NRA Target

Suggested target placement on backer.

- 342 -

AIR RIFLE AND .22-CALIBER RIFLE DISCIPLINE COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS I. GENERAL PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division, Department or Class Competition Requirement or Regulation. B. Control of the range will be under the supervision of the Air Rifle or .22-Caliber Rifle Range Officer at all times. C. Inspection: All rifles will be safety inspected and/or weighed prior to the shoot. Each rifle will receive a sticker to indicate the firearm has passed inspection. Firearms without such indication will not be allowed on the firing line. Shoot officials have the right to re-inspect a rifle at any point in the competition. D. Firing Line: No portion of the competitor’s body may rest upon or touch the ground in advance of the firing line or be more than six (6) inches behind the firing line. E. Clear Bore Indicators (C.B.I.’s): All competitors will use C.B.I.’s that are required to extend a minimum of three (3) inches past the muzzle and the action when not firing. F. Eye Protection: All competitors and other personnel in the immediate vicinity of the range are to wear eye protection. G. Ear Protection: All competitors and other personnel in the immediate vicinity of the range are to wear hearing protection. (Air rifle competition excluded.) H. Clothing: Shooting coats, shooting jackets, shooting gloves, shooting pants, and shooting shoes are prohibited in most classes. Any exceptions to this rule will be noted in the specific class rules. I. Spotting Scopes: Spotting scopes or binoculars will be allowed throughout the match. Spotting Scope bases may be ahead of the firing line, however, the eye piece of the spotting scope must remain behind the firing line. J. Sling: The use of a sling is not allowed in most classes. Any exceptions to this rule will be noted in the specific class rules. K. Sight Definitions: Open: A combination of an open notch (rear) and blade or post (front) sight. A factory installed hood on the front sight will be allowed. Aperture: Must have a rear peep and front globe that have interchangeable peep aperture inserts. (Please see Appendix V for photos) L. Shooting Positions(Prone, Standing, Kneeling, Sitting): The positions as taught by the county certified leaders will be limited to those as described in the “Colorado 4-H Shooting Sports Rifle” curriculum—lessons six, seven, eight, and nine. Only the position variations described in those lessons will be allowed with the exception that external supports (cross sticks, chair backs, etc.) are not allowed. M. Kneeling Rolls: Kneeling rolls will be permitted in all classes. Kneeling rolls are to be made of pliable material not to exceed seven (7) inches in diameter by nine and one-half (9½) inches in length.

- 343 -

N. Artificial Shooting Rests & Supports: Bi-pods or leaning devices may be used to support the firearm when at rest only and not during the shooting sequence. Rifle rests may be placed ahead of the firing line O. Shooting Mats: Shooting mats are not to exceed one (1) inch in thickness, in addition to ground cover provided. Junior are to provide their own shooting mats. P. Cross Fires: Defined as one competitor’s shot to another competitor’s target. All cross fires must be reported to the line official immediately, before the allotted relay time expires. The line official must sign off on all cross fires, or they will be scored as excessive shots. Q. Coaching: Coaching is permitted during the sight-in period only. The coach may assist the competitor during this time by calling the shots, checking time, checking score, ordering sight changes, etc…but may not physically assist the competitor in loading, cocking*, adjusting positions or making sight corrections. The coach must control voice and actions as not to disturb other competitors. A competitor may have no more than one (1) coach on the line during the sight-in period. Coaching will not be allowed from the spectator area. *A competitor may have assistance with the cocking of the firearm with prior approval of the superintendent. R. Magazines: Extended capacity magazines protruding more than on (1) inch below the firearm are prohibited. Protruding magazines may not be used as a support. S. Tie Breakers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

First: Total standing target score Second: Total kneeling target score Third: Total sitting target score Fourth: Total prone target score Fifth: Most 10’s on the standing target If additional tie breakers are necessary, it will continue with the most 10’s on each of the targets in the order given above.

T. The Range Officer has the authority to make changes in squading for safety reasons.

II. RANGE RULES A. Action Open: Unless cased, all actions are to remain open. 1. No competitor will aim toward the targets until the proper command is given. 2. No firearm will be handled in any manner to violate any safety rule. B. Cased Firearms: Firearms are to remain cased until reaching the designated staging area or firing line. C. Firearms Unloaded: The firearm may not be loaded until the competitor has taken position at his or her firing point, firearm pointed toward the target and the command ”Load” has been given. Only one (1) cartridge or pellet may be loaded at any time. Competitor must only load one cartridge or pellet in a clip or magazine at a time. A clip or magazine may only have one cartridge or pellet in it at any time. D. Cease Fire: All firearms will be unloaded immediately upon the command “Cease Fire.” Actions will remain open and chambers up. - 344 -

E. Discipline: The safety of competitors, range personnel and spectators requires all to give continuous attention to careful handling of firearms and caution while moving about the range. F. Delaying a Match: No competitor may delay the start of the match through tardiness in reporting or undue delay in preparing to fire. G. Firing Line Commands: The following commands will be used. Adjustments may be made to the time allotment for each shooting period based on the block times used in the competition. 1. COMPETITORS TO THE LINE. Competitors may bring equipment and rifles to the line. Rifles are to have actions open and up. Adjustments will be made during the sight-in period. 2. YOUR FIVE (5) MINUTE SIGHT-IN PERIOD BEGINS NOW. Competitors may live fire rifles at sight-in target and make any necessary adjustments. Coaches are permitted to instruct how to make sight adjustments, but may NOT physically make such adjustments. Any and all adjustments must be made by the competitor. 3. CEASE FIRE. All shooting stops after the sight-in period. Range personnel will go down range with the permission of the range officer to mark errant shots. Coaches will be excused from the firing line. 4. YOU WILL NOW HAVE (30 AIR RIFLE / 40 .22) MINUTES FOR YOUR RECORD SHOTS. COMMENCE FIRING. Competitors will have the allotted time to shoot record shots. (See Course of Fire in individual contest rules.) When competitors are finished, rifles are to remain grounded with actions open and up. Competitors are to remain on the line until the block of time is completed or they are instructed to leave the line. 5. CEASE FIRE. After the allotted time, or at any time the range officer deems necessary, the cease fire command will be given. All rifles will be grounded with actions open and up. Firing must cease immediately. 6. COMPETITORS MAY REMOVE EQUIPMENT FROM THE LINE. Upon hearing this command, competitors may remove equipment from the line at this time. Range personnel will collect targets and transport them to the scoring location. H. Note: Block time will be used whenever possible. Notice will be given the day of the competition. A five minute warning for the end of the relay will be announced.

AIR RIFLE 25-FOOT UTILITY CLASS Division Class Class Description 2802 200 Air Rifle 25-ft Utility – Junior 2802 201 Air Rifle 25-ft Utility – Senior A. Rifle: Any type of conventional appearance. The following restrictions will apply: 1. .177 caliber lead pellet only. Wad cutter-type pellets only (flat head). No dome or pointed heads on pellets allowed. 2. No set or electric triggers allowed. - 345 -

3. Sights must be open-type. No peep-type sights will be allowed. 4. Factory-installed stock may be altered for length only. Foam cheek pieces added to stock for fit will be allowed. 5. Air rifles with extended magazines (CO2 cartridge) may be used as long as the extension is not used as a support. 6. Thumb holes, palm rests, thumb rests, heel rests or spirit levels are not allowed. 7. Adjustable butt plate must be in home or neutral position. No butt plates resembling a hook type plate will be allowed. 8. There are no weight restrictions in this class. B. Target Type: TQ 5/5 C. Course of Fire: Five (5) shots in each of the following positions in the following order: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Sight-in = middle target Prone = bottom left target Standing = top left target Kneeling = top right target Sitting = bottom right target

D. Time: Sight-in period = 5 minutes Record Shots Period = 30 minutes E. Following the sight-in period, range officers will go down range to check for and mark errant sight-in shots. The same time will be allotted to both junior and senior competitors. Block time will be used.

AIR RIFLE 10-METER 4-POSITION SPORTER CLASS Division Class Class Description 2802 208 Air Rifle 10-Meter 4-Position Sporter – Junior 2802 209 Air Rifle 10-Meter 4-Position Sporter – Senior A. Rifle: The Sporter Air Rifle is intended to be a low cost, entry-level rifle and have a conventional appearance. Suggested models are as follows: Daisy 753/853/953/977, Daisy 888, Crossman 2000 and Daisy XSV40. Any rifle not included in this list, but complies with requirements of this class may be added to the list. The Range Officer will have final approval. 1. .177 caliber lead pellet only. Wad cutter-type pellets only (flat head). No dome or pointed heads on pellets allowed. 2. No set or electric triggers allowed. 3. Sights must be peep-type aperture, front and rear. No open-type sights will be allowed. 4. No hook butt plates will be allowed. 5. Air rifles with extended magazines (CO2 cartridge) may be used as long as the extension is not used as a support. 6. Thumb holes, palm rests, thumb rests, heel rests or spirit levels are not allowed. - 346 -

7. The length of the stock, height of cheek piece and butt plate location may not be changed after the five minute sight-in period. 8. The weight of the complete rifle with sights may not exceed 12.12 pounds in weight. Rifles may be reweighed at any time by superintendent or designee. B. Target Type: AR 5/5 C. Course of Fire: Five (5) shots in each of the following positions in the following order: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Sight-in = middle target Prone = bottom left target Standing = top left target Kneeling = top right target Sitting = bottom right target

D. Time: Sight-in period = 5 minutes Record Shots Period = 30 minutes E. Following the sight-in period, range officers will go down range to check for and mark errant sight-in shots. The same time will be allotted to both junior and senior competitors. Block time will be used. F. All questions and rulings will be the responsibility of the discipline superintendent. G. Exceptions to General Air Rifle Rules 1. Clothing: Shooting gloves are permitted. Shooting coats or jackets, shooting pants, and shooting shoes are not allowed. 2. Sling: A sling may be used for all positions except the standing position. Rifles in this class my also qualify for the 10-Meter Precision 3-Position class.

AIR RIFLE 10-METER PRECISION 3-POSITION CLASS Division Class Class Description 2802 216 Air Rifle 10-Meter Precision 3-Position – Junior 2802 217 Air Rifle 10-Meter Precision 3-Position – Senior H. Rifle: Any type of Air Rifle. The following additional restrictions will apply: 1. .177 caliber lead pellet only. Wad cutter-type pellets only (flat head). No dome or pointed heads on pellets allowed. 2. No set or electric triggers allowed. 3. Sights must be peep-type aperture, front and rear. No open-type sights will be allowed. 4. Adjustable butt plates are allowed. Hook-type butt plates are not allowed. 5. The butt plate and cheek piece may be adjusted between positions. 6. Thumb holes, palm rests, thumb rests, heel rests or spirit levels are not allowed. 7. Exterior weights other than concentric barrel weights are not allowed. A bipod or rifle rest may not be attached to the rifle during competition. 8. The weight of the complete rifle, with sights may not exceed 12.12 pounds. - 347 -

I. Target Type: AR 5/5 J. Course of Fire: Five (5) shots in each of the following positions in the following order: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Sight-in = middle target Prone = bottom left target Standing = top left target Kneeling = top right target

K. Time: Sight-in period = 5 minutes Record Shots Period = 30 minutes L. Following the sight-in period, range officers will go down range to check for and mark errant sight-in shots. The same time will be allotted to both junior and senior competitors. Block time will be used. M. All questions and rulings will be the responsibility of the discipline superintendent. N. Exceptions to General Air Rifle Rules 1. Clothing: Shooting coats or jackets and gloves are mandatory. Shooting pants and shoes are optional. Jacket or coat must include pads not to exceed three-fourths of an inch (3/4) in thickness attached to the outside of the jacket. The location of the pads is to be at the shoulder for the butt plate and on the elbows. Sleeves are to be no longer than the wrist. Jacket or coat length is to be no longer than the fingertip with arms hanging to the side of the body. 2. Sling: A sling may be used for all positions except the standing position.

AIR RIFLE 10-METER OLYMPIC OFF-HAND CLASS Division Class Class Description 2802 212 Air Rifle 10-Meter Olympic Off-Hand – Junior 2802 213 Air Rifle 10-Meter Olympic Off-Hand – Senior A. Rifle: Any type of air rifle. The following additional restrictions will apply. 1. .177 caliber lead pellet only. Wad cutter-type pellets only (flat head). No dome or pointed heads on pellets allowed. 2. No set or electric triggers allowed. 3. Sights must be peep-type aperture, front and rear. No open-type sights, scopes or spirit levels will be allowed. 4. Adjustable butt plates are allowed. Hook-type butt plates are not allowed. Hand stops are not allowed. 5. The length of the stock and the check piece may not be changed during the course of fire. 6. Palm rests and heel rests are not allowed. 7. Exterior weights other than concentric barrel weights are not allowed. A bipod or rifle rest may not be attached to the rifle during competition. They may be attached when the competitor has completed firing. Offhand stands will be allowed during course of fire, only as a rest between shots. - 348 -

8. The weight of the complete rifle with sights may not exceed 12.12 pounds. 9. The hand stop and sling swivel is not allowed in the standing position. 10. The rifle may not be removed from the firing line during the course of fire except with the permission of the range officer. B. Target Type: AR 5/10 C. Course of Fire: Sight-in shots will be allowed in the sighting ring and targets only. (The sight-in targets are the two center bulls on the left target.) 20 shots from the standing position, top left and top right target. D. Time: Sight-in period = 5 minutes Record Shots Period = 30 minutes E. Following the sight-in period, range officers will go down range to check for and mark errant sight-in shots. The same time will be allotted to both junior and senior competitors. Block time will be used. F. All questions and rulings will be the responsibility of the discipline superintendent. G. Exceptions to General Air Rifle Rules 1. Clothing: Shooting coats, gloves, pants and shoes will be allowed.

.22-CALIBER 50-FOOT HUNT CLASS Division Class Class Description 2801 100 .22 Rifle 50-ft Hunt – Junior 2801 101 .22 Rifle 50-ft Hunt – Senior A. Rifle: Any type .22-caliber rifle capable of loading one (1) round at a time is allowed. Singleshot bolt action or lever action rifles are preferred, however, any action type may be used if it can be demonstrated that it can be loaded one (1) round at a time in a safe manner. It is up to the competitor to have the rifle approved before competing. The range officer will have the final approval. All rifles must have the appearance of a sport rifle. The following additional restrictions will apply: 1. .22-caliber long rifle, long or short, standard velocity .22 ammunition is recommended. (no .22 magnum caliber allowed) 2. No set or electric triggers are allowed. 3. Any safe trigger is allowed. A safe trigger is one which does not allow the hammer or firing pin release to fall except by a deliberate pull of the trigger by the competitor. 4. Open sights or fiber optic neon enhancement sights and factory installed hooded front sights are allowed. Aperture sights and front globe sights are not allowed. 5. Factory-type stock may be altered for length only. No other alterations will be allowed. 6. Adjustable or hook-type butt plates are prohibited. 7. Thumb hole stocks, palm rests and heel rests are prohibited.

- 349 -

8. The weight of the complete rifle with sights may not exceed 8.5 pounds in weight. Rifles may be reweighed at any time by superintendent or designee. Consequences may result in score disqualification. B. Target Type: A-17 C. Course of Fire: Ten (10) shots in each of the following positions in the following order: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Sight-in = middle bull on prone target Prone = bottom left Standing = top left Kneeling = top right Sitting = bottom right

D. Time: Sight-in period = 5 minutes Record Shots Period = 40 minutes E. Following the sight-in period, range officers will go down range to check for and mark errant sight-in shots. The same time will be allotted to both junior and senior competitors. Block time will be used.

.22-CALIBER 50-FOOT HUNT SCOPE CLASS Division Class Class Description 2801 112 .22 Rifle 50-ft Hunt Scope – Junior 2801 113 .22 Rifle 50-ft Hunt Scope – Senior A. Rifle: Any type of .22-caliber rifle capable of loading one (1) round at a time is allowed. Singleshot, bolt action or lever action rifles are preferred, however, any action type can be used if it can be demonstrated that they can be loaded one (1) round at a time in a safe manner. It is up to the competitor to have the rifle approved before competing. The range officer will have final approval. The following additional restrictions will apply: 1. .22-caliber long rifle, long or short ammunition is recommended. (no .22 magnum caliber allowed) 2. No set or electric triggers are allowed. 3. Any safe trigger is allowed. A safe trigger is one which does not allow the hammer or firing pin release to fall except by a deliberate pull of the trigger by the competitor. 4. A fixed 4X magnification telescopic sight or a variable magnification telescopic sight (set at a maximum of 4X magnification) with a maximum body tube diameter of one (1) inch shall be used. Variable magnification scope must be locked and/or taped to a maximum of 4X magnification during competition. Once set, the scope magnification cannot be changed during competition. Open iron sights/open fiber optic sights or aperture sights with front globe may be mounted on the rifle, but not used during the competition. “See through” scope mounts (if present) will be taped closed. 5. All rifles must have the appearance of a hunting rifle with a maximum outside barrel dimension of .675 inches at the widest point of the muzzle. Factory-type stock (wood or plastic) may be altered for length only. No other alterations will be allowed. No skeltonized stocks will be allowed. No heavy or varmint style barrels will be allowed. - 350 -

6. Adjustable or hook-type butt plates are prohibited. 7. Thumb hole and pistol grip type stocks, palm rests and heel rests are prohibited. 8. The weight of the complete rifle with scope may not exceed 7.5 pounds in weight. Rifles may be reweighed at any time by superintendent or designee. Consequences may result in score disqualification. B. Target Type: A-17 C. Course of Fire: Ten (10) shots in each of the following positions in the following order: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Sight-in = middle bull on prone target Prone = bottom left Standing = top left Kneeling = top right Sitting = bottom right

D. Time: Sight-in period = 5 minutes Record Shots Period = 40 minutes E. Following the sight-in period, range officers will go down range to check for and mark errant sight-in shots. The same time will be allotted to both junior and senior competitors. Block time will be used.

.22-CALIBER 50-FOOT 4-POSITION SPORTER CLASS Division Class Class Description 2801 104 .22 Rifle 50-ft 4-Position Sporter – Junior 2801 105 .22 Rifle 50-ft 4-Position Sporter – Senior A. This class is designed as a basic target sighted class. Modifications to higher-level rifles are not recommended. B. Rifle: Any type of .22-caliber rifle capable of loading one (1) round at a time is allowed. The rifle must be of conventional appearance. Single-shot, bolt action or lever action rifles are preferred, however, any action type tube-feed, clip feed and semi-automatic rifles can be used if it can be demonstrated that they can be loaded one (1) round at a time in a safe manner. It is up to the competitor to have the rifle approved before competing. The range officer will have final approval. The following additional restrictions will apply: 1. .22-caliber long rifle, long or short, standard velocity .22 ammunition is recommended. (no .22 magnum caliber allowed) 2. No set or electric triggers are allowed. 3. Any safe trigger is allowed. A safe trigger is one which does not allow the hammer or firing pin release to fall except by a deliberate pull of the trigger by the competitor. 4. Peep type aperture sight front and rear. No open sights or scopes allowed. 5. The length of stock, height of cheek piece and butt plate location may not be changed after the five (5) minute sight-in period. 6. Thumb hole stocks, palm rests, heel rests, Scheutzen-type and hooked-type butt plates are prohibited. - 351 -

7. The weight of the complete rifle with sights may not exceed 8.5 pounds in weight. Rifles may be reweighed at any time by superintendent or designee. Consequences my result in score disqualification. C. Target Type: A-17 D. Course of Fire: Ten (10) shots in each of the following positions in the following order: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Sight-in = middle bull on prone target Prone = bottom left Standing = top left Kneeling = top right Sitting = bottom right

E. Time: Sight-in period = 5 minutes Record Shots Period = 40 minutes F. Following the sight-in period, range officers will go down range to check for and mark errant sight-in shots. The same time will be allotted to both junior and senior competitors. Block time will be used. G. Exceptions to General .22-Caliber Rules 1. Clothing: Shooting gloves are permissible. Shooting coats, shooting jackets, shooting pants and shooting shoes are prohibited. 2. Sling: A sling may be used for all positions except the standing position. H. Rifles in this class may also qualify for the International 3-Position class. I. All questions and rulings will be the responsibility of the discipline superintendent.

.22 CALIBER 50-FOOT INTERNATIONAL 3-POSITION CLASS Division Class Class Description 2801 108 .22 Rifle 50-ft 3-Position International – Junior 2801 109 .22 Rifle 50-ft 3-Position International – Senior A. Rifle: Any .22-caliber rifle capable of safely loading one (1) round at a time. It is up to the competitor to have the rifle approved before competing. The range officer will have the final approval. The following additional restrictions will apply: 1. .22-caliber long rifle, long or short, standard velocity .22 ammunition is recommended. (no .22 magnum caliber is allowed) 2. No set or electric triggers allowed. 3. Any safe trigger is allowed. A safe trigger is one which does not allow the hammer or firing pin release to fall except by a deliberate pull of the trigger by the competitor. 4. Peep-type aperture sights front and rear. No open sights or scopes allowed. 5. Hook butt plates are allowed. Wrap-around body hooks are not allowed. 6. No weight limit. B. Target Type: A-36 - 352 -

C. Course of Fire: Ten (10) shots in each of the following positions in the following order: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Sight-in = middle bull on prone target Prone = bottom left Standing = top left Kneeling = top right

D. Time: Sight-in period = 5 minutes Record Shots Period = 40 minutes E. Following the sight-in period, range officers will go down range to check for and mark errant sight-in shots. The same time will be allotted to both junior and senior competitors. Block time will be used. F. Exceptions to General .22-Caliber Rules 1. Clothing: Shooting coats or jackets and gloves are mandatory. Shooting pants and shoes are optional. Jacket or coat must include pads not to exceed three-fourths of an inch (3/4) in thickness attached to the outside of the jacket. The location of the pads is to be at the shoulder for the butt plate and on the elbows. Sleeves are to be no longer than the wrist. Jacket or coat length is to be no longer than the fingertip with arms hanging to the side of the body. 2. Sling: A sling may be used for all positions except the standing position.

- 353 -

ARCHERY DISCIPLINE COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS I. GENERAL PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division, Department or Class Competition Requirement or Regulation. B. Control of the range will be under the supervision of the Archery Superintendent. C. Individuals may enter only one (1) of the following classes: D. Draw: No arrow may be drawn past the back of the bow at any time.* A minimum of the arrow tip must extend past the back of the bow at full draw. All bows must be hand-held at full draw. E. Hand-held Bow: A hand-held bow is defined as a long bow, recurve bow or compound bow on which the string is not drawn mechanically or held mechanically under tension. String releases or mechanical releases which are hand-drawn and hand-held with no other attachment or connection to the bow other than to the bowstring are acceptable. F. Poundage: Maximum draw weight for any bow is sixty (60) pounds. A portable poundage device will be used to check bows. All bow poundage will be checked at the end of each round. Competitors with bows found to be over sixty (60) pounds draw weight will be disqualified. G. Quivers: All arrows must be in a quiver at all times. Quiver must be worn Not carried. This includes all persons attending the Douglas County Shooting Sports Competition – Junior and coaches, parents, leaders or other adults. No ground or pocket quivers allowed. H. Range Finders / Binoculars: Range finders and binoculars are prohibited on the archery range. I. Required Equipment: Quiver, semi-rigid arm guard, finger protection or release as class requirements dictate. Quivers must be properly worn, not carried. J. Arrows: No fiberglass arrows. Wood arrows are discouraged at the state contest, but may be used with recurve/long bows with the approval of the contest superintendent prior to the start of the contest. K. Course of Events: All archers will start and compete at 40, 30, 20 and 10 yard distance. Juniors will shoot five (5) arrows per distance for a total of twenty (20) arrows. Seniors will shoot two (2) rounds of five (5) arrows per distance for a total of forty (40) arrows. Competitors will have a maximum of five (5) minutes to shoot each distance in each round. L. Cross Fires: Defined as one competitor’s shot to another competitor’s target. All cross fires must be reported to the line official immediately, before the allotted relay time expires. M. Target Size: 40 yards: 122 centimeter FITA – 48 inch target face. 30 yards: 87 centimeter FITA – 30 inch target face. 20 yards: 60 centimeter FITA – 24 inch target face. 10 yards: NFAA 5-spot target – 6 ¼ inch diameter.

- 354 -

N. Tie Breakers: 1st: Total 10’s 2nd: 10’s at 40 yards 3nd: 10’s at 30 yards 4th: 10’s at 20 yards 5th: Total score at 40 yards 6th: Total score at 30 yards 7th: Total score at 20 yards O. Range Rules and Whistle Signals 1. Competitors will straddle the firing line. 2. Bows to be drawn in a safe and controlled manner. The arrow must be drawn in line with the designated target. 3. Bows that fail safety inspection will not be allowed on the range. 4. Two whistle blasts: Competitors to the line 5. One whistle blast: Commence firing 6. Three whistle blasts: Score and retrieve arrows 7. Four or more whistle blasts: Cease Fire Immediately P. *See Appendix I for Archery illustrations

II. ARCHERY CLASS REGULATIONS COMPOUND BOW UNLIMITED CLASS Division Class Class Description 2805 400 Compound Bow - Unlimited – Junior 2805 401 Compound Bow - Unlimited – Senior A. Any compound bow. B. Any sight including scope. C. Any peep sight including clarifier. D. Arrow rest -- drop away arrow rest are allowed only at a maximum of 2-inches behind the face of the bow. E. Stabilizer. F. Fingers or any release. G. Whisker biscuits are allowed.

COMPOUND BOW LIMITED CLASS Division Class Class Description 2805 404 Compound Bow - Limited – Junior 2805 405 Compound Bow - Limited – Senior

- 355 -

A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

Any compound bow. Fixed pin sight only-no levels. Peep sight without magnification. Arrow rest -- Drop away arrow rests are NOT allowed. May have stabilizer of eight (8) inches in length or less. Fingers or any release. Whisker biscuits are allowed.

COMPOUND BOW TRADITIONAL CLASS Division Class Class Description 2805 408 Compound Bow - Traditional – Junior 2805 409 Compound Bow - Traditional – Senior A. B. C. D.

Any compound bow. No sight. No peep sight. Any stick-on arrow rest or any arrow rest that screws into the burger button hole that the arrow sits on a shelf or a spring will be allowed. E. No stabilizer. F. Fingers only.

RECURVE BOW LIMITED CLASS Division Class Class Description 2805 412 Recurve Bow - Limited – Junior 2805 413 Recurve Bow - Limited – Senior A. B. C. D. E.

Any recurve or long bow. Any sight allowed. Any arrow rest allowed. Stabilizer. Fingers only.

RECURVE BOW TRADITIONAL CLASS Division Class Class Description 2805 416 Recurve Bow - Traditional – Junior 2805 417 Recurve Bow - Traditional – Senior A. B. C. D. E. F.

Any recurve or long bow. No sights or levels. No peep sight. Stick-on rest or shelf only. No stabilizer. Fingers only.

STAND-ALONE CLASSES - THESE CLASSES ARE FOR STAND-ALONE ITEMS ONLY. All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record for the discipline exhibited presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. - 356 -

B. Specific discipline e-Record is required. It can be found at: C. http://www.colorado4h.org/project_resources/erecords/index.php D. A Discipline Record Log Sheet is required. It can be found at: E. http://www.colorado4h.org/project_resources/erecords/index.php F. Exhibit may be a display board and a stand-alone item, such as gun stocks, decoys. Display items illustrating something learned in the project this year. The standardized display board size of 4 ft. x 3 ft. is to be used with 4-H projects. No additional items may be included in front of display board.

ARCHERY Division Class Class Description 2805 466 Archery Stand Alone – Junior 2805 467 Archery Stand Alone – Intermediate 2805 468 Archery Stand Alone – Senior

AIR RIFLE Division Class Class Description 2805 469 Air Rifle Stand Alone – Junior 2805 470 Air Rifle Stand Alone – Intermediate 2805 471 Air Rifle Stand Alone – Senior

SHOTGUN Division Class Class Description 2805 472 Shotgun Stand Alone – Junior 2805 473 Shotgun Stand Alone – Intermediate 2805 474 Shotgun Stand Alone – Senior

AIR PISTOL Division Class Class Description 2805 475 Air Pistol Stand Alone – Junior 2805 476 Air Pistol Stand Alone – Intermediate 2805 477 Air Pistol Stand Alone – Senior

.22 Division Class Class Description 2805 478 .22 Stand Alone – Junior 2805 479 .22 Stand Alone – Intermediate 2805 480 .22 Stand Alone – Senior

OUTDOOR SKILLS Division Class Class Description 2805 481 Outdoor Stand Alone – Junior 2805 482 Outdoor Stand Alone – Intermediate 2805 483 Outdoor Stand Alone – Senior - 357 -

MUZZLELOADING Division Class Class Description 2805 484 Muzzleloading Stand Alone – Junior 2805 485 Muzzleloading Stand Alone – Intermediate 2805 486 Muzzleloading Stand Alone – Senior

MUZZLELOADING RIFLE DISCIPLINE COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS I. GENERAL PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division, Department or Class Competition Requirement or Regulation. B. Control of the range will be under the supervision of the Muzzleloading Superintendent at all times. C. Time: Sight-in period of 10 minutes for paper target No sight-in period will be allowed for gongs Record shots period of 20 minutes for target – 5 shots Record shots period of 20 minutes for gong – 5 shots Record shots period of 20 minutes for bottle target – 5 shots D. All hangfires or dry balls must be reported to the line officer immediately, but without leaving the firing line. Rifles must remain pointed in a safe direction. While on the range, the safe direction is down range. E. Blowing down the barrel of the firearm is prohibited. F. Swabbing with a damp patch between rounds is permitted. G. Cross Fires: Defined as one competitor’s shot to another competitor’s target. All cross fires must be reported to the line official immediately, before the allotted relay time expires. The line official must sign off on all cross fires, or they will be scored as excessive shots. H. Coaching: Coaches may not be on the firing line during the record relay. No coaching will be allowed during the record relay. I. All required firearm safety rules will be followed at all times. J. Designated Firing: All competitors shall address the firing line as instructed by the range officer. K. Safe Trigger: Any safe trigger (single or double set) is allowed. A safe trigger is one which does not allow the hammer to fall except by a deliberate pull of the trigger by the competitor. Electronic ignition systems are not allowed for any muzzleloading class. L. Range Commands: 1. Cease Firing / Hot Loads – Clear Into Bank / Range Closed Upon hearing this from the range officer, all muzzleloaders will be unloaded. Percussion caps will be removed from the nipple on percussion rifles. Powder will be removed from flashpans of flintlocks. With the permission of the range officer, hot loads will be cleared by firing into - 358 -

the bank. Hot loads cleared into target will disqualify the target. Firearms will then be racked and remain in the rack until a “range open” command is given. 2. “Fire in the hole” This must be called when a loaded and primed rifle is on the line and ready to fire.

MUZZLELOADING – TRADITIONAL CLASS Division Class Class Description 2806 500 Muzzleloading - Traditional – Junior 2806 501 Muzzleloading - Traditional – Senior A. Traditional Class Muzzleloading Rifle: 1. Any muzzleloader, flint or percussion cap only of any caliber may be used. Musket caps or 209 shotgun primers are NOT allowed. Modern inline rifles are not allowed. 2. Open notch rear sight and post or bead front sight. Hooded or globed front sights are NOT allowed. Fiber optic sights are not allowed in any form on the rifle. If you remove the fiber filament from the sight, the holes must be filled. 3. Use of modern inline firearms will disqualify the shooter’s target. 4. Patched round balls only. Conicals are NOT allowed. 5. No break actions. 6. Decision of Muzzleloading superintendent, regarding the rifle eligibility will be final. B. Clothing: No shooting aids (jackets, gloves, etc…) will be allowed. No padded shooting shirts or pads of any kind are allowed in any age division. C. Course of Fire: 1. Juniors: Sight-in target = Top left bull 25 yards, Maximum 5 shots at 6 bull target 25 yards, Maximum 5 shots at 4-inch gong 2. Seniors: Sight-in target = Top target 50 yards, Maximum 5 shots at single bull target 50 yards, Maximum 5 shots at 4-inch gong D. Targets: Juniors: RB 50-6-8 Seniors: RB 100-8 E. Challenges: A challenge to gong scoring must be made by the competitor immediately after that round is shot. Competitor and Scorer are to go down range to check the score. Any cross fires are scored as a ZERO (competitor and receiver). F. Tiebreaker: 1st: Total Gong Score 2nd: Total Paper Score 3rd: Total number of 10’s, 9’s, 8’s, etc… 4th: From center of ball, the closest high score to X in the center of target. - 359 -

Decision of the superintendent is final. G. Flintlock Shooters: Flintlock shooters must declare such to the range officer before shooting begins. Failure to do so will result in disqualification. H. Loading: Demonstrated ability, proficiency and safety in loading a muzzleloader are required. Loading benches are provided and must be used. Any competitor needing assistance with loading must contact the muzzleloading superintendent prior to reporting to the firing line. I. Powder: Black powder or Pyrodex powder only. Pyrodex pellets are NOT allowed. Smokeless powders or duplex loads are NOT allowed. Powder must be kept in the original closed container at all times and the original must be at the loading line with the shooter and be available for inspection by line/contest officials. All firearms must be loaded from a separate powder measure. No more than 60 grains of black powder (or equivalent) will be used. Cream of Wheat or corn meal is only allowed as a “filler” between the powder charge and patch if the competitor feels it is necessary. J. Shooting Position: All targets will be shot off-hand.

MUZZLELOADING – OPEN CLASS Division Class Class Description 2806 506 Muzzleloading - Open – Junior 2806 507 Muzzleloading - Open – Senior A. Open Class Muzzleloading Rifle: 1. Any rifle designed to be loaded from the muzzle 2. Any sight (Laser, Telescopic, Peep, Open, Globe, Hooded, fiber optic etc…) may be used. 3. Any projectile designed for muzzleloading rifle (RB, Conical, etc…) may be used. 4. Any primer designed for a muzzleloading rifle (209 primers, Musket Cap, Percussion Cap, etc…) may be used. The primer must fit the nipple in the muzzleloader. 5. Any black powder or equivalent powder designed for a muzzleloading rifle (pellets, etc…) may be used. Smokeless powders are NOT allowed. No more than 60 grains of powder will be used. Breech plug must be screwed into the rifle barrel. B. Clothing: Shooting aids may be used. C. Supports: Firearm supports (slings, posts, sticks, etc…) are NOT allowed. D. Course of Fire: 1. Juniors: Sight-in target = top left bull 25 yards – Maximum 5 shots at 6 bull target 25 yards – Maximum 5 shots at 6 bottle target (5 lower bottles are shot for record) 2. Seniors: Sight-in target = top bottle on bottle target 50 yards – Maximum 5 shots at single bull target 50 yards – Maximum 5 shots at 6 bottle target (5 lower bottles are shot for record)

- 360 -

E. Targets: Juniors: RB 50-6-8 (6-bull) and TG-2427 (bottle) Seniors: RB 100-8 (1 bull) and TG-2427 (bottle) F. Tiebreaker: 1st: Total Bottle Target Score 2nd: Total Paper Bull Score 3rd: Total number of 10’s, 9’s, 8’s, etc… 4th: From center of ball, the closest high score to X in the center of target. Decision of the superintendent is final.

- 361 -

SHOTGUN DISCIPLINE COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS I. GENERAL PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division, Department or Class Competition Requirement or Regulation. B. Control of the range will be under the supervision of the Shotgun Superintendent at all times. C. All shotguns must remain unloaded and actions open and empty until the competitor is on the line ready to shoot. Break action shotguns may have the actions closed when they are in the rack. Violation of this rule may subject the competitor to immediate disqualification. Remember: Open or out! D. Competitors cannot insert a live round (shell) in to the firearm until the person before them discharges their firearm. E. No portion of the muzzle shall be allowed to come into contact with any portion of the competitor’s body. (i.e.: toe rests are not allowed.) No shoulder carries for shotguns. F. All Shotgun competitors are required to bring and use eye and ear protection. G. Ready position will be a free gun mount policy. H. No release triggers allowed. I. A contestant cannot use a shotgun that has a chamber larger than 12 gauge. Ammunition maximum shell length is two and three-quarter (2-3/4) inches except for .410 ammunition. Maximum shot charge is one and one-eighth (1-1/8) ounce. Recommended ammunitions is a standard trap load. J. Targets will be set the morning before the shoot starts and will not be reset except by the superintendent. K. All contestants shall participate as individual competitors. L. Standard clay targets of consistent coloration will be used in all shotgun events. M. All contestants will supply an adult puller for their round in trap, skeet and sporting clays. Each contestant must also supply an adult scorer for the next squad. The puller has no input on scoring and is not allowed to coach. N. The target shall be thrown immediately upon the call. Only the line official may determine a late pull. (If a competitor shoots, the result of the shot is scored.) O. Competitors are allowed two failures to fires per round. Subsequent failure to fires will be counted as a lost target. P. Dead Target: A target is scored dead (hit or broken) when at least one visible piece is broken from the target. Dust or change of direction is not considered a visible piece. Q. Lost Target: A target is scored lost (missed) when it is not hit during its flight or is dusted, but no visible piece falls or changes direction without a visible piece falling. It is also lost if it is fired upon out of order. - 362 -

R. No Bird or No Target: A target declared “no bird” or “no target” by the line officer must be repeated regardless of the actions of the competitor or result of any shot. S. A repeat target must be thrown in the following situations, regardless of the competitor’s response to the target. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

A broken target was thrown. The target was thrown from the wrong house. A target of distinctly different color is thrown. Either target of a true pair or simultaneous pair is irregular. A single target is thrown for a double. The competitor fires out of turn. Another competitor fires at the same target. The line officer cannot, for some reason, determine whether the target is dead, lost or a “no bird” or “no target.”

T. Repeat targets may be thrown under the following conditions, if the competitor does not fire at the target: 1. 2. 3. 4.

The target was thrown before the competitor called for it. The target was not thrown within the allowable time limits. The target flutters, takes an irregular course or has inadequate velocity. All lost targets will be called immediately by the line officer.

U. If a competitor thinks that the scorer has miscalled a lost target (miss) the competitor must immediately challenge the call (before the next shot is fired) to the line official. Once the next shot is fired, the ability to challenge a call is lost. The outcome of the challenge of a score will be determined by the line officer and the scorer. This decision is final. The challenge must be made by the competitor. Challenges by coaches, parents or leaders are not allowed. V. All official challenges must be immediately made by the individual competitor. Such challenges must be made before the team or individual leaves the field. The field is defined as the area from the scorer to the firing line. W. Individuals unable to shoot in a tie-breaker or shoot-off shall forfeit the tie. 2If a shot is fired without calling for a target; it will be called a lost target the first time it happens. On the second occurrence, the competitor will be disqualified. X. If a shot is fired without calling for a target; it will be called a lost target the first time it happens. On the second occurrence, the competitor will be disqualified.

SHOTGUN – SPORTING CLAYS CLASS Division Class Class Description 2804 308 Shotgun - 5 Stand Sporting Clays – Junior 2804 309 Shotgun - 5 Stand Sporting Clays – Senior A. Sporting Clays will consist of one (1) round of Fifty (50) targets for both juniors and seniors. B. Each Squad will receive one (1) view pair per station. C. Competitors will compete shooting a total of fifty (50) targets. The course will be determined by the shoot management. The pattern of targets will remain the same throughout the competition. - 363 -

D. All pairs will be true pairs or simultaneous pairs. A menu will be provided at each station for the competitor to read. E. The competitor’s feet must be behind the front opening of the Competitor’s Stand. F. No reloaded ammunition allowed at any 4-H Competitive Event. G. The competitor’s feet must be behind the front opening of the Competitor’s Stand. H. In true pairs, if a competitor breaks both targets with one shot, the score would be “Dead/Dead.” I. In true pairs, the competitor has the right to shoot either target first. If the competitor misses the first target, they may fire the second shot at the same target. The score would be “Lost / Result.” J. In true pairs, if a competitor breaks both targets with one shot, the score would be “Dead/Dead.” K. In a true pair, if a “no bird” or “no target” is called, nothing can be established. (Nothing established: A proof double is required to establish both targets.) L. Squad times: 1. Juniors – 2 hours 2. Seniors – 2 hours M. Ties: individuals will be broken by the discipline superintendent or his/her designee. The preferred method to break a tie is by a ten (10) target shoot-off with the shot selection being left up to the shoot management, but other methods may be employed if necessary. N. Course of Fire: 1. Juniors: Station (6) 2 single targets and 2 true pairs then 2 single targets and a true pair on remainder of Course. 2. Seniors: Station (6) 2 single targets and 2 true pairs. Then 2 true pairs per station on the remainder of Course.

SHOTGUN – AMERICAN SKEET CLASS Division Class Class Description 2804 304 Shotgun – American Skeet – Junior 2804 305 Shotgun – American Skeet – Senior A. Skeet will consist of two rounds of 25 targets for both juniors and seniors. B. Competitors will compete in a standard skeet round featuring single high and low house targets and a simultaneous pair from stations 1, 2, 6 and 7, single targets from stations 3, 4, 5 and An optional target will be taken on the first missed, or as a second target on station 8 low house. When shooting doubles the target from the nearer house (out-goers) must always be taken first. C. A competitor must stand with part of both feet within the boundaries of the shooting station. D. The shoot superintendent will advise on the day of the contest if the competitor may load two shells on a single target. E. Competitors may take a brief practice swing prior to calling for the target. - 364 -

F. A competitor must shoot one shot per target. If a competitor shoots at the first target and misses, then shoots the second shot at the same target, the score will be “lost/lost” no matter what the result of the second shot is. G. If two targets are thrown simultaneously in singles, and the competitor breaks or misses the correct target, it will be scored as shot. If the competitor refrains from firing they will be thrown a new target. H. Proof doubles will be thrown to establish the scoring on one or both targets under the following conditions: 1. Nothing established: Under the following conditions, the proof double will establish the scoring for both targets. a. The first target is thrown broken. b. The targets collide before the result of the first shot is established. c. The first target is irregular and the competitor refrains from shooting. d. The competitor suffered from interference and refrained from firing on either target. 2. First shot established as shot: a proof double will be thrown to establish the scoring of the second target under the following conditions. (Both targets must be attempted in the proper order.) a. The second target was thrown broken. b. The second target collides with fragments of the first target. c. Both targets are broken with the same shot. (Score will be dead/result.) d. The second target is irregular and the competitor refrains from shooting. e. The second target fails to emerge on the call. f. The first shot is lost and the targets collide before a second shot can be taken. 3. The wrong target broken with the first shot. (Shooter unintentionally shoots wrong target.) a. Shooting at the wrong target first results in a lost pair. I. Squad times: Juniors – twenty-five (25) minutes for each round. Seniors – twenty (20) minutes for each round. Time will be recorded on the score sheet by noting beginning and ending times. J. Ties: Ties will be broken by the discipline superintendent or his/her designee. The preferred method is by shooting ten targets composed of doubles from stations 3, 4, 5, 4 and 3, with the high house target taken first on station 3 and alternating on station 4, high house first on the first attempt and the low house first on the return trip from station On station 5, the low house is target taken first. Other methods may be employed.

SHOTGUN – TRAP CLASS Division Class Class Description 2804 300 Shotgun - Trap – Junior 2804 301 Shotgun - Trap – Senior - 365 -

A. Trap will consist of two rounds of 25 targets for juniors and seniors. B. The rounds will be shot back-to-back with a maximum of five minutes between rounds to get a drink of water and replenish ammunition. C. The competitor’s feet must be behind the front line at the 16-yard line. D. No chokes may be changed after the round has begun. E. Squad Time: Juniors – twenty-five (25) minutes for each round. Seniors – twenty (20) minutes for each round. Time will be recorded on the score sheet by noting beginning and ending times. Mixed squads of individuals from different counties may be allowed an additional 5 minutes per round if it is deemed necessary by the line official. F. Ties: Ties shall be broken by the discipline superintendent or his/her designee. The preferred method is by shooting a full 25-shot round from the 20-yard line, but other methods may be employed. The individual with the highest score after the tie-breaker shall be given the tie. If still tied, the shootoff will continue in a “miss and out” manner. The shot selection will be up to the shoot management.

- 366 -

Thank you 2013 Award Donors Your support helps to benefit exhibitors, support education, and facilitate better agricultural practices through exhibitions and presentation. 4-H Shooting Sports Awards Award Name

Donated by

Champion Shotgun (5 Stand)

Al & Shawn Meyers

Champion Shotgun (Skeet)

Al & Shawn Meyers

Champion Muzzleloading (Open or Traditional)

Auto Alley

Champion Archer (Recurve Bow)

Bear Creek Archery, Inc

Champion Archer (Compound Bow)

Bear Creek Archery, Inc

Champion Air Rifle (Utility)

Candelaria Family

Champion .22 Pistol

Cherry Valley Aggies

Champion Shotgun (Trap)

David & Kathy Kurz

Champion Air Pistol

Diann & Harold Eason

Champion .22 Rifle (Scope)

Greg & Patty Daviscourt

Champion Air Rifle (Target)

Pollock/Holst Ranch

Champion .22 Rifle (4 Position)

Robert & Malinda Pederson

Good Sportsman Award

Serafini Family

Champion .22 Rifle (Hunt)

Shooting Shop South

- 367 -

OTHER JUNIOR DIVISION CONTEST COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS & REGULATIONS DEPARTMENT 30 I. DEPARTMENT PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, and any special Division or Department Competition Requirements, Regulations and Health Requirements.

SUPREME CONTEST Skills Quiz: Wednesday, July 23 Reservations Required

KIRK HALL A. The Supreme Contest is available to all Junior Division Exhibitors who are Members in Good Standing and who have fulfilled all elements of the contest. 1. Only Junior Division Exhibitors with a properly entered and eligible Market Beef, Market Swine, Market Sheep or Market Goat are eligible for the Supreme Contest. B. Market animals that are overweight or underweight do not qualify for the Supreme Contest. C. The Supreme Contest is based on four (4) areas of competition in the animal’s species. Each area is worth a maximum of 25% of the total score. 1. Market Class a. Points received will be based on the highest placing market animal: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1st Place – 25 points 2nd Place – 23 points 3rd Place – 20 points 4th Place – 18 points 5th Place - 15 points 6th Place or lower – 12 points

2. Showmanship (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1st Place – 25 points 2nd Place – 23 points 3rd Place – 20 points 4th Place – 18 points 5th Place - 15 points 6th Place or lower – 12 points

3. Record Book points will be based upon the quality ribbon awarded. a. Blue Award- 25pts - 368 -

b. Red Award – 18 pts c. White Award – 10pts d. Incomplete Record Book – no points (not eligible for contest) 4. Skills Quiz a. There a maximum of 25 points available. b. The points received are based on the percentage of correct answers on the Skills Quiz. (i.e. 80% Skills Quiz score X 25 maximum points = 20 points awarded) D. Junior Division Exhibitors must be eligible for and receive points in each Supreme Contest area of competition to be eligible for this contest. E. Bonus Points will be awarded for Market Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion of each species. 1. Grand Champion – 3 points 2. Reserve Grand Champion – 2 points F. Tie Breakers: The order of tie breakers is listed below: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Skills Quiz score Showmanship score Market Animal score Record Book score Douglas County Fair Board decision on merit

MASTER SHOWMANSHIP Presented by Douglas County FFA Judging: August 8, 9am Check in: August 8, 8am

WHITMAN-LOWELL PAVILION

I. COMPETITON PROVISIONS A. All entrants must read and be familiar with and comply with the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Division Competition Requirements & Regulations, Junior Livestock Sale Participation Requirements, any special Division or Department Competition Requirements, Regulations and Health Requirements, the IAFE National Show Ring Code of Ethics and the USDA Wholesome Meat Act. B. Superintendents may add, delete and combine classes as necessary. C. Each class will have a time limit of five (5) minutes. Douglas County Fair Management may modify this time limit as needed. D. Junior Livestock Departments participating in the Master Showmanship Competition include: 1. Beef 2. Horse - 369 -

3. Sheep 4. Swine E. Junior Division Exhibitors qualify for the Master Showmanship Competition based on their placing in the participating Junior Livestock Department’s Showmanship Class. 1. A maximum of eight (8) Junior Division Exhibitors are eligible to participate in each age division of the Master Showmanship Competition, two (2) from each Junior Livestock Department age division. F. Competitors must attend the Check-In Meeting. Failure to attend this meeting may cause the competitor to be declared ineligible for the Master Showmanship Competition and subject to discipline as set forth in Section V of the Douglas County Fair & Rodeo General Competition Requirements & Regulations. G. Competitors must provide an animal from the Junior Livestock Department in which they qualified for use in the Master Showmanship Competition. 1. Animals will be available for exhibition in all age divisions. 2. Beef and horses must be provided with a show halter, complete with a chain under the chin. 3. Animals must be clean and presentable. However, there will NOT be an animal fitting score. 4. Competitors must designate a handler who will be responsible for the provided animal during the Master Showmanship Competition. 5. Handlers must have the animal available at ringside when that species is being shown. 6. Junior Livestock Department Superintendents will select additional and alternate animals for use in the Master Showmanship Competition. 7. Alternate animals may be used in any class, at any time as determined by Douglas County Fair Management. H. Competitors must be present at ringside when their class is called. Competitors who are late or who miss their class may be declared ineligible for this competition by the Master Showmanship Competition Superintendent. I. Competitors must bring or borrow their own show ring supplies and equipment. 1. Recommend Show Ring Supplies and Equipment: a. BEEF: show stick & scotch comb b. SWINE: show stick & brush

II. ELIGIBILITY A. Junior Division Exhibitors eligible for the Master Showmanship Competition must be a Member in Good Standing of either the Douglas County 4-H or Douglas County FFA program. All program requirements must be met and certified by either the Douglas County 4-H Agent or Douglas County FFA Advisor. B. Three age divisions are offered with Junior Division Exhibitor age considered as of December 31st of the previous year.

- 370 -

Class 001 002 003

Class Name Senior Master Showmanship Intermediate Master Showmanship Junior Master Showmanship

14-18 Years Old 11-13 Years Old 8-10 Years Old

C. A maximum of eight (8) Junior Division Exhibitors are eligible to participate in each age division of the Master Showmanship Competition, two (2) from each Junior Livestock Department age division. D. Junior Division Exhibitors qualify for the Master Showmanship Competition based on their placing in the participating Junior Livestock Department Showmanship Class. 1. Junior Division Exhibitors may qualify for the Master Showmanship Competition in only one (1) Junior Livestock Department. a. If a Junior Division Exhibitor qualifies in more than one (1) Junior Livestock Department the Junior Division Exhibitor must declare which Junior Livestock Department they will represent in the Master Showmanship Competition. (1) This declaration must be made within one (1) hour of the end of the final Junior Livestock Department Showmanship Class. (2) This declaration must be made to either the Master Showmanship Competition Superintendent or the chair of the Show Management Committee.

E. If a Junior Division Exhibitor has already qualified or is unable to compete in the Master Showmanship Competition the next highest placing competitor will become eligible until two (2) Junior Division Exhibitors from each participating Junior Livestock Department age division are selected for this competition.

III. COMPETITON FORMAT A. The Order of Competition will be set by Douglas County Fair Management and may be changed as needed. The preliminary Order of Competition will be: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Swine Sheep Beef Horse

B. Competitors will draw lots at the Check-In Meeting to select the animal or order they will show in each class of the competition. 1. Competitors automatically draw the animal they provide for this competition. 2. Show order for the Horse Class will also be drawn.

SWINE A. Class Order: 1. Junior 2. Intermediate 3. Senior B. Time Limit: 5 minutes per class C. Competitors are to use the animal that was selected at the Check-In Meeting. - 371 -

D. Competitors are placed based on showmanship skills and knowledge.

SHEEP A. Class Order: 1. Senior 2. Intermediate 3. Junior B. Time Limit: 5 minutes per class C. Competitors are to use the animal that was selected at the Check-In Meeting. D. Competitors are placed based on showmanship skills and knowledge.

BEEF A. Class Order: 1. Senior 2. Intermediate 3. Junior B. Time Limit: 5 minutes per class C. Competitors are to use the animal that was selected at the Check-In Meeting. D. Competitors are placed based on showmanship skills and knowledge.

HORSE A. Class Order: 1. Senior 2. Intermediate 3. Junior B. Time Limit: 5 minutes per class segment C. Competitors are will enter the show ring in the order that was selected at the Check-In Meeting. D. Competitors are to use the horse that was selected at the Check-In Meeting. E. Competitors are placed based on showmanship skills and knowledge.

IV. SHOW RING A. Only Competitors are allowed in the show ring. B. Competitors are to show the animal they selected at the Check-In Meeting or the alternate designated by Douglas County Fair management. C. The front feet of sheep must remain on the show ring floor while being shown. Judges and Superintendents will have discretion to enforce disqualification.

V. SCORING GUIDELINES A. Each Competitor will placed 1st – 8th for each species. This placing will be the score received for each class. Judges may ask questions relating to knowledge of the species or may place the class entirely on showmanship abilities. - 372 -

B. The lowest total score wins, the best possible score being 4 points if the individual placed first in all four species. C. Tie Breakers 1. 1stTie Breaker: Lowest combined showmanship score of contestant’s 3 secondary species (i.e. the champion beef showman’s tiebreaker score would be his/her combined score from sheep, swine and horse). 2. 2nd tie breaker: Showmanship score from the contestant’s primary species. 3. Additional tie breakers will be determined by Douglas County Fair Management as needed.

VI. PREMIUMS A. Ribbons will be awarded in 1st thru 6th place only.

SMALL ANIMAL ROUND ROBIN Troy Taylor: Superintendent Judging: August 10, 9am Check in: August 10, 8am

WHITMAN-LOWELL PAVILION A. COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS 1. Champion and Reserve Champion Showmen from the Junior Goat, Llama, Poultry, Dog, and Rabbit Department will be eligible for this contest. In the event that the Champion or Reserve Champion showman in any of these species is unable to compete in Small Animal Round Robin, the third place showman will qualify for the contest. a. Junior, Intermediate and Senior Showmanship Champion and Reserve Champion winners from these Departments must participate in the Round Robin. 2. Animal preparation includes the following: clean skin, hair, fur, fleece, feather, or wool, trimmed and/or clipped feet, if horned properly trained and shaped. 3. Showing will be based on: correct leading, animal training, Showman’s position, animal placement, alertness of Showman, courtesy, Showmanship, proper dress and proper equipment. 4. In the event of a tie, it will be broken on the individual’s score from the species that qualified the member for this Showmanship contest. Fitting score will break the tie first. If a tie still remains, questions will be asked about the Showman’s species. 5. Poultry Showmanship winners that exhibited any bird other than a chicken will be required to show a chicken. This is due to the many difficulties that would arise with showing other birds.

- 373 -